The Microscope. - Forgotten Books

THE M ICROSCOPE .

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY DES IGNED TO POPU

LARIZE THE SUBJECT OF M ICROSCOPY.

E ditcd. by

CHA S,

VOL . I I ,N EW SER I ES . (N OS. 13

Published by the Mic rosc opic al Publishing Co .

Washington, D. C.

THE M I CROSCOP E .

J A N U A R Y , 1 8 94 .

NUM BER 13. New SERI ES.

Objec ts Seen under the Mic rosc ope.

V I I .—msc or or n ropon a,

[m 0341v J

Ophioc oma is a star - fish.Of.

th e na rietvoften ca l led bri tt le star or sand star . The: me c a lc areous (l imy )p lates or skel etons, the spine sfi t. fwlij c h niake beautifu lmic rosc Opic obj ects . Figure 13 a v iew from above(dorsa l ) and Fig . 2 w e v i ew from beneath (ventral ),show

mou th aperture . teeth and their plates. These star

lishe s d iffe r in size, some be ing a s sma l l as the dot on thele tte r i, and some measuring several inches w ith dis c ;nearly an inch across . The “ teeth" are to be seen in thec en ter of Fig . 2 and look l ike the 5 sepals of a flower .

These teeth l ike a ll teeth of E ch ini are pronounced as ofthe most wonderful l y elaborate arch i tec ture to be found

2 THE MICROSCOPE . Jan .

in the An imal Kingdom . They show a g ra dual tran s iti on from the ord inary reti cu lated structure of the sh e l lto the pecu l iar substance of which teeth i n high e r an ima l e i s made . The tooth i s sometim e s di ssected out an dmoun ted in bal sam but i t needs to be g round down som e

what to perm i t the l ig ht to pass th rough i t . I t i s thenseen that the base of the tooth i s made of materia l l ikethe shel l and the upper or older part is made of bon e ,the intermediary part show ing a g radual transi ti on fromshe l l to bone .

THE M ICROSCOPE .

of Op hioc oma c a n be bleached readi l y byin caustic potash, but care must be taken notas to d is sol v e the i n teg uments .VI I I —sc a r.amron n us er s .

of a fern is often of a deep brown color. veryrope r tie s to a series ofs cle renchyme . W i th inrm ducts (trache ides) .t ing a regu la r ladde r

(sca la , a la dder) . A th in se ction cutthe stem d i sp lays very w el l the beaut ithese ducts .

(taken from the International Jour .shows a bund le of Sca lariform ducts

Bri tish bracken (P te ris a quilin a ) .

d iameters . Fig . 2 shows a larg e duct e nand shows numerous e longa ted pores.not w ith shorter pores . I n Fig . 4 you

(1 (250 dia ) . Fig . 5 i s deth ickness of the wal ls,andbars (250 dia). Fig . 6 i s

e sh own in Fig . 1 . The ductsto be fi rml y embedded in p leu

to use w i th the ir m icroscopesof Sca lariform vesse l s, can send for N os ., 27,

of W h ite's obj ects . The four can be had fors tamps .

Bacil l u s .—Dr Fra e n c ke l of Berlin,announces

red a typhus bacil l us ;a nd that by using ithas produced a rap id, benign course of th e

Rumpf h as culti vated a n anti- fever bacil lus which,

l l cure t hus in eight days .

4 THE M I CROSCOPE . Ja n .

Mic rotome Kn ives and Their Care.By BAUSCH 8: mm ,

ROCHESTER, N Y.

The requisi tes for good work in m icrotomy are,as i defrom the ma nipulati ve sk i ll an d the preparation of thespecimen,a perfect w or k ing microtome and a g ood knif e .

The latter part icularl y, for, if the cutting e dge i s not inthe best of cond i tion, no g ood secti ons can be secu red ;we have had so many complaints from th is source andfor th e reason th at so few know the real modus op e ran dito obta in a keen cutting edge . tha t we present the seinstru ctions how to proceed to sharpen a kni fe and kee pit in good condit ion .

W e recommend to commence with, the yel low Belgianhone for the reason that i t i s the best obtainab le ; inusing i t, cover w i th palm o i l soap and moisten free l yw i th clean water so tha t a lather w i l l be fo rmed wh ichmust be kept during th e ent ire time the kn i fe is beingsharpened . This soap has the advantag e over the ord inary oi l s i n use for honin g i n that the pores of the ston eremain open, whereby qu icker sharpening as wel l a s abe tter edg e and easier clean ing of the kn i fe are th ere sul t . I f a microtome kn i fe i s v e r y du l l or perhaps hassmal l n icks in i t, i t i s very essentia l to fi rst sharpen i ton a yel low stone a nd then draw i t several times ov er ablue stone in order to obta in an exceed ing l y keen edg ew ith the bl ue stone is used a softer stone cal led rubber"whi c h is n ecessary, for . after the bl ue stone has beenmoistened w i th water, it i s u sed to g ri nd down the scum .

To beg i n w ith, the knife i s sharpened on the concaves ide unti l a fine thread is formed on the cutti ng edge ,which can eas i l y be seen by draw ing the kn i fe across thefing er na i l ; when this thread becomes v is ib le a long theentire cu tting edg e, the knife is passed w i thout any pressure over the already prepared stone bu t in such a man

THE M ICR OSCOPE .

entire edg e i s always toward the front as1 . I t i s necessary that the mentioned thread

onl y, in order that thee be as l i ttl e as possible .

und surface on the lower fi at si de h eno long er be possible to obtain a perkn ife must be first of al l reg round onA s soon as the thread appears, the

see s No. 1 , w i thout s t a rt ing theof the hand on th e stone . Afte r a un iform

keenness has be en obta ined by l ig h t and continued sharpe n ing i ts can be j udg ed by passing the edg e ofthe kn ife lightl y over the moistened tip of the thumb,and if the fe e ling that the kn ife w i l l en ter the sk in beapparent,it shows that a sumc ie n t keenness has beenobtained on the stone and that its perfec t ion can then beonl y atta ine d by pass ing i t over the strop .

’ The kni fei s then care fu l l y cleaned w ith an old linen cloth heldbetween thumb and index fing er, but in such a mannertha t this cloth doe s not touch the edg e . A fter clean ing ,it is l ightl y and careful l y drawn acros s the strop w i th

6 THE M ICROSCOPE . Ja n .

sure of the hand, see Fig . No . 2. I f the kn if e w i l l n owou t a hai r free l y along the e nti re e dg e i t has attain edthe requis i te keenn ess of a microtome kn i fe , an d a fte ri t has ag ain been w iped off w ith a soft chamois skih i t i s

ready for cutti ng . I t is to be sugg e sted that th e s tre p

i s s lig htly covered w ith ox ide of i ron . and rest on afi a t and fi rm support . W e re commend for th is purposea bow strop . Before each cutting of the preparati onsthe kn i fe shou ld be passe d over the strop .

Photographing Certain Natura l Objec ts Without a Camera.

By PROF. w . A . KE LLE RM AN , Pa .

c ommons. 03 10.

The objects referred to are those wh ich are tran spa rent or transl ucent, more particu larl y ord inary fol iag eleaves, and other botan i ca l spec imens, w ing s of cer tai ninsects, fins of fi shes, etc . The process consi sts i n usingthe object i tsel f as the negativ e and printing from i t ina photog rapher ’s print ing f rame, i n the usua l manner .

1894 THE M ICROSCOPE . 7

Th e maj ori ty of fol iag e leav es can be used, if i t i s des ir e d to secure exact reproductions of thei r patterns ofvenation . Of many orders, such as R osa c e ze ,L egum inoats and Gramin ew, most of th e l e aves hav e veins suflic ie n tly tran s l ucen t to adm it of thei r being used as n egatives,w i thout any prel im inary preparat ion—even previous pressing and dry ing not being necessary .

Bu t i n case of many leaves of the orders Composites ,E r ic a c ew,Umb e l life rte , etc ., they must be subj ected to aprocess of bl each ing i n a lcohol, fol lowed by immersioni n hot pota ssic h ydrate ; th i s i s to be fol lowed by thoroug h wash ing in pure and final l y acidu lated water, andpre ssing the leaves ti l l dry between sheets of bibu l ouspaper. Such prepared l eaves w i l l g i ve p ictures in w hichth e veins and veinl ets are dark and the remainder of thelea f l ight co lored, j ust the re verse of th e photog raphsob ta ined by using the fresh or dried l eaves w i thout further preparation . In e i ther case the venation—even inmin u tim- w i l l be wel l shown .

Sometimes young leaves, i n other cases ful l y maturedl e aves, g i v e the best resul ts . Leaves from the herbarium can be used at w i l l . I f the ve ins or petiole arevery much thicker than the remainder of the leaf , theycan be shaved down . Other specimens may, i n somecases , need trimming .

I t i s nec essary that th e obj e ct to be photog raphed bebrought intove ry c lose c on ta c t w ith the sensi tized paper,for, otherw i se, al l parts of th e print w i l l not be perfectl ydistin ct . For th i s reason, the under side of the l eafwher e,as a ru le, the veins are more prom inent - shouldbe placed next to the clear g la ss in the prin ting frame,and the upper surface next to the sensi tized paper . A

la yer of cotton or soft blotti ng paper can be placed overth e back of th e sens iti zed paper, which w il l in sur e close rcontact w ith al l parts of an obj ect that may be somewha t uneven .

8 THE M ICROSCOPE . Jan .

The time of expos ure in brig ht sun lig ht wil l var y froma minute or two (for transparent w ing s), to fi f teen ortwenty m inu tes (for fol iag e l eaves)—depend ing . of cou rse ,on th e deg ree of transparency or tran sl ucen cy of th e

object . The print c an be inspec ted from t ime to t im ean d the proper densi ty of the picture secured .

A fter exp osu re the pr in ts c an be fixe d in a soluti on of

hypo su lph i te of soda . Or if handsome photog raphs aredesired, th ey can be toned in the g old sol uti on common l yus ed by photog raphers, and fixed in th e usua l ma nne r .

The proce ss i s so simpl e,so comparat ive ly inexpensi v e,and the resu l ts ob tain ab l e so i n tere sting that i t i s be lieve dthat the reward w i l l be ful l y commensurate w i th thet ime and energ y expe nded .

M o isture on th e Cov e r Gla as .—Th e cause of a deposit of

moisture on the unde r side of the cover-glass must be sc a lingup before the object or the base on which it l ies is thoroughlydry, or perhaps th rough the ring not being cemented prope nlyon the glass sl ip,and so al lowing the medium in which the fi nish ing cement is dissolved to get through into the cavity in thecel l in which the object lies,and condensing on the cover . Thecure : W i th a sharp knife scrape ofi

’ the ring of cement whic hlies on th e surface of the cover- glass, also slightly down theside,about the th ickness of the same ; then warm the coverglass slightly over a small spirit lamp, moving it about to prevent cracking it,and it shou ld be then eas i ly removable withthe knife without injury either to the glass or object then,beforereplacing, take care that the object is thoroughly dry . I f th e

ring springs 06 instead of the cover -

glass only,dry thorough lythen put j ust su ffi cient cement on the underside of i t to attachit to the g lass,and let this dry thoroughly before finish ing ofi‘

.

Sl ide s for Sale .—The Jersey Biological Station (Eng land )

wil l issue a quarterly publication and a series of 14mic rosc opiea l preparations of th e rare and the less renown marine organisms. Th e text wil l describe the slides and give notes upon ma

n ipu la tion . The price is for the year. On lv75 copieswil l be issued .

r an w c aosc op n . 9

THE M I C R OSCO PE .

For ”CM W J’

. Ptyd a’

a n . a nd D ragg in g, a nd D e signed to Pvfin la n’

u

m m ma d ly. P r ic e $1 .on pe r am mm. Saber-f if tie s : “mold e nd

o f“ I t: ye a r . Th ole!M a r ia , c ourse’

s/mg volumes (1881 - 1890 . end ed

rum Um be r .My) . Se ts of M s old se ries c a s u a l be fam ish d . A l l

c or re sponden c e .m i e n” . a nd boots {or notic e “mel d be a ddr essed to M r

M ic rosc opic a l P ublish er; Co. Wu rl iw . C., U S . A .

m am W . “ I L" . A . I " EDI TOR .

E DITORI AL.

s c opic a l Soire e .—One of our English E xchanges

is gratifying to learn that th e l oss on the last soilirees are always ex

ask Wha t is it ? ” sayt lovely, and re turn home with nomore know l

they carried there. Not once in a hundred does someope love en ough for scien ce to go and buy a micro

therefore ,in disfavor with the idea . We do not seexpe nse should be incurred . We have be en toldmicroscopists so vain tha t they enjoy exhibitingthese soimes and think that it pays. We do not

it and at all events th ink the game is not worthwe do to create a p ubl ic inte re st ? In lieu of

dozenmeetings during the year to which memie nds selected for their apprec iation of science,who in school have shown some desire for

10 THE MICROSCOPE . Ja n .

such knowledge as microscopy can impart. L et hal f of thesemeetings be exhibition evenings but let the explanations of

what is to be seen . and how to uti l ize th e facts be the prominen tfeature. Le t the other half of the mee tings be working sessionsat whi c h the visitors may se e the proce sses of cutting, staining ,mounting, etc ., actually carried on a nd explained . Many abright youth may have his thoughts be nt in the right direc tionby this means,and the beauty of i t is that the cost is ze ro andth e plan productive of new members. The evil if any is thatou r conceited membe rs c annot parade themsel ves be fore thedear public in the way that they a re said to do a t the soirees.

QUE S T IONS ANSW E RE D.

i.am“ 4 “resisfazfxzefz

m ““am

for?0 Mo in c/tn 571m

I SL—What is a Catoptric Oc ular f—S.

This term probably mean s a reflecting microscope ,or an in»strument used for examining objects by reflecte d l ight.I SL—Can you give me db c c tiom for Koc h’s petr ifin

'

ng method

far sec tions of jaws cmd teeth f Moody.

Saw ofi' a thin slice of the jaw and tooth,stain it, dehydrate

in absolute alcohol,and imbed in a thickened chloroform sol u~tion of copal,on a glass sl ip . E vaporate the c hloroform , thengrind down the section on coarse and fine stones unti l it is thinenough,wash and mount in balsam .

183 . Wha t is Wa lmdsy’a a rra ngement whereby enla rgements of

objects c an be made by anybody as men tion ed in W e Mic ros

c opica l D ia gnosis f—T. K. Butler .

It is a smal l,dry -plate camera attachmen t which can be lon the m icroscope tube a nd the object is then photographed .

184.

—I w1'

sh to begin the study af ter life /fibres. Where may I get

information on the subj ec tf—C'. E'

. H.

The l iterature is sc atte red th rough the Microscop ical an d Tex.

tile Journals. Se e A . M . M . J .,Vol .,VI, pages 22,and 47, forgood descriptions of fibres.

THE M ICR OSCOPE .

aha /1 1min mu sc le to sltow the Trickina wed and hmo

it f—E . P.

wi l l color muscle deeply and the TrichinaThe fresh material should be hardened inl ike any other pathological material ; th e

balsam. Trichinous musrran ts

’ sol ution or in glycmuscle mounte d in glyc e r

typical mount Use wel l hardened material or thel macerate the trichinae in time .

sha ll'

l trea t epec imem of ham or pork to preaem them

be c utby freez ing,pa raflia or c elloidin proc ess f

then harden inprese rve in the

notion that z inc ch loride would injuamylacm sometimes observed in brainnese c orpora amyla c ea are quite different

starch bodies found in vegeta ble tissue. Zincd not often be used on nerve tissue,but alcohol isThe so ca l led corpora amyla eea seems to be p res

as wel l as pa thologi ca l specimens and are probmporte n ee .

ACTI CAL S UGGE S T IONS .

By L. A . W ILLSON .

CLEVELAN D,03 10.

Cutting .—l t is almost trite to rema rk that first rate

n be cut with a raz or. W hile first c la ss m icrotomessh

‘

trp razor wil l s h ewe r a ll th e pur

ou . Nearly a l l the gre a t a nd imwe re made before the advent of

In cutting with a ra z or the amateur wil l do we l lwith very smal l sections . A very small piece oftissue wi l l ex hibit al l that a large section can .

ra THE M ICR OSCOPE . Jan .

L i c h e ns .—These plants must be studied from sections. Thesection s cut with a ra zor c an be made quickly,con veniently andsatisfac torily . Shave a very smal l piece from the edge of anypartof the thal lus ;place the section on a sl ide in an y c onvenien t fluid, put on a thin cover and view with a powe r equal to aqua rter inch objective. To see the fru c tifi c a tion c omjflete, cu tan apothecium in half and then shave a thin section along thecut surface ,being carefu l to include the top portion . I n thismanner one wil l be able to see the hymen ium with the a’sci andspores, th e green conidia,the cortex and often the spermogon es.Few specimens aremore interesting and beauti fu l or wi ll exh ibi tso many points at once. The Specimens are easily obtainabl eand wil l well repay the student.P u c c inia .

—Having a lot of leaves with man y blac k,hard c irc ula r, raised spots scattered over them, I tried many ways of examining them but obtained no satisfaction . As a last resort, I

had recourse to my razor,as above described . I cut the leafthrough one of the black spots or sori and then made a va ysmal l thin section of th e edge of one of the black spots. Placing this on the slide with a drop of potasium hydrate,coveringwith a thin circle and viewing with a one- fourth objective, abeautiful sight was unfolded .

Hundreds of obtusely ac c uminate pedic illa te spores were dis~c losed with their arrangemen ts upon th e leaf. On mounting inbalsam the spores assumed a golden yellow hue and forme d asight to gladden th e eye of the microscop ist. It proved to be

Sc le re n c hyma .—This cel l formation composes the hard tis»

sues of nuts and of stone fruits . Excellent specimens may beobtained by cutting as above described .

The section should be take n from one of the halves of the n ut.after removing with a knife, the smooth surface where the twohal ves join .

Cut a thin shaving about th e size of a pin head and placeupon a slide in any convenient l iquid. The above parts are sohard that they wil l invariablynick the razor so that no razor ofany val ue should be used in the experiment.D r . M oore ’s M e th od of Stain in g B lood .

—The fol lowingis copied from Vol. I I I, page 136 of the American Mic rosc op

1 394 THE M I CROSCOPE . 13

ic al Journal and is a quick and effi cient way of staining blood,and of double -staining nu c leated blood .

The blood is evenly spread in a thin fi lm on the sl ide, anddried in the usual manner. It is then covered with a solutionc on taining eosin 5 grs,water 4drachms,alcohol 4drachms . Inabout three minutes th is is washed c h

” in a glass of water ;and,without dryin g,a sol ution containing methy l green 5 grs . , andone 02 . of water is flowed over the slide. In about two minutes the sl ide is washed,dried and the corpuscle preserved inCanada balsam .

S CI E NCE - GOS S I P.

Amoeba —This organism has been sectioned and stained insuc h various ways as to exh ibit the organism of its minutestructure far be tterthan ever before un derstood . Amoeba wasbelieved to be very near to simp le p rotoplasm,now it is foundto contain an excretory system . One man h as seen stria tionsby means of which contraction takes place. Further researchis going on in the Huxley Laboratory at South Kensington,

Sc ie n tifi c W ork in I l l ino is .—Dr. Josua Lindah l has been

dismissed from the post of State Geologist by political influenceand an obscure collector of fossils put in his place. The lateProf. Worthen,wh i le state geologist col lected 2871 fine speci,mm which th e state has purchased from his estate . In E nglan d, the making of private collections by a public o ffi cialwould be considered very improper and in ou r own country,th e Sm ithsonian Institution emphatical ly prohibits every e nn

ployee,even itsmessenger boys,frommaking private col lections .

M e ch an i c al Finger.—Ooc e sional ly on e wishes to pick up n

diatom or other smal l object in mounting, and the mec han ic a lfinger is about the only thing with which it can be done succ e ssfu lly. A slip of wood is held in place on the side of thetube by rubber bands. The end of this slip is split,and in thespl it is placed a cat’s whisker. This is so

, pointed and stifithat it makes a good implement for the purpose. A rrange thewhisker so that the point of i t is in focus, and then spread yourmaterial on a slip . Pick out a diatom, and after moistening

14 THE M ICROSCOPE .

the point of the whi sker sl ightly, rack it down,andwi ll adhere to it. Raise it up,and place the slip onto be mounted on the stage . The surface of this musbe prepared with a gum sol ution, suchtext-books, and as the diatom toucheswhisker and adhere to th e slip. This istitute f ir the mecappliance that is easi ly made, and will be found usefultimes by those who are not fortunate enough to possessthing be tter for the purpose. Work.

Stone U nde r th e M i c ro scope .- I t is ofte n held that th e

best method of determining the probable durability of a build~ing stone is to study its sur fa ce,or th in transparent sl ices, un

der a microscope . Th is method of study in recent years hasbeen most fruitful in developing inte resti ng and valuable knowledge of a scien tific and truly practical character. A n examination of a section by means of the microscope wil l show not

merely the variou s substances which compose it,‘

but also th e

method according to which they a re arranged, and by whichthey are attached to one an other. For e xample,pyrites is conside red to be the enemy of the qua rrvma n and constructor,since it decomposes with ease a nd stains and « lisc olors the rock .

Pyrite s in sharp, wel l -de fi ned crysta ls sometimes decomposeswith great di ffi c ulty . I f a crystal or grain of pyrites is embedded in soft. porous, light- colored sandstones, its pre sence wi l lcertainly demonstra te itself by the black spot wh ich will formabout it in the porous stone,a nd wil l permanently disfigu re andmar its beauty . I f the same grain o f pyrites is situ dad in or

near very hard,compact, non- absorbent stone, the constituentminerals of which a re not ri fted or crac ked,th is grain of pyritesmay decompose and the products he washed away, leaving th estone untarnished .

High e r M edical E ducation .—Rush Med ical Col lege wil l

hereafter require four years atte ndance at c ol lege from studen tswho begin the study ofmedicine. To enc ourage proper prel iminery study,graduates in arts and sciences from most colleges,and graduates in pharmacy a nd dentistry from approved c ol

leges wil l he graduated after a n attendance on three courses of

lectures.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

16 THE M ICR OSCOPE . J an.

THE M ICROSCOP E .

Con ten ts for Jan u a ry, 1894.

Objec temUnda the hiicmsc ope VI L—Disc ofOphioc omn. (Ill us1

Bow ma n—Tbs Soire e

Qum roxs Amm an 011. 181 - 187,by Dr . . G . Shanks.

181 .

187 .

Pu c n c u .

Pu c c inia

Dr Moore 's Method of Sta ining Btood

S a lmon:Cassia—AmoebaSc ien tific Work in I l linoisSton e U nde r the Mic rosc ope

Highe r Medic a l Educ ationThe Newberry Fund

Bac te ria Deprived ofSnn lConn- m a n s a c n—Wh ite ’

s ec ts

TO THOSE W HO HA V E R am '

r'

r szn FOR 1894.

W e fe e l e specially and u nusual ly th ank fu l to th os e w h oh ave se nt in th e ir ch e cks duri ng th e past five w eeks .

L ike oth ers ,w e are stru gg l ing w ith th e“h ard time s

a n d your promptne ss h e lp s material ly . W e cannot w ritep ersonal ly to th ank e ach on e , bu t w e take th is m e an s of

te llin g you h ow sincerely w e appreciate your th ough tfulne ss . In sp ite of th e times , w h i chch ange be fore mid - summ e r,w e sh al l be able to inth e number of ou r i l lu strations duri ng th e ye ar .

N th 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0

THE M ICROSCOPE:

F E B R U A R Y, 1 8 94 .

NUMBER 14. NEW Ssmss.

Obiec ts Seen under the Mic roscope.

IX .—ss c r 1os or arms or e as e s .

[res nuawnvoJW e have a lot of s l ides of wood se ct i on s wh ich are be

ing s ent out as premiums and the i l l u strations herew i thpre s e n te d show their appear ance under a magn ifi ca tion

of about d iame te rs . The description s wh ich fol lowa re in tended to make pla in to every body the meaning o f

w ha t i s se en in the sl i des .

18 THE M ICROSCOPE . Fe b.

The stem of a plan t when seen under the mic ros c opeg eneral l y consi s ts of three parts—pi th , wood, and ba rk.

Th e pi th i s i n th e c enter (P ),th e bark outside (B ),and thewood (W ), between th e pi th and the bark . Th is w ood iss epa rated into s egme n ts

'

in the exog enous plan ts,so- ca l l edbe cause g row ing from the ou ts ide, by medu l lar y rays(M . r . ) res embl ing the s poke s of a wheel . They are c omposed oi unchang ed ce l l u lar t i ssue t hat e xtends from th e

pith to the bark . The p i th (P), i s c omposed of c el l u lart i ssu e , and th e c e l ls a re g e n e ra l l y he xag onal in s hapewhen se en tra n sve r s ly as in the cut . Somet imes theypresent a ragg ed appea ran c e from being torn b y th e

rapid g row th of the plan t an d in the Monoc otyledou s the

c e l l u lar ma s s in which a re the flbro- vascular bund les c o rresponds to the pi th and medul lary rays tog ether . Sometimes i n th e case of hol l ow stems the cel ls c omposing th e

pi th have c rac ke d and dri e d away or are attached to the

s ides i n ragg ed patches . Immedia te l y su rround ing thepi th i s the medul lary sheath (M . s .) c omposed o f a d e l ic a ts m embran e , usual l y spi ra l in structure; th i s forms thel imi t of th e woody portion of the stem . The wood y po rt ion e xte nds from th e medul lary sheath to th e camb i umlayer Th e la tter i s s i tuated be tween the w ood andthe bark . The c ambium is made up o f a s ing le ri ng of

del icate c e l l s wh ich c hang e s in to c e l l u lar a nd vascu larti ssue thus form ing n ew lateral ce l l s and occas ional l y anew rad ial cel l . When continued , these form a new rin gof wood and a l so a new layer of bark . A t the same t im ethey p iece out and e xte nd th e medul lary ray s a s fas t asthe stem expands .

X .—s s c

'r1on or arms or monwoon .

The pi th (P) . m e dul lar y s heath (M . medul la ry rays(M . Wood (W ), Cambium lay e r (C. l . ) and bark (B)are al l seen in the Ironwood as they were in th e be ach ,but w i th marked d i ffe re nces . The pith is now less c o n

1894 THE M ICR OSCOPE . 19

sp ic uous, th e me dul la ry rays are much finer and g rea teri n n umber cons isting of more l in es, the w ood instead of

be ing in two ring s, is in n i ne rin g s ,°

th e cambium layeri s na rrower and the bark is much the same .

The bark is in three layers, th e externa l (e piph lmum)wh ich inc l udes th e corky layer, the m iddl e or ce l l u larenvelope, and the l i ber . Next to the l iber is the c ambinm la yer which always separates i t from the wood andi t is that g rowth takes p lace . The e piph lmum

u sua l l y consis ts of two or more cub ica l or tabu lar la yersand it i s th is wh ich usual l y forms cork . Cork i s by nomea n s confined to one tree but exists in g reater or lessabu ndance in the ba rk of al l exog enous stems . The middLe layer i s composed of cel l s and is more open than theP 0 la ye r and often forms canal s wh ich have thec ha racter of la c tit'e rou s vesse ls . Th is layer often formsthe g re ater pa rt of the bark . Th e l i ber cons ists of cel lu lar vessel s usual l y equal ing i n number the c g ls of the

20 THE M ICR OSCOPE .

wood, the one ne arest th e wood being the la st formed .

I t also conta ins woody fibre and lacti ferous ve sse l s .In the beech, where the bark is smooth, the g ro w th

takes place in the l iber layers ch iefly, the cel l u lar en ve lOpe and cork merel y expands to make room for th e e n

larg ement of the stem . The cork is c omposed of flat ta bu lar cel l s,not of coars e cork ti ssue .

X I . —sac '

rros or ar e a or svc a a oa a .

Here aga in can be seen the six parts o f s tem

poin ted out above but w ith varia tions p e c u l ia r ‘

to

tree . The four ring s of woody fibre a re now very promincu t, and the medul lary rays to the number of ov e r50 stand out w ith g re at prom inence .

The woody structure of plants i s composed of woodyfibres and ducts except i n the Con ife rw where the la t terare wan ting . The wood y structure o f a stem of morethan a y ear’s gr ow th has the appearance of bei ng di v id e din to concentric ring s and ea c h of these ring s i s supposed


to repre s e nt a year’s g rowth, bu t some thin k that thesering s represe nt on l y a period of g row th an d that a newring i s added ea ch t ime a new se t of l eaves is form ed .

I f i n a seas on the tree ’s g rowth be stopped by droug h tan d in th e fa l l a n ew set of l eav e s be formed the stemwou ld have two r ing s the w idth of both tog ether beinga littl e l ess than that usua l l y produced in a sing l e year .The width of the ring s i s usua l l y g reater near th e pi tha n d decreas es towards th e bark . Thei r composi tion (cel lu l ar and vasc ular t issue) i s un i form ly the same whateverthei r th i c kness but the arrang emen t varies . Sometimesth e v e sse l s predom inate as i n the Beech and Sycamoreand sometimes the ce l lu lar ti ssu e a s in the Ironwood .

Sometimes th e vessel s are un iform l y di str ibu ted throug hout th e enti re ring an d sometimes they predom inatetowa rd the c en ter . Sometimes they are d i stributed w ithre gu la rity th roug hou t th e r ing but the most gen eralmanne r of d istr i bution i s that i n wh ich most of theve sse l s are near the in h e r surface of the ri ng whi c h is thefi rs t par t formed . The more vessel s the re are, the sof te ri s the wood—Sycamore is so fte r than the two preced ingwoods . Ir onwood is harde r than the othe r two be causeit has the least n umber of vesse l s .

SPONGES .

Br M . PFLAUM .

em c ee . ex.

[Re ad betbre Iron City Mic rosc opic a l Soc ie ty,January 9th , 1894. ]W hat i s a spong e Perhaps most of us migh t be par

doued for defin ing i t to be that soft porous to i let art i c leso use fu l and conveni e nt for many purposes . W e see i tand handle i t every day, and the fam il iari ty wh ich inthis case certa in ly breeds in difference . deprives us of ade l ig ht w hich the sl ig htest study of the subjec t wou ldgive us

22 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Fe b

In our col lection of s l i des we have of c ou r se spi c u l eso f spong es, and this se e ms g enera l l y to satisfy us . Itcan not be said that a sponge in its natu ral cond i tion isan object of beauty or should i n an y way attra ct an am»

a te u r microscop ist . We should therefore be thank fu l tothose pa tient in vestigators who extract, by persev e rantlabors, in teresting know l e dg e from n ature, as bees g athe rhoney from flowers . To taste these sw e ets I ha v e c oh o

sa l ted Ken t, Carpenter a nd the Cycl op . Bri t .CLA SS I P IOA T ION .

— The exact c lass ifi c ation of spong e shas not yet been defin ite l y ag reed upon . Prof . Ha eckeli nsists to place them w i th the Cce le n te rata .and a s s c losere lat iv e of the Coral s,mainl y because he claims for theman ectoderm and endoderm and a true proce ss o f s exua lg eneration by g erm cel l s be c oming fert i lized by spermc e l ls, which latter c la im is affirmed by Carpenter. Ke n t,

howeve r, very forcib ly den ies both of these c laims, findsnei ther ec toderm nor endoderm, nor a ny ind ica tio n of

se xual g e neration ; and there fore al l i es spong es w i th theChoa no- Flag el la tes or funnel - shaped fi ag e l la te in fnso riasas c lass ifi e d by him . Spong es are g eneral l y d i vi ded i n tofour classes acc ording to the nature of their skeleton s orspicu les . 1 . Cal careous spong es hav i ng sp icu les of carbonate of l ime . 2 . Si l i c ious sponges, wh ich exist in theg reatest n umber,hav ing s i l ic ious spicules . 3 . Kera tos eor horny spong es, being the spong e s of commerc e . 4.

Ge latinous sponges in wh ich a l l sp icul es are absent . Al l

spong es, however, no matter what their sk e l eton, a re

composed of a soft sl imy sarcode form ing the body, c cve rin g the exter ior as w el l as the ba se of the in teriorc an als, ducts and c av i ties and form ing a connecti ve tissu e , sh ow ing,however, no fibres .STR UOTUR E .

—A l l spong es from the most s imple to themost complex have the same special character ist ics to ag reater e xtent perhaps than any other c l ass o f being s .

Just as each species can b e c learl y defined from the


pores can hard ly be notice d except by using co lor ed partic les which have bee n obs erved to enter theone case indig o being used gave thetint . But th e outflow ha s been l i kened by observers te a

con ti nual foun tain . A l i ttle spong e place d in a sa u e e r of

water sent out a stream twel v e fee tc pe n air , offering c ompa ra tive lyh obe apparent that an eno rmous forcese nd out a stream ag a inst the n e cepre ssure of . the s urround i ng wate r . Ag ain , i s this in flowand outflow cont inuous, espe c ia l l y the i nflow, which ma ybe cau sed by e xterna l pres sure. alone Obse rvat ionshave shown the negat ive . I t was found that the ope ningof both the pore s and osc u la e are w i thin the con tr‘ol of

the sponge and can be opened and close d at i ts pleasure .

He re the wonder in creases : how ,w i thout an y appa rentforce—contro l l i ng org an—power i s exerte d . The sea t o fpower in sponges i s supposed to be in th e ammboid bodie s,me u tion e d hereafter. But even were th is c on firmed,i t w ould be open to further i nvestigation how these bodi es can exerci se force upon another part of th e spong eseparated from, and without any noti ceab le connec tionw i th them .

CANA LS .- l f there are. two currents of water , th e re

must necessari l y be two different water ways, each serving its own purpose . The incoming curren ts are o f

c ourse smal l, the i r contents a fter be ing uti lize d en ter al arg e r open ing act ing as a c los e s , and thereby lea v i ngthe body . The simples t form (A s cetta pr imor dia l is ) ha sbut one oscul um, be ing th e mouth of a larg e c e n tra l c avi ty, into wh ich the smal ler influe u t canals en te r . I n theh igher orders the canal system is very d ive rse, in tric a teand numerous . The water enteri ng the pores does noti n al l cases pass throug h simple ducts before reach ingwhat may be ca l l ed dig e sting chambers, bu t in the sim

ple r forms enters at onc e into what Kent ca l ls ampu l


la cc on e sacs ; Ca rpen ter,fi ag e lla te chambers in w hi ch thespong e an imalcule “ l i ves, mov e s and has i ts bei ng .

”

These chambers a ccordi ng to Kent a re the ma in characte ris tic s and chie f poin ts in th e classifi c ation o f spong e s .In shape these chambers d i ffer in each species, some arec i rcular, oth e rs ova l or sem i - ci r c u lar or poin ted at e a c hend . Th e se c hambe rs are l ined w i th the mu c illag in ous

sar c ode—e ytoblas tema , hav ing imbedded in them, facingthe ce n ter of the chambe r, th e spong e an imalcu le . Ins ha pe they are round or ova l ce l l s, as a body, hav i ngupon each a funnel - shaped hyal i ne col l ar of nearly theleng th and bre adth of the ce l l ,w ith a flag e l lum ex te ndingfrom the c e l l th roug h and out of th e co l lar . The disc overy of this zoo id was made comparative l y recentl y, 1866 .

by a Pennsy lvan ian,Pro f . H. James - Clark . These zooids ,l i ke al l i nfusorias, show the presen c e of a nuc leus a ndtwo c ontracti le ves icl es a t the posterior end . Their funct i on s seem to be of a resp iratory nature, but ch iefl y t

igather food. The flag el l um, by rapid motion crea te sc ur re n t, which strik ing the outside of the co l lar,whicha l so has a motion of a natu re wh ich c aused Ke nt to cal li t circu la tory or cyclosi s,makes al l food particl e s adherethereto, from which they are d rawn up over the rim andth ence along the i nner surface i nto th e body of the an ima lc u le . Before p roceeding farther i t shou ld be re

mar ked that e a c h .of these flag el la te zooi ds is a sep aratebeing w i thout an y bond or connect ion w i th i ts neig hbor,except being al l attached to the same conn e ct ive ti ssue ,the sarcode , or cytoblastema . The process of fee dingju st re lated has been beauti ful l y demonstrated by Ken t,by mixing the food water w i th c arm in e . I t i s claimedtha t each zooid exudes excremen ta l matte r through itsfood channel, but th is l ike many other facts remains yetto be veri fied . In th is ca teg ory of “ c la ims " also belongs the locat ion of the month at the roo t o f the hag e l

26 THE M ICROSCOPE . F e b .

The se zooids are ammboid in thei r na tu re . Both theco l lar an d fl ag e l l um c a n be inv e rte d and be r eceivedwithin the body o f the an ima lcu le . It can als o se nd for thproc esses, pseudopods, w ith or w ithout the indraw ing of

the col lar and fl agel l um .

INTERNA L Su s an na — I n Ke ratose— horn y-

« s pong esthe skeleton i s fami l iar to al l . The subs tance is name dspong i n .

” How Gelati nous spong es are held tog ether,may be in ferred from what we observe in j el l y fi s he s.Cal careous and Si l i c ious spong es . hav ing poss ibl y a mo reflu id sar code, are prov i ded w ith spicul es g e n e ral l y soplaced as to serve as a skel e ton . These spicu l es are a s

beau ti fu l i n form as mul ti tud inous i n variety . I n somespecies the sp icules coalesce and cause thereby obj ec ts ofwondrous beauty as Ve n u s flower bas ket (E ap l c c tc ll a ). I n

other s spicu les are attached to the outside for defensivepurposes .

In addit ion to spicul es , and g enera l l y l y i ng cl ose to“mm,spong es con tain g ran ular bodie d irreg u lar ma sse s .which hav e been recognized as ammboid cel l s,and namedc y

’

tobla sts . Neither sp icu l es n or c ytob la s ts come in contact w ith th e flag e l la te chamber . The exac t functions o fthese amoeboi d bodies are. as yet i n doubt . As beforestated, i t i s bel ie ved that they e xert whatever force aspong e exerc ises . But i t i s further su rm ised that the yalso take hold and remove a l l fore ig n substances wh ichhave entered the spong e . In h ig he r organ isms other cel l sand minute structures have been observed, the uses o fwh ich have been difl'

e r e n tly in terpreted .

L lFE HISTOR Y .—Of th i s l i ttle i s known,much surmised .

Prof . W . J . Sol las of th e Un iversi ty of Dubl in, theauthor of the art icle on spong es in the E ncyc . Bri t . quote sauthorities for the occurrence of both sexual e lements inthe same indi v idual, but in un e ven quanti ti es ; the mal epredominat ing in one, the female i n others . One authori ty g i ven by him found one mal e to 100 fema le forms .

THE MI CR OSCOPE .

In some spong es the sexes are c la imed to be distinct .Both sperm as wel l as g erm cel ls are claimed to de ve lopefrom wa ndering amoe boid c e l l s which first exh ib it l i vel yamoeboid movements, but late r o n pass into a restingstag e . This,as a lready ind icate d, is s trong l y ad vocate dby

' Pro f . Haeckel . Ke nt,howe ve r .difl

'

e rs rad ica l l y fromthisvi ew, and know s on l y the fol l ow ing process : On e ormore spong e zooids, hav ing l i ved i ts or thei r a l lottedspan, become qui e scent, ta ke on an amte ba form,be c om e

a cel l in w h ich spores are g enerated, which, w h e n su f

fi c ie n tly advanced, pass ou t th ro ug h the os c u la e . Th e

c e l l l ooses i ts shape, and what are c al led “ swarm -

g em

mules” appear . These,when su ffi c ien tl y deve loped ,showon the i r upper part flag e lla ted col lared cel l s w ith undeve loped ce l l s bene ath . Ul timate l y they settl e on somefi rm substance and beg in spong e l i fe l ike thei r pare nt .In the cas e of commercia l spong es, artifi c i al propaga

ti on of spong es, by cutting from l i v e specimen, has beensucc ess ful l y attempted under the auspices of the I ta l ia ng overnment . Pieces about an inch square were cut conta i ning part o f the ex terior of the subj e ct . These weret i e d to sti cks a nd submerg ed in the proper loca l i ty .

Th is process proved a success, but had to be abandon e dby

.

rea son of ser ious objections from fi sh e rman .

S l ide s for Sale .—The Je rse y Biolog ic a l Sta tion (Eng land)

will issu e a quarterly publication and a se rie s of 14ln ic rosc o !»

ic al preparations of the rare and the less renown marine organisnm. The text wi ll describe the slides and give notes u pon nu t

nipulation . The price is for the y e a r. Only 75 copie swi l l be issued .

To W rite on G lass .—Make an ink by d isso l ving in a warm

water bath ;bleached shellac, 10 parts ; vene tian turpentine , 5pm ;oil of turpen tin e,5 parts. When dissolved, add 5 partsof lampblack . Use with a pen the same as other inks.

mm W . mm , A . I " I D I‘

I'

OR .

E D I T O R I A L .

A G eologi ca l Survey could be made of practicalbusiness ope rations by gi ving advic e upon th e locationthe sinking of wells, and selections of sites for cemeteries, fortsand heavy buildings, the obtaining of mate rial for bui ldingroads,th e nature of soi l a nd subsoils with reference to drainag e.e tc . ; but we are sorry to think that government su rveys usua llypay little attention to such things,but busy themsel ves withhunting foss i ls, in studying n ames an d synon yms, in trying toascertain th e order of deposi ts in geologic al time and to fin d outhow old the earth is ; not to mention the junketing trips, thenepotism and favoritism, the expense , extravagance and conc ea led or obscure meth ods of i nduc ing leg islators to make a ppropria tions a nd to suppress investigations. Would it not bebe tte r to depend upon the popular apprec iation of prac tical resu lts Expe rienc e of capable men has shown that it would n otbe practic able to do so,and h enc e th e pre vail ing methods .

Snai ls L ive I n de fi n itc ly .—On lvth e othe r day a specimen

from a n island oil"

the c oast of lower Cali for nia , inc losed in adrawer with part of the mollusc an col lection, was found to beal ive . I t had h ad no food or wate r for more than six years .

When p laced in a box with moist ea rth it protruded its footand began to move about, a nd seemed to be as wel l as eve r .Some time ago a few snai ls of a different species, gathered in

1894 THE M I CROSCOPE . 29

Mexico, reached th e Smithson ian I nstitution and were pla ced ina box. They remained undisturbed for two years and threemon ths, at th e end of which time they were put into a jar ofg lass with some c h ickweed and a smal l quantity of te pid water.Pretty soon they waked up and appeared quite active .

QUEST IONS A 'N S W E R E D .

188. Wha t is the best woy to rc tiuc c ,c lmn a nd mount the Radio

(a ria from Man itoba —C‘. S.

Boil a piece of th is shale with a c rystal of c a l-soda of equalbul k an d a sma l l quantity of water in a wide tesb tube . Whenthe shale begins to break down . flood it with hot water and pouri t into another test- tube to deposit. Re peat the above boil ingwith soda and water on the remaining hard fragments of shaleuntil enough disintegrated material has been obtained . Th e

time of contact wi th the c a l -soda should be as brief as possible.

because the sil iceous radiolaria wil l be corroded by any long c on

ta ct with caustic alkaliee . Col lect the sed iment into one tube.flood with clean wate r, a ll ow the sediment to fal l,pour away thewate r,add more,and so on, until th e sedimen t is well washedand free from soda. Remove the water

~as nearly as poss ib le ,

add about a half dram of strong nitri c acid,boil,drop in a sma l lc rysta l of potassi um bichromate,boi l thoroughly,add wate r andwash as above. unti l the acid is removed. E xamine a dro p of

the sediment . I f the forms are not clean, repeat the boi l ingwi th acid and bichromate and wash again as above . There ismuc h fine sand and spicules present whic h mavbe remove dto a

ce rtain degree, by sha king the sediment in a te st- tube ful l ofwater and pouring away as soon as the heavier radiolaria havesettled,and while th e finer particles a re sti ll floating. Th is repouted seve ra l times, wi ll clear the de posit enough to al low afa irly clea n mount to be made . Plac e a drop of the sedimentin the center of a conc aved sl ip,or varnish ring c e l l . dry . add a

d rop of balsam, boil it gently over a lamp, apply a cover,and

30 THE MICROSCOPE.

The forms a re not numerous and are best picked out sin g lywith a me c hanical finger,if a real l y clean mount is desi red .

PRA C TI C A L S U G G E S T I O N S .

By L . A . W ILLSON,

c om mas »,on to.

P h otom i c rograph y .—The mi c roscope is placed in a horiz on

ta l position . The mirror is then vertical,and the tube with th eeye

- piece is inserted into the cam e ra . Whe re the tube ente rs themme ra

”

a blac k c loth is careful ly wrapped to e xclude a ll l igh t.L igh t from an a cme lamp is directed upon the concave mirrora nd re fl ected from behind upon the object through the tu be .

A.

sma l l piece o f c amphor is p laced in th e oi l of th e lamp . Inthis wsv. Am c huodisms has been beautifully taken with a Speuc e r on e - sixth imme rsion objective . W ith an inch objec ti ve , 1photogra phe d a C al yptra of n Moss and the Poll inia of Mi lkW e e d a nd a n Ovipos ito r of a Fly with suc h definition of eve rym in ute detai l, tha t n o re touching of the picture was necessa ry .

W ith th e one sixth a nd exposure of fifteen minutes and with th ei n c h, te n minutes was a l l tha t was required .

E xam ining W riting .—Grea t issues ofte n depend upon th e

de termination as to wh ic h of two signature s to a document we refirst written . The so l ution o f th is problem ismore di ffi cult thanwould at fi rst be suspe c ted . Th e appearance of the l ines to a

non - e xpe rt is freq ue ntly th e opposite to th e truth . Experie ncea nd inte l l igenc e ar e re quis ite to th e interpre tation of th e pictu reu n iolded bvthe mi c roscope . De l icate focuss ing and observingwhi c h line first c omes into view is on e test. Try this test byboth transmitted and reflected light. Another test is the web .

"

The we b is iormed by th e in k of the las t writing, running in tothe first. This is a ve ry interesting subject to experiment upon .

T ry it with crossed th ick l ines and c rossed th in l ines, th in line sacross thi c k l ines a nd th ick l ines ac ross th in l ines ,with the samea nd with difl’

e re n t inks ,with s low stroke s a nd quick strok e s . a n d

o ne will be surprised a t the i n tri c ac y o f the problem.

Photography is a good adj unct to th e microscope on matterso f this kind . Fi rst take a nega tive , from th at make a positi veth en photogra ph th e pos itive where th e lines cross . In the prin t

32 THE MICROSCOPE . Feb .

THE MICROSCOPE.

Con ten ts for Fe brua ry, 1894.

XL—Sec tic u c f Stem c f Syt-smore . (mum-std ) “

To W rite on Glas sE D ITORI A L—A Geologic a l Su rvey

Snails Live I ndefi nite lyQnm s A nswm n .

—No. 188, hy Dr. 8 G

P e a c rl c u . Svc om'

n oxa—hy L. A . W ilson

Rm r PUBL ICA T IONS—Fu nn y Bone

THE MICROSCOPICAL JOURNAL .

Con te n ts for Febru ary, 1894.

On the Studio”I n

vvitlgre‘c

seril

of the Hanse n Cul tu re Boxew e th e Study of Lowe r Cryptogn nes.

by J . Ch risfi an Bay. (I llustratedl u

Ae ration of'

l‘issues nnd Om s m M ikania nnd Othe r Phanemgnm hy

Osn Devic e for Tu rn Table, by E. E . Maste r-man . (I l lustrated)Radi an Sha le from Manitoba, by Fred

’k B. Ca rter .

On the Deve lopmen t of th e Continental Form c tM ic roscope Stand,byJ .Col le c ting and Studying Parasitic Inse c ts, by He rbe rt Osborn . (l ll us

A Homogen eous Obje c tive Conden ser, by W illiam LightenLN 1 0 r uin Emm a —Rush Medic al (kill ege

Mic msc oric m. Ma s ir uu rros .—Msye r’s Car in -A lum

M ic aosc or ic A L Soc mn m—The Sphinx Soc ie ty, A tc hi-son ,R ana

THE M ICROSCOP E .

M A R C H , 1 8 94 .

NUMBER 15. New SERI ES.

Objec ts Seen Under the Microsc ope .

I X—Va u n c e Fe asts or Ba c r s au Sup pos sn r o Ca use D is-BA RR .

L is'r o r I t w s raa'rxon s.

Ba c illus tuberc ulosis . Diamete r 1 in c h .

Ba c illus blobs -tom . Dia . inc h .

in. Micm a c“ p neumon ia . Din . 1 in c h .

4. h pmsy. nut 1 - 100,000 in ch .

5. Pyaemia . Micmc oc c ua from pus .

6 . Typhoid feve r. M M M SW . Din . inc h .

7. Sc ar let fever . W omen-tom es . Dis .

‘

1- 35 .000iuc h .

8. Chole ra . Bpir il lm chole ra . Din. in c h .

34 THE MICROSCOPE . Mar.

1 1 . In fluenz a; Grippe ) . Din. 1 inc h .

12. Pan. M u m -W a rm . Dia l -35,000in c h .

13. Yea t fnngns. Din. 1 -3,000 in c h.

14. Glande n . Enema -wild . m :-on,soc m .

15 . Pneumonia . W W . W M .

18. urn-Innption . Onc tnberc le c ontaining spom .

1& Anthru (mnligm nt puntn lo). Bac ill i fi om blood.

19. 8nlivn . Varions fimm mnnd in the month .

20. Anh tic chole ra . Somo joined in thrends and somc S ah ped .

These d i sea se g erm s shown in the 20 figu res an d enume ra te d in the accompan y ing l i st are so smal l a s to testm icroscopical ski l l to th e utmost . None but the hig he stpowers and most costl y obj e ct ives w i l l revea l them an d

then on l y by means of s ta ins an d other a ids . Some bacter iologists den y tha t the m icr oscope a l one can id ent i fyth ese d i fferent bacteria one from the other . Conseque n tlythey reso rt to w hat they cal l c u l tures in w hich they multiply indefini te l y their n umbers . The appe arance andbehav ior of these colon ies consi st ing of mi l l ions of sing l ebacteria furn ish a sure c l ue to thei r spec ies . The e ffe ctsproduced in rabbi ts and other an imal s are also take n asproofs of their iden ti ty . A s then the forms are so i l l us i ve even under the hig hest powers, they have not yetbeen fu l l y described and c lassifi ed morpholog ica l l y, orin respect to the forms they presen t to the eye . W h i l e,therefore, the pictures w e g i ve are to some extent tr u e .

there are other bacteria not pictured here wh ich. whenpictured w i l l not prese nt a di fferent appearance fromsome of these . In some cases of bacte ri a wh ich lo okalike to the eye, one w il l s tain e asi l y w i th A n i line whil eanother w i l l not . For instance the Bacil lu s tuberculos isresists the sta ins wh ich are e fi

'

e c tive w ith many sp e cie sand requ i res special methods . Some bacteria w i l l m u ltip ly when placed upon sl i ces of raw potato, others w i l lnot . Some g row upon the surface of bou i l l on . others

THE MICROSCOPE . 36

combining these various tests, bacteria may bewhen the m icroscope a lone cannot do i t. For

n eeds a Manual ofthat of D r . Ste rnberg, or a l i tt l e comDr . M . V . Bal l .rgnn isms are presen t when the d iseasessome of them are sometimes presentdoes not occur . Instead of say in g that

i t is safer to say that when these111 e n feebled or otherw ise favorab l ythem disease is ab le to arise from the

s, and i t i s qu i te certa in that the sevnot occur prov ided the attendantated or kept out o f the s ystem .

al l commun i cabl e diseases and wein fection is transfe rre dly we a r e able to sayi s in many cases a nd to

we know that a consumpti ve ha sthese g erms,that if he spi ts uponth e l iqu id soon dr ies up and thein th e a i r,to be breathed in to the

I f the recip i en t i s ino harm comes, but if the g ermw i l l mu l t ip l y in defin i te l y and

sues . Shoul d every consumptiveburn al l of h i s expectoration s,theban ished from the earth .

by one observer ,i t was found thatoccupying rooms wh ich had

y been occupi ed by consumptives w ithout propermethods of cleans ing hav ing been employed . Pub l icdrink ing cups are another means of commun i c ating in

The microscope has proved that w e cannot l i ve forou rse l v es al one . The in te re st of one i s the in teres t of


a l l . He who g oes thro ug h l ife casting his °

unc lean ly

product in to hal ls, car s, shops, e tc ., him sel f w i l l bre athein some othe r k ind which some other carel e ss pe rson hasthrow n off in dis regard of al l human righ ts .

Typhoid and Cholera g erms pass from the bowels ofthe sick w i th these di seases and in most cases of in fe ct i on the g erms have got i n to rivers,well s and drin kingwater . A ll th i s c a n be prevented if the d ischa rg es ared isin fected w i th carbo l ic ac id or burne d .

Persons who d ie of diph theri a contain the ge rms andthe ir bodies may taint the so i l . In Normandy, such abody was exhumed after 23 years had e lapsed . thosewho dug up the body and afterwards some other pe oplewere taken sick . A perfect epidem ic of diphthe ria re

su lted. This i s why cremation i s so strong l y advoca tedby some peop le .

M i lk from tubercul ous cows is in fected and th e re is nosafety except in boi ling the m i lk . The bo il in g poin t ofheat k i l l s the g erms . I f wate r i s suspected i t a lso shou ldbe boi l ed before using i n food or as dri nk .

Heal th officers have found tha t there are at presentfi ve of these d iseases w h i c h are very de structi v e whenneg l ec ted but wh ich y ie l d readil y to the means of c ont rol now known . These five are consumption . diph th e

ria, pneumon ia, typhoid fever and scarl e t fever . Dr .Gamber of the M ich igan Board of Heal th has g iven thefol low ing synopsis of these five baci l l i .The bac i l l us of tubercu losis i s the princ ipa l factor in

the d isease so commonly known as consumption, an d isthe ca use of more deaths in the Sta te of M ich igan th anan y other sing l e disease . Their shape is in the form of

rods w ith rounded ends ; averag e leng th, of an

inch ; diameter, 1 of an inch . The bac i l li aresaid to have an enduring form,and i t has been demonstra ted by experiment that i t reta in s i ts vita l i ty in des i cos ted sputum for several mon th s . A susceptibl e ind iv id

THE M ICR OSCOPE . 37

take th is di se as e through an open wound, or anof the sk in ; but the respiratory tract furn ishesmed ium for in fecti on . A very common mode

h ildre n , i s from the ing e s ti onw i th tubercu losis. The temthis g erm i s 99° F ., and they

mul tipl y slow l y . Th e therma l death - point is 160° F .

The bac i l l us of d iphtheria i s the spec ific g erm of thatdreaded dis ease, diph ther ia . They are rod shaped,straigh t or slig htl y curved, w i th rounded, club - shapedends, havihg a leng th of 1 of an inch,and a diameter of of an inch . In fect ion may take placef rom inhaling the poison, or where there i s an abras ionof the skin ; al so from the food taken,and especial l y milk,which i s a favorable med ium for the g row th of th is bac i l lus . Th e development takes pla ce at a temper ature offrom 70° to 107° F . ; the most favorable temperature is95

° F . The therma l death - poin t i s 140° F . The diphther ia g erms have a g reat tenac i ty for l i fe, may remainviru l en t for many months and tolerate the exposure torain an d sun sh ine during the months of Apri l and May.

The m icrococc i of pneumon ia are spherical or oval,usual l y un i ted in pairs, or in cha ins consisting of th ree orfour elemen ts, wh ich are srruoun de d by a transparentcapsule . In l eng th they are about 1 of an

,inch ;

diameter of an in ch . In fection from th is m icrococcus takes p lace throug h the medium of th e respi ra to rypassag es . These g erms are found in the sa l iva and nasa l

g ood heal th for days anda they are wai ting for the lung sa cold or from epidemic in fi ni ts ow n specifi c d isease, pneuF., i s most favorabl e for theireath - poin t is 130° F .

fever have an averag e length ofa breadth of of an inch.

38 THE M I CR OSCOPE . Mar .

with rounded ends . Thei r g row th is mos t rapid at bloodhe at therma l d ea th - po in t, 140° F . They are long livedan d w il l endure most any kind of wea th er,and fin d th eirw ay in to the system th rough the medi um of drinkingwater,mi lk or other food .

Th e pathogen ic m icr o - org ani sm of sc a rl et fever has notas yet, bee n ful l y demonstrate d, but some g ood Germanand Fr e nch authorit ies found in al l these case s exam in ed .

a streptococcus identica l w i th the streptococcus of e ry

sipela s . Sternberg say s “ In the dipth e ritic exudatefrequentl y seen in the angina of scarlet fever a strep tococcu s i s commonl y found wh ich appears to be identica lwith strep tococcus pyog enes .” Baumgarte u bel i evesthe se germs to be vari et i es of the str ep to c oc cus pyoge nes . So that at presen t there seems to be no g ood re ason for doubt in g that this i s the speci fi c in fectious ag e nti n scarlet fever, and enters the sys tem by the mou th andnasal passages .The strep tococcus pyog enes i s the specific g er m in our

severe cases of blood poi son, and cannot be iden ti fi e dfrom the str e ptoc oc u s o f erys ipelas,but bacteriolog is tsobserve that the effects prodi fferen t, as pro ven by the ino c u lation of

ma l e w ith artificial cu l tu res of these g erms .spherical in form, w i th a m e an diameter ofan inch . They mu lt ip ly free l y at ord inary room temperature , 60° to 70° E , bu t more so at blood hea t . Thermal death - poin t i s 130° F . Th is i s al so cal led th e c hain »

coc cus, on accoun t of the arrang ement i n more or l esselongated chains . Its pecul iari ty i s to ex tendal ong the lymph spaces and lymp th a tic ve ssel scommences about the hand i t ex tends up the arm , andmay cause prog ress ive phlegmon, and often death, ifradica l measures are not taken to prevent i t .In th is connection,attention may be cal led to the Hye

droaon e of Mar chand as a specific for these di seases.

40 THE M lCROSCOPE . M ar .

pared in the R oyal Ins t i tution in London . He cover edthe subs tance from which the infus ion w as to be ma de,w ith disti l l ed water kept at a temperature of 120° Fahr .

A fter dig esting the substance for four or five hour s,bepoured ofi

' the l iqu id, bo i led i t, fi ltered i t and ob ta ine d aclear i nfusion . The l iqu id was then c oole d and its spe

c ifi c grav i ty found . The flasks used were simi lar to tha tshown in Fig ure 1 . These were fi l l ed by pla c ing th e

tube in the in fusion, heating the fla sk and then ch il lingi t . The air w i thin then condenses and i s fol lowed by th ein fus ion . The fla sks were then plunged in the boilingoi l for five m in utes, the steam escaping by the open neck.

Wh i l e the steam was sti l l esc aping a Bunson flame wasappl ied to the neck and sealed i t by mel ti ng the g l a ss .The fla sk is then draw n from the o i l perfectl y sea ledhermetica l l y . A ster arr i v ing at the Alps, 64 of the 60flasks w ere found to be cl ear, the oth c r 6 muddy butthese on be ing careful l y examined were each on e foundto have the nip of the n eck broken off and hence adm itted some air . The infusion in the muddy flasks wasfound to be crowded w i th l ife but which coul d not havebeen the resul t of spon taneous generation ; or, if so,howa ccoun t for the clearness of the 54? The fact that ai rwas adm itted into the 6 muddy ones and that these al oneshowed l ife tends to show if i t does not prove tha t inth i s case ordinary ai r was necessa ry to the producti on of

bacteria . But to prove that i t is not the a ir i tsel f, butsometh ing present in th e ai r wh ich prod uc ed the l i fe ,Tyndal l went further . He d iv ided the 54 cl ear fl a sk sin to g roups of 23 and 27 ; th e 23 he carried in to a ha ylo ft and broke off the ends of the necks admi tting a i r .He then carr ied th e 27 to a g reater elevation in pure a ir

and takihg precau ti ons lest any dust from h is cloth ingor from the n ippers shou ld enter the flasks he n ipped off

the ends of the 27 . He then placed the 50 flasks over ak i tchen stove in a temperature var ying from 50

° to 90°


Fahr . and in three days he found 21 of th e 23 flasksopened in the hay mow crowded w ith l ife . A fter threew eeks of exactl y the same condi tions to which the 23wer e subj ected not one of the 27 had g i ven way . Thei n ference here i s that i t was not the air of the lof t bu tsometh ing pre sent in the ai r w h ich produced the resul tsobser ved in the 23 flasks .For n ea rl y 10 years, as he was ab l e, P rofe ssor '

l‘

ynda l l

was engag ed in a study the e ffec ts of radiant heat and

lig h t upon g a ss e s and h is studies led to an importan t discova ry . In a beam which i l l uminated the dust in h islaboratory, he placed an ig ni ted sp i ri t lamp and ar oundi ts rim were see n rims of darkness l ike an in tensel y black0smoke but which was proved not to be smoke for a hotpoker and a smokeless alcohol lamp produced the sameappearance . The blackness was that of s te l lar space orth e blackness resu l ting from the absence of al l'matterwh ich cou ld scatter l igh t. The flame destroyed the float

42 THE M ICROSCOPE . Ma r.

ing matter ar ound i t and the hot a ir from the flame a rosein to the beam and push ed aside the i l l umin a ted pa r tic le sand substi tuted its own perfect transparency .

Tyndal l b roug h t th is d isco very to bear upon the studyof spon taneous g enerat ion . He reasoned tha t if an in fms ion,barren,but suscepti bl e of putrefaction wh en expos edto ordinar y a ir was brough t in to c on tact w i th th is n onl um inous a ir i t wou ld n ever putrefy . To preven t theobjection ; that oxygen passed throug h a spirit l ampflame looses i ts Vi ta lizing propert ies he perf orm e d thefol low ing exper iment a condensed beam was sentthrough a la rg e flask contain ing air the lig h t re vea l edthe dust in the ja r . The jar was corked and left for a fewdays and examined w i th the l um inous beam ; no tra ckwas v is ib l e, the floating matter had settl ed on the sidesof the vesse l . Here he found a way of ridding the a irof i ts float ing matter w i thout bu rn ing i t . He then c o n

structed wooden chambers (c ) hav ing g l ass fron ts, s idew indows a nd back doors . Throug h th e bottom of thechambe r test tubes (dd) were passed a ir tig ht, their openends w i th in the chamber (c ) . He connected the inneran d outer a ir by means of sinuous channels (f . th roug hwhich ai r cou l d pa ss but no dust . A pipette (e ) en teredthe chamber from the top . E very precaution was tak ento prevent dust from passing i nto the chamber . Th e

chamber was then closed and pe rmitted to remain qu ietfor two or th ree days . E xam ined at the beginn ing b y abeam se nt th roug h its -w indows (a . b. ) the ai r was foundladen w i th floating matter wh ich in three’ days had whol l yd isappeared . The ins ide was coa ted w i th g l ycer i ne topreven t i t rising again . The fresh l iqu id was in troduc edinto the tubes by means of the pipette . The tubes w e t !

then put i nto a ba th and con tents boi l ed to destroy th einfection wh ich i t had rece ived from a ir before i t wasput in

.

the tubes .W i th such chambers,Tyn dal l tested in fusions of th e

1894 THE MICROSCOPE . 43

most var ied kind incl uding natural an imal l iqu ids andthe flesh of domestic an imal s,game, fi sh and veg e tables .M ore than 50 chambers, each w i th i ts ser ies of i nfusions,were tested,many of them repea tedl y . The resu l ts w ereconcl usi ve . In every i ns tance he had perfect sweetnessw ith in the chamber which in some cases lasted more thana year . W i thou t the chamber, w i th l ike in fusions therewas putre faction and decay.

The con c l u sion here is : that an in fusion depri ved byheat o f i ts inherent l i fe and placed i n contac t w i th a i rc l ea nsed of i ts v is ib ly suspended matter has no pow e r tog enerate l i fe . But a further test was appl ied wh ichcl inched the arg ument. The tubes had remained in thech ambers from 3 months to a year perfectl y clear . Thedoors of the c hambers were thrown open and the dust ya ir al lowed to e n te r and in a few days the infusions w ereswarm in g w i th l i fe . The l iqu ids were therefore provedread y for pu trefaction when the contaminating ag ent waspresent .These experimen ts were so concl us ive and so compre

h e n sive that they gave a quietus to the doctrin e of spontan eou s g enerati on .

Th e va lue of these resu l ts i s seen from the immensepracti ca l benefi t wh ich has al ready accrued to sc ience .

Prof . L i ster appl ied the princ iple to surg ery w ith there sul t that Ope ra tions , which 50 years ago i n volved elements of g reat dang er and uncertainty can be to - daype rforme d w i th perfec t safety . Pasteur saved the si l kindustry of France throug h th is princip le and i t i s beingapplied to d iseases w ith the prospect of furnishing aninsig ht into the ca uses and of sugg esting remedies forthe most mal ig nant d iseases .

monoc xc a r. La soaa roa y or Hw nmn U s tvs s sxrv.T h e British A ssociation m eeting for 1894wil l be h e ld in

A ugust a t Oxford , England and Lord Salisbury wi ll preside .

A la rg e attendan ce may be looked for .

44 THE M ICROSCOPE . Mar .

THE M I CROSCO PE .

For N a tu ra lists,P lyu’

c fc xs. a n d D r agg i ng , a n d D r a p e d IvP OM

CHARLES W . Bl lm , A . I ” ED ITOR .

ED I TOR I A L .

Transm itt ing S lide s —The tin-boxes in which the typewriter ribbon s are packed are 3 ! long by I t inche s wide andmake most excel lent boxes in which to transmit slides . The reis just room enough to insert the sl ides wrapped in cotton or inblotting paper and no damage can be done by the mailing or

by the pressure to whic h packages are subjected in mail bags.This is of especial importance when slides are ’ sen t across theocean .

Q U ES T I ON S A N S W E R E D .

189. How would you procm l wm kc a mic rosc opic al examina

tion qf un'

n c mspec tcd to conmin apm a losoa f—C. S. 0.

Pour the urine into a narrow bottomed wine-glass or simi larvessel ,Iet it sta nd several hours,until the spermato zoa e tc . havefallen to the bottom of the l iquid . Remove some of the depos itwith a pipette ,place a drop on a g lass slip an d apply a coverg lass. Use a l inch or 1 -5 inch objecti ve. I f too much liquidbe p laced on the sl ip,the cover glass wil l sl ide about too freely.

Then apply a small piece of blotting paper to the edge of the


cover and gently remove, by absorption, the surplus l iquid .

The cover wil l then l ie agains t the sl ip so the microscope canbe incl ined to a convenient angle for’ a careful examination of

PR A CT I C A L S U G G E S T I O N S .

By L. A . W ILLSON,m omma.

R i nging M ounts .—For ringing mounts there is nothing

neater, clean er or more convenient for use than l iquid shellac .Use the liquid pure without any admi xture whatever. Whi lethe slide is upon the tum -table app ly th e l iquid with a finebrush and finish with the point of a knife blade. R ings thusfinished look almost as if made of sol id glass . I f a fancy mountis desired . paint a design on the sl ide and run the ring over it,as above . These rings make a handsome finish,which eve ryon e wil l admire. One c an prepare th e l iquid himse l f. It maybe obta ined at a varnish factory or procured from dealers inm i c roscop ic supplie s .L e ave s of Sh e ph e rd 's P u rse .

—This is a very commonweed ,(Q rpc alla bursa -M 8) , and has leaf hairs in the form of

a cross and is but slightly infe rior to Deutzia as an opaquemount.M e ridum Circ ula re .

—Th is beauti ful diatom may be foundin the c oss on the borders of pathways in the woods and in n a t

ural parks. I have a gathering obtained in this way that is pra ctically pure and requires no cleaning for mounting.

To be certain that you have this diatom,carry as a part ofyour collecting outfit a good strong pocket lens and a sl ide andcover glass, a compressorium or something of the kind . Placea drop of the gathe ring on the sl ide and cover, an d view withthe lens when the characteristic rings wil l be visible in the freshmate rial and with them wil l be observed separate cuneate frustules. The rings are characteristic on account of their widthand disposition of the frustu les about the center.Ke e p You r E ye s Ope n .

—A practical suggestion to the amats ur microscopist who is a lover of nature and a devote e at itssacred shrine, is to keep your eyes open and examine everything you find . Instruction and beauty wil l be everywhere n u

46 THE M ICROSCOPE . Mar .

folded and you wi ll be c opvin c ed that “ there are se rmons instones and good in everything .

”

S C I E N C E—G O S S I P.

Bacte r i um Col i Commune is considered by Ek ehorn aca use of appendicitis.I c e D angerous —However p’

ure in appearance , ic e ma y c on

ta in disease germs capable of development when taken into thesystem or brought into contact with food or drink . The evilsattributed to th e temperature of ice may be due to th e ge rms.

R E C E N T PU B L I CA T I O N S .

The Mic roscop e and Microscopic a l Methods. By Simon HenryGage . Fifth edition, rewritten . pp . 165, Ithaca , N . Y..

Comstock Publishing Co. 1894.

The ear lie r editions of th is work by Professor Gage have beenso high ly appreciated by students and teachers interested in th estudy of th e microscope th a t a formal introductory announ cement of the. new edition is n ot nece ssary . The fifth edi tion,now before us, is for the greater part rewritte n,more p rofuselyi l lustrated,and much new and practica l subject matter is added .

The book consists of 165 printed pages,the right hand pagethroughout the book being left blan k for the insertion of notes.Th e subject matte r is arranged in 280n umbe red paragraphswhich are divided into eight distinct. chapters. These containa clear and concise description of (1) The mic roscope and its

parts . (2) L ighting and focussing,manipulations of dry, ad

justable and immersion objectives ; care of the microscope andof the eyes . (3) Interpreta tion of th e appea rances under th emicroscope . (4) Magnifi c ation of th e microscope,Micrometry .

(5) Drawing with the microscope. (6) M icro- spectroscope andm icro-

polarisc Opc ,use and application . (7) Slides an d coverg lasses,mounting, label ling,and storing microscopical prepmtions . Experiments in m icro- chemistry . (8) Photo-m icrograph , etc . Bibl iography and Index .

In describing the various parts of the microscope and theirfunctions, the greatest care has been taken to make perfectlyclea r al l th e terms used in connection with th e microscope .

48 THE M ICROSCOPE . Ma r.

THE MICROSCOPE.

Con te n ts for Marc h , 1894.

Obje c ts Sec n Unde r the Mic rosc ope . IX .—Various Por-ma oa c te ria

On Spontnneous Ge ne ration . M cCamm. (Il lustrated )Rom an ia—Transmitting Slides .

Qom oxs Axewnarm.—No. 189,by D r. S. G. Shanks

189. Examination of Urine

Pu c rrc ar. Sooomr roxs—by L. A .

Ringing Moun ts

Kee p Your Eyes Open .

Sem e n Gossrr .-Bac te rium Coli Commune

46

11mm PUBu c a r o s .—The Mic rosc ope and Mic ros c opiml Methods .


Con te n ts for Marc h , 1894.

Studia of th e Histology of Va rious Mammal ian Tim es . Osborn .

(I llustra ted .

Red Snow as Seen 37M ea ns of the Microsc ope . Edwa rds . (Il lustra ted)

Sa botage Attac hmen tMic noe c or rc u .MAk tPM A fl Ok .

—'

h ansmitting

MED ICA L Mi c aoeoorx.—Caute r-iz ing Wounds

Ba c rm oo .—Gunthe r’s Bac te riology

D ane am) F000 An n m an on .—Dilution with Turme ric .

M rc nosc oe rc u . Nome —Dire c tory

Mmrwsc omc u . 800m m.—San Fran c isc o, Cat , Geo. Mitc he ll

Washington wD CLinc oln M ic ros cope Club, Rosc oe Pou nd ,W”

Ottumwa Mic rosc opic a l Soc ie ty,Ottumwa, IowaNm PUBL I CAT IONS.

—Tbe Mic ros c ope and Mic row opic nl Methods

THE M ICROSCOP E .

A P R I L , 18 94 .

NUMBER 16. New SER IES.

Objec ts Seen Under the Mic rosc ope .

X .—son s n ew sc ams or a a n rou a ra .

(PR OM u nm'

rosa . )

To those not a c quain ted w i th the subj ect, we may saythat these c ute i l lustrate the fossi l ske letons of certa inv e ry minu te and ver y low forms of animal l i fe . The an

y thousan d years ago and on l y their hardPictu res of the anima l s when l i ving

di fferentl y . The La tin names of al lforms are of no popu lar in terest but(1 by those w ho desire them in the

Jou r n a l for Apri l , 1893,whereof ea ch i s a lso recorded . We insert the se

8 here to draw atte nt i on to the subject. R ev.

50 THE MI CROSCOPE .

F . B . Carter has j ust fin i shed in the Jou rn a l for A pril ,1 894, a series of art icles on the R adiolaria whi ch are iil ustrated by 47 fig ures and which every one should havewho wants to study R ad io laria . W e have a few p iec esof earth con ta in ing these forms wh ich we w i ll s e nd outas prem iums for new subscr iptions . D i rections for g e tting the forms which are too sma l l to be seen unti l after

they have been dissol ved ou t by chem ica l ac tion may befound in the M innos c oe a for February, 1 894, pag e 29.

Th is earth was d iscovered i n 1 892 by the CanadianGeolog ical Survey at Bel l r iver, Porcup ine moun tain,Man itoba and sen t to Germany for examination .

XL—R ED snow .

The objects figured be low do not look much l i ke redsnow but they are h igh l y mag n ifi e d, and present a verydiffe ren t appearance in Nature . E very one is fami l i arw i th the g reen coloring often g iven to fences, ston es ,tree s, etc ., wh ich are h idden from the sun 's rays . Theshaded s ide of houses, tree - trunks and wal ls i s th e favori te resort for the P r otoc oc cus . Suppose th i s g rowth redin stead of g reen and suppose i t located on ice or snowin the. A rct i c reg ion s and you w i l l have pictured to you r

1894 THE MICROSCOPE. 51

ima g ination wha t R e d Snow l ooks l ike in Natur e . But

to know what i t real l y i s, consul t an articl e i n the M icrosc op ic a l Journ a l for March, 1894,pag e 70 by D r. A . M .

E dwards of Newark,N . J or you w i l l find someth ing in

Carpenter an d in the E n c yc lopmdia s . Unti l the m icr os cope revea le d i ts true vegetabl e cha racter and i ts modeo f g rowth, th e r ed snow was one of theomens of ev i l andg ave ri se to many supersti t iou s .

Guano Examined Mic rosc opic a ly.

BvARTHUR M . E DW A R DS, M . D . .

m an , a . J .To th e younger m icroscopi sts of today the i dea of ex

amin ing by means of the m icroscope, the substance guanoseems rather strang e but it must be remembered that atru e m icroscop ist turns h is search ing wonder tube oneve ry th ing . He searches the earth be l ow h im and findswonders . He turn s the tube to the waters and he seesthem teeming w ith l i fe . So he looks at the th ing s tha tare common and finds in them worlds of amazement anddel ig ht. To the o lder m icroscopis t a sl ide labe l ledGuano d'

I c h a boe brings back the pleasure of the prepa ratiou s of Bourg ogne—h e i s g one now and sons,perhaps gr andsons, occupy h is place . But what is g uanoa nd wh a tdoe s the m i c roscope te l l us about i t ? An d r e

m ember that the m icroscope,ei ther s imple or compound ,is on l y a mag n i fy ing eye, an instrumen t mak ing the eye,

52 THE MI CR OSCOPE .

and the m ind too when it is prope rl y used ,more searching . I f we look in an encyclopaedia to see what g uanois,we fin d something l ik e the fol low ing : We find thati t i s the excreme n t of birds and other aq ua tic animalsthat i s found on the islands,more pa rtic u lar ly in Peruin the Pacifi c Ocean, reddish in color and smellings trong l y of ammon ia an d which is brought home byve ssels for the u se of the farm e r as a manu re. I t wasbroug h t home by Humbo ld t in 1804. be ing found by himat the Ch incha I slands a nd was in use during the 17thand 18th centur ies by th e inhab i tants of Peru . I t wasanal yzed by the G e rma n and French c hem ists Klapro th,Four c roy a nd Vauquel in . But i t was not un ti l the pu blic a tiou in 1840 by L eib ig of his work on ag ricu l turalchem i s try that i ts uses in ag ricu l ture w ere proved . I n

1850,no less then ton s were imported in to E ngland from L ima and i t so ld at about £13 pe r ton . A n ia

te r e s t commercia l l y in money val ue showed how important i t was . Now i t i s be ing e xhausted an d al thoug hg uano h a s been found e lsewhere as at South A fri ca .(hence the name I c haboe ) and in the m id Pa c ific and i nthe Carr ibean sea i t i s now sca rce to what i t was . Thisi s a l l very fine commercial l y, but why does th e microscope turn to i t to v iew i t ?Some years since my attention was cal l ed to the su b

j c et of g uano when engag ed as an anal ytica l chem ist inexam in ing the ferti l izers of d i fferent k inds and thereatter when study ing the Ba c il la ria c e av(or D iatomaceae , asthey are commonl y but w rong ful ly cal led ), and the ir a ppl i ca tions to g eolog y . A t last I came to the concl usiontha t the p reve lau t notion w i th regard to the orig in o f

g ua no was erroneous, for I wanted to find ou t the w hyand wherefore for al l th ing s . That was my fai l ing , if Imay ca l l i t so . My ideas of the subject were embod iedin a communication made to the E sse x Inst i tute of Sa

l em,Mass , on the 4th of January 1869, an abstra c t of


which will be found in the bu l let in of the assoc iation,v ol . 1 ,pag e 1 1 . Subsequen tl y w i th the Hon . E . G . Squierand Dr . A . Habel,who had v i s i ted the cel ebrated Chincha I slands, an d there observed fac ts wh ich confi rmedthe presen t wri ter ’s notions w ith regard to i t, he agai nbrought out the subject be fore the publ ic at a meetin g of the New York L yceum of Natural Hi story, hel dMay 1 , 1871 . (Proceed ing s Lyceum Natura l Hi story,N .

Y., vol . 1 ,pag e Therein i t is shown that g uano i smost l i kel y not the excrements o f birds and other simi laran imal s depos i ted upon the is lands and main land, but i ti s the re su l t of the accumulation of the bodies of animalsan d plan ts, for the most part minute ones, Ba c il la riac em or Dia toma c em making up the most part of the massand subsequentl y upheaved from the bottom of the oceanby vo lcan ic ag en cy .

Dr . Habe l who had visi ted the Chincha Islands for th epurpose of study ing geological l y the mode of formationof the g uano, said i t presented i tse l f as strata looking asif i t had been la id down beneath water, and the uppermost portion was of a di fferen t character entirel y . Thestrata are white and ye ll ow vary ing i n shade and th ickness . Th e dip O

Of the strata varies from fi ve to fi fteendeg rees . The presen t wri ter sa id he brought the matterbefore the publ ic fi rst at a meet ing of the American M ic ros c opic a l Society in 1869, and had been fi fteen yearsstudy ing i t as be aring upon the orig in of certain in fusoria l earths which occur on the Pacific Coast as at Mon

te rey an d Los A ng eles, and wh ich extend into the Sta teof W ashing ton . These strata or shales are l ig ht in co lorbeing nearl y wh ite or salmon colored and con ta in th e re

mains of Ba c illar ia c e ze or Dia toma c eaa and Polyc istin a .

A long w ith these shel ls there i s asphal tum present. Bu t

th i s i s presen t also in Inf usoria l E arth s at other points,as a t Tr in idad . The Cal i fornia State Geolog i ca l Surveyca l led the strata b i tuminous sha les . G uano is not found

54 THE M I CROSCOPE .

on the islan ds alone bu t on the ma in land and not on ly

in rain less d is tr ic ts but in other d istri cts, as in A laska .

The Chincha Islands have bee n visi ted by Mr . Kinn han ,

a compe tent geolog i st of Dub lin a lso,an d he has pointedout that they have been upheaved by volcanic ag en cyw i th i n a re c en t period g eolog i ca l l y speaking . A l so thedetai l s of a resid ence at the same Island by Mr . F . Na shwho states that th e an c hors of sh ips bring up g ua no f romthe depths of the sea . He says that an Is land nea r Ca l laowhich was rai sed some years sin ce by vol canic actionhad g uano on i t. The Ba c il la ria c e zn or Dia toma c e aa ing uano are peculiar be ing very beaut iful . At I c h a boe ,

i n South Af rica, they are bri l liant discs seeming l y of a l l

the c olors of the rainbow , but bel onging to th e ge ne raA c tinoc yc lus E h r e n be rgii, Cosc in odis c u s and Tr ic e ra timn .

marine apparent l y beyond a doubt. Some day the oceanin th e se par ts, on the coast of Peru,w i l l be dre dg e d tog e t the g uano that i s lay ing th ere .

Programof the Tenth Annua l Soiree of the Wash ingtonMic rosc opical Soc iety for May 8, 1894.

Am mass avr e s P e nsion er . D u . Rowm A. Gra ss.THE USES OF THE M ICROSCO P E .

I l l u st r a te d b y La n te rn P lc tu re a.

E X H I B I T SCan c e r,of musc l e .

M in e r’s lu n (a n th ra c osis pu lmon a l is ) . G . N. M “ .

show ing e posit of c a rbon in lung tissue .

An th ra x b a c il l i in kidn ey of gu in e a ig . 0Ye ast fungu s (sa c c ha romyc e s c e revis

liae ) . 5DR ‘ W . W . A ntw a n .

Se c tion of lymph g land of c a l f. D R . E . A . BA LL OCH .

Se c tion o f gra n ite . showing c ompon e n tmin e ra ls , fe ldspa r,q ua r tz .mic a ,e tc . M R . W M . BR OMW EL L .

Ma c rosc 0pic a l Spe c ime n o f s ame roc k .

Fa tty a c id fromfish oil (by po la ric ed li

‘ght) .

Sc a les o fe rn s (by po la riz ed ligh tSe c tions il lus tra ting h isto logy ofhuman e ye . M n . HEN R Y H . Ba own .

Se c tion s of c a n c e rs.

Spe c ime ns illustra tin g pa thology.

Se c tions of woody stems.

as THE M ICR OSCOPE . Apr .

IV.—FIN ISHING .

Date as above.Place mount Upon turn - table.R ing with shel lac cement.Put aside for thorough drying.

Place mount upon tum -table.W i th cut- edged needle cut away a ny i rregularity in outer

edge of shellac ring.

7 . Cover with sin c ~white cement.8. A fter about 5 minutes ring with any color of lacquer os~

ment (K ing’s ) to suit taste.

9. Put aside to set and dry .

10. In about a week pol ish sl ide, put on labels,copying anydate s of importa nce you choose and remove da te slips fromunder side by wetting .

11 . Result : a beautiful sl ide.

ve

ww~

C:

T h e Si ze of a Spide r’ s Th re ad .—Le uwen hoek, the first

mic rosw pist,wrote in 1685 as fol lows :I have ofte n compared the si ze of the th read spun by full

grown spiders with a hair of my hea rd . I placed the thickestpart of th e hair before the microscope and from the most accurate judgment I could form, more than a hundred of suchthreads p laced side by side c ould not equal the diameter of onesuch hair. I f, then,we suppose such a hair to be of a roundform , it fol lows that threads spun by the ful l grown spider,when taken together wil l not be equal in substance to thesize of a single hair.To this,if we add that 400young spiders,at the time when

they begin to Spin their webs,a re n ot large r than a full grownon e , and that each of these minute spiders possess the same organs as the larger ones, i t fol lows that the exceedingly smallthreads spun by these little c reatures must be sti ll 400 time sgle nde rer;and, consequently , that of these minutespiders’ threads cannot equal in substance the size of a singlehair.T h e British A ssociation m e e ting for 1894wil l be held in

August at Oxford, England and Lord Salisbury will preside .

A large attendance may be looked for .

THE M ICR OSCOPE .

THE M I C R OSCO P E .

n ew Se rie s . raga.

P fiysic ria u ,a n d D mgg is l s. a nd D e sig ned l a P opu la r t’

u

ED I T O R I A L .

A n An ti - Dis se c tion and V ivi se c tion W rite r.—One of

the kindest hearted of me n is Geo. T. Angel l and on e of ourmost enterprising exchanges is Our Dwmb Annua ls .

” It c ontai ns many nice little stories of kindness to animals,of sagac ity,etc . Whatever it says anddoes in a gen tle spirit is mostly good .

But,by reason of unbalanced thought,many fl ies are mixed inthe ointment. This kind h earte d man sometimes seem devoidof common sense when he attacks cruelty, real or imaginary .

A long side of th e beautiful persuasive stories ;he prints th e mostinfamous rot regarding vivisection,dissection,check -re ins, etc .

At the same momen t,the pape ris a white -winged messenger ofpeace , and a crazy bomb thrower. Thousands, who could bebe nefi tted and pleased by itsvirtues,will discard it in disgustas of no good when they see its faults. By i ts indulgence incrankiness it cu rtai ls its power for good many fold,grea tly toour regret. Why be so unbalanced in your thoughts,Bro . A n

gell You violently antagonize the work a nd opinions of me nof high stand ing .

when,were you more modest you would goslower . You al ienate the sympathy Of many influential me n

whe n you ought to prize i t. You make state ments so exage ra ted

as to tempt people to gi ve you the l ie. You say that putting amouse under a hel l -glass and exhausting th e a ir in a publicschool is useless,barbarous and demoraliz ing to the teachers.

You say it might be useful to tea c h c hildren to carve chickens"

so THE moa osc or s . Apr .

but you ' den ounce all dissection of cats even in h igh schools because as you say “not over one child in a thousand has a bentfor zoo logy .

”

Mr. Ange l ] sends out a beautiful placard ”c oumining the

exhortation : Don’t ride in any vehicle drawn by a poor- lookhorse,” but in all his l iterature we find no allusion to withdrawing patronage from poor looking men, women or ch ildren .

Why not be consisten t in your fol ly,Mr. AngellIl lustrations might be mu l tiplied of these un fortunate lapses

in common se nse. Th e one which really led to our writing thisarticle,may cl ose our remarks. In his Apri l number is an artic le of nine lines headed Cornel l Uni versity.

” He first quotessome one as saying that Prof. Be rt G . W i lder in his Physiolog

ical Practicums has published e xpl icit directions for examining portions of the c a t,and the heart,eye and brain of the sheepas an aid in the study of elementa ry physiology . His c omment thereon is : “ The whole freshman c lass at Cornell came

near being murdered recently by scie ntific suffocation . whichcaused the death of the poor woman serving them .

” W e ca l lon Mr . Angel] in the name Of every friend of th is distingu ishedanatomist to either withdraw or to justify th is inuendo whichon its fac e appears senseless and cowardly.

Q U ES T I ON S A N S W ER ED .

Nm —D r . S. 6 . Sl ow .d A lie n} ,N . K , b ul ly a m “: “ m a” m a g/ Mr “ W

wb/

r o/ a m a c r" rm . M da r e mol t en“ to a : h a d “ { ti

mer dtfi n ‘

m m W fi / u u n

190. a mvegetable sec tions whic h conta in meta ls be moun ted in

balsam or glyc erins.without destroying the c rysta ls—H. A .

Plant crystals are commonly composed of oxalate of l ime ,which is unaffected by balsam or glycerine .

191. Will you Icimdly infom an amateur when tofind m embe r

a nd sten lors,and the method of obta ining them

Ammbas and Stentors may be found in shaded,momy poolsof wate r. I n winter they may be found in the green mossgrowing on the stones e tc ., i n aquaria. Pick up a morsel of themo 3 with a forceps or smal l sc oop,place it in a smal l cel l or on


a glass slip with a concave centre. E xamine with a low power.I f the find is rich , lay on a cover and examine the moss and

con tained water with a 3 inch Objecti ve. See A . M. M . J., vol .X , page 151, for an article on ammba .

PR A CT I C A L S U G G ES T I O N S .

By L. A . W I LLSON,M AX I),OHI O.

M etal l i c Crys tals .-Crystals prepared in the fol lowing man

ner are bril lian t and gorgeous Opaque objects . The Copper isthe most beautiful . They are easily produced and no microsc Opist should be without a few of these sl ides,especial ly whenh e desires to excite the unfeigned admiration of his friends .

Place on a cover a solution of the ch loride of tin . si lver,gold,platinum,copper or lead. The tin crysta ls wi l l be precipitatedby placing a little penci l of cadmi um on a cover with the so lution . Si l ver may be thus precipitated from the nitrate with arsenio,antimony, zinc, lead, i ron or copper. Copper from th e

chlor ide with bismuth, z inc, lead,tin or iron .

Gold from th e chloride with all those mentioned for silver.The precipitating meta l must be a l ittle me ta l l ic bar laid On th ecover containing the proper solution. Mount in balsam,

between two covers,th en cement on a bed of asphalt and ringwith shellac to prevent the asphalt thorn running in, and afte rdrying finish with asphalt.Pol len Tube s .—Claytonia Virgi nica or Spring Beauty, now

in blossom in e woods,furnishes an easy specimen for the exhibition of po en tubes. In order to see them,sever the styleand view the three stigmas. The tubes wil l be visible in thegrain adhering to the stigma. To se e them a quarter inch oh

je c tive wi l l be the most serviceable. A ll the gre at works on botany assert that to accomplish ferti l i zation the pollen tube descen ds into the ovary an d comes into actual contact with th emicropyle of the ovule. A few ske ptics have doubted the assertion whereat the authorities became wroth and de c lare thatnon -experts cannot see or know anything about the ma tter andnothing but highly expert manipulation c a n demonstrate th etruth . In Claytonia th e tube is very distinc t and to the nonexpert it looks equally as plain that the tube does not descend


to th e ovary but that each tube is intimate ly attached to a stigmatic process, an d it looks as if th ese processes acted as h austo~ria and that the ac t of fe rti li zation was ca rried on by su c tionand absorption .

Here 18 a field where the amateur microscopist may win in ) .mortality .

Qu ick M ethods of Stai ning Tube rcle Bac il li—Take thesputum of pulmonary c onsumption or on e of the li ttle tuberclesfound there in , th inly spread on cove r glass in air,pass thric eth rough spiri t lamp flame to fi x . Stain fi ve minutes in Ne tson ’s Dye , (Fuchsine 1 part, 5 - 100aqueous solution of Carbolicac id 100parts, a lcohol 10 parts, mix and filte r) wash in ac ida lcohol (hydrochloric acid 1 part,alcohol 10parts) unti l de col~orized,dry on hot glass slide and mount in wa rm pure balsam.

The whole process c an be easi ly completed in hal f an hour.I f a double stain be desired use Baumgarten ’s Quick MethodI .

—Cover-glass prepared as aforesaid .

I I .

—Float for thre e minu tes on the fol lowing steaming h ot,in a wa tch gla ss. An i l ine mg . 2 parts, sa turated alcoholi c 801th

tions of fuchsine 1 part mix.

I I l .

—Then 4to 5 minutes in the fol lowingDi-ti l led water 50 parts.A lcohol 30 parts.N i tric acid 20pa rts.Methyl Blue to satu ration,mix.

A NOTHE R nmn ou .

Prepare cover-glass as above state d. Sta in in warm carb olicfuch sine,then pass the c over-glass to and fro th rough wa te r atnearly th e bo i ling point unti l but a fa int rosy tinge remains.One or two minute s are usu a lly su ffi cie nt and the sp ecimen isready for immedia te exami nation .

A rrange d Scal es of Syn ap ta .—A ve ritable Oh My sl ide

c an be pre pared by arranging the anchors a nd plates of Synaptaas an opaque mount. Mount them on a dark background in adeep cel l ;arrange in a c irc le with the rims of th e anc horspointing outward and the plates towa rd the c enter. Fourp lates in the form o f a cross in th e cente r, with an anc hor ateac h extremity of the cross a nd an anc hor at each angle wil lmake a beauti ful and instruc tive sl ide .


S C I E N C E—0088 ! P.

Th e M idl and N atu ralist, until recently published at Biromingham , England, ha s been obliged to suspend publ ic ationowing to the lack of support. We have not hea rd ofa ny liquorshops closing for lac k of support.Th e Ame ri c an M edi c al A ss ociation wil l meet in San Fran

c isco, June 5, 1894. Od d Fellows hal l and 12 smal ler hallshave been en gaged for general a nd sectional meetings . R . H.

I ’lummer,652 Mission street wil l give information .

R EC E N T PU B L I C A T I O N S .

A n I ntroduc tion to Stru c tura l Botany. By Dukinfield HenryScott. London and New York . Macmi llan dz Co. 12mo. pp .

288, figures 113 . PricePe rhaps you think a dol lar book n ot worth much . In this

c ase it would be a grave mistake, for the book is worth two dollars. Everything about it is in th e bookmake rs be st sty le.The author has h it upon an excel lent idea—that of desc rib

in g someth ing in pla in language and th en gi ving the technica lname . The whole treatise consists of a series of the most luciddefinitions but no te chnical word is u sed unti l its meaning hasfi rst been made c lear in the n a rative . Hence we pronounce thestvle simply sube rb.

To the microscopist the book is of interest as explaining fullywhat is to be seen in plant l i fe hvmeans of the microscopethough the author alludes to the m icroscope only incidentally .

W ere we starting a class in botany,th is book would be ou rtext book . Should some isolated stude nt ask what book to use

to e nable him to lea rn pla nt structure we should refer him toDukin fi e ld Henry Sc ott. Should we find young peop le anal ising plan ts so as to learn their classifica tion,we should tell themto take only the three plants which th is book is based upon an dread the physiology and mo rphology as therein set forth as o finten sely more interes t than the mere naming o f a host of plantsby external charac teristics . W e shal l awa it Scott’s se c ondvolume on the Cryptograms with intense inte rest. It wi l l be asuccess.

64 THE MI CROSCOPE . Apn .

THE MICROSCOPE.

Con ten ts for A pril , 1 894.

Obje c ts Seeu Unde r the Mic rosc ope . X .- Some N ew Form-of Radio

X 1.—Rnd Snow . (Ill ustra ted)Guano Examined Mic rosmpic a ll by Arthur M . Edwards,M . D .

Program of the Ten th Annua l M ot the Wnshinmon Mic rosc opica l

Rom an ia —Ao Anti-Dimec tion and Vivisec tion W rite r

Qum ons A s swsmcn .—No. 190- 191,by Dr. S. 0. Shanks

190. Vege table Sec tions W hic h Contain Crystals191 . Wh ere to Find Ammbns and Stanton;

Paw -

n on , Sttoc m xoxs—by L. A . W illem:M e ta l lic Crysta ls

Qu ic k Methods of Sta in ing Tuberc le Buc illi

Rec ast-

rvt tc n tos s .—An In troduc tion to Stru c tu ra l Botany .

THE MICROSCOPICAL JOURNAL.

Con te n ts for April, 1894.

On the Means of Distinguishing Human Blood Tolme nForma lin in Bac teriology,W ith More Espe c ial Re fere nc e to its Ac tiou ou

the Bac il lus of Diphthe ria .

Rad iola ris Classifi ca tion Contin ued. Ca rte r. (il lustrated)Lm s as no r a n Entr u st - Blood Corpusc les.

The Jou rna l . LightonRom u l u s

—Prof. Gage ’s New Book on the Mic rosc ope ,

M ic aosc or tc s t. A e r a a s w s—Se c tion Cot

W

Ve rsos Natural Pre pa raMrc twsc omc u , M irm s n os .

—Micmphotogn phs by Lamp- LightM ED I CALM tc aosoomr —Too Busy to Use a

Long Fibers m Sputum

BIOLOG I CA L Norm.—I rritnhility of Phyc omyc es Nite ns. fi y

M ic aosoomc a n Norms .—T . D . A . Coc ks rel l

G. W . fla ttens Ne w BookM ic aosmmc u . Sw a rm —W ashington ,D . C

N ew PUBL I CAT IONS.—I nvmtigntions on Mic roscopic Foams and on

66'

THE M IOR OSOOPE .

l ic bl ue median l i ne,Fig . 1, l . The head is about on e - fifth

the enti re leng th of the bod y . The jaw s are la rg e andwe l l suppl i ed w ith teeth which po in t ba c k towar d thethroat . The teeth are n ot set in sockets . The tongueand palate are al so armed w ith teeth .

A th i n long flap, the opercu lum . at the back of thehead covers th e g i l l cham ber,Fig . This as we ll asthe fins and sc a le s point back, and in this way a fi

’

ord no

resi stan c e to the passag e of th e fi sh th rough the w ater .

Th e sharks and som e other fi shes have no opercu lum . In

th e case of the shark there are on each side, j us t ba c k of

the head, five verti ca l sl i ts .The eye i s round and w ithout l id s ; th e pupi l l arg e and

th e i ris s i l very . Ne ar the tip of the nose on the dorsa lside of th e head, are tw o pi ts covered w i th a th in mornh ra n e . These are the nostri ls, they do not open in to themouth, (Fig . 1 , n ) .The fins are d i v ided in to two classe s, pa ire d and me

d ian . The pai re d fins are. the Pectora l and Pel v ic fi n s .

The Pectoral fins (Fig . 1 p . f.) are j ust beh ind the g i l lc hambe r,whi le th e Pe l v ic fins are furthe r bac k and morev e ntral i n posi tion (Fig . 1, v . p). In many fi shes th e sefins are close to each oth e r, the Pel v ic fin be ing som e

times a lmost imm e diate l y under the Pectoral, or,as inthe Sole , a l i ttl e ahead .

The median fins are four in number,v i z., the Dorsa l onthe dorsa l l ine and abou t hal f wa y ba c k,the Ad ipose fi n ;dorsal i n posi tion and ba c k of th e Dorsa l fin ; the A na lfin, ven tra l . and j ust ba c k of the anus ; the Ca udal fin atthe extre me e nd of the body. Th e back bone does notexte nd into th e caudal fin (homocercal) .The ad ipose fin i s a fleshy, ray l e ss fin pecu l iar to the

Sa lmon idm.

.

A l l the oth e r fins are ray e d, and each finha s always a certa in number of ra ys . Thus th e n umbe ro f rays in a fi n helps to d e term ine th e species of the fi sh .

Th e shape and arrang ement of the fins varies much in

THE M ICROSCOPE . 67

pe c ie s . In the Cod, the dorsal fin is d iv i dedd istinc t par ts and the an a l fin into two parts .has an extremel y long dorsal fi n , ex tendingentire l e ng th of the back, and in the So le th eten ds from the anus to the ta i l, the anus in

d i rectl y under the opercul um .

anus difi'

e rs v ery much ; in somea rd, and i n other s being fa r back .

Qu een sland fi shes, the pairedbeing rayed, have a c entral bone,w i thg from i t in much the same mann er as

of an e lm lea f. The lin e are also of near ly theth is leaf . The scales are smal l, a nd wheni th the low power appear to c onsist of c on c e n“ cycloid scale" (Fig .

s be neath th e sca les are si tuated theh g i v e the sk in i ts colors . These maymounti ng a smal l pi ece of the dermise low power . The cel l s are ste l late,

and upon the dorsa l s ide v ery numerouseloped, (Fig . bu t almost lack ing on theThe ce l ls are arranged in d iamond shapedIn the derm is are two sets of paral lel

cross each other obl iquel y . The se areits fibrous connec tive tissue . They may be

ly w ith the h igh power g lasses . When(1 p e r c e nt) the fibres disapte ris tic re action of th i s tissue .

dire ct l y w i th th e (E sophagu s,throat . Sal i vary g lands are al soi s qui te larg e, and th e in tes tine

r end,make s a hal f turn, and thento the ve n t (Fig . There i s no

u s and probabl y no d i s t inct pancreas .l ies j ust in front of the stomach . A shortfront of stomach, the ductus pn e uma tic us,


connects the swimming bladder w i th the (e sophagu s .The food of the smel t i s composed of smal l fi shes, or,th emarine animal s. Nerei s i s common l y found in its s tomach . The spleen is a dark colored organ l ying above the(e sophag us and m fron t of the swim bladder .3 . Just in front of and be low the l iver is the hea rt .

Thi s organ is red in col or and h a s th ree parts. one aur icle and ventricle and the bulbus arter i osus . The auric leis th in wal l ed and nearl y su rrounds the th ick wal l edve ntric le (Fig . In f ron t of the ven tricl e is the bu lbu s

a r ter ioaua”from wh ich runs the aorta . Th e aorta g oes

forward to the gil l s and sends off a branch to e ach side,at every pai r of gil l s . The b lood passes upward th roughthe g i l l s, and in i ts pas sag e is aerated . The branches o fth e aorta runn ing around the gil ls, form what ar e knownas aorti c arches . The blood is gathered at the top of thearc hes into the dorsa l aorta, and by i t i s d i str ibutedthroughout the bod y . The aorta runs along the und ersi de of th e back bone to the tai l . The smal l v ein s co llec t the blood, l ead i t to the cardinal veins, and by th esei t i s carr ied back to the heart . There is a card inal ve inon each side of the bod y . They are d i v ided in to twoparts, the an terior and posterior card inal s . Th e an teriorcard inal col l ects the b lood from the head and parts infront of the heart, whi le the poster ior card inal col l ectsth e blood from the reg i ons back of th e heart . The cardinal veins enter the auric l e upon the r igh t and left s id es .By the contraction of the au ri c le, the blood i s forced in tothe ventricl e, from the ven tricle to th e bu lbu s . aud so u pon another round .

The porta l vein col lects the bl ood from the al imen ta rysystem and l e ads i t to the l iver . From the l iver thehepatic vei n takes i t to th e heart .4.The g i l l s are the respi ratory organs of th e fi sh

W ater i s taken into the mouth and passe d out th roughthe gil l s . Some of the ox yg en i s extracted and suppl ies


the bloo d in the gil l . The g i l l s are soft bod i es of a loosece l l u lar structure supported by the branch ial ar ch .

In a few spec ie s of fi sh (e . g . L epidosir e n ,) the sw imming b l adde r seems to act as a l ung . I t i s fi l led w i tha spong y cel l u lar structu re, and the blood is passedthroug h this and aerated as i n the l ung s of mammals .But in most c ases th i s is not so . In most fish the ductuspn e uma tic u s is permanentl y closed and as thi s i s theon l y passag e into the sw imm ing bladder i t pre cl udesthe poss ib i l i ty of that organ be in g used as a l ung .

5 . The ch ief use of th is bladder i s not then as a lung .

Wha t effect it has upon the sw imming power of the fi shi s not posi t i vel y known . I t may be that by i ts contracti on or expansion the fi sh can determine the depthto wh l zh i t shal l s ink . I t i s on the dorsal wal l of thebody cav i ty, above the stomach .

6. J ust back of th e sw imming bladder and also dorsalin posi t ion is the kidney . Th is i s a dark red, sp ong yorgan,and connected w ith the anus by a straight duct .7. The muscles of the back are very str ong , wh i l e

those of the fins are weak . A s the fish sw ims by flexionof the back, an d uses the fins main l y for balancing, th isdevelopment would be natu ra l . I n mammal s,which usethe l imbs for locomotion ; the contrary i s the case. Themuscles are made of sets of fibres, and the ind i vidualfibres are composed of stil l smal ler par ts c al led fibr il s .They are composed as if successive short l eng ths hadbee n la id down in the proc ess of g rowth . The wholei s contain e d in a very del ica te membrane—the sa rcolemma . The successive g row ths g ive a striated app earance to the fibri l . The hig h power g lass must be usedto dist ing uish these facts . Close to the wal l of the fibri ls,at nearl y equal d i stances from each other, ar e nucl ei,from which threads of protoplasm exten d throug houtthe fibri ls .8. The brain is composed of the fol l owing parts : the

70 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Ma y

ol factory l obes, cerebral hemi sphe res, optic l obes, cerebel l um and me du l la obl ongata . The brain i s si tua te d .

between the eyes and is prote c ted by a c ase of ca r t ilag e ,a nd above th i s by two long , thin and narr ow bones.The ol factory lobes be ing an ter ior, the other parts

fol low i n the order named . The ol factory lobes are two

in number, righ t and lef t o lfactori es,and c onn ected w i thth e nostr i l s by the ol factor y nerves . The op tic lobe s ,rig h t and le ft, as on the central hemi spheres a lso, hav econnection w i th the e ye throug h the optic ne rves .

The eyebal l i s near l y spherica l, an d movabl e in i tsorbi t to a sl ig ht deg ree . The pup i l of the eye i s thecentral open ing of the i ri s,which i s a pigmented diap hragm stretch ing across the inter ior of the eyeba ll ,andabout one - quarter the dis tance from the front of the eyeto the back . In fron t of the pup i l i s the transpar entco rnea, and between th is and the i r is i s th e a q u ze ous

humour, a transparen t water y substance . Immediate l yback of the pup i l i s the c rysta l l i ne lens, bi- c onvex, andsurrounded by muscles wh ich c a n render the l e n s moreor less convex .

The back of the eye - bal l i s cover e d w i th a s il verymembrane, the sclerotic coat . W i th i n th is is the da rkchoroid coat . The Optic nerve, en ters a l i ttl e to one si deof the back of the eye an d spreads over th e inside of theeye forming th e sensi t i v e re tina . The chamber ba c k o f

the crysta l l i ne lens i s fi l led by th e v i treous humour, atransparen t jel l y - l i ke substan c e .

The optic lobes are covered by the pia mate r ; a th inpigmented membrane . The cerebe l l um is a sing l e masssl ightl y constr icted along the m e dian line from f ront toback . The m e du l la oblongata i s a l i ttl e beneath th e

cerebel lum , and ex tends pos te ria l ly to th e sp inal can a l,where i t becomes the sp inal cord .

9, The Spermaries are two large, whi te bod ies, s i tuated in the bac k part of the body cav i ty,disting ui sh e d


(1 l eft spermaries . A duct leads from th e

to the anus . The ova r ies of the female arethe same relative pos i t ion, and are known asand l e f t ovar ies . The co lor of the ovarie s isbil e that of the spermaries i s wh ite .

found in the ovar y i n difi’e re n t stag es ofdeve lopement . Some almost fu l l y developed and othersin the fi rs t stag es are total l y undeveloped (Fig .

Th e ova are al l enclosed in a fine porous membranethe v i te l l in e membrane . Among the ova may be see nmany minute drops of oi l . By placing the ova i n oth e r

for a few hours th e oi l i s completel y e x tracted . Th e

undeve loped ov um conta in s simpl y the nucleus and protoplasm . In the devel oped ova the protoplasm has formeda net work throug hout the ova, and the interst ices arefi l l ed w i th yolk .

10. The back - bone ex tends from the h e ad to the roo tof the ca udal fin (Fig . I t i s made up of a n umbe rof vertebra . E ach vertebra bears two or more sp in es,acc ording to i ts posi tion . The vertebra i tse lf i s ca l ledthe ce ntrum, and i s, i n cross section , a lmost square .

Th e cen tr um is s lig htl y long er than i t i s b road . Th e

ends of the centr a are concave and a ca nal runs long itudina l ly through the centra . This canal con tains thenoto .cord,a cartilag i nous body , wh ich swel l s out at thej unction of two centra and fi l l s the space caused by th econcav ity of the ends .From the tOp of each vertebra r ises a spine, (th e

e .) To form this spine i t seems as if a sp ineupward from each s ide of the centrum, ande had joined , forming a canal a t the base of

th roug h wh ich runs th e sp ina l cord . Un ti lvity is passed the centrum bears a curvedon each s ide . Back of the body cav i ty therebut the centrum bears a ventral spine,shaped

the haemal arch runs

72 ru n m c a osoor n . May

the aorta . The g i l l s a re ea c h supported by a bon y ar c h ,formed by three bones . One extends down and ba c k

and out from the roo f of the mouth for a short distan ce.The next i s j o in ted to the first,and run s in and down untilunder the floor of th e mouth, and th e ne xt bone joinsth is to the hyo id bone . Th ese bones form the Bran c hia lA rch and support the soft tissue of th e gil ls . Th esebones al so hear teeth , or gil l - rake rs, to preven t foodfrom escaping between the g il ls .

Models for Constitution and By-Laws of a Mic roscopic alSoc iety.

—I l l.[I n 1893 the re we re presen ted the Constitutions of tbe Wnshington and

San Fu nc iaw Soc ic ties, pp. Otheu are dmirad firr use in this

sc rim—En ric a ]c o s s

'

rrrtm os or r un moaosoorwax. soc rsr r or se rm on .

ARTICLE I .—GENERAL PROVISIONS.

Se c-mos 1 . This Society is called La Socials Beige dc Mic roo00pm.

Se c . 2. The object of this society is to culti vate a taéte for

micros copica l studies, to ca use the util ity of microscopy to beappreciated ; to contribute to the progress of science by publ i .cations, by making col lections a nd forming a library ; an d bysuc h othe rme thods as may be deemed expedient. The Societystud ies the subject of micrography in its widest sense includingal l the medical,natural and in dustrial scien ce s.Se c . 3 . The Society has its headquarte rs at Brussel ls .Se c . 4. The Society can be dissol ved on ly by the consent o f

fourfi fths of its ac tive members . The las t general assemblywh i c h shall dec lare the dissolution, shal l dispose of the col leetions,the library and the archives to some sc ieutifi c esta bl ishment.SEC. 5 . There can be no modification made in th is article of

th is constitution without the consent of fourfi fths of the ac tivemembers,ca lled together by the Executi ve Council i n a ge n c ra lassembly convoked especially for this purpose. I f in this fi rstassembly there are not a sufiic ie nt n umber of members present,

74 THE M ICR OSCOPE . M a y

bly upon th e second Sunday of October in ea c h ye ar, a t I to’clock A . M ., in the rooms of the Soc iety at Brussells.The order of business at this meeting is as fol lowsl st. To hear the report of the Executi ve Council upon the

condition of th e so c iety .

2ud . To audit th e accounts .

3rd. To fix the days for the mo nthly m ee tings of the soc iety .

4th . To deliberate upon the propositions submit to i t bythe E xecutive Counci l or which are proposed by any n in e a cti ve members.5th . To elect by secret bal lot a President, the Vice-Preside nts .

the Se cretary, the Treasurer and th e members of the E xecu ti veCouncil .Al l decisions made by the genera l assemblies shal l be by themajority vote of al l the active members presen t.Se c . 1 1 . The E xecutive Council has the right to ca ll toge the rthe general assembly in ex tra se ssion . I t is its duty to do soa fte r on e month ’s notice upon the written request of twel ve active members .Se c . I l l . A l l c a l ls for extra se ssions must be sent to th e mem

bers at least fifteen days be fore the date fixed for such mee ting ,

This ca ll must indicate in detai l th e question s upon wh ich theas sembly is to be cal led upon to de l ibe rate ,and no decision canbe made upon any questions that were not contained i n theprogram for the day as set forth in the cal l .

ARTICLE IV .—ADMIN ISTRATION .

Se c . 12. The society sha ll be governed by an Executive Counc il,which shall repres ent it. This c oun c il sh a ll be composed o f

a President,two Vic e-Presidents, a Secreta ry, a Treasurer, a

Curator,(L ibrarian) and four members .

Se e . 13 . It shal l be the duty of the Council to take suc hmea sures and make suc h regu lations as shal l assure the prospe rity ot the socie ty, orde r in its work and publications andpre se rve its col lections, l ibra ry, furniture,&c . Its decisions arevalid only when they are taken by the absolute majority of al l

i ts me mbers.A RT. 135. The Counci l sha ll e lect each year an assista nt Se c

re ta ry and an assistant Curator - L ibrarian . The duration o f

1 894 THE M ICROSCOPE . 75

their term of c flic e sha ll be on e year and they shal l be eligibleto re election .

The President is electe d for two years and he is not el ig ibletor immediate re election .

The other members of th e Executi ve Counci l are also electedfor two yea rs, on e ha lf a re to be changed eac h yea r and theyc an be immediate lvre elected .


N ew Se rie s, 1 893 .

For N a h ra l fs'

b ,P‘fl ft ia ll l ,a nd D m gg t'

s l s . a nd D esig n ed 10 P et itio n } !

P ubl ished m a y. P r ic e 3 1 .00 pe r am mm. Subsc n‘

l ion s .cbou ld em!a s“ m you r . Th o le! .wn

'

a . (m u ting volumes - 1893 ) a fi dw f

w al l D r a mbc r . 1892 . Set: of {be old some: c a n not be fa rm'

s l c d . A l l

c or-r e spond ers “ . t a r t a n s ,a nd boots [or n otic e would be a ddr ess ed to I t:M ic rm op r

'

m l P ublish /cg Co Wa skmg f on . D . C. . U S. A .

ce ns u s w. mu n , A . m, EDI TOB.

E D I TOR I A L .

A L ady M isc ros c op is t for 50 Years .—We have always

taken the ground that the microscope is pec uliarly adapted to

the fa ir se x. We have a lways indulged th e hope that amongAmeric an ladies the use of the microscope would be as commona s that of pianos,organs,and that the music of the eye in beholding the ha rmonious combinations found by microscopymight be equal to the music of the ear produced by vocal andinstrume ntal c ulture for introduction into the best circles of

intel l igent soci e ty . It is then ve ry pl ea sant to announce thatan Engl ish lady,Mrs . Jenny Spottiswoode, l Lunham road,Upper Norwood,London, has culti vated for more than hal f ace ntury the charms, pleasures, del ights, inte l lectual cultures,and up lifting influences of mic rosCOpic al enjoyment. Fiftysuch years have not cloyed her taste as the fol lowing extrac tsfrom a late letter of her’s to an American friend are a proof“ I thin k the taste for i t (Mic roscopy) is born with one . It is

76 THE moaosc or a . May

distressing to me to show an object to any one who simply te llsme “ Oh how pretty ”

an d nothing more . I so ofie nwish you were in E ngland and that we could have a good day’swork at the microscope . Photography (micro) is made so ea synow,to what it used to be when I used to wosk at it. I havenow under the microscope tadpoles and frogs. I love to see

their inte rnal economy . Ia testines are so beautiful and th e eyeis l ike a jewel ; and its pigment and the whole body masses ofjewels ; and then the gills a re a study of cir c ulation . I ha veexamined the tadpoles of toads and tadpoles of Newts.” Her

statement shows that love and enthusiasm for micrographicwork does n ot die out with age and must be very desi rablewhen confined at home by an accident impeding locomotion as

Mrs . Spottiswoode was at the time of writing . Dr. Holmes midhe was eighty years young (not old) and he taught me mic rosc opy. So can Mrs. 8. say, I am seventy yea rs young , keptso by the inspiring and enthusing power of the ideas attainedby the use of th e microscope in study ing and compreh endingthe hidden glories of Na ture. °

P R A CT I CA L S U G G E S T I O N S .

By L. A . W I LLSON,

c nxvs nas n muxo.

U n c inu la ne cator . Th is is the powdery mi ldew o f thegrape and is gen eral ly known as Uncinula spiralis and in E uropeas Gidima tuc keri. It is eas i ly obtained and makes a bea utifulspecimen for the microscope. Doubtless,nearly every one hasnoticed the little c ob-webs in the corners and angles of a bunc hof grapes . It is almost e ver present on grapes kept durin g thewinter. This cob -web " is the myc e lle um and perithecia of

the fungus . Take otf a smal l portion with force ps, place ona glass slip sin a little hydrate of potasi um, cover and examin efirst with an inch and then with a quarter inch objective. Theperithecia are round,dark and prettily reticul ated ; each has

from te n to twel ve appendages. These appen dages are longand curved at the ends like a shepherd’s sta ll”. Afte r soften ingwith the potash solution ,p ress upon the cover. This wil l spl itthe perithecia and expose the asci . Each ascus contains fromfour to si x round spores. To make an acceptable mount let


eosin run over the specimen as prepared above unti l the ohje c t is flooded . Le t it soak from half an hour to an hour.Then with forceps remove to a clea n glass slip ; then float inalcohol ; whe n the alcohol evaporates float in turpentine andunder a dissecting microscope see tha t the sta ined fi lm is nicelyspread out. Then mount in balsam . You will have a slideworth seeing and one that is not common .

E tch i ng L a be l s on Sl ide s .—This may be easi ly aecomp lished and wil l produce better perman ent labels than c an bewritten with a diamond . Coat a clea n sl ide with bees wax byhea ting in the flame of a spirit lamp and spreading th e fi lm of

wax evenly . Trace the des ign with a needle through th e glas s,in a little shal low lead dish one hal f inch deep and four inc h eslong and three inches wide, place a teaspoonful of powderedfluor spar and one hal f ounce of strong sulphuric acid . Acrossthe top plac e the sl ide or several sl ides,wax side down . Smearthe opposite side withvas iline and let it remain over night. Inth e morning remove the waxwith turpentine or chloroform andthe labe l wil l be pe rmantly etc hed . Ca re must be taken whileperforming the exper iment as the vapor of hydrofluoric acidgenerate d is in th e highest degre e corrosive and its action uponthe human system is highly deleterious . The same result c a nalso be obtained in the course of a few minutes by a gentle app lication of heat to th e cup containing the mixture.T o Obtain and M ount an E mbryo Ch i ck —Take eggs

that have been partia l ly incubated . By taking eggs whichhave been set for difl'

e ren t lengths the progress of incubationmay be watch ed and studied . To see the embryo, crack theshe l l upon the side over an area as large as a half dollar ; the npick away the pieces of the shel l piecemeal without disturbingthe tough membrane just within . The latter must be c are fu llvtorn away with forceps and the embryo wil l be found upon theupper surface of the yolk with its a xis at right ang les to thatof the egg,with its head away from th e observer, if the small e re nd of the egg be toward th e right.W i th sharp scissors the vital l ine (yolk) membrane is pie rced

and a ci rcle ou t about th e embyro j ust about the limiting veinof the vascular area. On immersing the egg in 11 75 per centsalt sol ution at about 99° Fahrenheit, the blastoderm wil lfloat and may be sl ipped upon the slide and with a p ipette

78 THE MICROSCOPE . Ma y

gently forced from yolk partic les and the overlying portion of

the vi tall ine membrane . It is the n draine d until fla t and without creases,dried with gentle heat unti l the edges will just adhere to th e slide,then immersed in l per cent osmic ac id forth ree min utes or unti l the preparation begins to turn blac k it

must then be thoroughly washed in d istil led water, pla c edfor several days in a c onsiderable quantity of Mu ller’s eye fl uid,washed again, passed through al c ohols of increasing strength ,clean ed and mounted .

Mul ler’s fluid consis ts ofSulphate of soda

The specimen thus mounted is suitable for low power s, a twoinch or one inch objecti ve,and is an e xceedingly inte res tingspecimen in embryology wh i c h wi l l be e xplained in any goodwork devoted to that subject.A G ood W ay to M ount M os s c s .

—I f the specimen be onethat has been gathered for some time,out a sprig of propersize for mounting,wash th e sprig in wate r,then spread out upona plain glass sl ide , wipe away the superfluous wate r ; th encover with anothe r plain sl ide,bind th e two slides with a strongspring clip and se t away to dry ; let it thus remain at least aweek . The specimen wil l th e n be dry and the parts wi ll henic ely spread ou t and disp layed . Then place in a shal low cel land mount in balsam. I f th e moss be green and fresh , firstwash in water,then put between th e lea ves of an old book or ina flower press and leave unti l dry be fore mounting . This latte rmethod is good for mounting florets of the Composi tes or Sunflowe r orde r of plants .

R ECE N T PU B L I CA T I O N S .

Sir Fran c is Bac on ’s Ciphe r Story—Discovered and deciphered

by Orvi l le W . Owen,M . D . Vol . 1 . Detroit a nd New York .

Howard Publ ishing Cc .,8° pp. 198. Paper 50 c ents .

Our author claims to be abl e to transpose al l the plays ofShakespeare, Robert Green, George Pee l and Christopher Mar

low ;the Fairy Quee n, She ph e rd ’s Ca lendar and al l th e worksof Edmund Spence r ; the Anatomy ofMe lanc holy ofRobert Bur

1 894 THE MICR OSCOPE . 79

ton ,and al l the works of Francis Bacon in to a political h istoryof th e times of Queen E l i zabe th and that this volume now pub‘

lishe d is introducto ry thereto. He claims to do this accordingto a system c al led the secre t c ipher wh ich is concealed in theabove- named works, but h e does not yet tel l us how to workthe cipher,so that we are n ot able to veri fy any of his work .

I n the opin ion of se veral prominent literary and scientific menof Wash ington whom we have consulted,we ough t not to plac econfidence in the cipher stories at prese nt,nor until Dr. Owenha s seen fit to al low us to pass judgmen t upon h is methods,oruntil some on e else has given us the workings of the keys.This volume opens with “ Sir Francis Bacon’s Lette r to the

D ec ipherer.” in which we are told something regarding the construction of the cipher but n ot enough so that any on e exceptOwen has yet done any translating. A write r of th is notice hasspent some 50 or 60 hours in a n effort to understand it butwithout success.Our world has accepted much “history upon th e dictum of

the historian and may perhaps accept the declaration thatFrancis Bacon was th e son o f E liz abe th , wrote al l of Shakespea re,kil l ed Shakespeare, bribed Spence r to father the FairyQueen ,knew E l izabeth to have been murde red by Robert Cecil,announc ed the circulation of the blood in 1612, (four y ear’s before Shakespeare died ) while Burton made it public in 1619,th e world may accept al l this and much more that Owen has instore, but we,as scientists ,app ly the scien tific metho dwh ich re

quires al l discoverers to submit for ou r repetition al l the stepsof the ir processe s before we assent to their claims. No darkc orn ers for ne t I f Owen has confidence in h is ciphe r,why notpubl ish it ? Because he fears some on e would use it and publish the se cret history ahead of h im and deprive him of themoney to be made the reby . I f he con fesses to a money motive,the same moti ve may account for the book before us as an iaven tion of Dr. Owen’s. Th e 8 years which he says he haslargely devoted to Shakespeare ough tto have fitted h im for sucha task . But we intimate no be lief ; we merely suspe nd j udgment unti l put in possession of the secret methods of the cipher.G . W . R a fter. one of ou r valued con tributors, has recently

written a hook on Sewage D isposa l which has bee n publishedby Van Nostrand . We have n ot yet seen a copy .

so THE mc aos c op s . May,

THE MICROSCOPE.

Con te n ts for M ay, 1894.

Obje c ts Se en Unde r the M ic roscope . The Sme l t (Came ron martin ) .by Lawren c e E. Griffi n and Edith Mon tgomery. (illustrated )

Mode ls for Constitu tion and By-Laws of a M ic roscopic al Soc ie ty .—I I I .

En lma u L—A Lady Mic ros c opist for SOYeans.

To Obtain and Moun t an Embryo Ch ic k .

Bac an r Fil ame n tous—Sir Fran c is Baron ’s Ciphe r Story


Con te n ts for May, 1 894.

A Me thod for Orie n ting Sma l l Obje c ts for the Micmtome, by W . Mold.

The Americ an M ic rosc opic a l Soc ie ty, by A rthu r M . W ants,M .

Studie s of the Histo logy of Va rious Mamma lian Th ose —11, byHe nryL. Osborn . (Illustrated)

Th e A n iline Stains, by Smith E ly Je l liflb, M . D

M ee ting ofM ic h igan Sta te Board ofHea lth . l amina,April-I3,’94

M icmos c omc u . A p c a u m s .—A N ew 1 5 Obje c tiw

ME D ICAL ai rm en - W ork of the Mic h . Boa rd of Hea lth in

M rc nos c omc u . Stic ’l r r lm—Mic rue c ope Club, Linc oln, Neb .

N sw P us n.tc a r tons .—Monses

Pra c tic a l Me thods in Mic ros c opy.

Kindness to A nima ls

An Introduc tion to Struc tu ra l BotanyBA CK N U M BE R S W A N TE D .

There are several L ibra ries and subs c r ibers who ha v ewri tten for back numbers of THE M ICR OSCOPE wh ichare exhausted . For any five of th e fol low ing ,we w i l lg i ve a year,s subscription1887 . NovDe c . 18518, Feb Ma r . , Ap r. . May, De c . 1m Jan . 1890,

Jan ., Feb . , j n ne . 1891, Jan ., July,A ug . Nov. 1892, April .

82 THE M ICR OSCOPE . J un e

ture of the wood , bark,rays,M . We wil l make a pre sent of the s l ide of spruce to eac h person sending in an

articl e upon th e difi e re n c e s between these four sec ti on s .

Those articles wh ich are worth y of pub l ica tion w i l l a p

pea r in a subsequent i ssue of th is period ical .

Bac teriologic a l Work in Medica l Scienc e.Br J. CHR IST I AN BAY,

use mounts, I OWA.

Unti l the m iddle of th i s century,medical sc i en ce wa sin want of an explanat ion of the natur e and orig in of in

fe c tiou s d iseases . The d iscoveries of J enner d id n othave the backg round tha t they have now, and i t wasnot un ti l the year 1856 , that the fi rst m icroscop i cal l ycon trol led in n oc u la tion s were made by D e la fond, name l yw ith anthrax . In 1848, the typica l g erm of th i s d iseasehad been described by the same savant . Mu c h lhmu s e r

and L e ise ring were the pionee rs on thesubject of typho id feve r, i n the same d i rec t ion .

Infectious di seases are man i fested b y a series o f a i

ternate ph e nomena which disting uish them from al l intox i cati ons. They are, as a g eneral ru le, caused by spec itl c organ isms (bacteria,) such as tuberculos is, malaria,typhoid fever, recurrens, cholera, yel low fever, e tc ., an d

many simi l iar d iseases of an imals are man i festation s ofthei r life and act ivity . When not at tack ing man or a n imal , they l i ve in organ ic matter of var ious kinds ; i t i son l y when ci rcumstances favor the ir activ i t ies that th eyw i l l attack other organ ism s . I t has been proved thatmany bacteria produ c e very po isonou s substances . Thebody ha s to fight the attack made by these , and med icin e can do but l i ttle to help th e ' pat ien t . Outs ide of

th e body, bacte ria are found l iv i ng i n almost ever yplace in nature where an imals can l ive, and i t i s impossibl e to avoid coming i n to con tact w i th them . In a l lrotten substance, i n earth a n d water, i n our c lothes and


i n our food, bacteria l ive, fee d and thrive, and th us weare unab le to avo id them .

The work of the bacteriolog ist consists in g atheringfu l l ev idence in regard to the specific organ ism connectedw ith a

- certa in d isea se . In the first stag es of many d iseases such as pneumon ia and tubercu losis, i t i s of importance to know whether a typ ical bacterium of the fata ld isease i s present or not, and i n what quanti ty . Thiscannot be determined w ith ful l ev idence by the patholog ic d iag nosis alone when i t i s un i ted with the bacteri~o log i ca l investigation,certainty may be reached, as su ffi cie n t morpholog i cal, phys iolog i cal, and bio log i cal chara c te rs of man y of the typical forms are known in detai l,so tha t comparing i s possib le . As the d isease procee ds,i t i s often necessary to fol low the deve lopment of theca se . Therefore, the bacteri o log i st shoul d work handin ha nd w ith the phys ician .

Bacteriologica l invest igations of air and water in townsor smal ler local i ties (wel l s, sewers, are important,and shou l d be carried out at reg ular i n terval s so thatthe dang er of con tamination may al ways be checked . Ag rea t number of pathog en ic forms w i l l keep al ive or actual ly l ive in water for a long t ime ; they w i l l come i nto thew el ls from the rotte n ing or otherw ise contaminated sub .

stances in the g round, e tc ., and attack the organ isme ither by d irec t introduction i nto th e body or be transmitte d through the a ir from the surface of the waterI t i s al ways importan t to have an est imate of the ba cte ria l i v ing or ab le to deve lop in the water from whichw e are suppl ied .

Of almost equal importance are researches on bacter iai n the atmosphere . The latter is in very many cases theway of transm ission ,and important resu l ts have be end e rived from such in vestig ations .

Bacteriol og i ca l ana l yses of the g round i n certain d istric ts are of importance i n and after ep idem ics ; such

84 THE MICROSCOPE . Jun e

places as are exp osed to infection or al ready in fe ctedshou ld always be examined . The resu lts of such e u

al yses have of ten given g ood in formation w i th r ega rdto d isin fection , and the l i fe - h is tory of many pathog e n i cforms have been made known .

In many cases, m ilk an d other v ictual s wil l be su bjeeta of i nvestigat ion . E Xpe rie n c e often shows th atm il k can trans fer many in fect ious di seases , and th atmany pathog en ic forms of bacteria keep al i ve in m ilk .

Meat shou ld be subject to constan t control,as i s, i n fact,the ca se in some coun tri es . Many other art i cles of o urdai l y food shoul d l i kew i se be exam ined . It i s not n utime l y precaut ion or fal l ing in to the bacter ia rag e o f

our ag e to u rg e the n e ce ssi ty of control l i ng g rocerystores as wel l a s mea t markets . Another place wherebacteri ol og i ca l c on trol i s necessa ry . i s in th e treatmento f many drug s .The question of d isin fection is based enti re l y u pon

bacteriolog y .

I t i s very ev iden t that, th ough the importance of ba cte riology has be en and sti l l i s often over estimate d,i t c annot be l ost sig ht of when We know how pub l ich e al th must depend upon i ts man y importan t resu l ts .A lmost e very day discl oses new facts or theori es, andthere i s hard l y any department of science in wh ich i t i sso d i fficu l t to fol low the prog ress as j ust here . But themed i c al bacteriol og i st cannot work alone if h i s w orkis to bring out hyg i en ic resul ts ; he must work hand i nhand w i th the chemist . The combi ned resu l ts of thechem ical and the bacter io log ica l water - anal ysi s form thecomplete hyg ien i c investigati on of th e water. But,more than th is, everybody shou ld recei ve such in formation as th is , and learn the necess i ty of disi nfect iveh yg iene in pub l ic and pri vate l i fe .

The m e thods of bacter iolog ical work are somewha t diffe ron t from the work otherw ise performed by the phy s i


o l ogist, inasmuch as the bacteri o log is t must be acquainte dw ith cer tain important chapters of veg etabl e physiolog y .

But they are by no means always simple, and they require the same amount of patien ce that i s expected fromthe man who carr ies out d ifficul t physiolog ical expe riments . Fi rst of a l l , a laboratory w i th fac i l i t ies for c u l

tiva ting and exper imenting w i th the many di fferentforms wh ich come under obser vation,i s necessary . Hereth e species are determined and exper imen ted w ith,a na l yses are made, and fi r st- han d in formation is obta i ned .

Next to this, come s a su i tab l e chemica l laboratory, a p

par atus for photog raph ing, etc . None of these th ing sar e very expen s ive, and, if once obta in ed, reta in the irva l ue.

Protococ c us and How to Mount them.

By ARTHUR M . E DW AR DS,M . D ..

m m ,

R ed snow ,wh ic h I have been looking at late l y, thoug hone of the first organisms I studied,now nearl y forty yearsago, I recentl y reported on in the M icroscop ica l Jou rn a land this broug ht me to raking up what was known on thats ubj ec t. I t al so led to my gather ing what was publ i sh e don the Protococc us, that common g reen sl ime on marshesand on wall s and fences eve rewh e r e . I thoug ht that aresume of t h e resea rches wou ld be profi table and therefore put th em down . I al so ma de some exp er iments onmounting the Protococcus which is rather a diffi cu l t th ingto do . For they do not possess an y sol i d wal l l i ke m yfr iends the Ba c illa ria c ew being made up of protopl asm ,

th e most de stru c tabl e th ing we have to make permanen tmoun ts of . But I th ink I have at last succeeded inmas tering the p roblem and mas te r ing the Protococcusby kill ing th e thing .

For i t cannot truthfu l l y be said to be a plan t, and i tw il l not be said to be an an imal,al though the earl ier ob


servers, an d some of the la ter too for th e matter of th at,cal led i t an animal . I t was so l ive l y, sw imming a boutw ith a vig or that was trul y amusing . I n time, as plan tswere stud ied , the i r spores w ere see n to be l i v el y a l so,and Protococcus was transferred to the vege tab le k ingdom . For a long time i t was band ied about from onekingdom to the other rest ing nowhere,unti l i t droppedi n to the ca te gory of Proti sta of c ke l . But this wasnot perm i tted to rest easy for i t was discovered thatmany th in g s would be classed as Protococcu s an d atpresent w e are left in doub t where to place i t. I f I ma ybe perm i tted to state what I th ink are the fa c ts, th e

Protococcus may stand in a place where they may beplan ts at one time and animals at another ; that is tosay,elements of spon taneous g eneration s . For I thinkit can be demonstrated that they g en era te without an y

egg s out of carbon ic ac id, and ammonia . I know th isw i l l be considered heterodox by the ol der students, butthe modern students,who are searchers after truth, w i l lI am sure,h e a r me out .I f w e g ather by scraping ,by means of a kn i fe, som e

of the g reen coati ng that i s on the bark of trees or onstones or on br ick buil d ing s and place i t i n water an dexamine it by means of a quarter inch lens and a onei nch occular,we find a number of spheres or g reen substance surrounded by a transparent s tifi ' cel l wa l l . Whenwe have a typica l Protococ cus among the g reen cel l s orspheres we w i l l see some beg in ing of ce l l div is ion . An d

when we look further we w i l l have some sprouting s o fwhat seemed to be algae,of two or more cel l s jo ined en dto end w i th th e cel l s themsel ves more or less e long ated .

These latter w i l l not seem to bear any re lat ion to th eProtococcus i tsel f, but appear to be a lg a . Such was theinterpretation of the ol der obser vers . But they w erem istaken . The spheres are the young of the g rowingplant and the e longated seem ing a lgts are the m idway


stag e s of mos se s . We can keep th i s in wa ter an d watchit grow, but as i t i s in wate r i t w i l l never g row in to amoss . It w an ts to be kep t ou t of the sun and j ustmoist, so tha t w e can see i t g row in to a red stag e,wh e re in th e ce l l c on te n ts become red co lored . But inthis, it mu st be in the sun and kept in water . Besidesi t must be kept co ld . I n w inter such a stag e is seen an dit g oes by the name of R e d Snow then .

Le t u s now c o l lec t some of the gr een sl ime that i s socommon on th e su rface of th e water of both fresh watera nd brack is h swamps, and exam in e i t by means of them icroscope in the same way . We sha l l find i t to be c ompos ed of a mas s of g reen thing s whi ch w e find to be ind ividua ls of a to ta l l y di fferen t ch arac ter. Instead of be ingat res t w e sha l l find i t extremel y l ivel y shooting aboutin var i ous ways are spheres and var ious shaped organism s w i th a po in t in them of a l ig ht crimson elong ated ,an d w ith a cel l -wal l th in ,but not so th ick of wh ite as th ePro tococ cu s we have before seen and more v is ib l e andnot stifi '

as that . A s th ey sw im about they w i l l be seento advance in the fol low ing manner . The front portionw il l swel l and the swel ling w i l l pass down across thel eng th of th e cr eature w ith out the creature i tse lf advan c ing as quick l y until the swel l ed par t d i sappear s andis l ost or pas ses ofi' at the end . A nother swel ling w i l lappear on the advan ced an d and pass ofi‘

in the samemanner. A nother an d anoth er w i l l appear and disa ppear ,and th i s takes place w i thou t the org an ism mov ingonward at al l . Now the organ ism w i ll move w i th a re.volving motion, s lower than the appearan ce of the sw el ling s . I f we look at the orga n ism closel y,we w i l l see ab rig ht red spot at one end, the end that advances, looking like an eye . In fact th i s was concl uded to be ane ye ,and the whole orga n ism i tself was thoug ht to be an

a nimal,an d wa s cal l ed Eug lena ,whih i s now known to bean organisms - neither an imal nor veg etab le, but Protista .

88 THE M I CR OSCOPE . Jun e

So much for the Protoc occ us ; and now how to mserve them for future refe re nce . When examin ed chem ical l y they ar e found to be made up of protoplasm c oloredw ith g reen coloring matte r . No sil i c eous or woody tissue i s present so that the m icroscopis t i s puzzl e d to fixthem and to have a med i um wh i ch w i l l prese r ve themintact . For y ears I have tried var ious ways of moun ting them and even neg l ected the mount ing i n car bolicac id for that was un rel iab le . I think now that I havegot a way for moun ting Protococc us and even animalcu les w hich are transparent and formed of protoplas malone . These latter, i t i s known, must h i th erto be

stud ied a l i ve for they cannot be preserved,or at l eas tco ul d not un t il I tri ed the proce ss I am about to describe . But I do not c la im the process as appl i cab le toan imals . I on l y say that I th in k they w i l l do w i th it.To describe : I take the Protococcus an d k i l l i t b y a

saturated sol u tion of Sal i cy l ic ac id . This w i l l k i l l an yth ing be it veg e tab le or an imal or Protista . Then washing the acid w i th water, I in troduce a weak sol ution of

ammon ia (household ammon ia) ; to this is adde d a fe w

drOps of a sol ution of G um Thus in a lcohol,or w oodspir i t and i t is permitted to stand for a day in an nu

covered vessel . The ammonia w i l l go ofi , an d l i kew isethe alcohol , i n a g reat deg ree . W e have then a sol u ti onof Gum Thus in water . This is evaporated down at theord inary temperature of the house, 60° F . un ti l w e hav ethe Protococcus i n a s trong sol ut ion of Gum Thus .More Gum Thus i s added and moun ted in the usua l manner in wh ich Canada Bal sam is used . W e have nowProtococcus moun ted in Gum Thus which i s of goodcolor and refracti ve index, show i ng the org an ismsn i ce l y . I have tr ied thi s mode w ith Ba c illaria c e aa (Dis toma c eaa) and found i t al l that can h e w ished for . Veg stable and animal tis sues can be mounted in i t also and Ith ink that we have i n i t j ust the medium we wanted.

90 THE M ICR OSCOPE . June

upon reasonable not i ce in wr iting to th e member s of th ecl ub .

Ar tic le V I . The electi on of o ffi cers and member s of theexecutive committee sha l l be held on the fo urth Tuesdayof Januar y in each year . Their te rms of ofiic e shallcommenc e at the cl ose of the mee ting at wh ich they ar e

el ec ted .

Ar tic le VII . The in i t iation fe e shal l be one do ll ar , i nadd iti on to wh ich there shal l be each year thereaf ter anassessmen t of one dol lar payabl e i n advance . The na meof any member two years i n arrears for annual asse ssment shal l be dropped from the l ist of member s and sha llnot be restored unti l a l l a rrearag es be pa i d or until the rebe a re - e lecti on .

A r t icle VI II . The reg ular meeting s of th e club shal lbe hel d month l y at a time to be de sig nate d by the cl ub .

A rticle IX . Amendments to th is consti tution p ropo sedin w ri t ing at any reg u lar meetin g , may be adopted by atwo th irds vo te of the members present a t the nex t r egular meeting . But the c l ub may at any reg ular meet ingestabl i sh By Law s or other R u les not inconsisten t w i thth is consti tution .

Bones .

1 . The President sha l l cal l the meeting to o rd erpromptl y at 8 o ’cl ock P . M .,for a short bus in ess sess ion .

2. The order of business shal l be as fol low sa) R ead ing of min utes .b) R eports of comm i ttees .c) M otions, resol utions, and general business .d) R ol l - ca ll .

3 . A t ro l l - ca l l each member shal l make a brief sta tement (not to exceed five m inutes) in g ene ral exp lanat ionof the specimens or apparatus he has on exhibi t ion, or h emaymake a brief oral or wri tten commun ication (not toexceed five minutes) upon an appropriate top ic .


4. The execut ive committee may prov i de for occasioual forma l papers and addresses, or long er communic a tions , f rom members or others, and the t i tl es of thema r e i n a l l cases to be prev iousl y placed on the prog ramon th e blac kboar d, w i th the t ime (approximatel y) to beocc upied .

5 . A fter the rol l - cal l and the pape rs, if any, the r emainde r of the se ss ion shal l be i nformal , each memberexamining the specimens and apparatus in wh ich he maybe most in tere s ted . I n this par t of the session no order”shal l be obser ved or maintained .

6 . A t 10 o'cl ock the Presiden t shal l declare the meeting adjourned.

Ou r Instrum e nt in th e study of N atural H istory .-The

report of the recent Con ference on Natural History rendered tothe Committee on Secondary Studies of th e N . E . A constantlyemphasi zes the use of the microscope. See

Page 151 (among the necessities for proper Botanical work ) .Table room, a good compound m icroscope magnifying from atleast 50 to 300diameters, and a few ordinary re -agents shouldbe furnished ea ch pupil .”Page 161 (Physiology ) . Demonstrations of the histolog ical

structure of the various organs require the use of a good microscope,with powers of four or five hundred diamete rs. It wil ladd grea tly to the inte rest if the teacher is able to make a portion, at lea st,of such preparation s in the presence of the class .

I f the possession of a number ofmicroscopes renders it possible,i t is very desirable that an opportunity be a fi'

orded students formaking for themselves preparations.”Page 154 (Zoology) . “ The microscope may wel l be em

p loyed in call ing atte ntion to the structure of the scales (of th efish ) . No better object wi l l ever be found for exciting inte restamong young naturalists than the se scales exhibited by polariz ed l ight."Ce ntrifugation—to separate sediment, is comin g into ge n

eral use among E uropean investigators. A number of instruments are i n use for the purpose,

r un MI CROSCOPE .

THE M I C ROSCO P E .

CHAR“ ! W . em u . A . M .,EDI TOR .

E D I T O R I A L .

T h e A ntw e rp E xh ibition .- The best exh ibits of micro

scopes are by Engl ish firms,notably W . Watson Sons . Theyshow the Van Bourk microscopes which are admirable for sc ie ntifi c research . The lenses are fine and all the parts adjustablewith ease and accuracy . They also show sl ips, mounts, et c.,as we l l as photographic apparatus.A l um in ium .

—Its weight is i that of iron, l that of si l ver,i that of gold . A gun metal casting weighing 53 pounds cou ldbe cast in aluminium with only 16 pounds. It is very maleable and can be rolled l ike gold or si lver. It conducts heat andele c tricity readily . It is not corroded by moisture,sulph ur,vinegar,or dil ute acids. It is too soft to stand much wear orstrain . For use in microscopes it is a l loyed with nickel, c oppe r, tin, si lver,etc . The oldest al uminium works are only 35years old . In nature , this metal is very widely distributed .

Th e aluminium bronzes are among th e very best as they res istoxidisation,are unaffected by sea water or by ammonia .

A N ew B iologi cal M i cro s c ope —Messrs . Swift Son havemade an instrument with the posterior l imb of the tripoddoubled and rotating on a pi vot. This g ives increased steadiness to the stand and the instrument can be packed in asmal ler case. The pivot has a strong Sp ira l spri ng which prevents it becoming loose a nd takes up a n y wear on the bea ringsurfaces .


Q U ES T I ON S A N S W E R ED .

M u i on fl a abA J / l ” HA/ K , tind ly n m u to rm hva l l “ f u d ge":fin : to new ” ,“ a t" “ M b;bf

r q/m h u h or a ura l . Pl e n a r y a ] .

( « I n .M nn (A: w in ne r ak a a r o n w h en" to the ton/En 4m. ( 1) - flm l . m m n e u te r ed /" j a rs " u / r r n c c .

l92.—W7ta t ia a spot lemeW—S.

Carpenter say a spot lens is a condenser with a permanentaxial ste p fi xed in it to cut off the central rays for the purposeof obtaining a dark ground upon which the il luminated objec ;l ies. Obviously it is not a desirable accessory . It is a c on

denser, but having a fi xed stop it can only be used for thi smode of il l umination.

193.—How ma ny spec imen slides for the W e would be re

W in a comp lete atudy of hmwm ana tonwf—Seim e Sittings.

A m aple“ series of mounts showing al l the structures and elements of the body,would number many hundreds. A series ofabout 100preparations if we l l sc l ec ted,would show a ll the typical and important tissues . Many of the sections would showseveral sorts of tissu es lor instance, transverse section of trach eawould sh ow hyal ine cartilage, involuntary muscle, mucousglan ds,capi llaries an d c i l iated epithe leum. A section of scalpwould show, epidermis and its epith e leum. hair root andsheath,sebaceous and swea t glands,adipose,areolar and elastictissues . One section each ,of kidney,l i ver, lung,ovary, te stis,etc .,would sh ow typical structure and enable on e to ide ntifythe organ, but a complete demonstration of a l l the e lements involved, would require dozens of p reparations for each organ .

About 300varieties of elements and tissues are studied in a goodcourse in histology .


By L. A . W ILLSON,

ouvsm n mmo.

Forame n ife ra .—As we cannot conveniently take a strol l to

Ic eland to collect specimens. we may do it indirectly by entering any drug store, and obtaining a little paper fu l l of the sandthat comes in the packages with Ic eland moss . Th is sand is

94 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Jun e

frequently crowded with forame n ife ra . A spec imen which Iexamined was ful l of a species of porce lanous foramen ifera .

They varied from the size of hal f a pin head to that of a pea .

They were eas i ly picked out of the sand with a moiste nedneedle point or a del icate pair of forceps . Beautiful mountssuita ble for a two inch objective can be made ofthem by mounting on a dark bac k -

ground .

Ci rc u lation of Blood in a L i z ard and a Tadpole .—Notis~

ing in a g lass of water a little liza rd about as long as a pin , I remove d it to a sl ide with a ledge . The li ttle animal was veryactive and would have jumped off the slide had care not beentaken to prevent its escape. It soon adhered quite c losely tothe sl ide. A drop of water was placed on its head and it wasviewed with a one inch objecti ve. In the toes and end of th e

tai l the circulation of the blood was beauti fully displayed .

Th e same thing may be observed in the tai l of a tadpole .

There is a transparent expansion of tissue on each side of th edark central l ine of the tai l . Place the anima l in a c e l l,keepits head moistened with wate r and view with a one inch ob.

jec tive . The blood may then be seen c oursing through th e

veins a nd arteries .The methods here indicated dispense with frog plates and

other cumbersome appl iances .A n E asy M e th od of E xam ining L i ch ens .

—Soak the l ichens in water, then remove one or th e apothecia to a sl ide .

Immerse it in a drop of l iquor potassa. This l iquor dissol vesand so ftens the hymenial gelatine and renders the hymeniummore eas i ly separable. Then crush and tease the specimenwith a spatula. Remove the larger masses of debris ; place athin cover on the sl ide and examine with a quarter inch obje ctive. In this way th e l ic hen may be analyzed . The re is a little work entitled An introduction to the study of l ichens byHenry W i lley,which wil l enable the student to trace the specime n to its genus.For more advan ced work the Genera Lic h en um by Dr.

Edward Tuckerman will be found useful . Th e specimen maybe rendered more distinct by a solution of iodine of which theformula is iod ine ,one grain iodide of potassium,

thre e grainand pure water,one ounce. The effect of iodin e is to color the

1 394 THE MICROSCOPE . 95

hymenium, and sometimes the spores, blue violet or variousshades of red. The medullary layer of l ic hens is often coloredbl ue by iod ine . The plants wil l wel l repay the study and inste ad of being very simple they wil l be found to be very compl icated plants. They belong to the Carposporte and partakeof the nature of both fungi and algae .A fie r soaking the apothecium in wate r instead of cr ushingand teasing,fi l l the cup with potassium hydrate. Then with aspatula scrape the inside and place a smal l portion on a sl ide.

I n th is way the hymen ium will fre quently be removed intactand wi l l display the theke,paraphyses and spores .


The Jour na l of Maris a Zoology and Mic roscopy. Vol . 1,No. 1 .

Nov. 1893 .

This is a biological quarterly dea l ing with the fauna ofBritishseas ; and contains many interesting facts and accurate desc riptions,in plain wording and accompa nied by original i llustrations.Personal observations upon the habits of marine animals, togather with notes and short articles upon the numberless probl ems of shore and ocean life, form leading features. The eu

deavour is to avoid the te ch nical language too frequently metwi th in Zoological writings,as well as to keep the pages freefrom trivial ities and thread -bare expositions of text book matter.The Microscopical section consist of “Studies "which deal i npleasant but m et manner with the anatomy, l ife-h istory andhabits of noteworthy microscopical animals . In this way aregree te d the Protozoa, the spicular Sponges, the young stages of

Zoophyte s Worms,Crustacea ns and A scidians . Thus the studiesform a series of most interesting articles of great va l ue,as manyof the facts are original,and of a nature not to be met with inord inary text books.Two ful l -page lithographed plates . sketched from life, and of

firs t class execution,are,in each number,devote d to the origina lill usG

'

ation of the microscopical Marine l ife treate d of in the“Studies .” To add to the val ue of these i l lustra tions,they a re

often coloured . To ensure accuracy, this is done by hand . Thereare also reviews, th e record of Zoologic a l progress, hints onM icroscopic al mounting, Exchanges,dzc .


THE MICROSCOPE.

Conten ts for Ju n e , 1894.

(Sean U nder the Mic roaoope . XI I I .

—Se ction of 8temof 89rnc s .

[ Instr-a ted )Bac te riolog ic a l Work in Medic al Sc ien c e, by J . Chrfi tianProtoc oc c us and How to Mon nt them, by A rthur M . Ed

Ou r Instrumen t in the Study of Natural History

QU ESTI ONS An sws aa n .-No. 192 0 193, by D r. S. G. Shan ks

192. Spot Le ns193. Spe c ime n Slides for the

Circ u la tion of Blood in a Liz a rd and a

An Easy M ethod of Examining Lich e ns “

Broom Pus u c s r ros s —Th e Jou rna l of Ma rine Zoology and Mimos



A Me thod for Orien ting Sma l l Objec ts for the Mic rotome, by W . Mail .

The Ame rimn Mic rosc opic a l Soc ie ty, by A rth u r M . Edwards,M . D .

Stud ies of th e l l istol of Va rious Mamma lian Tim Hen ryL. Osborn . (u natratedlTh e An iline Stains, by Smith Ely J el liflie,M . D .

E u r-

roma n.. te as

M ee ting of ic higau Sta te Boan l ofHea lth,Lansing,April 13, ’94M I CROSCOP I OA L A r r a a a rna—A N ew 1 5

M E D I CA L Mma osm ev.—Work of the M ic h . Bon dtbf Hea lth.

in 1894

Mmmvs c o rmu . Suc ts'

rrm —Mia osc ope Club, Linc oln ,blab .

N ew Pvn | .rc a r l os s .—Mosses

P rac tic a l M e thods in

Kindness to A nima lsA n In troduc tion to Struc tu ra l Botany

BA CK N U M BE R S W A N TE D .

Th e re are se veral L ib ra r ie s and subscri be rs who h av ew ri tten for back numbers of THE M ICR OSCOPE wh ichare exhausted . For an y fi ve of the fol lowing . we w il lg i ve a year ’s subscr iption1887 , NovDe c . 1888,Feb .,Ma r.,Apr., May,De c . 1889,Jan . 1890,

Jan ., Fe ll ,Ju ne . 1891,Jan ., Ju ly,A ug .,Nov. 1899, April .

. 98 THE M ICROSCOPE . July

the de smidia c e aa. For el ementary know l edge onbeauti fu l plan ts, see Car penter on the M icroscop e .

to

H

H

H

H

I—‘HH

H

H

cmq

a

me

g

w

Bus strom c ambre n se .

E ua strum sn owdonie n se .

E ua strum bin a le .

E u a strum w ebbian um f . maj or .

E ua strum c rassic ol le

E ua strum ang l icanum .

Cosmarium gotlandic um v . c ambre n se .

Sta ura strum lew is ia n um.

Stau ra strum we stii.

Sta ura strum dip la c a nth um v . ang lic um.

Sta u ra strum e bora c e n se .

Sta ura strum tre l le c k e n s e .

M ic ra ste r ias papil life ra v . va rvic e n s is .

Mic ra ste ria s trun c a te .

P e n ium lew isii.

Doc idium h u tc h in son n .

Closter i um in termed ium v . s c u lptum.

Cylindroc ys tis roseo la .

Spondylosium mon i l e .

Spondylos ium a rmilla tum.

E ura strum exi le .

The Mic rosmpe in the Da iry.

BvPR OF. H . W . CONN,

wssmarxs umvs asrrr .

The g reat serv i ce that the microscope has been to thebrew ing and v in ting i ndustries in th e hands of Pasteu ri s wel l know n . At the present t ime no brew ery i sequipped w ithout i ts m icroscope and i ts m icroscopis t forthe purpose of study ing i ts yeasts and obta in ing th eproper pure cul tures of appropriate species for feme n ta

t ion . The g re at importance of th is appl ica tion of them i c roscope to the brew ing industry i s to day hard l y


apprec iated because i t has become so thoroug hl y a matte r of cou rse . A g rea t brewery would be imposs ib l e ifits ferme n tat ion s were simpl y exper imen ts l iable to gow rong . I t is not, there fore; too much to sa y that theg igantic brewerie s of to - day are poss ibi l i ti es only be

c a u se the microscope makes the i r operations matters ofabsol ute c er ta i nty .

A s im i lar chang e seems to be sure l y coming over thedairy ing industries of the world ,and in almost i den ti ca l l ythe same lines . W e are rapid l y learning that the manufacture of the h ig h quality of the modern dairy productsof butte r and cheese i s a matter dependen t upon micr oorgan i sms, and the production of a h igh g rade of butterand che e se i s j ust as tru l y depe nden t upon the u se of

pro per bacteria species as is the production of a h ig hqual ity of beer dependent upon the use of pre per spec iesof y easts. D uri ng the last five or s ix years several bacte riolog is ts have been undertaking the study of some ofthese prob lems and the ques tion of the appl i ca tion of

the m icros cope to butter ma king seems to be in a ver yfair way of immedia te so l ution thoug h i ts appl ication tocheese making has not yet prog re ssed so fa r . The wor kupon th is subject has been carried on chiefly by Prof.S to rch, of Copen hag en, Pro f . W e igman n , of Kie l

,

Prof. Adame ts, of Vienna, and in the laboratory of W e s

l eyan Univers ity in thi s country, by the author. Theseexperimen ts have been slow l y sol v ing prob lems in butte r ma k ing wh ich have proved much more d i fficu l t thanthose associa ted w i th brew ing .

I t i s an a lmost un i versa l custom to al low cream to“sour" or “ ripen”

O

for some time be fore i t i s churned .

I t h a s appear ed fi rst that the flavor of butter is due a lmost enti re l y to certa in volat i l e products mak ing the i rappearance i n the cream during th is process of ripeningor souring , butter made from cream w ithout such ripen ing be ing very tas te less . Further i t has appeared

100 THE mc aoscoPE . J u l y

that these volati le p roducts ar e due to chemi c al cha nge stak ing place in the cre am as the re su l t of th e a ctiveg row th of micro - organ i sms present in i t . The ch em i calsi de to these chang es i s at present very lit tl e unders tood,but tha t the’ flavor of th e butter is due to the prod uc tsof fermenta tion i s beyond question . I t has ' al so ap

pee red that d i fferent species of bacteria vary w idel y inthe char acter of the products which they prod u c e i n ther ipening cream . Some species wil l g ive rise to thoseexqu is i tel y del icate flavors wh ich a r e des ired in th e

h ig hest qual i ty of butte r, whi le other s give ri se toflavors and tastes wh ich ar e extremel y disag rea b le ,

producing butter of the very poorest qual i ty an d onethat w ou ld hardl y sel l in market at an y pr ice . Othe rspecies again produce changes in the cream wh ich ha vel i tt le or no e fl

’

e c t upon the flavor of the butter . Now i ti s, of course,pla in that to manu facture a proper hig hqual i ty of butter, the butte rmaker needs i n h i s creamfor the ripen ing a majority of th e bes t class of bacter ia ,and i t i s a matter of a s much importance to h im to beabl e to control th is facto r as i t i s to .the brewer to ob ta inpure cu l tures of yeasts for fermenting h i s ma l t .A s butter has been made i n past years, however, the

b utter maker has no means of su c h con trol . The bac te riathat are present in the m il k flnd entrance thereto f roma var iety of sources i n the barn and the da iry, and th ebuttermaker has no know ledg e as to w hat sources maybe depended upon to g ive h im proper species. or w hatones to g i v e h im those that he w ishes to avoid . W henthe cream is gathered from a vari e ty of sources andmixed tog ether i n a larg e vat for ripen in g , as in crea mer ies, i t is larg el y a matter of l ottery as to whether thecream w il l con ta in spec ies that a re l ikel y to produce aproperl y flavored butter or those wh ich w i l l ru i n theproduct . Indeed the buttermaker know s noth ing aboutthe subject, and s impl y al lows h is cream to r ipen under

102 THE m c a osc or s . July

proves a matter of much mor e diflic ulty to i sol ate a ndc u l tivate the proper spec ies of bacteria for bu t ter ripening than to produce pu re yeasts . Stil l th is has beendone by at least three of the experimen ters above men

tion ed . Prof . Storch,Pro f . W e igman n and the author ofth is artic le, have each su cceeded in isol at ing from ripening cream spec i es of bacteria wh ich prod uce a h ighqual i ty of but ter where used in laborator y experimen ts.The i ntroduct ion of thes e experimen ts in to cr eamerie spresents special diflic u ltie s and yet d ifficul ties that ar ebeing rap idl y overcome . A l ready creameries in th e v ic in ity of the laborator ie s of the abov e men tion ed expe r

ime n te r s have been furn ished w i th pure cu l tures of ba cteria for the purpose of improv ing th e butter prod uctThe success of the experimen ts has been ma rked in ea chcase . In Denmark i t i s g ett in g to be more or les s c ommon to use an art ific ia l ferment for cream ripen ing .

The same i s true in certa in reg ions of Germany . In thiscoun try the work is more recent,but several creamer ieshav e undertaken the use of pure bacteria c ul tures for

ripening cream and w ith un iversal s ucce ss . W he reverthe artificial ferment has been use d there has been fo undan immed iate and qui te noticeable immoveme nt in thecharacter of the butter, and cr ea meries that have onceused th is method are so pleased w i th i t as to desire tokeep i t up indefin itel y, for they find not on l y a bette rbutter resu l ts, but a much g reater un iform i ty i n th equal i ty .

A n i nteresting fact i n connecti on w i th these e xpe r i

ments i s that the species of bac teria use d for th is p u rpose by the d i fferent experimen ters do not appe ar to bethe same or to have an y specia l re lat ion to eac h other .

Cul tures used in some places are those producing l ac ti cac id, souring the m i lk an d cream rapid l y,wh i le in o therlocal it ies the cu l tures that produce g ood resu l ts do no tg i v e r i se to any considerab le quanti ty of

.l actic acid and


do not sour the m i l k or cream . This,of cou rse, i nd i catesthat i t is pos sib le to obtain a proper resu l t by the use ofa la rge variety of bac teria cul tu res,and that the pecul iararoma of a g ood qual i ty of butter is a g eneral de c omposi tion product and not one due to any specific bacteriaspec ie s . I t is al so a matter of i nterest that i t is notfound neces sary to destroy al l o f the bac teria presen t i nthe cr eam before the add i t ion of the art ific ial ferment.In man y of the experiments, i ndeed in a majori ty of

those in larg e creameries, i t has on l y been found n e c e s

sar y to add to the cream ready for ripen ing a larg e quanti ty of the a rtific ia l cu l ture,and the larg e qua n ti ty addedw i l l fi nd th e cond itions in the cream such that they cangr ow rapid l y enoug h to enti re l y outweig h the e fl

'

e c ts

produced by the slower g rowth of other species that maybe present . Consequentl y in the e Xp e rime n ts in ourcre amer i es i t has on ly been found necessary to co ll ectth e cream and then to add a con siderabl y larg e quanti tyof an artificia l ferment thereto and the proper resu l t i sob tained at once .

Of course this work i s whol l y new, but the successthat h as attended the experimen ts where they have beentr ied i s so g reat as to give us almost cer ta in ty that a fewyears further w i l l see in the dai ry i ndustry a new app li

ca tion of the microscope to pract ica l life . Th e manufacture of these ar tificia l ferments w il l some day be ac ommercial industry, and i s an operat ion invol v i ng moreo r l ess use of th e m icroscope . The di scovery of the fe rments and their ac ti on upon da iry products is ,of course,whol l y due to modern m icrosc opi c al methods, and thuswe find here a new and entire l y unexpected use of themodern microsc ope .

P otass ium pe rmanganate is a newly discovered an tidote topotassi um cyan ide. Administer one- half li tre of a three to fiveper cent solution inte rnal ly .

104 THE m c a osc or s . J u l y

How I Got Tourma l ine for my Mic rosc ope.

By HANS M . W I LDE R ,Philade lphia, Pa .

I went to the “ on ly” Foote and got a lump (smal lone) of rather l igh t c o lored (quite colorless ) Tou rma lin efor about twenty cen ts, and proceeded forthw ith to r educe i t to a “ film ;

" easil y thought, but unmindfu l ofmy musty m inera log y, I put a shar p knife, fort ifi edw ith a smart b l ow w ith a hammer, on to one side of thel ump, h0p ing to cleve i t somehow . A s was to be expec ted , I merel y reduced it to fragments, l uck i l y o btain ingtwo sl i vers wh ich I proceede d to g ri nd down . I suc

c e ed ed—a t l ea st m y fing ertips made me bel ieve it—andfound that the resu l ts worked fa re ly wel l . Hence Iarg ued, that a professional g rinder (or petro -micr oscopist) would su c c e ed,a nd that a pri ce of,sa y,61 . tow ould be fair for a smal l sl ip, say 1 - 6 or 14 i nch square,which size i s suffi c ient . The Tourmal ines of microsc opi ca ld e alers are quoted as h ig h as 08. (Se e Beck .) Then Ibethought mysel f of a pa ir of Tourmal ine tong s wh ich Iha d . I cu t off one of the fi tting s,and fi tted - it i n thelower part of a wooden o in tm e nt box,w ide enoug h tos lip easi l y over the eye piece .

From what I have observed, I th ink that th e ligh tbrown ones are the best, and the sl igh t al terati on in theshade of the co lo rs does not make any difl

'

e r e n c e for

amusement purposes, and hard l y any for sc ient ifi c inve stig a tion s . My

” diaphragm is a g ood idea , theonl y trouble I have i s that the condensing l ens is ra the runmanag eable,as fa r as accurate focusing is concerned,but my idea can be improved upon .

“

At any ra te i t g ivesg reatl y increased i l lum ination—whether accompaniedby, the production of fal se W ag e s, i s not for me to sayand up to i objective i t is re l iable enough .

106 THE M ICROSCOPE . Jul y


For N a tu ra lists.P‘yd a’

eu s,a nd D r am a , a nd D e sig ned to P oM n’e c

P e bl c’

d ed moral ity. P ric e pe r m um. Snore r clam “ve ld em!w s

'

M M e yea r . The old se r ies, c on sisting of 1 : vo lume: 1881 e nd ed

w ith D e c embe r . 1893 . Set: of M e old se ries c am ! be fum b l e d . A l l

c or re sponde n c e ,“ M a nges ,a nd books f or notic e d os h ! be addressed to Mr

M ic rosc op ic a l P e bh’

el mg Co., u iwfl oa . D . C. . U . S. A .

W . em u ,A . M .,EDI TOR .

E D I T O R I A L .

M i cro - organism s in W atc r .—This is the title of a volume

just published in England at The author is PercyFrankland, Ph . D . W e have not seen the book,but notices inou r E uropean exchanges represent it as a standard work on theidentification and removal of low forms of l ife from water supply . The author gives quite a treatise on bacteriology, including steri lization,media, staining,etc . The action of l ight uponbacteria is ful ly treate d . In a l Zfi-

paged appendix are givendescriptions of over 200 micro-organisms liable to be found inwate r, in the expectation that persons in charge of water supplies wil l be able to make their own identifications.Fortunately we have at home an authority upon this subject,

Mr. G . W . Rafter of Rochester,who has also published an ex

ha ustive treatise on the same subject.The duty of which it costs to import Dr. Frankland

’s

book is offset by a correspondingly high price put upon Mr.

Rafter’s book,so that both are out of the reach of common mic rosc opists . Such is the tax put upon science by the monopol ist’s ta rifl' bil l which is n ow being passed by professed freetraders,and by the Mc Kin ley law,now in force.

Opium .—Dr. P. Heh ir,Surgeon Captain in the Bengal army

(and one of our subscribers) has made an exte nded study of theopi um habit. He estimates that there are consume rsin Hyderabad out of a popu la tion of He says that


12 per cent of the Mohammedans,7 per cent of the Hindus and5 per cent of the Pariahs use it. Each devotee on th e averagecons ume s eight grains per day, four in the morn ing an d four inthe evening.

I f used in moderation,it enables a person to do more work onless food and sleep than otherwise . For the time being, it gi veshim unusual cheerfulness and disposition to work, calms irritation . al lays excitemen t,conquers resentment,quie ts the nervesand emotions . lengthens l ife,dimin ishes the death rate, curesdiabete s and never produces organic disease . I ts chief evi l isproducing constipation. Indian opium is pure and containsbut l ittle morphine . L i fe Insurance Companies charge no extraprem i um on the l ives of opium en te rs in In dia.

Q U ES T I ON S A N SWER ED .

194. What is a linen -

pm f

I t is a small magnifier used for determining the fineness orcloseness of weaving in a linen fabric.195 .—What is a Lu c cmal Mia -

escape ?It is a microscope in connection with which a lamp is em

p loyed as the source of i l lumination .

196 .—As a rec reation for spa re (few,would a. Swift or Crouc h

Hieh logica l mic roscope with 1 in ch a nd 1-6 in c/t objec tives at 830,ora Beck

’s Star” Mic rosc ope with same obj ec tiva at820,be the better !

18 a ra c k and pin ion coa rse adj uetmc nt a ny great advantage over a

A Swift or Crouch Histological microscope should be preferred . A rack and pinion coarse adjustment is a great advanta ge in inexpert hands,and a great convenience in any case . Itcan be easily and p recisely managed with one hand and there ismuch less danger of forcing the objective against the object. A

sl iding tube soon gets dirty and works stiffly,or it wears andslides too easily .

103 THE mc aosc or s . Joey

197.—Hmomay 1 hold ssctioa s qf rookfor grinding betwem glom

m m m ,m m mumpm and dean thm f—N ev

Cement the rock sl ices to the glass with hard balsam,using agentle heat. After grinding and polishing, remove the ba lsamby soaking the glass and section in sp i rits of turpentine . Rocksec tions are very fragile and in some cas es it is bette r to grindthem on the slip which is to be used for the permanent mou nt

,

and not remove them,but wash away the debris wi th turpentine and a brush . When cl ea n add fresh balmm and c over.198.—Please give a M ad amproc ess for separating and clean

ing I bramenifc ra ,etc .,from cha lk f—R . D . Nevins .

Use a soft brush and water to rub down the chalk . Mix th e

material wi th wate r and allow the shel ls to fal l to the bottomor, if these hea vier portions are broken or not va l uable, securethe good portions while sti ll suspended in the water,by pouring them into an other vessel and letting them subside. Ex

am in e the deposit as well as the floating mate rial at times,wi ththe microscope, to determine their relative val ues. I f the desired shel ls are rough or covered with granular matte r, shak ethem in a te st tube wi th four times their bul k of wel l cleaned ,heavy,sharp,white sand (prepared by washing an d settl in g asabove.) A fter the shells are clean al low the sand to sin k,whichit wil l do before the l igh te r shel ls . Pour off the latte r into another tube . Here the shells wil l sink before the lighter fluffymate rial, and by a carefu l timing an d several repetitions of

washings and settl ings, the flu ff may be poured away, andclean shel ls secured . But few perfect shells from a considerablemam ofmaterial should be ex pecte d.

199.—What {a mount by the sta nda rd tubs tength ? I read of a ten

inc h,nine a nd a qua rter . eight a nd a ha lf and six inc h le ngths, and

sn ow,wnd amwnfiwcd whm l wish to uec obj c ctim by difierentm k

ar e. A reader.The standard tube length for American objectives is teninches, measured from the optical c enter of objective to theoptic al center of eye piece. Optical centers are di ffi cu l t tolocate , hence the c lear directions by Mr. Spencer,to employ atube length of 9i inche s,mea sured from the shoulder againstwh ich the objective rests, to the eve surface of an inch ocular.

1m THE meaosc op s . Ju l y

paste eels have grown fat by feeding on pas te. For an amate urmicroscopist, the paste eels are preferable as they are larger andmore readi ly examined with low powers . To obtain and keepa supply of paste eels boil a l ittle flower and water to the c on

sistency of the paste used by bookbinders and shoemakers.It is then best to p lant some eels in the paste either by pour

ing in somevinega r kn own to contain them or by adding a l ittle paste in which they al read y swarm . Leave the vessel conta ining them open to the air and to prevent harden ing be at itwe l l together whenever it te nds that way . To preserve them a l l

the year. put a little water or vinegar to them if the paste growsdry,or supp ly other pa ste. Their continual motion wil l prevent any mouldiness of the paste. A on e inch objective is '

su f

fi c ie nt to show them nicely .

COR R ES PON D EN CE.

To Begi n W ith .—Get an instrument by any good maker and

by al l mean s let it have a rack -and-pinion coars e adjustmen t.I h a ve known man y to begin without one and never kn ew one

to be contented without it. Ge t a on e inch objective. It is a llyou want. A 1 -6 inch objective would be practica lly useless toto you . I have gi ven lessons to beginners for years and this isthe outcome—AJAX .


The Journa l of Mar in e Zoology and Mic roscopy. Vol . 1,No. 1

Nov. 1893 .

Th is is a biological quarte rly deal ing with the fauna of Britishseas ; and contains many interesting facts and accurate desc riptions,in plain wording and accompanied by origina l i llustrations .

Personal observations upon th e habits of marine animals, together with note s and short articles upon the numberless problems of shore and ocean li fe, form leading features. The en

deavou r is to avoid the wc hn ic a l language too frequently metwith in Zoolog ic al writings,as wel l as t o keep the pages freefrom trivial ities and thread -bare expos itions of te xt book matte r.The Microscopical section consist of “Studie s” wh ich dea l in

p leasant but a nd manner with the anatomy,l ife -history and


habits of noteworthy mic rosc Opic a l anima ls . In this way aretreated the Protoz oa, the spicular Sponges,the young stages of

Zoophyte s,Worms,Crustaceans and Ascidians . Thus the studies"orm a series of most interesting articles of grea t value,as manyof the facts are original,and of a nature not to be met with inordinary text books.Two hi l l -page l ithographed p lates . sketched from life, and of

firs t cla ss execution,are,in ea ch number,devoted to the origina li llustration of the microscopical Marine l ife treate d of in the“Stud ies .” To add to the value of these il lustrations,they areoften coloured . To ensure accurac y,this is done by hand . Thereare also reviews, the record of Zoolog ic al progress, hints onMicroscopica l mounting, Exchanges,&c .

W M of tt idon m s by ths Oillodion Method. ByG. F. A tkinson . 8

° pp 134, New York, Macmil lan Gr 00 .

PriceTo microscopists th is book is of more interest than the or

din ary treatise upon biology on account of its technique . It isa little unusual to exal t the te chnique to a mention in the title,but microscopists cannot complai n . W e c a n only congratulatethe author upon the success obtained by this method as setforth in the book . The infi l tration of prothall ia withoutsh rinkage was a great success. In Part I I, are g iven methodsfor preparing collodion solutions, for cu ltivating spores,for ki l ling, hardening,embedding and cuttin g into sections the variousorgans. A ll th is is of great inte rest to th e microscopist. Me thodsof staining might well have been added,but for some reason don ot appear.Three - fourths of the volume is descriptive of the developmentand anatomy of certain kinds of ferns and the original i l l ustrations lend much interest to the n arative . Chap . I deals withtbe game tophytes ; Chap. I I -VI, with the sporophytes. Chap.

VI I is on substitutionary growths." A bibl iography and anindex close the treatise .

W e congratu late Professor A tk inson upon having led h is pupils through a happy course of study of the ferns a nd trus tthat this is not the last we shal l hear of h is studies in the realmo f plant morphology . Le t nomen clature go to the rear for awhile and le t us know a ll about the processes of vegetable l ife .

u s THE meaosc op s . July

THE MlCROSCOPE .

Con te n ts for Ju ly, 1894.

Obje c ts Seen Unde r the Mic rosc ope . X IV.—Some New Dm ’

tds (111m

Paa c r l c a r.

Clark's Prac tic al Methods in Mic rosc opy.

This book is written for beginne rs and gi ves in detail desc riptions of methods that wil l lead the novice to successfu l results .

Cloth,233 pages,41 cuts an d 17 reproductions of photo microgrape,J D

‘

pf bh

u

“c

h a n ce llor"elem e n t-y bmi ,hnvm¢ tho n n m fl t o d M dm —Rev.“We have had muc h expe rts th e W a ttlesids- of begin nabs-lu ring],

mend th h tsmk tomth e lr an u th e ba t hook of lu kh d whitebaimufi mOn ava .

Sent by mail postpaid on receipt of price .

D . C. HE A TH CO P ublish e rs ,Boston . N ew York . Ch ic ago .

BACK N U M BE R S W A N TE D .

There are several L ibra ri es and subscr i be rs w ho havew r i tten for back numbers of THE M ICR OSCOPE whichare exhausted . For any five of the fol low ing ,we w i l lg i v e a year's subscr iption1887 , Ne w , De c . 1888, Feb .,Mar ., Apr. , May,De c . 1889, Jan . 1890,

Jan .,Feb .,June . 1891, Jan ., July,Aug ,Nov. 1892,April .

114 THE MICR OSCOPE . Aug .

real benefaction to every stu dent of microscopy, as ap

pears from the eag erness w i th wh ich they have be ensough t in thi s country the past s ix y ears .

Number 44 i s a tran sverse section of a sn owth istle

stem and shows the co l l enchyma . This i s a tissue of

veg etable ce l l s which are th ickened at the ang l e s an dusual l y elongated . I t i s close l y related to par ench yma.but has the ce l ls more elongated . I t can be fou nd in

the yel low dock and cow parsn ip, in the petio le of thesummer g rape a nd of th e beg on ia .

Number 59 i s a transverse secti on of the one - year - oldstem of Ivy . I t show s th e resin cel l s .

N umber 39 i s a transv e rse section of th e anther of

Crown Imperial .A catalog ue of al l these objects can be found i n the

January n umber of THE M I CROSCOPE for 1 893, wherethere a r e also d irections for mounting them upon g l asssl ips w hen so desired .

Strasburger ’s Manual of Vegetable Hi sto log y . Pro f .

Ba s tin'

s Col leg e Botan y, Carpenter on the M i cros copeand Behren ’s Gu ide to the M i croscope i n Botany a regood books to u s e in study ing these objects .

To Clean Bal sam M ounts .—Use a strong solution of cans

tic potash . App ly with a brush .

1 894 THE M ICR OSCOPE . 1 1 5

A Quic k Method of Cleaning Shel ls ol'

Bacillariac ze .

DvAR THUR M . EDW AR DS,M . D .,

m m . N J .

Si nce I fi rst began study ing the Ba c illa ria c w or D iatoma c em, I have been puzzled to find a process for cl eaning their shel l s in a manner that wou ld be appl icable toal l the gather i ng s both recent and foss il . In the recen tw e have to dea l w ith the organ ic matter that i s presentbes ides the si l iceous shel ls . I n the fossi l gathering s w e

have to treat of the si l iceous she l l s h id in a mass of claymore or less hardened . The recen t gather ing s are easye nough to clean . We burn on ly the organic matter off

and the si l iceous shel ls are left. W i th the fossi l g athe ring s the case i s d i fferen t and more difiic u lt to hand le .

Th e clay presen t in more or less quanti ty i s not so ea si l yremoved . Be s ides i t does not d issolve by ord inarymethods . L e t u s see how we procee d in a qu ic k manner, for I th ink I have at last bit that to cl e an th e sh el l s .First,we have a recent ga ther ing consi sting of hae i l

l ar ian shell s and organ ic matter. W e pour ofi’ th e w a

ter fi rst, and thus concentrate the shel l s . Then we pourthem into a two ounce,w ide -mouthed bottle . Such a bottl e I have by me and constan tl y carry i t to make myg athering s in . In to th is I pu t a mass of finel y pu lveriz e d b ichromate of potash—enough, when i t is d issol ved,to l eave some dry . This is enough, for the secret is tohave enoug h . Th e bichromate is cheap enough, abouttw en ty - five cents an ounce at reta i l, and an ounce w i l ll ast for a long time . Now we wai t for a fe w minu tesun til the b ich romate is partial l y dissol ved, and then addenoug h oi l of vitr iol (su lphur ic acid ) to super - saturatethe water and cause the evol ut ion of bubbles of carbon icd iox ide, common l y known as carbon i c acid . The actionthat g oes on devel opes chrom ic acid,which i s dark red,and th is acts upon the org an ic matter and d e velopescarbon d iox ide . Th is action causes heat to be developed

1 16 THE M ICROSCOPE . Aug .

and i t can be ca rr ied on in the ord inary fla t~mou th ed

bottle w i thout dang er of crack ing i t.When i t is in act ion the carbon d ioxide i s very l i t tl e

and no dan g er of poison i s to be an tic ipa ted. for c arbond iox ide (carbon ic ac id) must be in a vast majori ty i n th eai r to be poisonous, and then i ts fi rs t action is to ca us esleep . So,as I have said, there is no dang er from po i

son in the proce ss . Wh i l e i t is hot the bottle i s plac edou t of doors, or at a w indow, so that the fumes whi ch a regoing to be made by the addition of another l iqu id toi t and wh ich are poisonous may be carr ied off and no tbe inhaled, as that causes cough i ng . Hydroch lo ricacid (mu ra tic acid of th e shops) i s added drop by dr op .

Immediatel y a bri sk e fl‘

e rve s c e n c e i s de ve loped, andbrigh t red fumes are g i v en 03 . These fumes are thos ethat cause cough ing . E nough hydrochl oric acid i s a dded to g ive off al l the fumes, and, thoug h the quanti tycan not be estimated, i t i s best to add enough, becau sethe ac i d is cheap .

The bottl e i s perm itted to s tand about fi fteen minutes,un ti l the action has ceased, and then fresh fi l tered w a

ter i s added in quant ity . I t is washed in fi l tered waterthree times,un ti l i t becomes l igh t yel low in color . Th e nhouseho ld ammon ia i s added (I use household ammon ia,as i t is che ap and strong enough ), and i t is washed w i thplen ty of fi l tered water . I a lways use fi l tere d fre shwater for wash ing ba c il la rian shel ls,as I thereby obv iatethe chances of in troducing foreig n forms, since th esecan be introduced very readi l y, and the gathering i sthereby ru in ed and made usel ess . Th is i s the en tiremann er of c lean ing recent fresh water shel ls . Theycan afterwards be kept i n fre sh water wh ich has a l i t tl etrue sal icy lic acid added or o i l of cinnamon . Thi s w i l lprevent the appearance of bac i l l i or of larg er fung i .W i th salt water recent g ather ing s of ba c il la r ia c eaa,the

1 18 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Aug .

pl a ton ic . But rec ent search has re vea l ed these deposi ts,or some very l ike them, in districts wh ich are n on - v olc a n ic , and they are not al ways sub- pla ton ic. But I w il lnot now go in to the clean ing of these nor of the ma r inefoss i l gathering s, such as those of R ichmond,Va ., andCal iforn ia, for th is paper treats on l y of th e qu i ck method of clean ing the shel ls . I t als o records a method of

cleani ng w ithout the use of n i tri c aci d. which is a l w aystroub lesome to use, being dang erous al so both to th eheal th and the clothes . In the method w hi ch I ha vedeta i l ed w e have on l y ca rbon diox ide given off in smal lquanti ty, and the red fumes can be e liminated by th ewindow or out of doors. The process i s ea s y of use a ndy ie lds very n ice preparations .

The Origin of Fresh Wa ter Clays in New Jersey, WithCorrelation of Clays in Other States.

BvAR THUR M . EDWAR DS, M . n .

nawami, a . J.I have been studying the fre sh water clays i n N ew

Jersey for three years an d th i s is the conclus ion tha t Icome to at present .I have descri bed in the M icroscopic Notes n ine de

pos its from the iceberg period,which incl udes fresh w a s

ter, fossi l, sub - peat and lacustrine sed imen tary deposi tsof ba c il la ria c ew (dia toma c ew), as they were ca l led w henfirst di scovered as l y ing i n the lakes, or former lakes, inth i s country and E urope . They come from the Th i rdr iver, or Ya n ta c aw, to the E l i zabe th ri ver and neighboring streams in north - eastern New Jerse y . The ba c illar ia c e ze , spong e spicul es and rhizopoda are the same,and g rouped tog ether difi '

e r e n tly but essential l y thesame. W e have fi ve ke t tle holes (and kettl e hol es ar e

depress ions of the surface mostl y exactl y circular w ithout an open ing and dry or w i th water in them ), having

1 894 THE M ICR OSCOPE . 1 19

the same forms of ba c illa ria c eaa in them . W e have thr eedeposi ts of pea t ; the forms of ba c il la r ia c em are imm edia te ly between th e tw o, i. c ., i ceberg per iod and kettlehol es,but mostl y resembl i ng the fi rst .From this I g ather that the whole country was c cv

ered by a fresh water sea formed by the mel ting of theice after the iceberg s were gone,and the water was cold .

This sea came down from the northeast and thre w dow nthe c l ay which conta in s the ba c il la ria c e ac , spong es andrh izopoda . Some of these are l iving now, as at Pla infiel d, and their de c e n dan ts are the l i ving forms that nowpeople the brooks, lakes an d r ivers . And th e bac i l laria c e aa, spong es and rh i zopoda now are the de c e nda n ts of

those that l i ved in the iceberg period . A s the water disappeared i t left the r ivers, the R ahway,E l i zabeth,First,Second and Thir d and their tr ibutaries ,al l opening intothe Passa ic r iver . There were on rig h t bank the Saddl eriver, and above the R ockaway river on the left bank .

I have not thoroug hl y invest ig ated the Sadd l e , but th inki t was formed later than the iceberg period . The R ockaw ay riv er was formed in the ice berg period . ThePassa i c r iver was formed when the dra in ag e of LakePassa ic,a pre -

g lac ial lake, which in i ts turn was formedby the ice ban king up above Patterson , and be low bythe mounta in s of the W atchung, and west the G ran i temounta in s, wh ich form the shores of the l ake . Thislak e when the ice mel ted broke through the W atchungmoun ta ins at Patterson and formed th e Great Fal l sthere . The waters wh ich formed i t were extended tocover the Great swamp,Bl ack meadows,Troy meadows,Great Pe ic e meadows, and Bog and Fl y meadows, and,la stl y,Hatfield swamp,which was the last and lowest toform . In the cla y of the Hatfiel d swamp are fresh w a

ter and some new marine forms of ba c il la riaoem wh ichl ived then and are now l iv ing as shown by the watersuppl y of Patterson contain ing them .

120 THE M ICR OSCOP E . A ug .

The Feldspar , on the northeast, when decompos edformed the clay and was mostly albi te or soda feld spa rw ith som e orthoclase or potash feldspar ,and th e sa ndwas quartz sand which i s found now in the clay . Th isc lay covered the coun try from Nova Scotia to the borde rsof New J e rsey on the east of the Appa lact mountains .

How fa r i t g oes west towards the R ocky moun tains ha snot been determ ined but i t i s most l ike l y the same .

The ba c il la ria c ew, or d iatomaceous ear ths, whi ch areknown as fresh water, fossi l,sub- peat or lacustr ine sed imen tary deposi ts, man y of wh ic h

'

I exam ined for theState Geolog i ca l Survey of New Hampshire, under Pro f.Charles H. Hi tchcock,and the N orthwest Boundary Surver for M r . Georg e G i bbs, and the State Geologic a l Survey of Cal iforn ia, under Prof . J . D . W hi tney, are examples . How fa r to the west of the Appalachian mountainsthey extend I do not know, but two of them have beensent me by M r . B. W . Thomas ,of Chicag o, and both arefrom the same iceberg period, contain ing prec ise l y thesame ba c il la ria c ew. These are between the fi rst andsecond moraines of the w estern geol og i sts ; but we mustsa y that Prof . G . H. W righ t has endeavored to provethat there was but one g lacia l per iod an d the twomoraines were but one, formed at d i fferent parts of thesame g lacial per iod . I am disposed to side w i th Prof .

W righ t . The first that M r . Thomas sent me was fromM innesota and was from Prof . N . H. W inchel l,wh i lstthe other was from near Ch icag o .

Typhoid Fever.

8 11 E LM E R LEE ,A . M .,M . D .

c a rc a c o. ru morsR ec ogn i tion of the val ue of clean l in ess represe nts the

most practi cal discovery i n treatment during the pres e ntgeneration,and,at the same t ime i t consti tu tes one of the

122 THE monos c or s . A ug .

fever . No harm has ever been done, an d neith er i s i tl ik el y to be so ca use d . Several hundr ed ca ses ha ve b ee nso delug ed by me w i th larg e qua nt i ties of water, an d inno instance has the resu l t fai led to be beneficial . Thefear of doing harm may be en ti rel y and foreve r dismissed . That wh ich is n ot wel l unde rs tood by any one,always see ms inconvenien t, or troub l esome to pe r fo rm .

But a l i tt le practice makes easy the methods which al i ttle whil e before appeared unpleasant, even hard .

The temperature of th e wate r used for cleansing andwashing the bowels, shou l d a lways depend upon thetemperature of the body . I f there i s h ig h feve r thewate r i s more ag reeable an d useful to the patient wheni t is cool,viz .: 75 deg rees ; but if the patient i s . ch il l y,or has a l ow temperature, the water shoul d be at b loodheat, nearl y 100 deg rees . Dur ing the first week of il l

n ose, the irrigati on of the bowels shou ld occur in themorn ing and ag a in in the even ing of each day . Af te rthis, one douche of water shoul d be g i ven eac h day un t i lconvalescen t . The c c - operation of the patien t i s readil yaccorded . The treatmen t takes ho ld of h is reason,w h ichl ends both hope an d help to the ma nag ement of the ca se .

Bath ing th e body i s performed at reg u lar i n te rva l sand by such a system as may be con venient and su i ta b l eto the ind iv id ual . The bathtub may be used when th e

patient i s strong enough to be ass is ted to i t, whereotherw ise, spong ing with cold water i s ve ry refresh ing,and usefu l to main ta in streng th and lower the heat ofthe bod y.

The most effective and most last ing in fluen c e is as

cured by w rappi ng the patient in a wet sheet . Two

blankets are spread on th e bed, covered w i th a sheet w et

w i th cold water . The patient is w rapped in the shee t,

and then folded qu ick l y and completel y in the blanke ts .

The time during which the sick one may remain in thewet pack i s from one hal f to one hour,or even long er if


h e is com fortable . Bath ing opens the pores of the sk in ,and throug h them the system d ischarg es a part of t hehurt ful wa ste of th e body . Th is bath ing should be cont inned, severa l t imes dai l y,during the d isease and during con val escence .The in terna l tre a tme n t is uncompl icated, sa fe and use

fu l . The bas i s of i t i s cold water,a nd always plenty of

i t to dr i nk . W ater cools th e body and ass ists to cleansei t of the poison wh ich makes i t s ick . The el im ination i scar ri ed on throug h the in testin al canal , th roug h the kidneys throug h the l un g s and by the sk in . L e t the sick havewa ter, i t can do no harm in an y case ; w a te r on l y doesg ood . W hat cr uel ty i t was in fever cases, to kee p waterfrom them, and what su fi'e ring i t caused . A tab le spoonfu l of Peroxide of Hydrog en (Marcha nd ’s) i s added toeac h g lass of water . I t i s th e best and most simpleremedy that c a n be g i ven that i s l ike l y to be of benefi tin help ing to cure Typhoid fever . Continued for a fewdays, i t i s then la id as ide for a fe w days and G lyc oz on esubsti tu ted in i ts place, both as a re lie f to the patien tand for the beneficial e ffect of the remedy itsel f . A nd

so on in th is way the two remedies are al ternated, wh ichis found by me to be the best arrang emen t for admin is

te r ing these val uable antisept i cs . The preparation,G l yc oz on e , is chemica l l y pure ,red i sti l l ed G l ycerine i n wh ichOz on e , or concentrated Oxyg en, has been incorporated ,and can be taken w i th as much f reedom a nd safety aspure G l y cerine . The G lyc ozou e may be taken in dosesof ha lf a tablespoon ful to a g l ass of water as often aswater i s taken du r ing the day . W hen i t i s desi red toal lay nervousness and induce s leep at n igh t, sul phateof Code in e is used , i n doses of f rom one hal f to oneg ra in,by the mouth, or one quarter to one hal f g rain bythe hypodermic method . This reme dy tranqu i l izes thenervous system and i ndu c es sl ee p,and shou ld be administe red at night.

124 THE M ICR OSCOPE . A ug .

Th e Typhoid fever pat ient re ce ives as food,whateveri s s imple, at reg u lar in terval s of four hou rs . Mil k,simple, natural mi lk, i s nourishment of the h ig hest importance . One egg ever y day, or every other da y , i sal te rnated w i th a smal l teac up of fresh press ed j uicefrom broi le d steak or mutton . The egg is p lea sant totake an d more nutriti ous, when wh ipped ti l l i t is lig h tand then sti rred w ith a smal l g las s of milk . For a simple and nourish ing artific ia l food,mal ted mi lk is a lwaysg ood .

The ju ices of fru i ts are del ic ious to the Typhoid fe v e rpatient, and are not to be dism i sse d on the suppos i ti onthat they are inju rious . I t i s a lways interesting to oh

serve that,when the fever i s broken, and convales cenceis beg i n ing , water i n copious draugh ts i s no long ereasy for the patient to take . . When the u sual g l ass of

water is handed back hal f drained . i t i s an encouragingsign of beg inning res torat ion . For wholesome dri nk i ng ,fresh lake water wh ich has passed through a Pasteurporcelain fi l ter is en t irel y re l iab le .

The simpl icity of the forego ing plan meets every r e

quireme n t, and saves nearl y every case, un less there issome compl ication . I t i s my bel i ef that do ing moretha n th is is doing l ess, and less than th is wh ich is sos imple, i s not enough . The profession ag rees that nok ind of drug tre atment i s u sefu l or c urative in Typhoidfever, indeed, one of these days, i n my opin ion, the statment w i l l be considered app l i cable to other, if not a l l,cases of diseases of the bowels .The plan as proposed by me and practi c ed during a

period of five years,cons i sts . i n rev i ew, of the fo l lowings ystematic management i n Typhoid fever .W ater used internal l y as a douche for free irr i tation

of the bowels, ei ther simple or made soapy wi th pu rel iqu id soap . W ater as a dr ink, and as a remedy takencopiousl y and frequentl y, especial l y during the stage of

126 THE M ICROSCOPE . Aug .

The 090 l red rubbc r fonntnln W M M W I nc l-Rubber M 00. “

been -e le c ted. I t in thomugh ly gc c d.

Peroxldc of fl ydmge n flh mhaud‘t ) and th c m,wmm m w w

(M e ta s t a s e s-a lly admlu lc tm d tu mble“ .

U quldm p lc u h ptc d for mc dlml um .

Hod ic k'e ms lted ml lk h u prc p md fw d of mc fl t.

THE M I C ROSCO PE .

For N a tu ra lists. P hysic ia ns . ami D n gg ish , a nd D e sig ne d to P ofiu la r iuM ic m ac”.

P nblish d sc an ti ly. P r ic e f e r a n n ual . Subsc r iption M ou ld “ of

a t?“ tl e ye a r . Th old se r ies , c onsisl iug of 1 : volumes (1881 and” !

w il t D r c c mbc r . 1892. S c i: of M e old se r ies c a n not be fu r n is l e d . A l l

c o r r e sf n d c wc r . “ d a ng er , a nd books for notic e Mou l d be a dd r essed to Me

M ic rosc op ic a l P u blis l ing Co., Wa sh‘

ng ton ,D . C. , U . S . A .

CHARLl s W . SMILEY, A . M ., ED ITOR .

E D I T O R I A L .

Communion Cup s Sp re ad D i sease .—The common goblet

is a c hanne l for the transmission of seve ral s erious and deadlydisea ses. The bac te ria of tube rculosis,diptheria,and other c ontagions lodge in the mouth , and a re transmitted to the wine bymeans of epithel ium scales which drop from the l ips of a communic a nt into a common goblet at the communion se rvi ce .

Thm scales float on the surface of the wine,unnotic ed,and ifa communicant is unfortunate enough to swal low one, the germmay take root in his system .

In passing the cup through the congregation,both the healthyand the unhealthy drink from it. I f a c ommunican t shou ldhappen to be su fi

'

ering from any of the diseases that lodgetheir germs in the mouth, the most l iable thing w il l be to dropthe ephith e lium scale into the wine. and then pass the gobletto his neighbor,who taking th e wine drinks it unexpectingly .

D r. C. Forbes an eminent bacteriologist,has done more tha nany other man in Ame rica to bring about a change. He is amembe r of the Ce ntral Presbyterian c hurch of Roch este r,whic hwas the first congregation in the country to adopt the new pro~


cess . He was also sent by his church to the general assemblyof the Presbyte rian church in Saratoga to instruct that bodyabout the change and the necessi ty for making it. There is nodoubt that every evange li cal church in the la nd wi ll eventual lyadopt the method now in vogue in Rochester,A lbany,Ph i ladelphia,Boston, and elsewhere. The new process of administering win e is demanded by the highest scien tifi c and sanita ryreasons.A fter a careful investigation into the drags of wine left aftercommunion service at several churches in Rochester,a microscope revealed twenty - two li ving mic robe, any on e of whichcould have worked incalculable ha rm in the system of anyperson who happen ed to embibe them. No on e can tel l thenumber of germs taken by the communican te on the Sundaythat the examination was made,nor the results which wil l follow . This unclea nly habit of sipping from the same cup hasbeen in practice for so long that in its career it must haveca used the death of thousands. However,the prac tice of partaking of the communion in wine is of such ancient origin,andit is so interwoven in the fibre of religion that it is a diliic ultmatter to make the people see the necessity for adopting thenew form . The new communion outfit,which was sanctionedby the general assembly of the Pre sbyterian church containssi xty smal l sil ver chalices about twice th e siz e of a thimbleplaced in a three tier tray in smal l rungs. The chal ices a reprote cte d when fi l led with wine by dust-protecting covers. Thelength of the tray is twenty - four inches and it is about fiveinches broad . A narrow handle reaches across th e tray,so thatthe elders d istributing the wine may carry it with ease. I n

gi vin g th e wine each communicant takes a c up and after drinking the wine leaves the cup in the p ew. Enough cups are provided for each church so that every member has on e .

Ce l loid in Imbedding .—Drop the scraps of tissue that are

to be cut with a microtome into a paper box fil led with fl uidcel loidin where they wil l naturally sink to the bottom . A fterthe cel loidin hardens, te ar away the paper box a nd you have abeauti fu l block of cel loidin . Then p lac e it,bottom side up ,inthe microtome and the second ou t wil l include sections of th eimbedded tissues.

128 THE M ICROSCOPE . A ug .

PR A CT I C A L S U G G ES T I O N S .

By L. A . W ILLSON,

CLEVE LAND.0810.

A lgm on a S idew alk —Noticing a bright green sta in overmany of the flaggin g stones in front of my house, I scraped upa smal l portion and placed it on a sl ide. A dissec ting 'scoperevealed that the material was too ful l of sand and grit to e x

amine with a larger instrument. I therefore flooded the masswi th water and with needles separated from the specimen asmuc h of the sand and grit as possible. W ith a pair of forcepsI then picked up the green mass and passed it through waterand then removed it to a clean sl ide and with the forcepspicked out the few particles of sand and grit rema ining . Ithen had a very pretty slide of fi lamentous a lgaa. I w c ou n t

for its presence on the flagging by the fact that it is constan tlywate red with Lake E rie water which is always charged with thespores of the signs. They may be permanently mounte d i n aso lution of hydrate of chloral and wil l retain their refresh in ggreen color in that medium .

See ing Baci ll us Tuberc u los i s w ith a L ow P ow e r.—I fprope rly stained this object c a n be seen nice ly with a onequarte r inch objective. A ll that an amateur would ca re to seecan be thus e xhibited . I f sta in ed red on a blue ground it wi llappear plainly and beautiful ly .

A Convenient Sub - stage Condenser.—A periscopic eyep iece set ia the subs tage with an adapter will afford a verygood sub-s tage condenser.Polari zers a re usual ly fitted with an adapter which may beremoved and used with eye- p iece in the substage. The condenser certa inly improves the performance of the microscope,it renders the light more pleasant to the eye and bette r definesthe objects . Ofte n, things hard ly visible without the condenser.for example, bacil l i tuberculosis,become distinct when it is employed . W ith low powers the condenser should be moveddown away from the objec tive and with high powers brough tup c lose to them . No on e who has ever used a condenserwould be without on e . The light is a lso much improved byusing a microscopic lamp with a blue glass inserte d in th e

bu ll ’s eye.

130 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Sept

A marked difl'

e r e u c e from al l th e other member s of thisfami l y w i l l be noticed here in the form of the fore - l egs .These lack the heavy c laws of the oth er pa i rs,an d have,in s te ad, a sl ender tapering form w i th a very s l ig htlycurved tarsa l nai l . The effect is to g i ve them more re adymeans of mov ing over flat surfaces, and of tu rn ing overif thrown upon th e back .

"—R iver side N a tur a l His tor y.

XVI I .—Cr sr or Ta rc a rs a SP IR A L IS.

This fig ure i s al so d rawn from a photog raph kind lysent us by Dr . Borden . The tr ich ina is a worm wh ichburies i tse l f i n the muscles of hog s, sheep, etc . W hen

the flesh an in fe sted an imal is eaten, encys tedworm is d issol ved out by the g astric j u ices and then prog re ss is rapid . In a w e ek mi l l ions of egg s are produc eda n d soon hatc hed . The young then penetrate the wal l sof th e in test i ne and s e t up a sev e re i rr i tation through outthe body causing i n tense sufl

'

e ring . I f the patien t cang e t through the few weeks of su fl

'

e riug , the tr i chinew i l l in turn become encyste d and cease to do harm .

I n 1884, th e flesh from on e pig k i l led and eaten inSaxony, Germany was taste d by 361 person s who tookth e malady and 57 of them died w i th in four w eeks .

1894 THE M ICR OSCOPE . 1 31

Th ese outbreaks oc cur when peop le eat raw meat . Cooking i n th e us ual manner destro ys the v i tal i ty of thesean ima l s . Hence, never eat sausag e, pork, or ham un tili t has bee n thoroug hly cooked . This w hole subj ect hascome to l ight th roug h the use of the m icroscope s ince1 860 when Vir chow and others demonstrated the dang e rs . The trichina was first seen by Hi lton in 1 835 buti ts re a l character remained a mystery unti l 1860.

On a Plate of Brass for Mounting Mic roscOpicOmum,

BvAR THUR M . EDWA R DS. M . D .

suwa s u, a . J.

Au observer of nature who does not have the faci l i ty of

wri ti ng down what he th inks he has as c erta ined is to bepi tied . But no two men are consti tuted the same . Whatyou cal l fa ci l i ty perhaps another w il l not ca l l fa c i l i tyand he wri tes better tha n you . But I sa y try to w r itewhat you think you see, and we w i l l take it for g ran tedyou say w hat you think . But one who does not possesssome know ledg e of draw ing i s of c ourse the man to bemost pi ti ed. But kn ow l edg e of draw ing i s rare and

comes w i th inheri tan ce as wri ting does bu t more rare ly .

W e c an cul t i va te the know l edg e of wri ting to a certa inextent but we cannot cul t ivate the know ledg e of drawing . I remember on e ma n who could w ri te very wel lbut he cou ld not se e any pe rspecti ve and of course cou ldnot draw at al l. My ta l ent for draw ing ,of cou rse I c a ncal l i t w i th reason so ; for ta len t i s inheri ted . I t can betrace d to some father or mother, some uncle or aun t easi l y, and my ch i l dren w i l l i nheri t i t somewhat. I bel ievein rev ersion of ta lent for i t is undoubted, and i t can bedemonstra ted . The faci l i ty of putting down on paperby means of writing i s a lso pla in l y proved . What wear e to -day, i s an outcome of the pi l ing up of what i s

1 32 THE M ICROSCOPE .

known as atavism or rever s ion . What we are today, ison ly the consequence of what our forefather s we re, because they wrote in a certain manner; as I su ppos e fori nstan ce, I can write in the manne r I do . W e a re cr eatures of ci rcumstance and the consequence of w hat ouran c estors were . Wha t I do my g randson or nephew wil ldo . For revers ion seems to go by the uncle’s s ide iastead of the father . Why i t i s so we can not of c ou rsemake out . These thoug hts on reversion come up in mymind in consequence of a tal ent,as I say I may cal l i t,of writing a nd imita ting

'

whic h I have. I have in vente da p iece of apparatus for mounting m icroscopi c obj ec tsa nd i t i s s imple and I w i l l describe i t .A pie ce of brass plate such as prin ters use, a brass

rul e about fi ve to the p ica,as i t is cal l ed, i s take n . A

piec e th ree inches i s cut off . I t i s one inch w ide . Touse th is in moun t ing , a s l ide is la id on i t and fasten ed byan Ameri can clothes c l i p . It has then the object put oni t i n water and arrang ed to su i t the taste of the moun teror the method of the obj ect . I t i s then heated w i th thebrass plate down over a smal l lamp . A g a s lamp is be stbut an alcohol lamp w i l l do . A kerosene lamp wil l not doas i t b lacke ns by soot the brass plate . The hea t i s disp e rs ed i n the s l ide to the ends, and there is no dang er ofbreak ing the sl ide . Wh en the obj ect i s dry,and be fo rei t beg ins to cool , gum or any preservative as Ca na daba lsam, i s pla ced on,and the cover put in place . I fi ndth is contr i van ce obv iates th e dang er of break ing thes l ides by heat, al so i t d i ffuses the heat a n d keeps them wetw i th the preservat i ve . I wish i t m ig h t be tri ed for Ithink brass plate for mounting microscopic obj ects i s ag rea t desideratum .

P otas s ium pe rmanganate is a newly disc overed antidote topotassium c yanide . Administer one - hal f l itre of a three to fiveper cent solution internal ly .

THE MICR OSCOPE .

closing the object, the movements of thebring ing the ring ind isti nctl y in to Vi ew, anding borders of the square pro tec tin g both theflu id above i t, and the obj ect beneath .

Th e front le n s of these obj ecti ves must a lful l y cl eaned a nd dried after the imme rsio

bee n as careful l y appl ied . But theabl e more th eThe flu id i s al ways appl i ed

cover- g lass . I t i s difi c u l t to imag i ne anyendow e d w ith such unmi tigated stupid i ty,thatpou r the immersion - l iqu id i nto the tube of

moun ting , yet instances of the kind have beenI t i s recommended by some that the water,

oi l or other flu i d be appl ied in a smal l drop toand the objective racked down 11

i n con tact w i th i t . The onl y adand that advantag e i s very sl ight, i s that byabi l ity of disarrang i ng th e obj ect by the preth ick l iquid c ompressed between the cover a nd the le n s,i s l essened ; a nd the reader may prefer th is method, s ep e c ia lly when using g l y cerine - immersion or homog en ee n s - immersion object ives, but a g reat disad van tag e isthat the moment the obj ective to uches the l iqu i d, themic rosc Opist l oses the power to appreciate the dis tan cebetween the l ens and the cover, and is there fore likel yto rack down too fa r and so to do some damag e, or n otfa r e noug h a nd th us l eave too much to be done by the

fi n e - adj ustment screw .

When using g l ycerine or homog eneous - fluid, I am inthe habi t of apply ing a drop to the fron t lens of the ohj e c tive i ns tead of to the cover -

g l ass . This may be don eb y means of the cork from the bottle of fl uid,a drop being al lowed to form at one edge, whence i t i s careful l yp laced on the obj ective w i thout touch ing the cork to th elens - front ;or a rod may be forc ed through the cork and

1894 THE MICROSCOPE . 13 5

the drop adhe ring to thi s appl ied to the le n s . On e leg

of a rubber hair - pin forced through th e cork is usefu lfor the purpose, as none of the chemical l iqui ds used forimme rsion purposes w i l l act on i t, as some of them w i l la c t on a meta l w ire . Wh en the drop has been appl iedto the front of the lens, the objective is attached to thebod y - tube and racked dow n unti l the fl uid touches thecov er ; and as th e microscop ist l ooks across the sl ide, betw e en the cover and the lens, the obje ctive i s stil l further lowered whil e the lessening dis tance and the expans ion of the fluid are watched, the expansion being cont inned un til the obj ecti ve is supposed to be approx imatel yfocussed,when the flu e - adj ustmen t focusses i t upwardor downward to th e proper po in t. These movementsdemand exceeding l y great de l i beration and caution ; del iberation so that the obj ect may not be disarrang ed bythe slow expans i on of the th ick immersion - fluid, if i t i sno t permanentl y mounted , and caution that the obj ec t ivebe not inj ured, for immersion l enses are easi l y disor

dered . Thei r l enses are larger tha n those of smal l erang l ed dry obj ecti ves, the ir construction i s more del ica te .and they mu st be treate d w ith more care .

When a water- immersion is to be used, that i s,an oh

j e c tive w ith wh ich water is the immers ion l iqu id, I amac customed to focus i t as a dry obj ecti ve,as may easil ybe done, al thoug h the de fin it ion w i l l probabl y be a bominable and th e fie ld diml y l ig h ted, yet enoug h may besee n to show that the des ired object i s i n Vi ew . W i tha camel ’s - hair brush a drop of water is then added tothe cover near the edg e of the objecti ve, under wh ichi t wil l run by capi l lary attraction . Here al l dang er of

forcing the object out of posi tion or of inj uri ng the ohj e c tive or the cover, i s w i th ord inary caution, reducedto nothi ng .

To clean the front of a water - immersion, af ter usingit, the careful emp loyment of the Japanese fi lte r - paper


i s a ll that is needed . To remove theu sed by i tself or in combination w i thhomog eneous - immersion fluids, I amw ipe away the g reater portion w i th theand to remove the rest w i th a few touchfin ishing w ith the dry paper.The cedar - oi l used w i th homog en

l enses i s thickened w ith dammar, so thatmois t tong ue is likely to cause a deposi tgum on the lens, and to neces si ta te ret ions of the paper moistened wI t is better w i th th is l iqu id toan d to fin ish w i th another pieceand to w ipe the lens dry and panother piece .

I t i s a lways wel l to cl ean an immersion - objectiv e assoon as possi ble after using i t. I have known ins tan cesi n w hich the front lens was so i nsecure l y burnished in tothe meta l cel l that the fl u id has penetrated to th e backof the g lass, and made necessary a journey to the man ufacturer. When the obj ective i s to be out of u se foron l y a short time, i t shou ld be placed on the tabl e w i ththe g lass surface upward, and when the eve ning 's workis finished, i t shou ld be ca re ful l y returned to its b ras sbox,af ter a scrupulousl y neat cl ean ing .

W hen about to measure the ang ular apertu re o f animmers ion - obj ective th e fron t must of course be immere ed in the p rope n me dium. Th is may be done byapplying a th in cover-g l ass to the front lens by mean sof a drop of i ts special fl uid . I t is be tter however, toes timate the numer i cal aperture by the method al read ydesc ribed.

Subscribe for the M i croscop ica l Journal, on l y“Sinc e thia m writte n l have re c eived from the Bausc h & I nmb Optic a l

Company, a supply of c adar-oil not opan to thie obje c tion .

13 8 THE M ICROSCOPE .

A movable s tag e, whil e not an abs olu te ne c essit y,nei ther siniply

°

a luxury , is yet a g rea t con ve nience a nd

a pl ea sure to work w i th . For bio log i ca l work a c om

dense r becomes almost a nece ss i ty, and as it mus t be ads

j uste d for difl'

e re n t obj ectives, the sub- stag e must bemovea b l e on the sub - stag e bar; a condenser c an th en besuppl ied at any future time,w i thou t additiona l expe nsefor af te r chang es in the stand .

The mirror shoul d be double, plain an d c onca ve, a nd

sw ing on the mirror bar and be capable of be ing bro ug htnea rer to or further from the s tag e .

Two eyepiec es shou ld accompany the stand,A and B,or perhaps, C,wi l l u sual l y meet the requ i remen ts .For bacteriolog i ca l examination a good dry 3, or bette r

sti l l a 1 - 10or 1 - 12 inch homog ene ous immersion obj ectivew i l l be nece ssary; but for al l ord ina ry profe ssional u setwo object ives w i l l answer every purpose for a l ong t im eincl ud ing urinary exam inations for the various crystal linedepos its, tube casts, blood, pus, etc . A 1 inch of an an

g ular aperture of 25 degr ees,and a 1 - 5 i nch of ang ul araperture of 75 or 80 deg rees: or a 2—3 or 3—4i nch obj e c ti v e of 27 deg rees of ang u lar apertur e, and a 1—6 inch oh

j e c tive of 110 deg re es of ang u lar ape rture w ill be ampl ysu ffi cient . E i ther the 1 - 5 or 1 - 6 objective w i th the Ceyepiece w i l l, w i th a l i tt l e eye train ing, on wel l sta in edspecimens show the bac il li of tuberculosis . The que s tionis not so much how man y diameters w il l the obj ec tiv emag n i fy but, what w i l l i t show . A w e l l °

c or r e c te d l owpower obj ec tive of w ide ang l e w i ll show more of deta iland structure than a poorl y corrected and narrow an g leh ig h power object ive .

I t i s true that from an optica l standpoint obj ec t iv esg i ve more detail as they increase in their ang ular aperture yet the h ighest class of objectives are n ot always tobe pre fer red. The lenses here advised are not expens iveg lasses, and ye t they w i l l do fin e enough work of th e


ch they are recommended,as a g reat po rt ionwork, espec ial l y of a physician, does not

opti ca l performance, a nd can bed w i th le ss sk i l l of man ipulationtive ly l ow aperture .

outfi t can be purchased for a sum rang i ng fromso that the excuse of too g reat an expense at

8 no long er a g ood one . But the price aloneinduce one to purcha se w ithout an y refer

I a contemplating the purchase of an inould a lways be cautious of objecti ves r ethe ir chea pness a lone;especial l y so of oh

ear ing the name of a ma ker as i t i s fai r toassume that if a maker does not atta ch h is name he knowsof the ir doubtful qual i ty . The in experienced shoul d a l

ways in purchasing , reserve the r ig ht of hav ing them examin e d by an expert. I t w i l l requ ire but a short time, incomparing in ferior instruments w ith one of rel iab le workto discover the inferior qual i ty of the opti ca l par ts,andw i l l then not onl y prove a source of disappointment,but apecun iary loss as wel l as i t w i l l necess i tate a future outl ay for re l iab le work, or may l ead to dis c ourag eme u ta udabandonmen t of a fa sc inating and practica l l y usefu ls tudy .

— Toledo M edic a l Comp e nd .

THE THE RAPEUTIC-3 OF GLYCOZON E, COMPOSITIONAND CHARACTER ISTICS.

Br Cvaus E osox. M . D .

is defined by its discove re r, Mr. Ch . Ma rchand, tocompound, resu ltin g from the c hemical reaction

0. p . g lyce rine is submitted, unde r c e rion of fi fte en times its own volume o f

ozone,under normal atmospheric pressure a t a temperature of0°C.

140 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Se pt.

The necessity of using 0. p . glycerine is imperative,as a presence of the wate r or other foreign matter in the glycerine m uses

the production in the resulting compound of formic acid, glyceric acid,and other secondary products,that have a harmfule ffect Upon animal tissues.Glyc o zon e has a pleasant,sweetish taste. Being hydrosc opicit must be kept in tightly corked bottles, and . as long as it iskept in this condition, it does not dete r iorate at a tern pera tureof even 110 degrees F.

A ntagon ists and I n c omp atibl c s .—G lyc osone . like peroxide

of hydrogen is a powerful oxidi z ing agent,although its ac tion isn ot as rap id or as energetic in this respect as the latter c om

pound . Consequently,we cannot safely prescribe it combinedwith any other drugs or chemic al substances . Contact withmetal io utensils decompose it. We must therefore use glass orhard rubber vessels and syringes when admin istering it.P hys iolog i c al A c ti on .

—When taken into the mouth and

stomach glyc oac n e causes a feeling of warmth . It excite s aflow of sa liva and stim ula te s the gas tric secretions . Being hydrosc opic i t attracts to its elf water from th e surrounding tissuesbut not with sufficient power to effect harm. This property isdue solely to the glycerine base which ente rs into the composition . In very large doses,one or two ounces, it causes a feel .ing of distress in the epigastri um and is followed by loose,c opions,watery stools,which are accompanied by severe cramps .No effect is noted on the kidneys, the l iver or the heart.

G lyc oz on e is undoubtedly slowly decomposed in the stomac h.ozone being l iberated and th e glycerine uniting with the waterfrom the tissues. The morbid elemen ts with whic h it comes inconta ct proba blvhaste n th is decomposi tion, and in so doin gare themsel ves ox idi z ed and destroyed . The free ozone in th estomach resulting from the decompos ition of glyc oz one aids thedigestive process by its prese nce .

Th e rapy.—Glyc oz on e is, in the Opinion of the writer, th e

best known agent for the treatment of gastric ulcer . It is alsoone of the best remedies for the treatment of th e stomach, ostarrh of chronic alcohol ism,and for chronic gastric catarrh fromother ca uses. It is excellent for ato nic dyspepsia, and for aciddyspepsia . The writer has seen very gratifying results from itsuse in thwe distressing maladies.

142 THE M ICROSCOPE . Se pt

the sore by pathogeni c organisms. Its ac tion in this respect isexplained by the fact that it is both powerfully antiseptic andstimulant.Folticmla r Pha ryngitia, chronic coryza and ulcerati ve stomati

tis are all ben e fi tted by frequent appl ications of glyc oz one . As

an app lication to ulcerated cervix- uteri and in tumefie d cond itions of the cervix and uterus it is far supe rior to pure glycerine .

In these cases, and for the cure of le uc orrhma, the remedyshould be appl ied on smal l rol ls of lint, or absorbent cotton,the vagina having first bee n thoroughly washed with an injec .

tion of perox ide of hydrogen on e part, water four parts . Thisprocedure should be repeated twice daily—Times and Remain .

THE M I CROSCO P E .

For ”s u n fish .P tyu'

c ia u ,a nd D ram a , a nd D esign ed toM a la r ia

P ubl c‘

rl cd s c an ti ly. P r ic e f or c a n ” . Snbm tion : fl u id a nd

a m {be you r . Tbs old se r ies, ( c a rving s/ 1 : volume : 1881 e nded

rum D r c c mbe r , z 8or . Sal : of (i s 014 se ries c a n a l be I n fl a ted . A l lc or n on c e ,ext

-ba nger ,a nd boots [or suc h “ d on/d be a dd r essed to (be

M rtm c of rc a l P ubl ish »; Co. Wa sl c ug fon . D C. , U S . A .

ca u ses w . suit“ . a . x, intros .

ED I TOR I A L .

M i croscope for R e c re ati on .—The most importan t point

in Dr . Bal linger’s s econd lec ture on Th e Modern M icroscopeat the Royal Institution was its use as an instrument for i ntellectual recreation . He pointed out that the vast strides madeof late years in the construction of th e instrument has gre atlyaltered its fitness for use in th e hands of the amateur. It wastrue that now as in the past to uti l ise the microscope in itshighest powe rs, long training and specialised knowledge we rerequisite,wh ich fact narrowed its area for recreati ve use . But

this was true o f a l l instruments of precision,and ye t there existed no scientific instrument which , thanks to modern deve l

THE MICROSCOPE . 143

c pmen t,le fi a broader area for the intell igent amateur who waswilling to devote some l ittle time to acquiring the necessarymanipu la tive ski ll . The nec essi ty for this latter accomplishmen t was greater wi th the modern i nstrument, not because itswonderful modern perfections had introduced complexity—onthe con trary, they had simp l ified it—but,being the outcomeand embodime n t of ma thematical c ertainty, i t ww only by naing it on scien tific princip les—ea sily learned—that the finestresults could be obtained . Dr. Bal linger is an expert of expertsin the use of the microscope ;but if he appears at times to ta l kabove the heads of the general run of users of the microscope,he is only encouraging them to work away at a study which becomes more fascinating as the student progresses . In the c onmeof his lect ure he showed what could be done by the use of moderate powers in the hands of an intell igent novice, and it shouldhe remembered that even experts have been novices once.

PR A CT I CA L S U G G ES T I O N S .

By I . a . W ILLSON,

M W AW ,OHI O.

M ou nting of Smal l Insects .—Most smal l insects may bemoun ted by soaking them in oi l of cloves, then in turpen tineand then plac ing them permanently in balsam . They shouldbe permitted to soak in the oil of cloves and turpentine unti lthey are pe rfectly transparent. The slightes t moisture wi l lc ause a blac k discoloration when the object is placed in balsam .

The method here indicated is sui table for soft insects such asfi ea s,green bugs,etc .,but wil l not answer for the coleoptera orhard~shel led varieties . The latter should be immersed for atime in potassium hydrate before being place d in th e oil of

cloves or turpentine .M i cro s c opic al A pparatus .—Wh i le shifts and e xpedients

are proper for on e who can a fford nothing bette r, long expe ri

ence wil l convince one that the microscope and its primary a cc essories c an be purc hased more cheaply and wi l l be moresatisfactory than any th ing an amateur can de vise . Themakers are in th e business ; they possess the ski ll and have allth e dies, instruments and mach inery necessary to the produc

144 THE m c aos c op n. Sept.

tion of perfect work. The mere amateur or the one notequipped for the purpose c an hardly hope or expect to equalth e expert manu facturer. Imperfect machinery will alwaysproduce imperfect work. So while one may su c ceed in m inordetai ls,unless the main machinery is perfect the whole resultwil l be wrong. It is also well that an amateur should purchasea few type slides from a dealer. The beauty and comp lete nessof such sl ides wil l be guide posts along his l ine of, progress .

N0 one can discover eve rything and it is but the aggregation of

ideas that constitute s our progress and our civil ization .

Se ctions of Tapew orm .

—Nature has divided tapewormsinto sections. To mount a section it should be soaked in bydrate of potash , then washed and cleansed in water and thenstained with carmine, hmmatoxylin or some other su i tablesta in . But the amateur should be very careful in hand lingthese sections, for each section,below the head,con tains myriads of eggs and one minute egg from the finger to the mouth,would pass to the stomach,then into the circulation,and final lyto the brain where convulsions and death a re caused . I t is agood object for amateurs to let alone. Students in this depa rtment a re especial ly l iable to danger.E c idia or Clu ste r Cup s —These are beautiful objects for

low powers of th e mic rowope . They are found in leaves in th espring . They we re forme rly supposed to be distinct specie sa nd are stil l classified as such in foreign works. They are now

known to constitute th e initia l stage of h igher fungi . A s e tionof a lea f with a cluster c up is an instruc tive object for a quarte rinch objecti ve. See Bessy ’s Bota ny, page 311 and see M . C.

Cooke,Microscopic Fungi , Chap. 1 .

Ce l lo idin Imbe dding .—Drop the scraps of tissue that a re

to he cut with a microtome into a paper box fil led with fluidcel loidin where they wil l natural ly sink to the bottom. A fterthe cell oidin hardens, tear away the pape r box and you have abeautifu l block of cel loidin . Then place it,bottom side up, inthe microtome and th e second out wi ll include sec tions of th e

imbedded tissues .To Cl ean Balsam M oun ts .

—Use a strong sol ution of canstic potash . Apply with a brush .

146 THE M ICROSCOPE . Oc t.

w i th other alg is ,tang l ed in the roots of water cre ss in apond on Sta ten I sland (ba c k of the Morav ian ceme te ry ) .Th e bea uty and reg ulari ty of outl ine of th is p la n t i s remarkable . The draw ing was made by M r . G . D upuy .

In s ize the p lan t is on l y about 5 mm . in diameter orsmal ler than the head of one of the smal lest of p in s .

The p lan t i s enclosed in a g lobu lar en velope of tr an sparen t j e l l y, the outside of which is of a sligh t y e l lowtin t, c ause d presumabl y by age or some stain in g ma ter ia li n th e water . From a poin t in the centre of th e g lobu larmass sixteen fa in t s i lvery - l i ke fi laments radia te to n e arthe ci rcumference,where each fi lamen t is crowned w i th ac l uster of twel ve to fourteen fusi form, curved, brig htg reen cel ls,each attached to the fi lament by one end . Th e

cel ls, in l eng th , are abou t fi ve times the w idth . The ce l l sare fi l l ed w i th a g reen material sl ig h tl y g ran u la r an dmuch condensed at the outer end . A we ll defined a n d

larg e nucleus oc cupies the c en tre of each c e ll . Th e partof the c e l l nearest the fi lament is on l y faintl y g reen .

In W olle'

s descr iption of th is g enus he describes th e.ce l l s as g reen, and egg or k idney shape d, un i ted in ag lobos e hol l ow fam i l y, i n vo lv e d in a g elatinous in teg ument . He desc r ibe s four spe c ies : D . p ulc he l fum,W ood ,

r e n if orme ,Bu lnh , and D . Hitc h c oc kr'

i, W ol le . Th e on e

under consideration does not ag ree in de scri ption w i thany of th e above species .

A Note, Inc identa l ly in Regard to the An ima l ity of the

Diatom. but Espec ial ly to Mr. Cunningham’

s

Method of Il lumination.

BY D R . ALFR E D C. STOKES.

r as rrrox. x. J .In re ference to M r . Cunn ing ham ’s conte nt ion that the

d iatom is an an imal I have noth ing to say,ex c e pt tha t Ido not b e l i eve i t ; and in reg ard to h is cla im that he ha s


proved that an imal i ty, I do not hesi ta te to say that inmy opinion he has do ne noth ing of th e kind . He enti tlesh i s paper “ Th e D iatom Considered as a Protoz oan, w ithM ethod of Demonstration, and says, on pag e 23 1 of theM i croscopica l Journal for Aug ust last, that if certa ineven ts had not occ urred “ I wou ld have had to c ontinue inth e menta l a tt i tude of one who strong l y suspects thean imal charac ter of the moti le d ia toms, but cannot crysta l liz e his proof in to a c oncre te expression for lack of

demonstrabl e ev id e nce . Bu t th i s s tag e has been sa fel ypassed and an easy method of ver ifica tion is accessibleto a l l w ho us e th e microscope as an instrument of re

s earch, or for biolog i ca l s tud i e s of any k ind . I f th isa nd h is t it le mean what the y seem to say, then M r . Cunh ing ham asserts that he has pro ved the d ia tom to be ana n imal , and that any on e ac c ustomed to the use of th em i c roscope can repeat that proo f . M r . Cunn ing ham de

s erves cre d it for the courag e tha t supports him in the

publ ish ing o f th e se conv ictions .But personal l y,I should ha ve re ad h is in te resti ng arti

c le w ith more confidence , if he had not be e n so care fulto e Xp la iu h is me thod o f i l l uminating th e in strument ando f using the c onden s e r . His e xplanation s o f these po intsv i t iate h is enti re paper,a nd render almost worth less whatotherw ise migh t h ave merited some considerat ion .

For the el uc idation, and es pecia l l y for the tea c h ing o f

su c h fine points as M r . Cunn ingham ha s unde rtake n todemonstrate . noth ing short of what i s ca l led cri tica l ill umi nati on and the production of th e cri ti ca l imag e,shou ld have re cei ved h is earl iest atte ntion . On the contra ry, by h is own show ing , he has e xamined h is spe cimens in what is des c ri bable on l y a s an optica l m e ss ; h ethen says that he has proved the an imal i ty o f the diatom, and s e ems to expe c t th e reade rs of th is Journa l toac ce pt h i s tea c h ing i n opposi tion to what has s tood thetest . and been un i versal l y re ce i ved, for years .

148 THE MICROSCOPE .

He says (pag e “ In reg ard to th

sums other requis i tes of i l l umina tion, anlamp is used, a bul l 's - eye condensernear as poss ible to the flame, and aflame projected so as to fal l on themirror." He not on ly uses a c onvehe endeavors to condense the l ig ht on the c oncave mirror, when the source of that l ight i s not i n the focus ofthe bu l l’s o e ye , s ince he puts the bu l l 's - eye as n ear a s

possible to the flame .

" This migh t not be so bad,but“ To the sub continues, “ an achromatic condenser is adapted, and w hen the l ig h t is properl y cente red in th e fie ld, the resu l t w i l l be a dazzl ing l ig ht . Buti n order to g uarantee the successfu l v iew of th e va riousphenomena, i t i s neces sary to have at hand a g lass s lip,o r a smal ler p iece of em e rald or g rass -

g reen c oloredg lass (blue w i l l not answer ) . This s l ip must be p lace don top of the condenser, or the s lide con ta in ing the living d iatoms mu st rest d irectl y upon th e g reen g la ss s l ip .

"

I f this again means w hat i t says, then M r . Cunningham uses the concave m irror w i th the achromatic cond e nser,having the bul l ’s - e ye placed between the mirrorand the l igh t but not focussed, and the condenser itse l fout of focus, whether w i th in or w i thout i t i s hard ly poss i b le to g uess, but probabl y w ithout ; and to make c onfus ion worse con founded, he inverts a smal l - ang l ed .

hal f - inch objecti ve and uses i t as an e ye- piece . W he n

the se th ing s have been accompl i shed , M r . Cunn ing hamg rave ly desc ribes h is observat ions, and not onl y expectsthe g eneral reader of th i s Journal to treat h i s paper assome th ing more th a n an American j oke,” but he seem sto want e xpert m icroscopists a nd bio log i s ts,l e ar ned d iatomis ts a nd natural i sts, to ac c ept the sta tement that h ehas proved the moti le d iatoms to be an imals,and provedi t by the opti c a l method s, or ra ther by the absence of

optical method s , which h e so e xpl i c i t l y de tai ls .

THE MiCROSCOPE .

The Oldest Fossi ls, Mic rosc opic .

BvARTHUR m. EDW A RDS,M . n .

NEW ARK. N . J .About two years si nce,Dr . Chartes Barro is

in a brief note to the Compteof R adiolaria i n the Pre - Cambrianof th e mineral schis ts and phy l l i tesof Bri ttan y,Fran c e . Th e furth e rprobabl y th e oldes t fossi l s known,Canadense , was intrus te d to M . E .

side rab le experi e n ce i n the study of R ad im i c roscopi c organisms i n the Cretac eous wfi rst announcement ha s j u st come to me froThere can b e n o doub t w i th respect to

brian rocks in th e sec t i on wh e re th e R ad iolaria werefound . There are bands of ph tha late from hal f an inchto over th re e fee t in th ick ness,in te rs tra tifi ed w ith sc h ists .

The phthalate are principal l y crysta l l in e si l i co and a c e rta in amount of carbonaceous mater ial i s al so presen t i nth em . Th e presence of R adiolaria shows that the ca rbon a c e ous mater ial i s organ i c matter l i ke th e c arbonac e ou s ma te ria l

'

in th e La urentian roc k where the E ozooni s found . The R adiolaria i s distr i buted in the phthalateirr egu la r ily, sometimes occu rri ng sing l y, at othe rs i ng reat numbers closel y associate d together, so as o c cassion a lly to be in actual contact . They are excee d i ng l ysmal l i n si ze—.OOl mm . to .022 mm . i n diameter—andto observe thei r structures i t i s need fu l to use m uchh igher obj ecti ves than those requ i red for other fossi l sand for recen t R ad iolaria .

By fa r the larg er numbe r are spherical in form som e

are el ipso idal, and there are many varie t ies of th e infla ted or cvr toida l bel l - shaped form s . On e o r more radial spines occur in severa l forms and in two or th re e ,an inner concentri c shel l c onne cted by ray s w i th th e


oute r test has be en d e tected . Most of the forms fig uredhave holes or pe r fe ra tion s in th e outer test,thu s showinga latti c e - like s tr ucture.M . Cayeux h as figured 45 differen t forms assig ned to

19 ge n era of R ad iolaria . The fig ures are drawn by anartis t total l y unacquain ted w i th those organ isms andth erefore unbiasse d . They presen t strong prima facierese mblan ce to known R adiolaria. The smal l s iz e of th e

Pre-Cambrian bodies compared w ith undoubted recen tR adio laria is marked but i s of course accoun ted for . D r .R ust w ho exam ined the Pre - Cambrian bodies th inks som e

of them move like Forame n ife ra than R adiolaria . Thatthey a r e org ani c forms there i s no doubt .In the words of G . J . Hinde, the importance determ

i ning the rea l character of the minute bodies in thesePre - Cambrian rocks w i l l be genera l l y rec ognize d and wetrust the author w i l l perse vere in h is rese arches unti l hemee ts w i th evidence su fficien t to conv ince those w honow feel some hesitation in accepting h is concl usionsabout them .

"

Wa l ker Priz es in Natura l History.

BY SAM UE L HENSHA W . SECR ETA R Y.

Bos ton Soci ety of Natural Hi story,Boston,M as s .

By the prov is ion of the w il l of the late Dr . W i l l iamJ ohnson W alker two pri zes a re annual l y o ffered by theBoston Society of Natural Hi s tory for the best memoi rsw r i tten in the E ng l i sh lan g uag e on subjects proposed bya committee appointed by the Council .For the best memoir presented a prize of six ty dol lars

may be awarded ; if, however, the memoir be one of

marked merit, the amount may be increased to on e hundred dol lars,at the d iscretion o f the committee .

For the next best memoir, a prize not exceeding fi ftydol l ars may be awarded .

152 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Oc t.

Prizes w i l l not be awarded unl ess the m emo ir s p r esen ted are of adequa te mer it .The competi tion for these pri zes is not restr i cted, bu t

open to a l l .E ach m emoir mus t be accompanied by a sea led e nve

lope encl osing th e author 's nam e and superscribed w itha motto c orre spond ing to on e borne by the manu scr i pt,a nd must be in th e ha nds of th e Secre ta ry on or be foreA pri l l st of th e year for wh ich the pri ze is ofi e red .

Subjects for 1895(1 ) A study of the Fal l l i ne ” i n New Jersey .

(2) A study of th e De von ian formation of the Oh i obasin .

(3 ) R elations of the order Plantaginace ae .

(4) E xper imen tal i nvestig ations in morpholog y or embryolog y .

Subj e c ts for 1896(1 ) A study of the area of s c h is lose or fol iate d ro c ks

i n the eastern Un i ted Sta tes .(2) A study of the devel opment of r iver val l eys in some

considerable area or folded or fau lted Appalach ian structure in Pennsy lvan ia , Virg in ia,or Te n n e se e .

(3 ) An exp erimen ta l study of the effec ts of c los eferti l i zation in th e case of some plan t of short cycle .

(4) c ontr ibuti ons to our know l edg e of the g en e ra lmorpholog y or the general physio logy of any an imal e xcept man .

NOT E .—I n al l cases th e memoi rs are to be based on a

considerab l e body of orig i na l work, as wel l as on a g e neral rev i ew of the l i te ratu re of the subject .

To P re vent V ege table Se c ti ons Turn i ng Da rin—Soak inalcohol to wh ich 2 pe r c ent of hydrochloric ac id has been addedand let them dry slowly .

Bleach ing L e ave s —Ch lorinated soda is the be st fluid fo rbleach ing vege table specimen s .

154 THE MICR OSCOPE . 0a .

QUES T IONS A N S W E R E D .

Nm —D r . S. G. Sho ok . q/ Al ba to m in

f”” r u g/ 7m

Hu s "M m: u m ic r osc opy , todd l e r en ded 10) r at/n u m b or “N ewm : lM fi f l .[am I" M ann e r am . n u m km r b e (A: MM “J r“: l if e "

m um : a n n un /Am I for / n u n o (fe n -a .

202. Who a re the best a uthors on histology a nd urimwya a afysia.’

Tyson, E xamination of Urine , c os t 81 50.

Hofmann and Ul tzmann, A na lvsis of Urine, c ostK le in, E lements of Histo l ogy . c ostS ti rl ing,Pra c ti c a l Histolo gy , costA ll a re goo dworks on the ir subjects .

203 . I s th e Wenhmn sta nd described in Hogg’s "The M m :

m fpe,”now o n sa le I I s it not a very good one —R . R ic h .

Th e sta nd figured in Hogg, was inte nded to i l lustrate a

binoc ular sta nd furnished with a Wenham prism; the Wen hamprism is the on e c ommon lvuse din bino c ular stands a nd is avery good on e .

204. Who now sells the Bul loc k sta nds 7—H. Ric h.

E . B. Meyrowitz , 104E . 23 rd St., New York .

205. Wh at is a Spot Lens—8.

Carpente r says a spot le n s is a condense r with a perman en tax ia l ste p fixed in it to cut OR the c e n tra l rays for the purposeot obtaining a dark ground upon whic h the i ll uminated objec tl ies . Obviousl y it is not a desi rable acc essory . I t is a c on .

de n se r. but ha ving a fixed stop it c a n only he need for this modeof i l lumination .

PR A C T I C A L S U G G E S T I O N S .

By L. A . W ILLSON,

CLKVELAND.OHI O.A D ouble N ose - P i e ce .

—Th e part of a double nose-piecesupporting the unused obje c ti ve should s tand pe rpe ndic u la rlvout from th e tube o f th e micros c ope . I f a l lowed to be on on e

side it wil l prevent the prope r re volution of the objecti ves an d

will subje c t them to grea t da nge r. No accessory c a n afford morecomfort. sa ve more tim e or wear a nd te ar than a nosevpie c e ,

THE M ICR OSCOPE . 1 5 5

—E la borate directions are ofte n gi ve nslides of De uta ia leaves. Nothing c an

pressing and drying the leaves and

vary on t he di ffe re nt s idesbut as a polariz ing objects

re cuticle and mounting i t

good work in mounting,aan almos t indispensable accessory .

k ind a re supplied by dealers . Thee of a little ingenuity, c a n improvise a

instrument for the pu rpose . The essentials are a

rk on ,a simple lens held by a p il lar, and a mirrort upou the objec t.should be adjustable for focus . A reading glass or a

wil l do the work . Much magnification is n otTh e same thing may be a c compl ished with

ls dissectn s will be

beautiful and instructive parts o l a speciobscured or neglected .

s imp lest and probably the best way to

mic roscope is to dry a nd press the leaves ,then wrap th e specimens in pape rs, re

r the name o f the specimen, the loc a litve k ind of lea f on wh ich the spec imen isc an be used as opaque objects and wil l

in a na tural condition ; by removing a few

In , p lacing them i n a drop of wa te r and ex

a quarter- inch objecti ve they wil l appear tothe beat advantage . Mounting - is apt to sh ri vel and distort thespores and give but a faint idea of the natural object .Da rk G roun d I l lum ination —Th is may be produ c ed with

out a ny acce ssory by simple using oblique l ight upon a transSe t the microsc ope s idewise upon th e table,oblique ly an d se t the lamp so tha t th e rays ofthe c oncave mirror. Butte rfly scales, pollen,and thousan ds of othe r obje c ts a re beauti fu l

156 THE M ICROSCOPEwhen examined in th is manne r. When properlyfeet is equal to a spot lens or a pa rabaloid.

COR R E S PO N D E N C E .D r . Sh u fe ldt

'

s Improvis e d A pp aratu s for MP h otograph s of th e P ara s ite s of

who h ave col lecte d hirds have oftenm ens are set aside for a few hours,annumerous little parasites which havenow crawl out upon the ends of the feathers orthe base of the mandibles . Here they wil l oftenthey starve to death and fall off,or disappear in 0

Hundreds of times have looked a t

hand - lens with great intere st,but never made any sketches ofthem, as I had at that time de vised no means to do so with a c

c uracy . Later, I was again attracted to the subject,but ownedno micro-

photograph ing i nstrument of any kind . But a dayor so ago I determined to overc ome this most serious dimc u ltvand improvise a micro-

photographing appa ratus of some formor other,and in the ven ture I suc ceeded fa r beyond mvmostsanguine e X pe c ta tions .

Th is is the way I did it,and my sketc h of the affair as fi nal ly


afi erwa rd obtained free from wa ter and found to be a de finitechemi c al compound of hydrogen and oxygen,and differing fromwate r in con ta ining twice as much oxygen . I n th is state it is aheavy,oily liquid,readily decomposed at ordinary temperaturesbut if heated,with explosive violence,being converted into ord,inary wate r a nd oxygen gas . When poured into wate r it sinks,be ing nearly half again as heavva s that l iqu id, but is misciblein a l l pre portions with it. It has a somewhat bitter,astringe n ttaste ,an d is colorless,transparent an dwithout odor. It bleache sthe skin,hair, ivory and destroys organic coloring matte r, pu sand al l organisms with which it comes in contact by l iberati ng.oxygen gas in a nascent or acti ve state .

The preparations found in comme rce a re only sol utions of

th is compound in wa ter, a nd sold in di fferent degrees of c onc e ntra tion or strength,ra ted by the number of volumes of oxygengas they c a n be made to y ield . A fiM e n volume solution ison e that wil l give ofi fi fteen volumes of gas from one volume ofthe solution . A ten volume solution will yield ten pints of

oxygen gas from on e pint of th e solution,and so on .

These so l utions,althoughmore sta ble than me re concentratedpreparations, ne ve rthe less decompose and lose the i r nas centoxygen on wh ich its powerful antiseptic powers de pend,an dconsequen tly we find the comme rc ial brands varying considerably from their re puted strengths . Th e solution containing th egrea test perce ntage of a vailable oxygen is th e preparation knowna s Ma rc he nd

’

s, wh ich, when pe rfectly fre sh , is about a fifte e nvol ume sol ution .

R E C E N T PUBLlCAT IONS.

The study of the Biotogy of Ferns hy the Collodion Method . By

Ga F. A tkinson . 8°

pp 134, New York, Mac millan «it Co ,Pri c eTo microscopis ts th is book is of more ‘ inte rest than the or

din a ry treatise upon biology on account of its te chnique. It isespec ia l ly to be recommended to mic rosc Opists because the a uthor is in thorough sympa thy with us in al l of our purposes.He is a teach e r and a ski l led mic roscopist, in e ve ry ma nne rqualified to write on suc h a topic . His book c ontains a recordo f h is own work and discoveries.

THE M I CROSCOP E .

N OV E M B E R , 1 8 94 .

NUM BER 23. New SERI ES.

Objec ts Seen Under the Mic roscope.

Sand Grains and What We May Learn From Them.

BY W I LL I AM M ACK IE ,

ELG I N , ENGLAND .

I f w e w ere to take 100 g ra ins of s e a sand from th e

s eashore, a nd examine them unde r th e microscope, w i ththe view of determin ing their characters,w e shou ld prob

ab ly fi nd tha t, out of th a t number,86 w ere quartz g ra ins ,perhaps abou t 6 fel spa r,p e rhaps 2 garne t,pe rhap s I micaa n d the remain ing 5 inde fin i te , con sis ting pos s ib l y of

q ua rtz or felspar s ta in e d pa s t re cog n i tion w i th oxide of

i ron (rust), ch ips of sch is tos e ro c k, an d oth e rs of w hosec haracters perh aps no opin ion could possib l y b e g i v e n .

160 THE MI CROSCOPE . NovPas s ing from sea sand to the sand g rains of our sa nd

stones, we shoul d find very much the same th ing ob'

ta in ed . Se a sand forms, pe rhaps, the mean betwe en theextremes in compos it ion of the var ious sandstone beds .These, 1 find, vary from

72 per c ent to 96 pe r c en t te r quartz ,l e pe r c en t down to o lie r cm t for felspa r,2 per c en t down to Oper c en t for garnet,

5 pe r c e n t or 4per c en t down t0 0per c en t foa'mim .

Oc cas ional l y one or two other un important min eral sare added, b ut these are of l i ttl e i nterest so fa r a s thepurpose in hand is concerned .

Now, why, first of al l, th is enormous disproport ion between the number of quartz g rains and the other c on stitu e n ts Sandstones, a s you al l know , are deri va t i verocks . The substances of which they are compose d d idnot exist from al l t ime as i n teg ra l par ts of the presentsandstones . These roc ks have been bui l t up of the fragmen ts of older, of pre - exi sting rocks . To anticipate fora moment some of our resu l ts, i find that these sandstones have been larg e l y deri ved from the waste of g neissand g ran ite . Now,both of these contain fel spar in qu i teas larg e proportion as quar tz. W hy does th is not appear ia the re su ltr—I mean in the re - formed sandstone PBecause the felspar i s more easi l y broken down, brea ksdown into finer dust, and is, consequen tl y,washed fasterand far ther away than the quartz,which,be in g the hardest, most r e sistan t of our w ide l y d istribu ted m ine ra ls,remains beh in d in larg er, heav ier g rains ,and so the process of separation is effec ted . The m ica,which is a l so aconstan t constituen t of the orig ina l rocks, be ing moreeasi ly buoyed up in v i rtue of i ts flat, sc al y cond ition, iseasi l y floated away,and hence the quartz i s left, as onem ig ht say, i n almost sole possession of the field .

Now, our object i s to trace these g rains of quartz backto the rocks whence they w e re orig i nal l y derived . I f

these g ra ins were composed of perfectl y homogeneous

162 THE M ICR OSCOPE . N or .

th e re cesses of remote grp nite moun ta ins, or,g en e ra l ly,i ts action was mos t strong l y exerted in these lo c alitie s .Th e fact.whatever its in te rpretation,rema ins,a nd thoughi t d id not l ie in the part icu lar l i ne of our in ves tigation,i t i s su ffi cien tl y interesting to be recorded as a bymproduct .Th e size and shape of the g rains te l l us v ery little of

their prev ious history . I f they are much rounde d, we

in fer much tossing about the world, and a long jou rn eyfrom their or ig ina l home to the ir tempo rar y r e s tingplace in the sandstones . One would think that the sma ll e rgrains would natural l y be th e most rounded, f rom longtear and w ear in transi t from place to plac e . That,however, i s not so . So fa r as the E lg in sa ndstones are concerned the very reverse i s the case . Th e larg er g ra in sare almost i n variabl y the more rounded . The reas on ,I th ink, i s ev ident . The la rg e r g ra ins from th e ir we ig h tare more apt to be rol l ed along by the force of wa ter,whi le the smal ler are , so to spe ak, floated along , an d

hence do not su ffer so much attr i tion f rom contact w i thother g rains . So much for the adventi tious charac te rsof our san d g rains . Thcy practi ca l l y te l l us very l i ttleabout thei r prev ious history .

Fortunate l y for our purpose quartz g ra ins are not a lways homog eneous, and when we come to look a t themclose l y w i th th e microscope a whole v i sta of possi bil i t ie sof l earn ing something of the ir l i fe hi story at once bu rstson our astonished vision . I f we look at quartz g ra insw i th a moderate l y h igh p ower of the m icroscope w e findthat many of them con ta in numerous l i ttl e obj e cts— someof them beauti ful l y shaped, some of them beautifu l l yc olored, al l of them essential l y wonderf ul . These arewhat we c al l inclosures or inclu s i ons i n the quartz. Theyare sometimes other m in eral s in thei r reg ular c rys ta llin e forms enclosed in the quartz . Le t us make certa inwhat an incl us ion rea l l y means—Concrete exampl e s of


incl usions, larg e enoug h to be seen w i th the naked eye,may be see n 6 . g .,quartz in fel spar garnet in m ica tourma l ine in quarts —Some of the quartz g rains are perf ectl i ttl e museums of other mine ral s . Bu t inclosu res arenot a lway s m ineral s . Somet imes they are l i tt le spaces,l i tt l e lakes—lacunae as we ca l l them—fi l led or partia l l yfi l l ed w ith fl uid . Sometimes the flu id i s pure water .Sometimes i t is water saturated w i th common sa l t orother alkal ine sa l t, and then l i ttl e cu be s of the sa l t maysomet imes be seen l ying l oose l y at the bottom of thecavi ty . Some of them, as an en terpri sing chemist hasshown, are fi l led w ith carbon ic ac id in a l iqu id state .

Note the i n ternal pressure that impl ies . In some, ag a in,a m inu te bubble of gas i s seen floating along the tap of

the flu id as i n a spi ri t level . W hen you turn the crys ta lround th e bubble may sometimes be seen to move . Whenthe cav i ty i s very m inute the bubble may have a sponta

n e ous movement, and may be seen darting l ike a l i v ingth ing from side to s ide and f rom end to end of the c avi ty , then return ing to its orig i na l posi tion , on l y to setout on its ceaseless round once more . It i s not our purpos e to go into the reasons why these incl osures a re

present in quartz g rains . I t i s sufi c ie n t for the end w e

have in view that they are there,and that w e l earn someth ing of th e g rain that incl udes them because they arei ncl uded i n i t . We may class i fy inc lus ions in to se vera lg roups

1. Those with regu la r mathema tica l ou tlines, shortly k nown as regu la r

“ism 2. 3,

2 . Ac ic n lar,or fine need le - like inc lusions (fig ure s 6,3. Spirit

‘ leve l .4. Irregu lar outlined.

L The reg u lar forms are a lmost always crysta l s ofother m iner a ls . Among those that come under obse rvation in our in vestigation may be mentioned quartz asan in c l usion in quartz,garnet, black mi c a, ch lori te, rutil e, kyan ite, apati te, Ste . I t i s a case of iden ti ty w e


are going to prove, and youperson ’s ide nti ty i n a court 0name . R ounded or ovo id flbubbles are classifi ed as re gu lar.I I . A cicular . The se

fin e indeed ; sometimes sothey appear as Tennysonl ine in l ight . They are usual l ystraight—and I know o f nothing the

sents the techn ica l defin i tion of a l ineout breadth as do some of these needhowever, we 8

I c e are g eneral l y fairl yg rai ns, thoug h, occasionpa rt of i t .I II . Th e spir i t le vel k

t ion at al l . I f they do, they armembers of the reg ular g roup, underin that ca se, cl assified .

IV . I rregu l ar incl usions are veryand size . Some of them are empty ,nearly b lac k, as if the g rains were daubed over w i thblack ink spo ts . Some of them con ta in flu id w i th orw i thou t a bubble of g as . They are often so smal l thatw i th ord inary powers of the mi c roscope the g ra in a p

pears in c lusion les s , and i s so classifi ed in the re su l ts .

This source of error is, however,of no importan ce .

Now, you ask what i s the meaning of al l th is . W hatuse i s i t to be put to My th es i s—my con ten t ion is this—that, by reason of these inclusions , we are enable d .

w ith v ery g reat cer ta in ty in many cases, to refer the iadiv idual g rains to the ir parent rocks . Just in the sameway as a g eolog ist wel l acquain ted w ith the g eol og y of

a district may go to a p i t of Boulder Clay , and picking


have been taken to keep the error f rom this source assmal l as possible . A s a ru le, however, gr ain s w i th reg

u lar inc lus ions are to be re ferred to the g neiss a s theiroriginal home .

The acicu lar g roup has pro ved a ver y i n tere sting one,for the rea son that I have been able to tra c e most of themto very loca l and very defini te or ig i ns (fig ures 6, Theg roup may be di v ided in to some seven sub -

g roups,as fol lows

u R h I NB W ITH AC I CULA R I NCLUS I ON S.

Close ly pac k ed needles in c lear qua rtz .

Close ly pac ked needles in smoky qua rtz .

Amoc iate d with red orviolet or da rk hexagons.Spa rse ly pac ked in ye l lowish quartz .

Assoc ia te d with c lea r regu la r inc lusions

Zig- z ag ne edl es.

Very da rk c lose ly re tic u lated on ly two spe c ime ns seen .

You w i l l observe tha t a l l of them are g rani te s . I

th ink I have already sufficientl y d escribed a l l the members of the g roup, except, perhaps. g roup 3 (fig ures 8,I t is a very interesting one indeed . Sometimes th e hexagons and need les are m ixed up in inextr icable con fus ion .

A t other times a need le starts out ; i t i s in terrupted ; afe w wel l - formed hexag ons succeed at i nter vals al ong th e

same defin i te l i ne then the series i s c losed by anothern e ed le sim i lar to the fi rst, sti l l extending in th e samel ine . Sometimes a need le breaks into a series of

' ve ryindefini te dots, to merg e ag ain in to another need le a t th eoth e r end or again, l ines of dots take the place of n e edles al together . This is what we see w i th ord ina ry powe r a of the m icroscope,but . when we pass to h igher andh ighe r powers, these indefin i te dots are found to re so l v ethemsel ves in to reg u lar hexagons, in a l l respects sim ilarto the larg e r . I t i s th e old story of Herschel an d thesta r - depths ov e r again—on l y here rehearsed at the otherpole o f infin i ty .

.

The more he increased the powe rs of

his te lescopes, the more and more d i d the h a zvn e bu lw


tend to resolve themsel v es in to c lustering g roupsThe more we increase the power of our microe more and more does th e i ndefini te dust of

g ra in s tend to body i tsel f forth in to defin i teforms w i th ind iv idua l it ies as strong l y markedry worlds of space .

The ev idence of th e presen c e of quartz g rains der ivedfrom Ben rin n e s gran i te i s particu larl y con v incing . Thatth e three first g roups of aci c u lar g rains shou ld be foundside by side in the sandstones,and in the g ran i te is proo fof id en ti ty beyond the possi bi l i ty of d ispute . The ev idence of the presence of A rdclach g ran ite i s not so strong ,thoug h it i s s ti l l c onsiderable . W i th reg ard to Kinsteary, the whole case has not been state d . L e t us studyfor a l i ttl e the structure of th i s remarkable g rani te,wh ich, in som e respects, i s very pecu l i ar indeed . Hereis a section of Kin ste a ry g rani te (figure Th e firstpecu l iari ty of i t is to be found in these g ra ins which Ihave ca l led “ cl eaved g ra in s . These I be lieve to havebeen at fi rs t fe lspars—the orig i na l fel spars of the g rani te, but at some peri od of i ts h istory the g ran ite underwen t a process of re - cooking, when new felspars beg anto c rysta ll ize round other c entres, and in the processthey robbed th is earl ier set of thei r basic constitue nts,and le ft them w ith the cleavag e of fe lspars, bu t ch iefl yc omposed of quartz . Then, by the press ure of theseyoung and g row ing fel spars, thei r c l eavag e,wh il e theyw ere stil l i n a plasti c cond i tion,was deformed and throwninto i rreg u lar wav y lines (fig ure l l ) . Now , simi la rgr ain s occur in the sandstones from Ne w ton upward sand, as if to make assurance doubly sure, a crystal o fthis ruby mineral, a cube o f black mag neti te, or a fi n eneedle,as here , i s added .

Again, as has been hinted, th e fe lspars of Kin ste a ryare pecul iar (fig ure They show a dark nucleus oiten con ta in ing g rain s of magn e ti te w ith a clear marg in

168 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Nov.

all roun d. Simi lar fe lspa ra ha ve be e n se en in a lmost a ll

spec ime ns of the sands examin ed from Newton MThe r e is al so some evidence to show that qw tx g rain;

from the gran ite twenty mi le s up the Nairn , are a ls o tobe foun d among the g rains of th e upper membe rs nd

’

the

se rie s . These con sist of g rains ma de up as i t w e re of

many smal ler quar tz cr ys ta ls seeming l y dovetaile d tog ether . Th e y produce a pec uliar effect whe n examinedw ith polarized light ; and the g rains in the granite an d

th e sandstones have th is effec t in common .

are a lso to be foun d i n some of the other g ranite s, butthese are the most typica l , and corres pond most c lose lyto the grain s i n the sandstones .I t shou ld be s ta te d , that when sand g rains ar e built

up in to san ds tones , secondary qua r tz i s aptite d aroun d the sand g ra ins by waterso l ution pe rcolatin g throug h the bedbetween the or iginal g ra ins . W henine the g ra ins af te r separation for the purpose of an a ly

»

sis , they often have cl ear bands of th is secondary quartzaround them (fig ure But when we have d isc oun te da l l th i s secondary quartz in the Spyn ie sands tone s, therea re many grains that do noma thematica l forms . Now such g ra in s dog ran i te, they do not occu r in gneiss . Theknow that shows such g ra ins is quartz- fel s inowhere. so fa r as I know , found in site in thisnow, but is common in tw o varieties among theon the shore at L oss iemouth .

[We quote the tbregoing, whic h wil l prove of

readers, from a pamph le t En titl ed“Sand Grains,

”whic h is

andc r Watt, N 4High Stre et, Elgin, Eng land, to whom we advise our ru dsm to apply for the e ntire tres tise of 32mm. E nc lose 30 c euts to bl lb in

the form of an l ute rna tic na l Mone y M e n—EDI TOR ] .

For ”m m . P tysfa’

c u , an d D r am a , cu d H aggard to

ED I T O R I A L .

M ade an Ass ignme nt—Th e announceme nt thatu ses fi rm has suspended carries with it ais n ot,howeve r, surprise in a case l ikesidering how they have tried to do business inFrequently the re have come to our notice repodoings . wh ich we have regretted to hear and have

Only a few weeks before th e assignment,would send out their clearance sale ” list ofshop-worn goods withwould he an in tringemclass matte r and we promptly declined to doclass posta ge on our entire edition would havmore than a legi timate advertisement.P ers onal .—W . P. Manton .M . D ., forme rly

period ical . has published a Syllabus of LectEmbryology . I t is for medical students and practitioners, andcontains 70drawings and photo - e ngravings .We hope that Dr. Manton will sometimes favor us with c on

tributions in spite of his ve ry buisy l i fe an d practice.P ure Food .

—A t the recent Pure Food Exposition in th iscity,our friends of th e Popu la r Hea lth Magaz ine . gave a series ofdemonstrations Mi c roscop ic and otherwise wh ic h 11t muc h


attention . Drs . Thomas Taylor and Theobald Smith renderedass ista nce . F. W . Mc Alliste r and G . T. Sadtler

’s Sons loaned

some microscopes for the purpose .

Q U E S T I O N S A N S W ER ED .

Norm—D r . S. 6 . su m . of A lba ny ,N . V kind ly c ou n t: to n aive a l l sor t: J gu r

l t'

m r e la ting to n k r osc ofy ,wh ite r a sked by/r o/a u om l: or a ma te u r s . Pe r son a] a l e

a da af a r-

pe rm“ ,[r a n the begin n e r uproa r r a n w e l c ome to (I n ban /ft: q/ tbr'

: dcfl fl

w a n t. 71 : question: a n n umbe r ed/" j u n" c/ c n na .

206. How c an I breed ee ls in pa ste,for use u nde r the mic roscop e .9

Add some old vin egar c onta in ing ee ls t ocold, boiled flourpaste . A samp le of paste c onta ining ee ls may often be foundin a bookbinde rs paste pot.207. Where c a n I get a work on Brwteriu tha t will give illustra

tion s simila r to those in the Ma rc h Mic rosc ope, but en la rged so tha t I

c a n make out the c ell wa lls f—S. A . K.

Ste rnbe rg’s Ma n ua l of Ba c teriology,publish ed by Wm . Wood,Cc .,price w i l l probably supply your ne eds.

208. Ca n you give a good a nd easily pr ep a red sta in for tuberc leba c illif—C. F.

The Zieh e Ca rbol -Fu c h sin is a good formulaFuchsin (Mage nta ) . 1 part.A lcohol, 10pa rt .Solution c a rbolic a c id in wa te r (5 pe r cent) 100part.

Mix a nd fi lte r. Th is solution s w i l l kee p we l l . Sta in the

sputa about 5 min ute s c old, or ha l f that time if warmed . Clea ru p th e di ffuse st aining with a 5 p e r cent solution of sulp huri ca c id for l to 1 min ute .

209. Wha t is mea n t by immunity,”or c ures p roduc ed by inj ec

tion s of something .f—J . A . B.

Immun ity is a prote cted c ondition re su lting from a first a tta c k of a dise a se , like sma l l pox or meas le s . A more or lessc omple te immun ity is produ c ed by inoc u lation with c ow pox

virus,to p rote c t from sma l l pox. At pre se n t a n a n ima l, say a

goat or a horse , is re peatedly inoc u la ted with a pu re c u lture of


tetanus or of diphtheria,commencing with a minuteuntil a condition of tolerance is produced,whichan ordinarily fatal inoc ultaion .

resistance . This serum is be ing used, bypodermic syringe,in cases of diphtheria, andhave mate rially reduced the death rate in that

PRA C TI C A L S U G G E S T !By L. A . W ILLSON .

CL EVELAND. 03 10.

Fre sh M ounts —Fresh mounts should beand kept hori zontal until the mounting mediumused have hardened . A lwa ys pla c e n atip uponslide,containing th e name of the object. I f thistion be disregarded, it is surpobject can be forgottenHow

is probably an improvement on th

books. The chalk to be used must be u

of chalk used in schools is ground andanswer the purpose. Carpenters c halkchalk .

Boil some fragments of c ha lk in a stronSalts (Soda Sulpha te) set aside to coolseparates the chalk into a powder.and settl ings, th e salts and the l ightawa y and perfect shel ls obtained in th e sediment.P reservati on of Ak a —A lgae kee p we l l and

color when mounted in a so l ution of hydrate of

following is also a fin e med ium for th is purpose . Camphomtedwate r an d disti lled wa ter e a c h 50 grammes, glac ial acetic acid,.5 gramme s,crystal l ized c hloride of c opper and crystalliz ednitrate of copper,of ea ch, .2 grammes,dissolve and fil ter.Fixin g Objects to a Sl ide .

—I n arranging diatoms,spic ules,

174 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Nov .

THE MICROSCOPE.

Con te n ts for N ovembe r, 1894.

M M Unde r tln Mic rosc ope . Sand Graius uud W ha t We my

Learn From Them, by W il l iam Muc k ie . (I l lustn ted )Another Note on M r. Cunn ingham

'

s Paper on the Anim lity of th e

Dit tom. by Arthu r M . Edwa rds. M . D .

207 . Il lustra tion s oi2M . Pre pared Stain for Tube rc le Bac il li

see. Immunity, or Cum P roduc ed by [mentions of Something

Preservation of A lgm.

Fixing (M e ets to a Slide .

Crysml SlidesSta n ton- Gou rm—A Corn plee t

Fe rmen tation .

Fru it

Mic rosc opic a l m is .

THE MICROSCOPICAL ‘ JOURNAL .

Con te nts for Oc tobe r, 1894.

On th e Limitation of Tuberc u losis. by Dr. W . W . A l lege r

On Spec ies in th e Desmidiw. by A rth ur M . Ed ward s . M . D .

A Study“ the Mic rosc opic Phe nome na ot

’

Comme nc in Inflamma tion .

ith Spec ia l Re fe re nc e to the Dinpedesis of t W h il e B loodunc la , by Chan. F. Cra ig . M . D .

Mic rosc op Te c h nique Ap plied to His tology.—Vl l

The Cha rac te r and Uses of G l som e . by Cvrn s Edson M. D . .

Su rin am e —The Prac tic a l c lue of the

Mrc amc orw A L Ar e a a am s .—Con strnrtion or Mic ros c ope

.

Stands “

Mrc nos c or rc u . Ma xrw u r lox—S im litic a tion of Labora toryMethodsM emo“ . M rc aosc orv.—A Study of lawBI OLOG I CA L NOT ES .

-Tbe Sma ll est KnownFlowe ring Plan tM ic aoe c op rc u .mom ma—Linc oln Mic rosc ope Club. Rosc oe Pound,

Mic aosoor lCA L Norn .—M ic ruec opic a l

PrimaryDime c ting M ic rosc ope .

m BXOEIBIOR MIORW OPE BOX

THE EXOELSIOR M ICROSCOPE .

aquatic an imals may be exam ined at le isure . The ftha t holds the len ses fi ts to the top of the s tem . Aror,H, i s fi tted to the box and i s eas i l y adjusta blmeans of the button shown on the outside , so th elig ht may be refl ected up th roug h the stag e when a tparent object is to be v i ewed . W hen i t i s des ired treflected l ig ht a dark g round of hard rubber is p ronw hich i s carri ed by the stem D . The lense s a re

made by one of our best opti ca l fi rms, are th ree i nh e r and so arrang e d that they can be used singl y cg ath e r, their mag n ify ing power vary ing from fivth irty d iameters . They are provided w i th a prop iaph ragm which secures di stinctness of v i s i on . I f

car efu ll y adjusted the corpusc les may be d is ting uii n the blood of a frog .

Th i s instrument se l ls for the very l ow pri c e of 1but in order that many young peopl e may be c omte re sted in microscopy we w i l l for send themM ICROSCOP E for 1895 and on e of these i nstrumen ts,v

Translated from Le M W .

y eight yea rs, I have had upon two of mycing the North and the other the W est,

zen sma l l aq uariums,in four of wh ich,water hasn ot been complete l y chang ed but tw ice, and in the twoo the rs but four or five t imes dur ing that period .

I have n oted from time to time al l the difl’

e re n t microsc opic a l organisms which deve l oped in them and of wh ichthe number amounts to almost three hundred . Con sid

ering th e years and especial l y what I have occas ional l yin troduc e d in them, I have been able to g row certa i norganisms in qui te an important quant ity and in the bestpossib le conditions .Th e number of species of Diatoma c eaa, of fi lamentous

A lge ,of D e smidia c emand of I n fusoria were g reatest;thencome the Larva , the Worms, the E ntomostraca, etc .

Th e pl ea sure and interest wh ich can be found i nfol l ow ing the developemen t of such a g reat number ofin te re sting obj ec ts, cause me to bel ieve that many of

out re ade r s w i ll try to do as I have done . A s w i l l beseen,nothing i s easier . M y aquar iums con tain—on e alitre and the other half a l i tre . They are s impl y right

178 THE M ICR OSCOPE . De c .

ang l ed tanks of g lass whi ch are used for making ce rta inel ectrical p i les .I prefer tha t k ind of tank to the cy l indrica l ones, be

cause they faci l i ta te °observati on . Many organismsadher ing on the inn er s ide deve lops there more un ifom ly

and l ight str ikes them in a more equa l manner.To commence these aquariums, after ri nsing them wel l

th ey should be fi l led th ree- quarters fu l l w i th foun tainor river water as pure as poss ible . The gathering s madein a pond or an y pool whatever may con s is t of theWash ing s of floating l eav es of potamog e ton,of n e up ha r ,

of stems of typh lina ,of sci rpus or of any other aq uat icplan ts of that k ind ; or, of a certa in quanti ty of waterfrom the pond or the pool itsel f. This shou ld be takenin a spot where many organ isms have been seen in su spension . E ven a smal l portion of these floating mass eswh ich are frequentl y foun d at the surface of water maybe taken . Of tentimes, these conta in quite a number of

difl'

c re n t thing s . Then, i n each vase, should be p lacedone or two s tems of a smal l aquati c p lan t, such as Nite l la,E l odea canadens is, Cal l i triche aqua tic s , Ceratophy l l umdemersum, Pil u laria g lobu lif e ra , some L emnia and oneor two smal l - sized mol lusks, 6 or 8 m il l imetr es long .

The orifice of the vases must be covered with a simpl epasteboard of the form of a box - cover wide enoug h tolet the air go in w i thou t adm itting the dust. The aqua»riums thus prepared are then plac ed in a lig h ted place b utwel l out of the sun ’s ray s . A bou t every fi fteen days, al i tt le w ater i s added in order to ofl‘

se t evaporation . Tha tis very importan t . The water is added slow l y a n d

dr opped on the side of th e g lass,so as not to d istur b th ewater of the aquar ium .

° Durin g al l th e year, even in win ter , the presen c e of

l iv ing an d numerous org ani sms w i ll he not iced, bu t i t i sespecial l y from Aug ust to November when the surprise swil l qu ickl y succeed ea ch other .

few feet of the creeksewer. A ll these factsthe troub le was due to th ese oys ters .

same pla ce went to Amherst and prodtyphoid ca ses there . A ll our casesthr ee w eeks of the in i tia tion supperyoung men suffered that did not eatI wil l not attempt however to g ive younow . They w i ll be publ ished later .Doubtless i t may be a disg race to have typhoid bu t in

th i s c ase i t was a di sg race of ignorance on the part of

the oyster plan ters who had no suspicion that an y evilres ul ts wou ld a c rue . I th ink you w i l l see that i t is notthe faul t of any one here at M i ddletown for i t is un iqueto find typho id thus traced to oysters .We a re much pl eased to know that our A lma Mate r

has so capable a bacterio log i st i n i ts employ and are s epec ia l ly g ratified to know the dang ers attendant up oneating raw oysters . In a few years, typhoid and man yother zymotic d i seases w i l l have come under as comple tecontro l as is smal l pox. Suspected oysters may now betes ted for typhoid g erms and their presence clear l y demon stra ted, bu t many more peopl e should l earn how to dosuch work and bec ome g uar dians of publ ic heal th .

R ailroad M i c roscope Stage .—A simple and elegant form

of microscope stage has been devised by Mr . J . P. Swi ft,of 81Totte nham Court Road, W ., London . the adjustment depending upon the principle of the friction -roller, instead of that ofthe gear-wheel,or screw . The friction - rollers,whereby the c a nriage is moved backwards or forwards over the table,are provided with mi lled thumb screws. Obviously the adjustmentis on e of great precision and simplicity—The Optic ian .



N ew S e rie s. 1 893 .

For N a tu ra lists. P hys/t ions. a nd D r ugg r’

s l s, a nd D a r/gr e ed to P ofi s la r iuM ic r osc opy .

P ubh’

a‘sd fl exibly . P r ic e $1 .an fi c r c u s tom. Snbsr n'

I rons sh ou ld andw ith M oyea r . TM old ac n e: c onsist“ ; volume: - 1893 ) and” !

w el t D r r c mbc r , 1891 . Sol : 0 h is old same: c a n n ot be fu r n r'

lrk d . A l lc or re sp onde n c e , exa m: 3 . a nd boots for n oti c e al a s /d be a dd r e ssed to Mr

M ic r osc op ic a l P ublish ing Co. Wa sh ug ton . D . C S . A .

ce n t e r W . SM ILEY. A . M ., EDITOR .

EDITORlAL.

P rimary D i sse cting M i cro s cope .- Man u factured by the

Ba nac h Lomb Optical 00 Roches ter, N . Y. This Microscope was designed by Prof. C. R . Barnes of the University ofW isconsin and has been in use i n their and other laboratoriesfor several years with very satisfac tory results . It is a mos t e ffe c tive and low priced dissecting instrument.The body is a sol id block of wood so shaped that the sides

serve as han d rests . The advantage of this is that the blockp ractical ly forms a part of the table on which it rests and isthe n very steady to work upon . M irror and movable glassstage are provided for in a very simple manner. The len sesare carried in an arm, the post of wh ich sl ides in a metalsleeve,thus allowing the entire stage to be covered an d gi vingsuffi cien t rays and accuracy of focus. A square p late black onone side and whi te on the other is arranged to slip under thestage for dark or white ground . A groove on the lower side ofthe block receives the plate when not in use.

Cl ark’

s Book for Be gi nners —We call attention to th is bookagain in order to offer it as a premium for two new subscribers.One whol ly uua c quain ted with the microscope may,by fol

lowing the simple, cle ar, and concise directions, be sure of

reaching successfu l resul ts . The proc esses have in al l casesbeen simplified as much as is cons istent with good results. Re


gard has a lso been paid to thec e ases are adapted to apparatFeatures of the book are :

ples of l ight as they find apc ussion of polarized light, aportance, but one that isbooks on the microscope.c eases necessary for the premicroscope of theva rious classes of objects thatied in the different branches of sc ience usual ly pnondary schools,are interesting and attractive.

Q U ES T I ON S A N SWERED

W e can supply you with any of the followingAmerican Month lvMicroscopical Journal, March

75- 6.

M icroscopy for Amateurs, pp 19- 20,25 cents.Mode rn M ic roscopy,Cross 4:Cole,p 72,Practic a l Methods in Microscopy,Clark, p 108,Med ical Microsc opy,Weathered,p 60,Botanical Technique,Humphrey ,p 31,210. My quc ry,N o. 202 in tt c tobc r nmnba -

of Mc l fi c roc cope,

mic roscope strand. 18 such a sta nd niamda c tured f—R. R ic h.

The Wenham stand is manufactured by Ross 6: Co.,London ,

It is an old style instrument,complica ted in form,and intendedto fac il itate the u se of very oblique light on the object. Modernhigh - class objecti ves have made such a stand unnecessary .

21 1 . Ca n you givc mc a simple method for Mounting Stan k—G.

Dalt on .

The starch must be perfectly dry and crushed to a fine pow

184 THE mososc om .

may be little fre sh wate r oysters, quartz , agate,sand or any ob

jcet that polari zes and does not dissol ve in turpe ntine. The

objects are kept in motion by reversing th e sl ide. Suc h slidesare novel and entertaining and nearly always excite the wonderand admiration of friends .

Ce ratium .—This animal is a flage llate infusorian. It is in

the form of a hard she ll with a long sh arp pedun cle and threehorns or processes at the te p . The animal li ves enc ased in theshe ll and communica tes with the outer world only by meansof its flage l lum. It is p ictured in Ballinger’s Carpente r, 7thedition ,on page 696. A lso in th e Ce n tury D ictionary, Vol . 1.page 894. A t certain seasons . it is found in great numbers inthe fi lte rings of wate r of th e Great Lakes. The most inte restingfea ture of th e animal is i ts flagel lum. This is easily seen by

an ordinary quarter- inch objective. To observe it requires nostaining or manipulation .

I f a quarte r- inch objecti ve fai ls to reveal th e flagel l um, i t isbecause it has been drawn i n by the infusoria n . The an ima l

seems to he timid and th e least disturbance wi ll cause it to re .

tract its delicate flagellum . I t is best to e xamine the Cera ti umwhen first gathered as i t seems to be very delica te and easilykilled.

Opaque Sl ide s w ith A sp h alt .—Place an ordinary glamsl ip on a turn table a nd turn a ring of nepha lt and fi l l th e iate rior of the ri ng with the same substance . Remove from theturn table and burn the asphalt side of the slide over a n a lcoho llamp. A fte r turning, immediately app ly another coat of asphalt and burn again as before. While hot,place a cover glasswithin the ring and trim th e edges with turpentine.

Cel l s made of a Button .—Procure a rubber button with a

rim ; dri l l out th e interior containing the holes and leave aflange for the cover glass to rest upon . The edge of th is flangewil l p rote c t th e c ove r. Buttons may be obtained that wi l l exac tly fit a 5 -8th cover. Fas ten the ring to the sl ip wi th balsam or with any kind of cement. I f the circle be too large forthe cover 611 i t with a drop of asphalt. Very beautiful cel lscan thus be obtained .

1894 THE moaos c or a 185

COR R ES P O N D EN C E .

A R e ply to D r . A lfre d C. Stoke s ’ Critical Communie stion, h eaded A N ote incide ntl y in re gard to th e A n i

ma lity of th e D i atom. but especially to M r . Cunningh am 'sme thod of il lumination .

—I have duly noted an arti c le underth e a bove c aption published in the Oct. number a t this pe riodialc oming from the pen of the distinguished M icrographe r, D r.

A l fred C. Stokes. I ts appearance,as wel l as i ts c on strution hasa ll the portentiousn ess of a thunderbolt hurled from Jovian

I n a more concise vein of thought, and more to the point;Dr.

Stokes’ article in my opinion does not rise to the dignity of legitimate criticism but is more properly that form of critical c omposition c ha rac teri z ed as a dia tribe,” for which there is neithe re xcuse,preten ce or justification ; as based upon anything c c

cu rring in my article. Every point that he was pleased to findfault with has bee n reasonably met in my article ;by imp l icationat least,if not in a more cursive mann er, and my fail ure tomake some referen ce to a Homogeneous Oil immersion lens.an d chip in a l ittle about the critical i l lumination,” ought n otto indic ate on my part an y real ignorance of th e system of

lenses, and i l l umination more particu larly adapted to the studyof recen t Bacteriology . W hat Dr . Stokes proposed to substitutefor the methods used by myse lf and suggested by me to others ;belongs more to the limited number of workers who providethemselves with either Apochromatic ; or Oi l immersion lensesto be used more particularly for spec ial purposes, such as there solution of the ost diflic u lt tes ts , Amphipleura, &c ., a nd

wh en this stage is reached they are often happy and c ontentedi n the possession of lenses,of which occasiona lly a possessor ofon e ostentatiously announces its angle, resolving power, &c .,

which sends a wave of envious desire pulsating over the microsc opic a l horiz onC?) I mig ht have felt the sting of the want. ifit had not been that in a former day, I had received directlyfrom Carl Reich ert’s own hand, one of his 1 - 15 inch .,Homogeneone Oil immersion lenses, with its appropriate hemisphericalimmersion i ll uminating lens to be applied directly in contactwi th the sl ide . A record of its use and application in the study

presenting many spe cies, was dulytitled Diatomology,

”

‘in the A . M

under my name. Th is sta te mentcharge of indifliere n c e to the use of

and as the directness of th e methods,as wel l as the relativelysimple optic a l requisi are avai lable to al l who have the use

inte ll ige nt study,and se riously t ’ to those intera wd in scienc e,ought never to find aiders and abettors.”

ment of truths in a l l branches of human annuity . and the

that gu ides me.As a c ontrm and to offse t the baneful infl uence of myAmeric an joke ” on Dr. Stoka , I take the libe rty to s tate tha t

the articl e en titled Studie s in the Biology of the Diatoms” i nth e July Am. M. M . J . secured me a c or res nde n t

field,Eng ,whose initial, and subsequen t c on

plimen tary e xprm'

ons, suflic ie nt to amply compensate for thec old -water douc he administe red by Dr . Stokes and as s resul t,this c om poudent has consented, at th e invitation of a Edietor of the A . A . M. J. to contribute to the American Journal,rec en t rem rc hes appertaining to the Biology of the M

which paper. would have even tual ly appeared in the Journalof the Royal Mic rosc Opic a l Socie ty, and when they ap t

,thereaders will have to thank Dr. Stokes for the success of his de uble bac k . action and hammer less critical note ,which n th e;

188 THE MI CR OSCOPE .

dosmo-se and exosmose theory as su fiic ient to account for themany and curious variations of movement whic h I have ob»

served among th e diatoms.I received a card from th e Editor of the A . M . M . J . asking

me to send him a communication Upon th e subjec t of th e Richogy of the D iatom,and although I had half promise d

'

what l

am now engaged upon for the R . M . Society‘s Journal , I amtempted to accept his ofi

'

e r to take part in th e inte re sti ng disc ussion in his co lumns.It so happen ed that when on reading your arti c le i n the A.

M. M. J., I wrote to you asking where I could obta i n Pro f.Smith‘s paper from which you had quoted , I ha d got ha lfthrough an a rticle i l l ustra ted by numerous drawings with the

c amera lucida, in which I sought to show tin t my own rece ntobser vations tended to throw doubt upon Dr. Miq ue l’s c on tention in Le Diatomiste ” a nd to somewhat strengthen CountCastra c a n e

’s objection to the theory that what sinc e th e Rev. W .

Smi th ’s time has been generally regarded as a sporangia l frustule wh i c h is desti ned to p e rish afte r fulfi ll ing the duties of aspore case, is in fa ct a s imp le process of nature which takesplace for the purpose of th e re cove ry of the siz e of the diatomdiminished to its minimum as a life supporting body by re

peated subdivisions . The phenomena wh ich I considered asopposed to the sine remvering theory, and as supporting the

Spore theory were shown ve ry cle arly in a gathering which Imade last spring and from which I h ad mounted seve ra l dozensuccessful sl ides from whic h my drawings were made . Theyc onsisted of many cases of formation of mega -frustules frommany si z e s of parent frustules of c oc c on ema, th ere being man yspecimens of frustules of the same species in the gathering ofzies considerably be low the si z e whic h produ c ed the

,mega - frus

tule and wh ich Dr. M iquel speaks of as the minimum siz ewhich necess i tates the auxospore a nd (2) many hya l ine cysts inthe samega thering as that i n wh ich the formation of th e megat'

ru stn les a re so numerous wh ich cysts apparently perfec t andunbroken enc lose, in many in stances closely packed togeth e rnumerous frustul es of a lmost every size down to the most minuteof Coc c on ema and Gomphonema mixed and unmixed and fre efrom a l l extraneous matter. Prof. Smi th 's men tion in his paperof a simi lar observation by himself (he curiously enough saw

THE MICR OSCOPE . 189

th e same mixture of Coc c onema and Gomphon ema as that seenu my own sl ides) and his ingenious explanation of the phenomenon by th e vagaries of a rhi z opod re sembling Actinophryssol has muc h impressed me ,the more so as I have mysel f wit~neesed th is c reature’s curious attac k upon th e contents of indiv idual frustules,and .its emergence therefrom in the shape andwith the rays shown in Prof. Smith ’s drawing,but I am n ot yetsatisfied that the cysts of which I have got many perfectly clearegramples in numerous other species are purely imaginary lProf. Smith admits the diffi cu lty of ac counting for the manyminute frustules wh ic h abound in most mixed gatherings and

which bear close resemblance to the different species of normalsize in the gatherings . However. his paper has made me pauseand I am making further and more exact observations of mycysts and the ir contents before writing further.—J . NEWTONCoou s a. Sheffie ld,England,October 1 1,1894.

S C I E N C E - G O S S I P.

D e te c ting B lood .- A c hemica l authori ty states tha t he has

discovered a method for de tecting blood stains tha t th e micro.scope has fa iled to reveal . Wh en th e smal lest drop of blood ismixed with fifteen grammes of distil led wate r,and on e or twodrOps of tinture of guaiacum added, a cloudy precip itate of resinis yielded, an d th e sol ution becomes sl ightl y colored. Whenthere is further added to it a drop of etherial solution of perozide of hydrogen, a blue color appea rs, wh ich becomes deeperand deeper on exposure to th e aim—Sc ienc e Sittings.

R EC E N T PU B L I C A T I ON S .

VI I , parts 8 an d 9. John Hopkinson,Editor.W e have recently received from th e Society a copy of these

proceedings which are issued once in two months. Th ey arebea utiful ly i llustrated with photo- engravings and contain manyinte resting papers on general natural history . Th e excursionsto points of intere st form an interesting feature of the society ’swork. We ought to do more of such work in America.

l ilo THE M ICROSCOPE . De c .

Con ten ts for D e c embe r, 1 894.

A Mic rosc ope tbr Childre n (with Fron tispiec e )

Qum rons Answxnm .—Paranta Imbedding

Lite rature of Photomic rogn phy

Ce l ls Made with ButtonsCoa smsron nxxc m—Repty to b r . Stokes

Km art Pvm xc a rxos s .—Hertfiyrdsh ire

N ew spape r R epo rte rs W ante d .

We are informed that the Modern Pressone or two newspaper correspondents inwork is l ight and can be performed by e itherPrevious experience is not necessary,and 3

men and women and even old me n would (1

such a position, as we understa nd it takesfourth of your time . For further particula rs adPress Association,Chicago. I l l .

D e te ctive s N e eded He re .

SuperintendentChas. A inge ,of the National DIndianapolis, Indtrustworthy me n aredetectives under hisnot necessary to success . He edits a large orwil l sen d it with full parti c ulars,which willmay enter the profession by addressing h i


Gold c rysta ls . 6 1

Guan 5 1

Histo logy, lite ra tu re . 154Hydroge n dioxide , 157

I c e , da nge rous,46I l linois . sc ie n tifi c work , 13I l lumina tion , Cu nningham’

s c ri

tic iz ed. 146. 153. 169da rk grou nd, 15

immun ity. de fi n ition , 17 1

I n k for g lass . 27In se c ts.moun tin g whe n sma l l . 143I ron wood, se c tion of stem, 18

Ivy, se c tion of stem, 1 14

Leave s,b le a c hed, 152Litc h en s, e xamin in g, 1 2, 94Lin e n -

p rove r , 107M a rine o n isms, slides . 8. 27M e dic a l u c a tion . h igh e r, 14M e ridium c ir c ula re ,45

h

lt

g‘e ta ls . c rysta l

;,

h '

6 1

fi ed1c rophoto%ra sim ii 30.

156 . 1 3p

W a lms le ’s e n la rgeme n t, 10

M icm c ow. or u e rs, 1 10, 175biologic a l . Sw it 81. Son ,92a nd da iry,98disse c ting, 155, 188l u c e rn a l . 107a n d n a tu ra l h istory,91for re c re a tion . 142se lec tin

gbh in ts , 107, 137

sta ge . 1

M ic rosc opic a l appa ra tus . 143Soc ie ty. c onstitution , e tc

Be lgium, 72Lin c oln . Neb raska . 89Ottumwa , Iowa . 105

Soire e ,W ash ing ton ,9. 54M ic rosc opis t. a lady, 75M ic rotome kn ives. c a re of,4M osse s . moun tin g. 78

M oun ting withglyc e rin , 56

brass p la te or , 13 1

ba l sam. to c l ea n slides, 1 14or a risc ope .

183fi es 172

fi n ish ing . $6

rin sing. 4with sta re 182

with a sph a lt. 184Ne wbe rry Fund, 15Nose pie c e , double . 154

Obj e c ts, fixed to a slide , 172

Obje c ts un de r th e m17. 33. 49. 66.1 29. 145. 159.

Obje c tive s , Imme rsion , 133Oc u la r, ea c , 10

Oph ioc oma . 1

Oyster s c a rry typhoid, 179

Pa ra ffi n, 182

Paste c e ls, 109Pe trifying me th od,Photogra ph withouPlatin um c rysta ls,Pol le n . e xamining

109tubes . 6 1

Potassium pe rma ngan a te andc y an ide , 103

Pra c tic a l sugge s tion s , 1 1, 30,45,6 1 , 76 , 93 , 109, 128, 143, 154.172

Protoc oc c u s ,Publ ic a tions,

158

c u tting, 1 1

of te e th , pe trii'

yin gSha n ks, Dr . S. G ,, to,

93 . 107. 154, 17 1Sheph e rd

’

s pu rse ,45Silve r. c rysta ls, 6 1Slides . ma il ing ,44

made w ith aspha lt 184Sme lt, examin in g, 6Sn a ils, te na c ity o f lite, 28Snow , re d . 50

Snow th istl e , se c tion of stem, 1 13Spe rma toz oa , how to de te c t, 44Spide rs

'

th re ad, diame te r, 58Sponge s, 2 1

Spon ta n e ous ge n e ra tion . 39Spot le ns . 93Spottiswoode ,M rs , 75

193 THE MICROSCOPE . De c .

Spru c e , se c tion of stem,81 Un c in u la n e c a tor, 76

Ste n to r,wh e re to fi nd,60 U rin a ry a n a lysis, lite ra tu re , 154Stoke svs . Cu n n ingh am, 153 U rin e , Sp e rma toz oa ,44Ston e ,building,mic rosc opy, 14Syc amore . se c tiq n of stem. 20 Vege ta ble se c tion s with c rysta ls,Syn ap ta ,moun ting, 62 in glyc e rin ,60

Tape worm, se c tions, 144to p reve n t tu rn ing da rk , 152

Tem re on aq u a riums, 177Te xtile fi bres , lite ra tu re , 10 W a lk e r P riz e in na tu ra l history,Tin c rysta ls , 6 1 15 1

Tou rma lin , how to obta in , 104 W ate r,mic ro-organ isms , 106T ric h in a , sta in ing a nd mou n ting , W e nh am’

s sta n d, 182

1 1 White’

s se c tions, 15, 1 13c yst, 130 W il lson . L. W . , 1 1 , 30,45,6 1, 76,Tube le ngth , 108 93, 109, 1 28, 143, 154, 172

Tyhoid feve r, 1 20, 179 W riting, e xamin e d, 30

L I ST OF I L L U STR AT I ON S.

Disc of

How to Sh a rpe n

Se c tion o f Stem of Be a c hIronwoodSyc amore

Tw e n ty Kinds of Ba c te ria th at P rodu c e D ise ase

Tyn da l l ’s Ste riliz ing A ppa ra tusN ew Forms of R adiola ria

R e d

A n a tomy of th e Sme lt

Se c tion of Stem of Sp ru c e

Some N ew De smids

Ve ge tab le Se c tion s ,

Th e Crab Louse

Cyst of Tric h inaA N e w D ic tyosphmrium

Sh u fe ldt’

s Ph oto-mic rograph ic Ou tfi t

Th e Composition of G ra in s of Sa nd .

Th e Exc e lsior M ic ros c ope

THE M ICROSCOP E .

J A N U A R Y, 1 8 9 5 .

NUMBER 25. New SERlES.

Objec ts Seen Under the Mic rosc olm.

Bv c n avsm r unmnm.

X I X —THE HOUSE - FLY.

There are many kinds of two - w i ng ed fl ies w h ich frequento ur houses and g ardens,yet fe w of us know the ir n ames,

thei r hab i ts or how wonder fu l l y they are made . Oncew e take the trouble to exam ine minute l y these l ittl einsects, the humblest or more common,we shal l feel that

2 THE MICR OSCOPE . Jam,

w e have made a new acquaintance and eve r afte r whenw e see one of them in house or g arden we can sa y:

“N ow

I know you .

" These tw o - wing ed insects belong to theclass D ip tera wh ich i s composed of twenty - eig ht fami l ies .

The house - fly, the blow - fly, the hors e~ fly, the mosqui toand others w i th wh ich we are famila r belong to thisclass .The l i tt le house - fly (Fig . l ) i s ca l l ed M usca domes tica.

But i t is now midw inter and where sha l l we find a fly ?Go to some place w here meat i s sold or to some out of

the way h iding place . A last summer ’s fl y may sti l l becling ing to a sp ider’s w eb or to the wal l . I f not dead,k i l l i t by putting i t i n a larg e -mouthed bottle con taining a l i ttle ch lorofo rm .

Now open the E xcel s ior m icroscope de scribed i n thelast number and arrang e i t as shown in the Dec . fron tispiece , placing the flat s ide of th e g l ass stag e G up, andthe sma l lest of the lenses F nearest th e g la ss s tag e .

Put the in strument near a w indow w ith the mi r rortoward the l ig ht; turn the two larg est lenses so theyw i l l com e directly over the m irror and put the casec ontain ing the smal l l ens and th e diaphram at rig htang l es to the l e nse s so that i t w i l l not in terfe re w i th themov ing of the s c rew in the stag e . Now slan t them irror so that on looking throug h the l enses you w i l lhave a wh i te field . Place the fl y on the centre o f theg lass s tag e,as thoug h he were wal king , and hav i ngl oosened the screw in the stag e , mov e the s tag e up anddown very slow ly unti l you can s e e the fly dis tin c tly,a ndthen fasten the sc rew . This is focusing th e instrument .A s the fl y i s quite th ick and the l ight comes to a focusat one poin t on l y,you w i l l n ot be able to see a l l parts w ithequal d istinctnes s, but look at the head and back fi rs t,th e n focus ag a in for the le g s . W i th a l ittl e patie n c eand pract ice you w i l l be able to g e t a g ood focus quickl y .

To h ave a microscope w el l l ig hted and in proper focus

4 THE M ICROSCOPE .

B, then tlie tibia or shan k , C, then th e mm,D, (theseare small j o in ts j ust abov e the foot,) and the foo t, F,wh i ch shows two l i tt l e hooks . In securi ng t he flysome of the parts may hav e been destroyed or the ymay h e i n s uch a pos i t ion as to be h idden by s ome

other part, so i t i s w e l l to look at severa l un t i l youc a n tel l each part read i l y . In th is posi ti on the tong ue orproboscis is not v is ibl e . I n order to see this, p lace thefl y upon i ts side . A t the front of th e he ad j us t be l ow the

an tenna} wi l l be seen the tong ue, if i t i s ex tended . Fig .

2 i s a sketch of the head of a fl y wi th the tong ue , T,very much extended . I t does n ot often show as much asth i s . The figure al so shows the palp i .Take a l l three of the lenses tog ether using th e l i ttle

diaphragm and place the fl y on its s i de w ith the hea d on

the center of the stage a nd the tong ue towards th e lig h t,move the stag e up v e ry s lowly a nd when there i s a g oodfocus, fasten i t . Th e obj ect seems now much nearer tothe lens than be fore, th i s i s due to the h ig her mag n i fying power w hich is now about thirty d iameters .

The diaphragm is used to shut off a part of the l ightso a s to show the object more d isti n c t l y, and i t makesthe field sma l ler. Now look at the red ish brown ovalspot, (Fig . 2 E ) and you w i l l s e e the l i tt l e hexag onallenses o f which th e re are 2000 in e ach eye , arrang ed ve rym uch l i ke the ce l l s of the hon e y - comb, (Fig . Thes ea re the parts of th e compound ' eye and ar e each conn e c ted w ith the nerve o f sig h t . E ach part of th i s c ompoun d ey e is so arrang ed as to form a perfect pictu re .

Carpenter in h i s w ork on the m icros c ope (pag eg ives a p i c tu re ta ke n th roug h on e of these compoundeyes . A t A i s one of the ante nnas or fee l ers . Thi s iscompose d of jo ints and by the ir number, shape a nd po

sition , the g enera and spe c ies of di fferen t insec ts are d istinguish e d . The an tenna of th is fl y has three j oints,Fig . 4,but the first tw o are so smal l and n ear the body

1895 THE M ICR OSCOP E . 5

tha t w e cannot s e e them . Th e las t j o in t is covere d w i thlong ha i rs . A n org an ha s rec ently be e n discovere d in

th e an tenna) of some insec ts wh ich is th oug ht to be th e

org a n of h e aring .

Th e tong ue, (Fig . 2 T), is a broad fle shy lobe w h i c h iscros s ed w i th spira l fibers by w h i c h th e fly is a b le to s u c kthe j uices i t feeds on . There a re l i tt l e short s tifl' ha i rss e t around th e ba s e of th e tong u e . I t is th e se by wh ichw e a r e so much a nnoy e d . M i nd i ca te s th e pa lpi . The s ecorrespond to the ins trumen t tha t th e mosqu i to use s to

p i e rc e the flesh of h is v ictim w h e n h e seeks b lood .

Move the fly so a s to s how h is w ing s . I f th e se a re a t

the r igh t a ng le th e y w il l show be a u ti fu l iride s c e n tco lors . Notice the v e ins in th e w ing s, a s the i r a rra ng ement is importa n t . Compa re the s e w ith the w ing s of

other insects . Se e along th e oute r e dg e of th e w ing th e

l i t tl e row of ha i rs, th e n th e be a utifu l n e t work of ve in sa n d i n exam in ing the w ing s of diffe re n t fl i e s, notice tha tthe larg e r th e fl y th e s trong e r a nd more numerous th ev e i ns . The w ing s of th e M u s c a dome s tic a ma ke 600

s trokes in a s e cond, whi ch carr ie s it five ya rds an d if

a la rmed i t c a n fly th i rty fe et in a s e cond . Th e vein s inth e w ing s we a r e told a r e hol low a ir v e ss e ls w h ich c om

mu n ic a te w i th th e lung s, for e v e n th e l i tt le fl y h a s lung sa n d an org a n w h i c h a c ts a s a h e a rt to s e nd th e bloodthrough ou t h is body a n d in to h is w ing s . He h a s a lsoa n a l ime n ta ry ca na l, sa l i va ry ve s s e l s , b i l ia ry tube s , a nda c h ylifi c s toma ch wh ich s e ems to s upply th e w hol e a li

men ta ry cana l w ith th e pow e r of d ig e s ting food . F lie sh ave a c rOp or g i z z a rd w h ich is us e d c h ie fly a s a re s e rvo ir for food whe n th e inse c t ta k e s more tha n i t n e e dsfor its immed ia te w a nts .

The leg s —Take one from th e body a nd a r rang e so a s

to se e the foot . I f you a r e to ha nd l e su c h sma l l obj e c tyou w i l l fi nd a pa i r of poin ted for c e p s n e ce s s a ry . Th e s eyou can buy or ma ke . Take two p ie c e s of g ood e las t i c

w hale - bone, three inches long and about one fou rth inc hi n w idth, ho l d the end over the lamp and w hen it iswarm it can be cut e asi l y . Shape each p ie ce n earl y toa poin t as in Fig . 1 , being sure to hav e them smooth at

the po in ts and of exac t l y th e same shape . A bo u t one

hal f i nch from the other end cut a l i tt l e notch in e achedg e hav ing the notches exa c tl y co rrespond w he n the

pieces are pu t together, tigh tl y bind the tw o p iec e s tog eth er by strong thr ead,putting the thread in thenotches that i t may no tsl ip . Care ful l y bend th epiec es so that the twopoin ts w i l l s tay on e hal finch apart .Notice that the leg s of

the fly are covered w i thsti ll black hai rs a nd thatthese are qu i te numerouson the tarsi, and that th efoot is furn ishe d w ith tw ohooks Underthese hooks are two mem

b ra n e ou s expans ions orpu l v i l l i, these are besetw i th hai rs, and are i nsome way conn e cted w ith its power to walk on thesmooth surfaces in Opposi ti on to the force of g rav i ty .

R ecen t in vestigation has led to the bel ief that thesesecrete a g e latinous substan c e, the adhesion of whichenables the fl y to wal k on the wal l s and ce i l ing s a nd thetwo hooks are used to aid i n detach ing the foot,as we tearoff a porous p laster, and the reason the fl i es remai nhang ing to the w indows in the fal l i s because in the irweakened cond i t ion they have n ot the streng th to detach thei r feet .

8 THE MICROSCOPE . Jana

now be used . This w i l l show the co lors of the hairs a ndthe ir ides c e nce of the w ing s .I t i s not a lways poss i ble to lay the obje ct on the stage

i n j ust th e desired pos it ion,bu t w i th a pa ir of s tag e force ps i t c a n h e held in an y way . These c an be bo ught,but Fig . 1 represents a pai r made of wha le bou e whichanswer for a smal l i nstrument . Cut two pieces o f whalebone as for th e other forceps hav ing two notch e s in the

end instead of on e . W ind w i th strong thre a d in bothnotch e s leav ing a space be tween them, in this space iase rt betwee n th e str ips of bone a larg e da rhing n ee dle .

By se parating the bones a very l i tt le and be nd ing thepointed e nds toward each other you w i l l hav e a pa ir offorc eps which w i l l hol d an obj e ct . Having pla ce d theobj ect i n the forceps w i th the part desi re d up, tu rn asidethe stag e of your i n s trument a nd stick the need le i n theboard in such a pos i tion that the obj ect comes under thel e ns . Th e n by ra i s ing or lowering the forceps you c an

g e t th e fo c us . The se are very useful for l ook ing a t thesmal l parts of flowers and in exam in ing whole in se cts .

Buying a Mic rosc ope.

Bvn . M . ws e s .

sr . LOU I S, n o.

The expe nse of ig norance i s ever apparent to th e observ ing pe rson . In fact, eve ry on e rea l izes the co s t ofthe bi tter l e sson taugh t by experi e nce . W e were madeto re al i ze th is re c en tly wh e n ca l led to examin e a m icros c Ope whi c h a drugg i s t had purchase d at an expe nse of

forty - five do l lars . The owner of th e i nstrume nt wasobl ig e d to depe nd on th e j udgm e nt and integri t y o f th e

fi rm from which he ordered i t . as hi s know ledg e of thei nstrumen t was l im ited to i ts name . A s a res ul t thedrugg i s t ex c h anged forty - five dollars for a microscopethat w e would not pay ten for, un less i t was to have ac abinet spe c ime of di fferen t sty les of manu factu re .


I t is ju st a s tr u e a s i t is unfortun a te th at th e marketis fl ooded w i th p oor microscope s w h i c h a r e being sold a t

extravag ant p ri c e s . I t afl'

ords u s p l e a sure to say tha tth e y a r e n ot the product of Ame r i ca n in dustry, bu t arebroug ht to th i s country to sa tis fy tha t morbid idea tha tso man y ha ve w hich le ad s them to be lie ve in th e supe r ior ity of an y th ing tha t is fore ig n , a n d to ra ve ove r anar t icle from P a ris . I t is not ou r in te n tion to convey theid ea tha t a l l fore ig n m icroscop e s a r e of a n in feriorqua l i ty, for th is is fa r from th e tru th . How ev e r, i t isn ote - worthy th at th e Un ites Sta te s ma nu fa ctu re few erp oor ins trum e nts tha n a r e importe d for sa le he re . Infa ct, there is no n e ce s s i ty or ev e n a good va l id excusefor a pharma cis t pu rcha s ing a n yth ing bu t an Ame ri c anm icroscope .

A w ord of adv ice a u e n t th e subj e ct of selecting amic roscop e for pha rma c e u tica l w ork may not b e amis sa t th is time . Stude n ts a t col l eg e s of pha rma cy, a n d

thos e drugg is ts who live in c it ie s w h e re su c h ins t i tu tionse xi s t, shou ld embra ce e v e ry opportu n i ty for a cqu i r ingkn ow l e dg e of th e micros c op e a s a n optica l in s tr ume n t.Th is w i l l ena b l e th em to s e l e c t th e m i croscop e mos t su i ta bl e for th e w ork a n d w i th in th e ra ng e of thei r mea n s .

Do n ot in v e s t l e ss th a n tw e n ty - five dol la rs, a n d if poss ib l e expe nd fi fty or s e v e nty- five. dol la r s for a n outfi t .Those who a re so s i tua te d th a t th e y c a n n ot becom e

fam i l ia r w i th th e m i c roscop e a n d b e th e ir own judg emus t de pe n d on others for a s e l e c tion . Th e i r op tic ia n s ,a s a ru le , a r e n ot m i c roscop is ts,mu c h l e s s pha rma c is ts,a n d th e i r j udg em e n t is ofte n ma te r ia l ly s trab ism i c fromthe effects of th e profit in flu e n ce . To th em th e b e s tm icroscop e is the on e tha t c os ts th em th e l e a s t a n d s e l lsfor th e h ig hes t p rice . I t is fa r be tte r for a drugg i s t tocon su l t some compe te n t micros c op i s t a nd pla ce h is orde rac cord ing l y .

— E D ITOR IA L I N M eye r B r oth e r s’

D r ugg z‘

s t,

Ja nua ry, 1895 .

A Few Suggestions to Nov ic es in Photooklic rography.

By NELSON B. 812811, M . D .

n on h um a n

From various quarters appe al s for hel p so of ten come ,tha t I trust a few prac tica l h in ts may n ot,at th is time,be ma t a propos to the man y amateurs who have yet totake their fi rst photog raph w ith the m icroscope .

To such, l e t me repeat w i th emphas is: On e of the mostimportan t things is, to see that the sensi tive p late is

rigidl y se cured in a pos i tion accura te l y pe rpend i cular tothe optica l axes of the appara tus bo th verti ca l l y andhorizon tal l y .

To secure thi s essen tia l cond i tion,of your expanded camera i n inches,use, may w e l l be a quarter p late oryour “scope" t i l l hor iz on ta l, and measurethe upper end of the eye - piece to th ethat carries the m irror . Then al low , say,for room for your lamp a nd condensingadd the th ree measures together. Thele as t useful l e ng th of your base - board .

To make th is most essentia l part of the apparatus ,procure a n ice piece of p in e board, tru l y para l le l, abouti or 1 inch thick a nd the w idth of the camera exact l y,itsl eng th be ing dec ided as above .

Fasten a th in hardwood strip to ea ch edg e, project ing1} inch above the uppe r s ide of the board ; th is w i l l al lowth e camera to b e free ly mov e d l e ng thw i se bu t keep a l~

w ays its ax is paral l e l to the edg e of the base .

The camera may now be expanded and i ts base - boardfaste ned firml y to the base, so as to al low the be l lowsto freel y play . but to preven t undesi rable later al motion .

Take out, now, the “ lens - board" of your camera, andfi t in i ts p lace a new on e , made of th in pin e . or “cig arbox" cedar if more conven ien t . Now ma rk upon the n ewfront the point opposi te the centre of the plate during

12 THE M I CR OSCOPE .

that of the camera . Itcen tre l ine from e n d toTo insur e steadine ss, hold

by i ts base, cutti ng ho l e s, iffas tening al l down by padded cros s - s

by s c rews .Sim ilar l y c entr e your il l umin ating

dense rs, so that an eye place d at thecoul d look di re ctly throug h and see (hec onden se rs and flame al l in one and tline .To secure freedom from jarr ing andvib

spoi l s too many fine neg atives bu y threeph e r ic a l rubber ba l l s w i th screw a ttachehar dware a nd fur n i ture me n tokeep it from marrin g the wal l al eg s of these, putting them in thetwo under the back of the camerathe board, the third at the centre of th e other end. Onthese three leg s the apparatus w i ll s tand fi rml y, even ifthe table - top,on wh ich i t i s p laced,may n ot be absolu tely flat; v ibrations also be in g absorbed, so that a passing

“L" tra in, o r bee r t ruck w i l l not d istur b the work .

I have al read y re ferred to the join t between the 'scopeand camera, and now on l y add, that w hi l e lig h t- tig ht.i t i s al so flexible enoug h to al low focuss ing .

E ye- pieces may be use d , or not,as foun d best, un der

cond it ions de scri bed in techn ica l trea tises on the su bj ectbut i t i s absol ute l y requ is i te that e very refle cting po intthroug hout a l l the apparatus must be suppres sed, or fogwil l resu l t,as exposures are natural l y som e what prolong ed . This may be wel l don e by rubbing up lamp - blacklac quer unti l a spot touched th e rew i th shows a uniforml ydul l surface, w ith no reflection whatsoever when dry.

Hav ing dabb l e d in such work for more th an tw en tyyears, I have met and overcome the most techn ical

THE M ICR OSCOP E .

s tumb l ing - b l ocks wh ich amateu rs are ap t to encoun terin photo - microg raph y,and I find an absolu tel y es sentia lpoint to be the kee ping of al l the apparatus in a s traig htlin e . Un less th is is secured, th e most elabora te a pparatu s and mos t careful focusing a r e bu t in vain , for otherw is e, if one edg e of th e fie ld i s sharp, the other g oe s outin to “ fuzz iness,” and an even, sharp focus i s a ph ys i calimposibility.

One caution . I f us ing “apoc h roma tic s never expect to

see a flat fie ld, for the objectionab le roun dness noti ce d inocu l ar obser vations w i l l be doubled or treb l ed in a l ongfocussed camera . The obvious and on l y remedy is : Ca refu l l y put wh at you want to photog raph in the ce ntre of

th e field, an d use a larg e - sized p late, so tha t you c a n

afford to stop off th e edg es in pr inting your p os i t i v e s .

I n th is w ay th e curvatu re w i l l n ot be offens i v e — Th e

P hotogr ap hic Times .

A n E xam in a tion for B lood .—Th e Bishop of Ve rsa il le s ,

Mon se igne ur Goux, has submitted th e famous se am less c oa twh ich is preserved as a re lic in th e c hurc h of A rge n te u i l a nd

wh i c h acc ording to tradition is sta in ed with the blood o f Ch rist,to examination by sc ie n tifi c e xpe rts . For this p urpose h e

c hose M . Ph i l ippe La fon a nd M . J . Rousse l,who we re asked tofurnish an answe r to the fol lowing qu esti m “Wh a t is th e ex

a c t nature of th e spots on th e ga rme n t kn own as th e Holy Coa tof A rgente u i l These e Xpe rts in du e c ourse c ertifi ed th at theyhad made a chemica l a nd m ic ros c op i c a l examin ation of the

Holy Coat. A fter de sc ribing in th e ordin a ry way, th e te stsemp loyed, th ey sum up (a c c ording to th e British Medic a l Jou r

n a l) as fol lows From th e portion of th e Coat ma rked w ithru st c olored spots

“

we obta ined : 1 ) A fa int gre en c olora tion ,w ith th e tincture of gua iacum a nd th e esse n c e of tu rp e n tin e ,(2 ) th e re viva l of th e red g lobu les of blood,with th e a rtifi c ia lserum,(3) th e forma tion of c rysta ls of hazmin ,or o f c h lorohydra te of hazmatin . These indi c a tion s a re su ffi c ie n t to e n a ble us

to a ffi rm tha t the spots e xamin ed a re actua l ly du e to blood

a n d to h uman blood . Judging by th e whole of ou r a n a lys is,w e presume that th is blood is ve ry old .

E D I T O R I A L .

Foreign M i c roscopes .—On another page wi ll be found Dr .

Wh elp ley’s opinion of foreign mic rosc Opes,—that while some

very bad ones have been brough t over here, there are otherswhich are excel lent,bu t that a fter a ll there is li ttl e or n o excuse for buying importe d instruments .

While publishing his views, it h as seemed best to us to dis

tin c tly assure our readers that none of the worthless instrumentsal luded to are advertised in our columns . W e are sure thatou r readers may trust qui te fully the firms which advertisewith us. W e know from a personal tour through the shops ofWatson 6: Sons, in London,tha t everything about their workis fi rst-class a nd that they take the greatest pride in maintaining a h igh re putation .

Of c ourse we desire to see home industry thrive and we be.l ieve tha t Bausch and Lo rn b. Ze n tmaye r a nd some others makeve ry fine instruments ;but. dear reader, if you can ge t a betterbarga in from Watson, than from our own makers, do not hesitote to do so. Moreover, as Dr. Whelp ley suggests, have th ea id.of a c ompe tent mi c roscopist in deciding which is the betterbargain . Le t not sentiment either re garding th e patronage ofhome products or regarding the supe riori ty of whatever comesfrom E umpe ,ha ve any weigh t with you in buying. Seek mer i tand a bargain.



By L. A . W ILLSON,m um . 0810.

M etal l i c G l obu le s .—Very inte resting and pretty sl ides maybe made from conde nsed volati li zed meta ls. Gold that oon

~

denees from the melting po ts of the mint forms mic roseomcg lobule s of gold . On the roof of c oppe r

~sme ltin g works a fi neblack appearing dust is fou nd which under the ’scope is shownto be globules of metalio copper and when viewed as opaq ueobjects exhibit the light red metal lic l ustre of copper. Manyof the globules are hol low.

V erti cal I l lum inator.—This accessory is of very limiwdutil i ty . In the hands of a n expert manipu lator it will gran dlyshow th e l ines on an opaque si lver- plated Amphipleura pel u c idaand wil l reveal a few other opaque objects wi th h igh powers .

In the hands of an amateur it is but an aggravation of spirit.It does not work at al l satisfactorily with dry lenses. I t issuitable only for objects mounted dry on the cover and withimmersion lenses .

D aph n illa T u c ke rm an ii. —When a fil tering of water supplyfrom the Great La kes is poured into a glass most of the diatomsand the heavier mate rial fa l l to th e bottom but l ittle specks a realways found floating on th e surface. Th e specks ge n era l lycontain some of the most interesting an d wonderful forms inthe ga thering. In this way I recently had th e pleasure of ohtaing this strange and c ompl ica ted Crustacean . Remove th e

specks with a spatula to a c e l l,cover and examine with an inchobjective. The little thing was so interesting that I mixed g lycerine with the water a nd mounted it permanently .

A n E le gant m icrotome .—Possessing an old fash ion e d se c

tion cutter,that cost “5 some ye ars ago, and finding that. inmy han ds, it was absolutely worth less for an fine or accu ratework, I committed it to th e tender me rcies o a scientific youngmach inist.He made a very heavy iron casting with a V shaped opening ,into th is be inserted a V shaped sl id ing portion for a knife c a r

rie r ; fi rmly attach ed th e o ld section c utte r to the heavy casti ng ;furnished brass screws a nd cl am ps . When a proper kscrewed to th e c arrier . the old se ction c utter was transformed into a n elegant accura te a nd effi c ient modern microtome and a t a

trifl ing expense.

THE M ICROSCOP E .

F E B R U A R Y, 1 8 9 5 .

NUMBER 26 . New

Objec ts Seen Under the Mic rosc ope.

BY CHRYSAN THEM UM .

The water of our ponds and rivers i s peopled withman y forms of m in ute anima l life, an d even the weeds

in a tank w ith g old - fi sh have among the ir branches somevery in teresting l i ttle an imals . Take a sma l l p iece ofthe plan t, that which looks ol d and brown being the best.

ily recog n ize d.

Fig . 1 . a,b, c and d, represent R o tiferi s usual l y seen among th e l eav es . Thissoft, transparent body, a head (Fig . 2. e .)wre aths; f, two eyes,g , a ma s te r org ri nd ing i ts food, h, an a l imen tary canal, an d a foot, inThe extremity of th is foot i s forked and secre tes a g alatinou s substance by wh ich the an imal i s ab le to a ttachi tsel f. The foot i s so arranged that one part e an bedrawn inside the other l ike a sh ip's telescope. A t Fig .

1 . b, the an imalcu le i s atta ched to the leaf byand h is antennae are extended in search of

food is found he expan ds the c i l ia ted wreathem in motion . This makes a curr ent in thedraw s the food w i th i n reach . I t i s then suckedmon th . Th is curren t can be seen and by i t the R otifi e rc a n of ten be d iscovered . These ci l iated w reathes aretwo cup - l ike bod ies surrounded by ci l ia or hairs,(Fig . 2.

f) . The slapping of these hai rs one ag ainst the otherg i v es the appearance of a ro tary motion, and from th i smotion they rece ive the ir name . W hen not in use thesewh e el s can be drawn in to the body, g i v ing th e h ead th eshape shown in Fig . 3 . m . Some of the R otifers can detach themsel ves and sw im, using these ci l ia ted w rea th esas p rOp e l le rs . The R ot i fer vu lgari s has a pec uliar way


near the edg e of the d rop,wh ere th eand i ts movements are not so active .

shaped someth ing l ike a snake,w i th one endl itt le,Fig . 5. These eel s do not haveorgans of sense, bu t ar e l ike worms .has evaporated somewhat, a few mayand qu iet. Carefu l l y add j ust a smal l drop of th e v inega r and watch them . Soon they beg i n to move, at fi rstvery s low ly, then they become act ive ag ain .

Turn the stage over the dark back-

g round and look

drop w ithou t the len ses . The eel s can be seen mov ingabout as l i ttl e wh ite specks . Th is show s how much morecan be seen by carefu l observation after one has l earnedwh at to look for .

These an imalcu les are a lso found in sour paste . I f th e

paste in which they are seen be al l owed to dry up andthen after a long interva l a smal l p iece i s a dded to somefresh paste, i n a day or two the whole mass w i l lswarming w ith these creatures .A nother species i s found in wheat affected w i th “cock le .

I f a g rain of th is wheat,wh ich looks l ik e a b l ack peppe r

THE M ICROSCOPE .

open i t wil l be found to be fi l l ed w i th ay subs tance . Soak th is for an hour in watera l i tt le under the m icroscope, add a dropover i t a cover-g lass (which i s a circl e orth in g la ss made for the purpose ), andseen a wrigg l ing mass of eels . The e uenti rel y harmless to man .

Some Easy Experiments.

BvFR ANK T . GRE EN,

saxmas ou co. c a n.

Many branches of study are any thing but p l easing inthe abstract. M i croscop y i s one of them . I n order toapprec iate th e study in i ts tru e s t beau ty . one must study

in fini tesimal deta i l s .tel l s of a man, l y ing on the g rass peer

ing at i t an d among it, s tudy ing i t cur iousl y and intentl yw i th a ma g ni fy ing g lass . His friend passed by anda sked what are you doing th ere Said the man, Iam travel in g in a foreign land .

’

Just so w i th the mic ros c Opic worker, whether he be ach i ld from school or a teacher—versed in the stud y of

the infin i tel y l i tt le . For i t opens a new fie ld, yes, “ afore ign land" to the inves tig ator, the teacher an d thech i l d .

One of th e g reatest drawback s to any study or any c cc upation i s an un fortunate i ntroduction . I f the studentfirst hears of microscopy as the ar t of sl ic ing tough andh orn y roots into sections of transparent th inness, andfai l ing i n th is, then try i ng i t o ver and over again to h issorrow, he natural l y w i l l bear a g rudge ag ainst th esc ience . Better by fa r have h im reach out for someth ingeas ier of atta inmen t, and yet g i ving rare chances of

l earning th e deta i l of l i tt l e thing s from actua l observations .I f anyone w i l l take a shaving of wood thrown ofi

‘

showing succ ess ively the colors,whi te, cre am, yellow,red and brown, al l in a w idth of hal f an in ch . I stillhave th e shaving , mounted, and i t is pretty, indeed . toobserve how the resin ce l l s increase i n number and depthof color, thus g i v i ng th i s Cal iforn ia c edar i ts deservedname of redwood .

The pappus from the dandel ion is very easy to mountand i s w el l worth the t ime . On a clean sl ide d escr i be acircle a l i tt le smal ler than your cover -

g l ass, say se ve nsixteenths of an inch in diameter, using a tu rn - table andemploy ing a smal l camel 's ha ir penci l wet w i th co l orl es sbalsam . In the central space,which is dry,put a s eedor pappus of any smal l c omposite , cov er i t, press i ngdown the g l ass gentl y ; i t w i l l then adhere to the fi rstring . W hen dry, r ing again on the outside edg e w i thcolorless bal sam . You w i l l have a del icam beau tifu lsl i de—and one to be proud of—moun ted in a i r, as them icroscopi sts sa y .

The Ch ine se shav ings sol d in the shops make an idea llong i tud ina l section a l l ready to moun t. Th e ep idermisof any leaf shows the stomata or breath ing po re s,ifsimply wet w ith alcoho l, then turpentine, and lastl y,

24 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Fe b ,

of bal sam or balsam dissolved in benzol e in the cen ter ofthe g lass s l ide, take your object out of the tu rpen tin e i ti s soaked in, w ith a smal l pair of pl iers, and pla c e i t inthe bal sam w ith the hol l ow curved s ide of the pr eparat ion down if i t i s not qu i te fi a t. Then turn i t ov er onthe other s ide to release a ny air bubbles that may be enclosed underneath , then adj ust i t wel l i n the ce n ter w itha needle point, put a drop of balsam on the top,an d p lac ethe sl ide on one s ide protec ted from the dust for 24hours .Cl ean a cover -g l ass the size you w ish to use, see that

the preparation i s wel l cen tered . I f i t is not rig ht i t c a nbe moved by the need le point, the bal sam not being ha rdenough to prevent i t, bu t if the preparation is very del icate, i t w i l l be nece ssary to warm the s l i de on the hottable to soften the bal sam before attempting to d is turbi t ; when everyth ing i s right,place a d rop of bal sam onthe top . Th is is to fi l l up an y hol low that may form inthe center of the bal sam ,w hich wou ld hold the ai r w h e nthe cover i s put on i t . Place the cover g entl y in them iddl e of the sl ide, l et ting i t s ink down by i ts ownweig ht at fi rst, press g entl y w ith the need le, being car efu lto have the cover properl y in the center . I f not qu i tecen tered, sh ift i t w i th the need le point til l i t i s qui tetrue . The preparation w i l l not move in the bal sam for

some time ti l l the fresh balsam has penetrated thr oug hthe dried bal sam put on the day before . I f you find thatthe object has moved ou t of the center then comes thedi ffi cu l ty of g etting i t ba ck agai n w ithout beg inn ing thewhole process over again . Have two need les by you, asone i s sure to g e t messed w ith bal sam wh ich w i l l g e t onthe front of the cover g la ss and bother you in cen te ringth e object . Notice to wh ich edg e of the cover-g lass theobje ct is nearest, and w i th the needle point draw thecover -

g l ass by pressing on the top towards the edg e o f

th e sl ide . In th is way the cover w i l l s l ip over the


obj ec t w i thou t disp lacing i t . Then push the cover backby the edge when i t wil l take the preparation w i th i t .In th i s way, by a l i ttl e patience, the object c an be shi fte dto a ny part of the s l ide . I f you try to g e t i t in the center by push ing the cover fi rst from the edge, you w il lsoon find that the object w i l l w ork rig ht out of the field .

Hav i ng got everyth ing rig ht and true, put a l ig ht brasscl ip on to ho ld the cover i n i ts p lace to dry. I f you puttoo strong a spring on the preparation i t may force th eco v er up when the spring is re le ase d . I t is better to remove the su rp l us bal sam w ith a kn ife, at on c e,whi le i ti s sof t,w ip ing the bal sam off of the kn i fe w i th a pieceof paper . Place the s l ide away for a few days to al lowthe balsam to harden, w hen you can clean off the s l idew ith methy lated sp iri t, or be tte r w ith benzole . W henthe sl ide is nice a nd cl ean, put i t on the turn - table andrun a ring of gum wate r round the edg e of the coverg la ss . W he n dry,g ive i t another c os t. This i s to p revent the wh i te zi nc or other cement being d issol ved bythe be n sole and runn ing in under the cove r-g l ass . I f

pure ba l sam is used, there i s much less ri sk of this c ccurring . A very neat fin ish is g iven w i th wh ite zin cc ement . I t is eas y to work and g ives a g ood, hard,bril lian t surf ace, on wh ich c a n be put a ring of black ora ny other c o lored varnish . W hen you have fin ished .c lea n the brush we l l by mean s of benzole ; w i pe thebrush on a piece of paper between the fing ers fi rst . whenthe brush can be cleaned w i th a very smal l quan ti ty of

benzole and ver y quick l y .

Th e Se rum Tre atme nt of D iph th e ria wil l be explained inThe Popular Science Monthly for February,by Dr. Samuel T.

A rmstrong,Visiting Physician to th e Hospital for ContagiousDise ases,New York .

The article will be of much interest to bacteriologists .


E D I T O R I A L .

Th e M i c ros c ope and Pu bl i c Hea l th .- I n Main

sons die every year of tuberculosis,—e u entirelydisease.

In New York City, 3673 more infants died in 11883 . The mi lk was exam ined in 1883 and not in 1Meat may be contaminated with micro- oexposure to fi ies or to street dust.Meat from tubercu lous animals is sold to our

Th at exported to Germany must be proven free

N ine ty per cent of the typhoid cases are duefec ted wate r. Boil ing the water wou ld render iLast year,455 persons died in A l legheny

typhoid fever. Th is is nearly ten times thdon ,where the water is fi ltemd through sangisnic matte rs are looked after.The microscope gives us adequate means forto remedy such ev ils as the above. It should becrime for any physician to try to practice mediciprovided wi th this instrument and knows how tolie ofi c ials should be acti vely engaged in sec ki

One in ch equals 8 diametersinch equals 58 diameters ; 1 - 10 inch equalsobjecti ve properly rated,of 1 inch foc us, shouldameters,and with a one- inch eye- piece at tenmagn ify 64diameters .219. How may the owna

'

qf a mta ll aqum'im libs that

Stokes’M icroscopy for Beg inne rs—price —wineeded information . It tel ls all about l i fe in our

ditc hes .220. Whe re c an I obtain the latest edition of

Hen frey’s Micrographic D ictionary - I . H. H.

The Mic rographic D ictionary is published by JohnVoorst,Patern oster Row,London . It is l isted by Ba nac hLomb Opt. Cc .. Rochester,N .Y.,at net.

PRA C T I C A L S U G G E S T I O N S .

By L. A . W ILLSON,Gu n man . os to.

M agn ifi c a tion .- Mere amp l ification of an object is use lm

for nearly all purposes. Defini tion and disclosure of detail areof scientific value. Never use upon an object a higher powerthan is necessary to show it well .K i ll ing and P re se rving D e l i cate Organism s .

—Pe rc blorideof iron is one of th e best agents for this purpose . The organ ismsreferred to are such as Roti fer vulgaris and other cilia ta. W’iththis agent the animals are fixed very perfectly in their expandedcondition nice ly exhibiting their ci l ia . For ordinary use a solution in alcohol containing about two per cent of the compoundshould be used .

The animals may be pl aced on a sl ide without cover and the


sol ution dropped over them . When it is desired to obtain alarge number of the organ isms, they may be kil led in a vesseland then a stronger solution must be used . In the vessel,theanimals wil l fal l to the bottom the water should be drawn ofi‘above them . Then add seventy pe r cent alcohol and replaceth is with alcohol slightly . ac idified with hydrochloric acid .

Th is latter solution should be run over th e an imals fixedwpon n e lide. The effect of the latter solution is to remove al l

tra ce of the iron salt. This should be immedia tely drawn OH

and pure alcohol added . The animals can then be mounted ing lyc erine.M ounting Hydra .

—Hydra vi ridis is nearly always to befound on the under su rface of the leaves of Lemna. It is alsofound adhering to other plants. For an acceptable mount itshould be prepared so as to exhibit its expanded te ntacles .Th e fol lowing is a method by which this may be accomplished.

Have a slide with a well dried cel l of su fiic ient depth drop thehydra on th e end of a p lain g lass sl ip. Hold th e sl ip near th etop of the chimney of the student lamp . You can see then ifits tentacles are expanded . I f they a re ,quickly hold the sl ipwith the hydra ove r the chimney end about an inch above it.Hold it there from three to five seconds ; then quickly place thes l tp upon a cool,heat -conducting surface . When cold tran sferthe animals to the prepared cell and mount in glycerine. All

k inds of hydra an d many other of the larger z oophytes may befixed and mounte d in this manne r.How to E xam in e Cos h—Coal is of vegetable origin . To

exam in e its structure it is necessary to have very thin sections .To obtain such sections,macerate the c oal for about a week ina solution of ca rbona te of pota ssium when thin slices may bec u t with a razor or a microtome. These se ctions should begently heated in nitric ac id, and when they turn yellow, shouldbe washed in cold water and mounted in glycerine. Spirit orbalm wil l render the sec tions opaque.


D rin king Cup s and D iph th eri a .—Dr. Chas . H. Stowel l ,

formerly Editor of The Mic roscope says of Washington Schools;

30 THE MICR OSCOPE . Feb .

A few days ago I was greatly surprise d to learn that the olddrinking c up was sti l l in acti ve use in our sc hm ls . This issuch a total disregard of al l ordinary precautions for th e prevention of dis tase that it hardly seems possible. Yet in one of ourlargest schoo ls there a re j ust six of these tin cups used by the

whole school for drinking purposes. Now it is a well established fact tha t diphtheria is c aused by a specific germ . It isalso wel l es tablished that this germ m tvreside in the throatsome time before the symptoms of diphtheria appear. Recentin ve stigations on this subject in New York City showed that asmal l per cent of the children examined had th is cause of diphtheria existing i n the throat,and yet did not exh ibit any of the

symptoms of diphtheria at the time of the examination . Someof the secretions from the mouths of such chi ldren,if carrie d tothe throats of others, would quite likely cause this d ise ase .

When diphtheria is present in this city it would not be at allsurprising to fin d tha t in a large school there would be a smallper cent of c hildren who could communicate this disea se toothers.And yet, the school trustees al low a tiu cup to be passed from

one mouth to another ! The use of a common dr inking cupby a number of school chi ldre n should be relegated to the ignora n t methods of the dark ages . Not a c up should be provided by th e school authorities . Ea ch child shou ld bring h is

own c u p. You cannot do anything bette r th an to forbid thispromiscuous use of the drinking c u p .

C O R R E S PO N D E N C E .How to find D iatomaceous E arth .

—Mr. W . A . Te rry o f

Bristol,Conu .,sends us the fo l lowingIt is aske d how we know when we have found Diatomaceous

Earth ? It is of c ourse impossible to be absolutely cer tain unti lthe find has been examined under the microscope. sti l l a c ollector of experience a nd good judgment wil l make few mistakes.The fresh water deposits a re a

'most invariably covered by a

layer of muck or peat . A l ight- colored stratum below muckwil l be either time, c lay, or diatoms,if i t is not sa nd. Sometime sall mixed . I f th e mate rial dries of a l ight gray or ash color andis also light in weight, it is almost certain to be rich in diatoms .

32 THE M ICROSCOPE . Feb"

THE M ICROSCOPE.

Con te n ts for February, 1895.

Obje c ts Seen Unde r the Mic rosc ope . XX .—Rotifers . (mc -mu s.) g

E n rroman.

on e

218. Magn ifying Powe r of Obje c tives219. Identifying Aqua rium Obje c ts

Mic rographic D ic tionaryPRACTI CA L Sum m ons—By L. A .

Conm mxn sxc s —How to Find Diatomsc eous Earth

FOR SALE—A 1 -20 inch homogen eous immersion objectiveby Gundlach, N . A . Pri c e Maker’s price

Dr. A l fred C. Stokes, 527 Monmouth at ,Trenton,N . J .


Con te n ts for Jan uary, 1 895.

Mic rosc opic “ Life in the Phipps Cem e tery Tanks, Al legheny.

The Oyste r Epidemic of Typhoid a t Wes leyan University, Conn .

Coriander Se ed. Ward.

The Rhimc arps. Edwa rds . Il lustrate d.

ED lmB u L .—The Phipps

The New Sc ien c e Re viewMrc s osc or rc u . A s s e s sm e—m . n e

’s Marker . Ill ustra ted .

Dr. Shu fe ldt’s Photo-Mic rogmphic Apparatus. I l lustn ted.

M rc nosoor rc u . Mm m n os .—A New Fixing Fluid

m c rsmow ov.—Study of the Organ ization of

Drama s—Tempere ’s Opinion of Cunn ingham's Studies .

Mrc nosoor rc u . Norm—Importa n c e of the [infi n ite simal

New mu ta t ions—Re c ent Me dic al Works

E M ICROSCOP E .

M A R C H , 1 8 9 5 .

New SERIES.

Objects Seen Under The Mic rosc ope .

avc a avsaxr n smum.

XxI l . —A PHIDES.

everyone w ho cu lt i vates flowers has seen thehides or p lant - l i ce, wh ich are so troublesomeses, sw e e t peas, verbena and other house and

g ard en plan ts . Perhaps a stud y of them and of theirhab i ts w i l l make the m more in teresting if not less a n

a dissecting needle or wooden tooth - pick transof these in s ects to the center of a g l ass sl i de

ipe tte sl ow ly and carefu l l y drop a l i tt le al cofew minutes remove the alcohol that reng the drop w ith a piece of blotti ng

hic b wi l l absorb the l iquid and if su ffic ient caretaken w i l l leave the A ph is i n a standing pos i tion .

from th e bod y as in the fly, bu t tha t h ead, thorax andabdomen seem to be al l i n one piece ; tha t it ha s two

eyes, (Fig . I, a ) one on ei ther s ide of the head ; thatth e se eyes are compound ; that the antenna (Fig . I , a )which have se ven j oin ts are long an d slender a nd whencarried over the back reach beyond th e body (Fig . 2, a ) ;tha t th e l eg s (Fig . 1 . r ) a re six in number a nd th ey a lsoare l ong and slender i n comparison w i th the siz e of thebod y ; that the tar s i (Fig . 1 . t) have on l y two j oi nts and

that the l eg s are covered w ith de licate ha ir s. Viewedas an opaque object the eyes look l ike tw o deep rubiesset on the s ides of a somewhat oval emerald, the legsand antenna; l ike sparkl i ng amber a nd i n case of one ofthe w ing ed Aphides ; the w ings show lin e iridescentcol ors . A l tog ether i t i s a bea uti fu l obj ect .On th e back, toward the end o f the abdomen,are twovery slender protuberances (Fig . 1, p The se are thetubes from which exudes a sweet l iqu id wh ich dro ps onthe le aves of the plan ts, and i s there known as honeydew . To see th is honey, take on e of the g l ass s l idescontain ing a sl ig ht depress ion in the center,and c ar efu l l y remove a n Aph is tb the center of thi s . Then p la ceover i t a cover g lass and secure i t w i th two or threesmal l pieces of g ummed paper,p lacing the cover so as toadmi t a l i ttle a i r . Put i t under the m icroscope and inl i ttl e wh i le you w i l l probab l y see e i ther a drop on the

hon e y tube (Fig . 3 ) or the drop where i t has fal len onthe g lass . The l i tt le red ant i s very fond of th i s hone y,and is found on the plan ts i n fested w it h these ia

sects . They not on l y ea t the honey wh ich has fa l l e n onthe leaves, but take i t from the honey tubes . The an tsmake the same use of the Aph ides as w e do of cow s .Some species of the Aph ides l i ve on the roots of plants.R usticus, in h is letters, says Another odd s tatio n

for the A ph ides is on the roots of plants . The other day

BY RE NE SAM SON,

wasa rsoros , n . 0.

Last October, I spen t an even ing i n Par is w i thGeorg e Cl ifford the au thor of se vera l artic l es in

mic os c opic a l periodical s of W ash ing ton signe d “N0 8

when he k indl y showed me under the m icroscopemost i n te resting sl ides of h is col lecti on and e xp lail

to me hi s practi ca l methods in m icroscopy which itbeen or w i l l be des c r ibed in these periodi cal s .M r . Clifl

’

ord can certa in l y be c a l led“a mode l to fo ll cfor a beg in ner or amateur microscopist . I wou ld itbeen happy to have had ou r readers admi re th is wker in sc i ence, enjoy a n even ing with h i s in s trume

and s e e w i th what methods he proceeds i n eve rythiThe principa l rules he fol low s are : The w ork

table of a microscopis t must a lways be cl ea re dAs soon as he is throug h w i th an instrumen t, a bolor a book he must pu t i t back in its own place .

ter using a brush i t must be cl eaned immedia tc

before puting i t aside . A l ways w ipe the neck 0

A ll h is s l id e s,c las sified and ca talog ued, are kept in as p len did cabinet . Vis i tors a r e surprised when theyl e arn tha t in that ti ne piece o f furn i ture thousandso f s l ide s are contained, among which many have ava l ue from te n to twenty dol lars apiece .

W orki ng as h e does there is no need of a laborator y ; a corner of the tab l e of th e d in ing - room is su ffi

c ient.M r . Cl i fford rece i ves the bes t mi croscopi cal papers

p ubl ished in French, E ng lish and German . One department o f h is l ibrary is especia l l y reserved for sc ienti fi cw orks . Many of these books are the latest publ ica tions,man y old and rare ed i tions are to be found there al so .

The g reat des ire of al l the young beg i nners, readerso f th i s per iod i ca l, oug h t to be to own one day as he doesa fine se t of in struments, a beau ti fu l and numerous col le c tion of s l ides and a val uable l i brary .

our fri end has been in Pari s over twen ty years being orig i na l l y from E ng l and . He i s a very warm ‘personal friend of the E d i tor of th is per iod ical who hasvis i te d h im several times . Of course , he has completefi les of the Am e rican m icroscopi c a l period ica ls .

T h e V alue of th e M i cr os c op e .—The va l ue of a mic ros

c ape to a druggist is shown by th e fol lowing incident : A ladyhad procured from the stores pe psin much cheape r than she

had been paying he r fam ily c hemist, a nd comp lained of thes urcharge. He obtained a specime n 0 ! the medicine, and wa ssoon able to demonstrate to the c ustomer by the mic roscopethat she had paid too much for h e r spec imen, for it was nearlyal l sta rc h . Sh e does not go to the stores for pepsin now—Okemist and M aggist.

38 THE MI CR OSCOPE . l i te

The History of the Royal Mic rosc opic al Soc iety.

By a . 0 . M ICHAE L ,

w arms . m um ,

A t the annual meeting of th e above n amed soc ie ty thepre sident gave a n addr ess in which he s aid that if w y ofh is hea re rs would leave that W est- e nd abode of s cienc eand jou rney eastward to Towe rHi l l,and then e e hy SpamCorner a long R oyal M in t Stre et, he wou ld an d bin self

i n Cable Street,St. George’s in the E ast, not a ve ry quietor a very cl ean l oca l i ty : tu rn i ng down Shorte r Stree t hewou l d emerg e opposi te a space of g reen, wher e onc es tood the Dan ish church w i th its R oyal cl os e t r ese rvedfor the u se of the King of Denmark when vis iting thiscoun try . The space is s urrounded by hous es whi ch ha vese en bette r days, and among st them , be twe en : pic klefactory and a brewery, s tands a rather dil apida ted erection whi ch is 50,W e l lc los e Squa re ; wher e,in 1839, livedE dw in J . Queke tt, Pro fessor of Botany at the LondonHosp i ta l and there, on September 3 of that yea r . asv en teen g entlemen assembled “ to take in to con s id eration the p re position of form ing a society for the p romot ion of microsc opical i nvestig at ion, and for th e intro~duc tion and improvement of the micro scope as a scien tific i n strument ." Among the seven teen, wer e N . B.

W ard—the i nven tor of the W ard ian c ase, w hich i s noton ly an ornament to town houses, but w as the m ean s ofi n troduc ing the tea - plan t i n to A ssam and the c inchonasinto Ind ia—who became treasurer of the Soci ety Bowe rba n k L i s te r, who has been cal led the c reator of themodern m icroscope D r . Farre ; Dr . Georg e Jacks on the

R ev. J . B . R e ade ;a nd th e ente rpri sing and scient i fic n u rs e ryman ,Georg e Loddig e s . Most of these subseq uentl ybe came presiden ts of the Society . A publ i c meeting washe ld on December 20. 1839, at the rooms of the Ho rticul tu ral Society, then at 21, R eg en t Str eet, when the

“M icroscop ica l Soc iety of London" was formal l y s tarted .

40 THE M ICR OSCOPE . Man ,

trume n t i s now pe rfect, and that con sequentl y the mostimportant r a ison d’

e tr e of the Soc iety was over ; he byno means ag reed i n that v i ew he be l ie ved that the rewas as much s c ope for prog ress in the fu tu re a s the rehad been i n the past. I t was not by any m e an s the fir sttime that th is i dea had been put forward . In 1829, Dr .Goring , then a g rea t authori ty on the subj ect, w rote inone of h is pub l i shed works,“M icroscopes are now pla cedcompletel y on a lev el w ith te lescopes, and l ike th em ,

must remain stationary in their construction . I n 1 830,less than a year a fter . appeared L ister's epoch - mak ingpape r, “On the Impro vemen t of A ch romatic com poundM icroscopes, and we ha ve been improv ing ever since .

P h a rma c e u tic a l Jou r n a l , L on don .

A New Peritric han lnfusoriau.

BY 7 . s . R EDD ING,NEW CASTLE, I ND .

On the i7th of January, 1895, I found, on a fi l amen t ofVaucher ia sessi l i s g rowing i n a ja r, i n my g reen - house ,where i t had been at l east eighteen months pas t, an Infusoria n ent i re l y new to me, thoug h I have stud ied theIn fusorian s for more than te n years past and made h undreds of draw ing s of th e m.

I r e fe r i t to the order Peri tr icha Ste i n ; sub - order,Sedentar ia ; sub - fami l y,Vagin ic olin ze ; Genus and Species,doubtful .The lorica is sessi l e, o f a pale brown ish co lor and

membranous . L eng th of l orica 1 - 216 ; w idth 1 - 700

neck of an imal, when fu l ly extended, a s l ong as bod y, orl orica, or nearl y so ; diame te r l eng th of c i l i avarious, from 1 - 700 to 1 i nch ; w i th two mu c h longer . Ope ni ng of lori ca 1 - 1050 in c h w ide .

There were two an imals in sam e lori ca, but whetherun i ted or not I cou ld not determine, but I th ink not .


i nser ted under and upon the l ower border of ora las shown in fig . 1 , and fring ed on curved side w i thfine serrations, as shown in fig . 3 . W hen at restl i e flat, curved upon the marg in of the oral d isk .

l e ft hand d isk, i n fig . 1, appears double, th e upperhav ing two very long ci l ia, on e on each s ide . Foodej e cted throug h the upper and rece i ved i nto ther opening . Fig ure 1 shows the in fusorian w ith

a n te r ior parts pro truded, and w i th c i l ia expanded .

Just belowthe oral d isksi s a contracti l eve ssic le in eachof th e an imals,pu lsating oncein 30 to 45 seconds . A l so ave ssic le in thebody,as shown .

On the sl ightest d isturbancethe an imals a lmost ins tan tsn e ous ly w ithdrew into thelorica . W henabout to protrude from the

she l l they appeared as in fig . 2, wi th ci l ia i n shape of ash . N o val ve cou ld be di scovered .

o f food were easi l y seen pass ing down andup throug h the extended necks near center .

in a tion the next even ing the an imals werewas in g ood shape . They were kepter under cover on sl i de .

species and g enera of the P e r itriic in ity.

ng wou ld pe rhaps assi st our readers abou tforms they may fi n d—E ditor .

CHAR LES W . 1 . H., EDITOR .

E D I T O R I A L .

E conom ic U ses of L i ch ens . 1 . Iceland Moss, Ce traislandica, is boiled and eaten with milk by the I c e la ndiOfte n it is their only food .

2. Reindeer Moss , Gladius is powdered and mi xed wflour. It is an important food of th e re indeer.3 . Trips de roche ,Gyrophore i,‘ is eaten a fter be ing boiled

th e Canadian hunters and Indians.4. Manna l ic hen,Lecanora,has ofte n bee n eate n by me n a

a nd cattle in A lgie rs and Tartary .

5 . A n al c oholi c spirit is disti l led from Cladina rang i feriin Sc anda navia and Russia .

6 . Stic ta pu lmonaria is used in place of hops in brewing.

7. The dyes. a rc hil, c udbear and litmus are deri ved fi ‘

i

Roc c e l la, purp le dye,Lec anora, red dye, Rama lina , ParmeUmbi l ic aria,etc .

8. A subs titute for gum-arable is obtained from Rama]fraxin ea , E vernia prunastri. a nd Parmel ia ph y sodes .

9. Perfumery has been obtained from Usnea, Rama liE ve rn ia a nd Gladius .

10. Jaundic e has be en treated with Platrysma junipe rin tl l . Pe rtusuria amara is a febri fuge .

12. No lic h e n'

is poisonous.Those interested in collecting Lichens wil l find a key to

gene ra in the Ame rican Mon th lvMicroscopical Journal


If you wan t th e bes t,pay 310 forI f on ly th e rudiments,we c a n ge t youte riology for about postpaid, or

Re e ves ’ Medical Microscopy wh ichtio ns oflots of information about urina lysis,th e blood,222. I wiah to us c m umwd spec iw and prcj c cta mic roscope wpon a sc rm —Gm l us c a tamp er

You wil l require an c r y-hydrogen

trice l a re l ight. The penci l of l igh tpass th rough the small lenses of th e oto hear the subsequent spreading out upon th e

PR A CT I C A L S U G G E S T I O NBy L. A . W ILLSON,

CLEVE LAND. 08 10.

T h e M ounting of Sponge Sp i cu le s .—First

of ba lsam on th e c enter o f the sl ide. Then spr

spicules over the drop and cove r with a thin glass.and boil unti l all bubbles disappear. Se t away togood sl ide wi ll be the result. Th e large spicularranged and mounted as opaque objects andvery beauti ful slides .

Cl e an in g and D i smou nting Sl ide s andthe sl ide with the cover ove r a lamp until thThen remove the cover ;soak cover and glass sl iA drop on each wi l l he sutfi c ie

alcohol and wipe with a smoothto have the sl ides chemicallysulphuric ac id containing some crysta ls ofallowing th e slides to remai n several davs inTo P rese rve A lg z .

—Camphora ted wwate r, each 50grammes ;glacia l acetic acidnitrate of coppe r, eac h 2 grammes ; dissolvemens thus pre pared wi l l retain the i r l iving a ppearance.To Fix Ci l i a of Infusor i a .

—I n a drop of water conta ining


a upon a sl ide, drop a minutethe sol ution is too weak , the ciliabut if the solution is of the proper

out straight. A fte r this trea tmenttifu l ly with a paraboloid . The sol udissolving on e part of tan nin acid in,

March,Apri l and Maytiful specimens may be col lected from ponds .

any ge latinous m atter. For smal l an imals use anet, made of common cloth and trol l this alongSuch a net must not be more than three inches


.‘lfi c rosc om' o/ the Brooklyn M alind a of A r t: and Sc ienc es, A r ! Assoc i

afi oa l fal l . 1 74Montag ue St , Brooklyn . Monday,j axaa ry 14, 1895 .

Ba nac h Le nin - M ic ro Photogra ph s . De s c e n t from the Cross,a n d Portrait of D r . Ca rpe n te r, F. R . M . S. A rranged dia toms . He ad

of le a se ,M ic ah : rapih'

r . Sea sa ud,Be rmudas. Tra c ha ea -pota to bag,

M or e de c eml r'

s e a la .

W . Bowdoin .—Vin ega r ee ls .

M rs . W . G. Bowdoin .

—British diamon d be e tl e . P layl .”mono.

Frede ric k Ka to .—c oxide , a n a c c iden ta l c rysta l l iz a tion .

Pro f. W . C. Pe c kh am.—Lin gua l ribbon or

’

poludina .

C. P . A b be y.- Bouque t of bu tte rfly sc a les , c omposed o f 135 pie c e s .

Ge o . W . M ul l e r .—Polyc ystin a .

Hora c e W . Ca le f.—Ha irs o f se a mouse , Aphrodite amlmta . Th es eha irs form tu fts of b ristle s wh ic h e n c ir c le th is ma rin e , spind le -s ha pe dworm . an d se rve as we a pon s o f de fe n c e .

He n ry F. Crosby .—Foramin ife ra . Gu l f of M e xic o .

A . H. Eh rman .—E lytron (wing c a se ) of diamond be e tl e . E ul ima s

r eg a lia. Pol le n of c orn c oc kle . showing a n the r be a rds, pola rised .

James W ome n—Six roc k se c tion s from th e drift o f Brook lyn . shown

w ith a utoma tic revolvin g stage a nd po la riz ed ligh t. Ca c oxe n ite on

l imon ite , from La n c aste r Cc .. Pa ., a h yd rous basic phosph ate of iron .

Lou is W . Froe lic h—Sp in c s of e c hin us .

M . H. W il c k c na .—Se c tion s of c ork .

D r . He be r N . Hoop le .—Ova ry of c a n na , c ross se c tion .

Fra n k Hea ly.—Crysta ls o f sa lic in , shown w ith pola riz e d ligh t.

Dr . J. W . M e tc a l f.—Citric a c id . sh own w ith pola riz e d l igh t.

40 THE M ICROSCOPE Men,

wing c ove rs fil led with ga uz e - l ike mes he s .

Dr . N . B. Sin e —Tongue o f a c a t. showing gustative pa p illa e .

D . A . Nash —Transve rse se c tion of pine n eedle . D ou b l e sta in ed .

Wm. Fin n e y.—Rh in oe e ros h orn .

Ch a s. M . Skin n e r .—Adamite . from La u rium, Gre e c e .

Dr . A . J. W atts —N o . 1 gold c rys tals . N o . 2 gold c rysta ls .

John Lamon t—Se c tion o t'

fi brolite, from N ew York c ity. shown by

H. 8 Woodman —Eye of be e tle . showin g the re vol u tion of the

se c ond ha nd of a c loc k th rough a l l th e e ye - fa c e ts wh ic h are in foc us .

Dr . S. E . Stile s—Se c tion of j aw and lip of kitte n one day old.

showin g tooth ge rm. glan ds . ha ir b u lbs and ha irs .

G . E . A shby—Ch e ese mites . Stilton . Fres h wa te r sh rimp . Pola riz e d.

R ev. J. L, Za b ris k ie .—Soldie r of on e of ou r c ommon an ts, M k

P ennsylvan ia R og , sh owin g strong man dibls a nd en ormous he ad.

Col le c te d a t Fish e r'

s Is la n d, N. Y. . A ugust. t89l .

Ge orge M . Hop kins—l u c in e ra ted le a f of de u tz ia, showin g th e sta r

l ike silic ious ha irs un c ha nged .

A . A . Hopk in s .—Crysta ls obta in ed from bl a c k writing ink .

P rof. W a l la c e Goold Levison .—Na trolite . Sn a ke Hill, N . J.

Joh n W . Fre c k l e ton .

—Se c tion of c h a l c edon y. by pola riz ed ligh t.

D r . H. M . Smith —Stem of rosa c an ine .

H. B . Ba ldwin —Blood spe c tra . Th e uppe r spe c trum is tha t of

Org-Haemoglobin in norma l b lood . Th e lowe r spe c trum is of a R ed

u c e d Haema tin in blood, c hemic a l ly tre a ted, a nd shows th e two da rk

lin e s a little fu rthe r to the righ t.

J. A . Gre n z ig .—Se c tions of wood, shown by old mic rosc ope made by

Jon e s & Son a bout th e la tte r pa rt of th e E igh te en th c en tu ry,with

a c c e ssorie s , e tc . Th e s lide s a re ma de of ivory an d th e se c tions moun

ted betwee n pla tes o f mic a .

Ge o. A . Fiske .—Skin of ska te fi sh .

John H. R oyae l . Na tive c a ppe r, from Bu tte . M on ta na .

Joh n J. Sc hoon h ave n . A . M .—Foramiu ife ra , from Cu xh ave n .

Fra nk l in W . Hoope r .—Se c tion of s tilbite . from Uppe r M on tc la ir,

N . J. Po la riz e d .

E . B . M e yrowitz .—Stem of pumpkin . Flea .

A . D . Be lem—Pon d l ife .

J M c Ca l lum.- Bla c kbe rry . T ra nve rs e se c tion of stem of young p lant.

F . B. Briggs .—T ra uve rse a n d lon gitu din a l se c tion of ba n an a sta l k .

Pola rized l igh t

Wm . U rban . Jr .—Se c tion o f e lde r tre e . Se c tion of qua rtz , P seudo

world. a fte r Pe c tol ite , from Pa te rson . N . J .Hen ry W . Sc h imp t

’

.—The worm oi

‘

th e j umping be e n, Ch rpoc npr n

Brook lyn Col lege of Pha rma c y.—Clove (lon gitudin a l se c tion ) . Oil

48 THE MICROSCOPE .

substa nce found in the tuberc u lous blood is iden tic al with theyeast germ ,nor is i t c lw that the substa nce, although an ac

c ompanimen t of tuberculous bl ood, is real ly a n ose of th e disease . As to the efl‘e c t of en sil age, it is we l l known that taberc ulosis has ex isted where silos were u ukown . Howeve r,the theoryis en ough like the investigations of certain Frenc h scientists tobe of cons iderable inte res t. Under the name of my c ode rmin, asubstance de rived from the culture of the yeast p lant. has beenadvoc ated by eminent scientists of Paris as a cure for t uberc uo

losis and remarkable success has been claimed. It is pos siblethat with th e American and French investigation combined wemay yet he g iven a new and bette r theory,tes tand cu re of this dimcu lt diseas e . The fact of immediate concern,however, is the allegded new te s t which lays claim to certain merits not pose ssedby the test now in use.

R ECE N T PU B L I C A T I O N S .

Sidn ey Forrester . By Clement W i lke s . New York. Jan.

1895 . No. 1 of Castleton Series. 12° 351 pp. 50 cents .

This is a clean, interesting story of a boy who under the c ontrol of a rich,fussy a nd stingy old grandmother,grew u p without rel igious or distin c tlvelevating influences but who deve lOpo

ed much sense and goodness of character. How h e came to bea noble young man in the midst of untoward circumsta nce s iswel l portrayed, but h at were the c a uses of hisvirtues do not

appear to th e casual reade r.The purpose of the book seems to have been to afford themeans

ofwhi ling away an evening (as we have done ) in pleasant relaxation. There are no startl ing situations, novery improbable inc idents , very few love episodes ,no pla inly moral teach ings, n oimmoral nor questionable recita ls,n o a l lusions to religion of anykind direct or indirect.It is a book for boys of averagemake- up,n ot those who crave

blood - thirsty recitals,nor who read Sunday School booka bu t forboys,just boys. Incidental ly, it is for al l of us who l ike boys;not bad boys,not boys too good to li ve, but boys, frank,noble ,generous boys,modest boys tha t are not too modest‘ pea ceableboys,who neverthe less wil l fight when honor so deman ds,~ in

short boys of sense.

NUMBER 28. New Sea ms.

Helps toward the Study of the Radiolaria.

By FR ED’K a . CAR TER,

The study of th e R ad iolaria is somewhat perplexing atfi rs t ow ing to the fact that the subj ect i s so entirel y newto most m icroscopists that they a r e unacquain ted withth e terms wh ich are used in descr i bing them . It is qu i ted i ffe ren t in th i s respect from the study of the D iatoms for

e xample . W hen one fi rst attempts that study he is a lreadyfamiliar w ith ma ny of the te rms from having read somuch about th em . Bu t the man who takes up the R adiolaria has n ot read much about the m . In fa c t there hasnot been anyth ing for h im to read worth speak ing of,notHor n—Th e diagrams are not drawn to sc a le a nd give no idu of the sh e e t

the forms they rc pt-men t.

UO THB HI CBOSCOPK. Ape ,

a sing le book in Eng lish a t his c omman d tha t he m id

turn to for any definite in forma tion Eh re nbe rg‘s work

is in Ge rman, and whil e the il lu stra tion s a r e mos tva luable ,the te xt g ives no de s c r i ptions of ge ne ra or spec ie s butis con fined to note s on the g eolog y of the su bje c t and torefe rences to the difi'

e re n t l oca l i tie s. M rs . M s atla s isme re ly a col l ect ion of pla tes w i thout a ny te xt. Ba c k»

el ‘s Monog raph on the R ad i ola ria (1862) is a lso in Ge rma n.

I t is tr ue h is late r mag n ificent work on th e R adiolariais in E ng l i sh bu t ha s not bee n at the c omman d of the stu

den t owing to the price , about forty do ll ars . an d few

wou l d have k nown where to find a copy even for occ a»siona l consu l ta tion . Ther e is a copy in th e As to r Libra ry and I . be lieve there is another in the L ibra ry of

Columbia Col leg e, but bey ond these two I know of no

others i n pub l ic l ibraries in and around New York . Cu

l ess I am very much mi staken i t i s not in the Brookl ynL i brary or even in tha t of the Ph i ladelph ia A cad emy .

Most amateurs have recourse s imply to such a work asthat of Carpen ter on the M icrosc ope a nd noth ing co u ldshow more striking l y the dearth of in formation avai lab leon the subj ect than tha t work . For the R adi ol aria ar e

disposed of i n about five pag es of tex t of which on l y tw o

are g iven to the class ifi c ation and they a fi'

ord almost no

help. I am speaking of the si xth ed i ti on which is th e

one in most g enera l use . But the sev e nth is l itt le bette r.Contrast the elaborate trea tment of the Foramin if e rawhich takes up fi fty pag es or of the D ia toms to whi c hforty pag es are devoted . In fac t i t was th i s dear th of

avai lable in formation, wh ich led me to w rite th e se r iesof artic les on the subjec t w hich have appeared durin gthe last three years in the Journ al . But even w hen th ei n formation is given there is another d i fficul ty, nam e lythe larg e number of terms necessary in descri ption ow ingto the as ton ishing variety of form presen ted by the R adiolaria . So that even w i th the key be fore him the stu

52 THE m c aos c or s . Apia,

posphmra . Or there may be two spheres insid e like fig .

3 . Then i t is d iv . C,e i ther R odospha ra or The c ospho ra ,and if the two inner spheres are c lose to the ce ntre it isthe latter . I f on the con trary on e inn e r sphere is closeto the outer shel l i t is the former. Possibly you maydetect three spheres in s ide l ik e fig ur e 4, or e ven fourspheres . In the first cas e i t i s Cromysec ond ,Ca ryosph re ra .

But suppose i t ha s spines,what then ? W

n umber and how they are p lac ed . A r e

opposi te, l i ke fig . 6 ? Fam . Stylosphmrida.

ming a cross, l ike fig . 7 ? Fam . Sta ur

opposi te i n pai rs, l ike fig . 8 ? Fam .

E ight to twel ve or more l i ke fig . 9

Take one more look to see whether thecase i s sing le or has other spheres in sidethe Key w i l l explain i tse l f, th e on l y g enusnote be ing Sa tu rn a lis, which looks l i ke fi

c i rcl e drawn around i t so that the tips of

woul d j ust touch the circum ference .

However, your form may not be a true sp

tion of which would be l ike fig . 1, but el l i psoidal , asection of which would be l i ke fig . 10. Ito the Order P ru noide a . I s th e marg i10, or has i t a con str i ction, l ike fig . 12, forming mo

chambers, or severa l c on s tric tichambers l ike fig . 13 ? Then i t belond iv . A, or B . or C, of that part of the Key w hicof e l l i psoidal shel ls . I f A , i s i t hol low l ike fig .

i s the surface latticed or covere d w i th poresE l lipsida . A nd the g enus w i l l depend on the abs en c eor presence of sp ines and the d isposi ti on of them . Orhas i t an inner she l l l ike fig . 1 1 ? D ruppu lida , and the

Key w i l l read i l y g i ve the g enus, the on l y explanationneeded being that the medu l lary shel l is the inner as dist ing uished from the outer wh ich is termed the cortical


she l l. Or is your shel l spong y, the surface a mass of

con fu sed meshes instead of reg u lar pores ? Fam . Spougu r ida . Here ag a in the on l y note necessary is that alatt i ced medul lar y shel l is an inner shel l w i th pores . I f

you r shel l belongs to di v . B, or d iv . C . you w i l l find nodimc u lty w i th the g enera.

But instead of being a true sphere or an elongatedsphere, your form may be a d isk more or less flattened .

Focus on i t care ful ly an d see whi ch fig ure i t more resem

b l es . N o . or 16 . That i s, if i t were ti l ted wou ld i tshow such protuberances as those in fi g . 14or lack theml ike fig . 16 ? I f the form i s a phaco id shel l, resembl e sin shape a bi- convex len s w i th broad edg es, i t be long s todiv. A . of di sc oidal shel l s, i n w h ich there a r e two families , the P h a c osdis c ida and the Coc c odis c ida . I f themarg i n of the phacoid shel l i s s imple, or onl y armedw i th rad ia l spines, i t i s one of the former. and the number of the spines,and of the i nner shel l s,and th e presenceor absence of a g i rd le w i l l g ive the g enus . By th is

54 r un moaosc orn. Ap r .,

girdl e w hat i s mean t i s that the shel l l oses i ts c on v e xityand bec omes flattened at the marg in . Imagin e a bis onvex lens turned edg ew ise and a ring of thin g l ass e n c ir

c ling it in the equatoria l p la n e and you w ill unders tandwhat i s mean t by the “ h yal i n e equato ria l girdl e " of

P e rip lue na . I f on the contrary the marg in of the phac oid she l l,when onl y one surface is prese nted,is s ur ronn '

ded by concentric chambe red gird les or ring s i t be long sto the Coc c odis c ida .

“ E ach of these chambered gir

d les,” says Haeckel . i s composed of a circu lar rin g in

the equatorial plane, a variabl e number of radial beam sd iv id ing i t in to incomplete chambers, and two porou scover - plates or s ieve - pla tes," covering the upper an d

l ower face of the d i sk . These sieve ~ plate s may b eregarded as incomple te l enticul ar corti c al shel ls, wh ichare on l y developed in th e peripheral pa rt of the disk,whi ls t the ir cen tral part i s represen ted by the on ly c om

ple te cort ica l shel l, th e “ phacoid shel l ." The ge nera lappearance is that of fig . 1 5 . Here ag a in the presen c eor absence of spines or arms or membrane w i l l serve todi sting u ish th e g enus. By

. chambered arms are m ean tsuch projections as the four c lub- shaped porti ons of fig .

20, an d by membrane the fine spong y framework between the arms in the same fig ure, the techn ical te rm fo rwh ich membrane i s patag i um .

”

I f your form is not l ike fi g . 14 but l ike fig . 16, i t belong s to d i v . B. In th is d iv i sion there is no “ ph aco idshel l, but a flat d isco ida l sh e l l . There are two fami l i esi n th is d i v is ion, the P orodis c ida and the Spongodis c ida .

In the former, in stead of a phacoid shel l, there i s asmal l simple cen tra l chamber su rrounded by a numbe rof smal l latticed chambers of nearl y the same s iz e an dform (Haecke l ). The surface of the d isk on the two fla tsi des is covered by s porous s ieve -

plate .

at In the fir stsec tion there are nei ther spines nor arms nor any w ide

‘Chal lenger R eport.

a m n i o n x n .

t- L n r.

[t h eM d vin d b fom w m-w fi e sfi

nd ng gm t a re n t u a go too “u n til the “M y “ l m wfi t ad t ic e t od d be to ae t

u be tu b ' for iu foa l din nne g in em a i l

M ag h fre m the side by looking th in c gi . hark

te l ly towards the lig ht. be twee n th e obj e c tive and

an d th e l e d th e obj e c t by foc using W e ]

looking dow n the tu be . A fte r this. th e vhole thic k!

of the obje et m n fe ly be e n n ine d by few sing e lm

u d in m n ym e e a lmos t c ons ta n tly. th roug h it, for:and ba c kwa rd.

f

“

LI w ith on e ha nd,to fe e l th e way with a anof the Othe r he e d, tou c hing the side of th e oh

th e a t its low er edg e, w hile th e same fing er or the

M lightly the top of th e slide . This g i v es a positM for law and me dium power-e a sn fi c ien tly s e em

m m fi Of th e "W ing dis tanc e m the obj e c tivto the slide . Bu t some of thos e h e J r persons 1

with the be s t of in te ntions, a re always do ing some t!w unti l their sufi e ring friendsto w ish a ny w ere enemies ins te ad, wills lide ofi from the stag e to be broke n bymisjudge the ind ica tions of their touch un ti l they 1the g l ass cracking under the p ress ure of the obic e1when they w i l l exclaim,more tru l y tha n th ey mean.I didn ’t thinkTo nea rl y al lM un ro,and to an uncer tain p ropor

1 895 THE M ICR OSCOPE . 57

o f othe rs , the look i ng for an obj ect wh i le focus ing downtoward i t i s fa r from sa fe ; at least, that i s the resu l t of

the w ri ter’s observation during th i rty - eight years of contin uou s and earnest attention to m icroscopy . Bu t an in chobje c ti ve i s used far away from the sl ide, and at a perfe c tly safe d i stance ? 80 i s a three - inch, several timesas fa r away ; yet the wri ter has seen a high l y cu l tivatedman and experienced m icroscopist, i n the m idst of h isbest years, drive a 3 - i nch obj ect ive, w ith a crash thatwas heard thr oughout the room, through a un ique and

pr ice less sl ide—be long i ng to somebody else . But he wasa stup id b l un derer ? We l l, that is what h e sa id, w ithmanifest d i sgu st and contempt, and he oug ht to knowi n fact he abjec tl y announced h i s resol ution to devotethe bl ighted remainder of h is w orth less l ife to the fi ttingpenance of ea ting al l the “humble p ie" that the spectatorswould condescend to prepare for h is sa n c tifi c a tion . Bu t

th i s is the world we are l i v ing i n at presen t . an d suchacts of farce - trag ed y are common enough to recur to anybod y ; as ev iden tl y they d id to D r. 8. when he wrote ofa tin cel l that was too th ick to be pleasing .

“However,the cel l serves one good purpose ; the d iatoms cannot becrushe d between cover g lass and sl ip un less a very stronghand is w iel d in g the coarse adjustment .”The onl y sa fe ru l e that can be fol low ed w i thout being

sorry sooner or late r, i s,n eve r to find the obj e ct by focusing downward, and, n eve r to al l ow anyone else to do i tw i th your app aratus or objects . I f one must focus downward,which seems tempting l y easy, but in the end is themost d i fficu l t and ted ious way he should do i t w i th h isown th ings ; so as to make sure of the benefi t of th esc o l d ing wh ich pol i teness w i l l hard l y preven t h is g i v ingto h imsel f when the fi rst (and last ac cident happe ns .This method of finding th e object is appl i cabl e to even

moderatel y h igh powers . of moderate ang ular apertures;us ing the foreign particl es too freel y present on the top

58 THE MICROSCOPE .

or bot tom of the cover- g lass, or top of the

the mount ing medium, or th e imperfec t ionssur faces th emselves,or i n thea cl ue for locatingwhich may be unexpecte d ly dimc u lt wtransparen t Objects,such as a very few smal ls l ig htl y sta ined bac teria or, s til l worse, verymeter ru l ing s .W i th extreme apertures, or where the obj e c

b ly corrected,may nearl yg reatest sk i l l is re qutr ed, andin the best hands . E ven then the lens canas described above,so near tha t a g l impse,pand distan t, can be ga ined of almost an ythan the fine rul ing s or bacteria ; when anof the fi n e adj ustment w i l l e i ther revea l thtin c tly or show that i t i s farther below .

case,W h i le the fine adj ustm e nt is be ing l owtreme care, the sl ide may be frequentl y s lippestag e by the hand, over a d is tance wh ich is afraction 01 the fie ld of v i ew (w ith a tol erabl y sthere i s no d i fficul ty i n mov ing i t as l i ttl e asor 1 - 500 inch ),in order to d e tec t, by the in crea sed resistance, any pressure of th e obj ective before i t become sdestructi v e . Or, if the hand h e steady, the near s ide ofthe sl ide may be held g en tl y down ag ainst the stag emn d,the spring cl ips if any, be ing turned a side, the far edg eof the sl ide be l i fted by one of the fing er nai l s until th enow slan ting cover -

g lass touches one edg e of the moun ting of the obj ect i ve . This can be done w ith c as e whenthe di stance i s less than the th ickn ess of a sheet of paper ;i t furn i shes de fiin ite i dea as to the d istance, and givesample warning as that d istance decreases and disappe ar s.

A s the avai lab le foca l d istance var ies w i th the sc r ew d c olla r

adjustment, i t i s wel l, w i th suspic iousl y th ick cover s, toadj ust for max imum distance for find ing the Obj ect,and


them Diatoms, wh ich is the En g lish of

Latin Dia toma c em. So they may cal lBaci lia . But Diatoms are th e si l i ceous shel l s,of the perfect org anism . The org anism i tse lfof protopla sm wh ich sec retes w i th in i ts el f thej ust as she l l s are the l orica; of Mol l usca andma n, so that when observing D iatoms we are notBa c il la ria c em. To study them requi res time an dWe can observe D i atom s andbut that is very difi’e re n t from stud y ing them .

them, th e observer must be a m icroscopi st of

character and know b io log y, the science of pan imals . He shop ld be a phys ic ist bes ides,requ ir es time and pati ence . An obser verdia toms when look ing at about one hundrthe student of the Ba c il la ria c emhas to spe n

of patient to il to work out even the outlinen odisc us . Pleurosigma ang ulata requ iresvation s on specimens from var ious loc a litieThe Ba c il la ria c e aa are not

possess characters that haveobservers to rank them a long w i th othepora rily in a k ingdom by themse l ves,But k ingdoms are on ly transi t ional andthe lowest organ i sms . Low

l ife in a s impl e manner . And

simp le they are not affected by what w eThose that fi rst ex isted i n the Laurent iaas grow now . E pith emia turg i da of theE pith emia turg ida of th e recent .Students must not forg et tha t Ba c illa ria c em

name for organ isms wh ich are seem ing l y s impl eacter and bye - and - bye we may have to recordth ing s that they do and m igh typlish . They are s imple when v ieedg e,but they are m ig hty when v i


THE M I C RO SCO PE .

For N a tu ra lists,P fiysic ia n ,a nd D n gg itts, a ud D r aigved I o P o/in la r ir rM ic rosc ofiy .

P ubl ished m u l l /y. P r ic e f or a n n u al . Subsc r i l ion: wou ld e nd

with d oya :r . Th old sr r ia . c onsisting of 1 2 vol-m : 1881 emifl i

w il t D e c embe r , Sets of (to 014 se r ies c a n not be fa rm'

s l wd . A l l

c or ru f oud c m . “ d u ng “, a nd boob s/b f n otic e abort/d be a dd r essed to M t

M k rm opic a l P ublish ing Co. , Wa d ing ” ,D . C. , U . S . A .

CHAR LES W . m an , A . M ., EDITOR .

ED I TOR I A L .

L igh ton'

s Stained D iatoms .—I twas with much regret that

we received late ly a letter from a subscriber who complainedthat the sl ides he had purc hased from Prof. L ighte n were n ot

fi t to be place d in any cabinet.” He indignantly demandedfrom Prof. Ligh ton th e re turn of h is money and reported them a tter to u s . W e have made some investigation and havel ette rs of four other purc has ers before us, from which we c on

c l ude as fol lowsProf. Lighton ’

s mate rial was not pe rfectly cleaned and as ac onsequenc e s certai n amount of rubbish has been mountedwith the dia toms. But that he has succeeded in stai ning thediatom she lls in a sa tisfactory manner is wel l establ ished .

This is, however,not a new discovery . Dr. Edwards stainedthem many years ago. Lighton uses the anil ine dyes. Edwardsconfirms this method, a nd says he tried haematoxylin andPru ssian blue un successful ly .

No other fault has been found with L ighton ’

s mounting andth e reason why th e purchaser would n ot put the sl ides i n hiscabine t wa s,as he said, that his cabinet was not a place forstained di rt.” Prof. Ligh ton claims to ha ve re turned hismoney to him by registered mai l and we have not hea rd to thecontrary . He ought next for neatness sake to learn how to c leandiatom mater ial,and to avoid occasion for controversy . Thecomplainant, however, has been too severe and attempwd to

62 THE MICR OSCOPE . Apr "

create unnec essary alarm . Curiously he is the Judge of a court.We should hate to be tried before him .

We think the above exp lan ation does exact j ustice to bothparties and can be rel ied upon by others who have any idea of

getting sta ined diatoms. Should further developments put anyd ifferent aspect upon the matter we shal l regard the public inte rests as paramountto those of Ligh ton ,the purchaser or evenof ourselves . We sha l l discontinue the adver tisemen t themoment any dishonest proceedings develop. Our favor willnot be bought with money, adve rtismg or other c onside rs »

tions. We have fa l len upon evi l times and deceptionsabound . We lost a subscriber last year by tell ing the tru thabout his book . W e can spare one or two more on the samete rms,if need be.


DvL. A . W ILLSON,c um“.asp ,01110.

M aking Sections of Coal .—ln the February number of theM icroscope an article under the above title was published . Therecipe or process though taken from a standa rd authority seemsto be open to objection . The process there publ ished is said tobe applicable to lignite only . For c oa l, I abstract the fol lowingprocess from Acadian Geology,by Dawson,p. 498 st seq.

The vege table nature of coal may be seen by closely inspectingthe surfac es of a lump of the min e ra l with th e aid of a brightl ight and a magnifying g lass . For the microscop e,resul ts ha vebeen obta ined,more particular ly,with mineral charcoal . Selectspecimens containin g th e tissues of a single plant.Fragments or portions of stems of th is characte r can be ob.

tain ed by careful manipulation from most coal . Place th e piecesto be examined in ma rked test tubes, treat them with strongnitric acid, heat to the boil ing point and keep in that cond itionso long as dense fumes of nitrous acid are disengaged, or untillooking th rough th e tube , the material can be seen to have abrown color and a certain degree of transparency . In manyca ses,boiling in this manner for a short time is su ffi cient to render the fibers flexible and as transparent as slices of recent woodwhen slightly charred

64 THE M ICR OSCOPE . A pt ,

Strong liquor Ammon ia

A lc oholCe ll Cul tu re of Fungi—Most kind of firngl e specially the

bl ue mo ld found on bread and on top of preserves may becultivated in cells and conveniently e xam

'

ne d in these cellswith the mic roscope. The following is copied from Beesye

’s

Botany, page 240.

The most accurate and satisfactory. but at the same time mostdifi c ult cultures,are c e ll cultures. They are made as follows :

g lau . tin,or India rubber rings four to five m il limetres high arefasten ed to ord inary g lass sl ides ;a very l ittle wate r is pla c ed inthe bottom of the cel l so formed, to keep the air in it alwaysmoist ; a sma ll dmp of th e n utrien t liqu id, free from spores of

any kind, is placed in the middle of a cover glass of the properdimension,and in this a single spore of some particular mou ldis pla ced ; the cover glass is now inverte d over the cell. The

preparation must be placed in a warm and saturated atmosphereAn ord inary bel l -jar set over a plate of water,or better sti ll, of

wet sand will furnish a very good moist chamber.Nutrient fluids are as fol lows Fi rst, boi led and fi ltered

ora nge juic e ; second,a decoction of horse-droppings boiled andfiltered third,a saline solution as fol lows

Calcium,ni tratePota ssium phosphate .

Magnesium sulphatePotassium nitrate.Distilled water.Sugar

In some ca ses the sugar may be omitte d .

SPECI AL NOTICE.

R adiolaria mate rial .—Those who are sufficiently inte restedin Rev. F. B. Carte r’s a rticle on pages 49—55, to wish to studythe subject can obtain some material by addressing him atMontc lair, N . J.,and enclosing stamps.

THE M I CROSCOP E .

M A Y, 1 8 9 5 .

NUMBER 29. New Seams.


BvCHR YSANTHE MUM .

XX I I I .—R s n SP I DER (Gama sus TE LA R I N A ) .

This l i ttl e spid e r is found on rose - bushes and is sosma l l a s to be seen w i th di ffi cu l ty w i thout the aid of ag lass . I ts presence i s detected by the sickl y, yel low ishand mottled appearance of the leaves . I f the under s ideo f on e of these leaves be exam ined a min ute s i lken w e b

w il l be found .

E xamine carefu l l y an y l i ttl e red or yel low spot on orn e ar th is and by touch ing i t w ith a d issecting nee dl eperhaps one of the spiders may be seen runn ing about .Try a nd induce i t to run upon a sl ide or cover- g lass .Th is is a d i fficu l t th ing to do as i ts feet are n ot made towalk on smooth surfaces, bu t w ith a l i ttl e patience andthe a id of a d issecting need le i t can be accompl i shed .

To k i l l them . proceed as w i th the Aphis , (see M a r . No .)but more alcohol i s requ ired, or coa l oi l may be u sed .

This requires some time to evaporate . Great care must

as THE mc aosc ors . my.

be tak e n for they are so del ica te that their pa rts ar e

easi l y displaced . It may be wel l to look at on e wh i le iti s st i l l a l ive . I f an adul t, i t has an oval body, Fig . 1 ,

four pairs of l eg s and tw o mand ibles,(Fig . 1 but i thas no eyes . I t i s not a true sp ider, neither a t rue insect, but be long s to the same fami l y as the mi tes (A carina) . I ts body and leg s ar e furn ished with hairs whi char e long and very sen si tive, those on the fee t hav ing anub at their extremi ties . making them look l i ke l i tt l ep ins stuck in to the feet,Fig . 3 . On the under s i de o f

the body near the end of the abdomen i s the roundedprotuberan ce from which the si lk is produced . By theaid of the claws and the hairs on the l eg s th i s s i l k isspun in to so m inute threads that i t takes a h igh power tod isting uish one thread from another. By the un i ted c l

fort of many spiders, ten ts are formed of th i s s i l k andsuspended from the hai rs on the surface of th e lea f .

These in sects thrive bes t when i t i s hot and dry . The yuse the ten ts as protecti on from cold and dampness, andalso as a place to deposi t the ir egg s . A l though so t in y ,they lay a spherica l, colorle ss, tran sparent egg , whichproduces larva» l i ke the paren t, except tha t i t i s smal l erand has but six l eg s . The larva are usual l y wh i te,whi le the color of the ad ul t varies from deep red to ye ll ow ,green or mottl ed accord ing to the co lor of i ts food .

They feed on the j uices of plan ts,pierci ng the leavesw i th their jaw s, (Fig . 2 s ) and extracting the j u ices w i ththe i r ba rbed suckers (Fig . 2 t) . Fig . 4i s a dorsal v i ewof a r e d spider found on the cotton p lan t. I t i s alsofound on the Ge n u s .

To destroy them wash th e under s i de of the leaf w itha m ix ture of 100 parts water, 6 parts soft soap and 6parts quassia , steeped in water,or coal o i l may be substi tuted for the quassia . I f the plant be ta k e n in to acool room for a few days the insects w i l l d ie .

as THE M ICR OSCOPE . May.,

Ste phan ium are marked by basal fee t or long . thic kspines, the former ha v ing th ree , the latter four . I n th eFam . Semantide the re are two ring s (s ee Fig . on ehorizon tal , the other j o ined to i t i n a verti cal pos ition .

Cortiu is c us and Ste phau is c us have feet on the hor i zo nta l r ing, the former three, the latter four . The othe rgenera lac k such feet and are separated by the n umberof pores ins ide the horizontal ring . The studen t mig h tsuppose that in such cases the forms had no sing le la rg eopen ing and w ere therefore not Nas se l laria, but the spa c einside the basa l ring i s reg arded as such . as i t is foundentirel y open in other g enera,an d the mouth is ass umedto be partia l l y closed by a lattice p la te . I n anoth erorder, that of the Cyrtoide a ,we shal l fi nd the pores inth is mon th plate so smal l that a t fi rst i t w i l l be hard forthe student to

.

di st inguish the forms from those of theSpume l la ria by any such mark as that of a s ing l e w ideopening . The g eneral shape of the form, however, wil lshow him that such forms do not belong to the Spams l la ria, the end which is sa id to hav e a mouth closed bya lattice plate be ing different from the other end . In

th e Fam . Coron ide there are also two ring s,but they areboth verti ca l merid iona l r ing s, i n tersecting l i ke twohoops crossed at r ig ht ang l es (see Fig . 22) and there isusual l y a hori zontal ring as wel l . The g enera are dis~tingu ish e d by the numbe r of gates or larg e open ing sforme d by the intersections of the rings . In P odoc oron is on l y two of the gates are basal , i n Triste pha u iumfour, the others, i n each ca se,be ing la te ral , that is opening s made by the intersection of the verti ca l rings . I nthe Fam . Tympa n ida there are two paral l e l horizoaring s (see Fig . 23 ) and these ar e c onnected by a v ert i c a lring and sometimes by two vert ical r ing s or more . Thejo ining s of these horizon tal r ing s are a lso cal led c o lumel lie or l i tt le col umns . M ic roc ubus has four of these

1895 THE M ICR OSCOPE 69

co lumns, tha t is the hor izon ta l r ing s are conne c ted bytwo v ertic al r ing s . Tympan isons has si x co lumns orth ree vertica l ri ng s, and Tympa n idium eight co l umns orfour vert i c a l r ing s . The studen t should unders tand thatth es e ver tica l r ing s are incomplete, and that the l i tt lecolumns ar e supposed to represe nt segments of su c hri ng s, in oth er words that if v ertica l col umns (as in Fig .

23 ) were produced and united above and below wh e rethey jo in the horizontal ring s they wou ld form a comp le te ve rt i ca l ri ng .

I n the second d iv i sion of the Nasse l l aria the formshave a complete shel l, and the shel l i s latticed, that i shas pores . Here are th ree orders wh ich are d isting u ishedbvthe form of the c e ph a lis or fi rst jo in t . In the fi rsto rder, the Spyroide a,th i s c epha lis i s bi locular, that i s, i ti s d iv i ded i nto two chambers b y a m iddle pa r tition ,(s e eFig s . 24, The Fam . Zyg ospyrida consis ts of thoseforms wh ich have on l y a c ep ha lis (see Fig . in otherwords there i s no second j oin t or thorax as i t i s ca l led .

The g enera are d iv ided into sections by the n umber of

basa l feet, the last section lac k ing them al tog ether, anda re sti l l further separated by the number an d d isposition of horns or the absence of them . In the Fam .

P hormospyrida , besides the c e ph a lis there i s a lso a tho.rax, that i s, the shel l cons ists of two join ts (see Fig . 25)the c e pha l is being the upper,the thorax the lower . A nd

in the Fam . Androspyrida the c e pha lis has an apical cupola, or l i ttle dome at the top .

In the se c ond order, the Botryod e a, the c e pha lis ismul t i locu lar, that is consists of se veral chambers, andtheir appearan c e is that of l obes,(see Fig s . 26 Th e

forms of the Fam . Can nobotryida have on l y the c e ph a lis ,(see Fig . whi le those of the Fam . L ithobotryida

have a thorax, or secon d join t al so,(see Fig . Herewe meet w i th the d istinction , mouth c l osed,which I

70 THE M I CR OSCOPE . May,

spoke of a pag e or two back . The g en era L ithobotrysand Botryoc e l la in s tead of lacking a mouth,a s wou ld appear a t fir st s ight, are sa id to have the mouth cl osed . I tw i l l puzzle the beg i nner to find any trace of a mouth inthe shel l, and h e must accept the fact on the autho ri ty ofHaecke l who g ives us th is dist inction . A t the sametime he w i l l read i l y recognize the g enera l resemblanceof these forms to a ll th e rest of the Botryode a by thepresence of the pecu l iar lobes, and a s man y of themhave a month i t w i l l on l y requ ire a slig ht stre tch of the

imag ination to bel ieve that in these forms the mon th hasbeen closed by an abnormal g row th of the lower pa rt ofthe she l l . A t an y rate they do not at al l re semble theSpume l la ria in shape, and if we had the l iving formsbe fore us, we shou l d undoubtedl y fin d that the ope ning sin th e capsu le (the inner port ion of the protoplasm icbody of the an imal ), were confi ned to the area facin gwhat i s ca ll ed the closed mon th . In the last Fam . of

th i s order, the P ylobotryida, the forms have three joints,c e pha lis, thorax, and abdomen (see Fig . the abdomenbeing s impl y the lowest joint of th e three .

I n the last order, the Cyr toidea ,the c e pha l is 18 simple,that '

18, i t consis ts of onl y one chamber, (see Fig .

I t has no in terna l parti t ions, d iv id i ng i t in to two chambers, as in the Spyr oide a , or in to many lobate chamber s,as i n the Botryodea , and the g eneral shape of most ofthe forms i s that of a c on e . This i s an immense order,comprising no less than 79 g enera. But i t i s d iv idedin to four sections,wh ich are very clearl y dis t ing ui she dby the number of the j o in ts in the sh e l l, thusSection A , one join t —Ce ph a lis on ly Fig . 29.

Section B, two join ts—Ce ph a lis and thorax Fig . 30.

Section C,th ree j oin ts—Ce pha lis,thorax and abdomen;Fig . 3 1 .

Sect ion D, four to seven or more jo in ts in the shel lFig . 32.

72 THE moa osc om . my,

tome is the c i rc l e formed by the mou th of th e M L

Where the fee t or spines are sa id to be solid, what ismeant i s that th e y have no pores. W ing s a re on lybroadened spines and in several of the g ener a th ey are

so sl igh tl y broadened that th e y'

a re j ust stou t spin e s andnoth ing more . But standing out as ths ides of th e sh el l , they are cal led w ing spos i t ion . In the Fam . An thoc yrtida

numerous rad ial apophyses as was theond fami l y of section A . The on ly th

th i s fam i l y that needs to be explainedmeshes are sa id to be s imple, thespaces between th e meshes aremeshes a re those in wh ich the sp

by a fine net -work . A nd i n thehave no rad ial apophy se s, as was th e case wfami l y of section A .

Ag ain, i n section 0, in wh ich the formsjoints, c e ph a lis . thorax and abdomen, we have exactl ythe same order for th e fami l ies, Podthree rad ia l apophyse s, P hormoc yr tidaapophyses, and The oc yr tida none . Theth i rd or lowest j oin t. R ememberingsp ines on the top of the shel l, (seespines on the s ides (see Fig . 32) andbottom (see Fig s . 29 the key to thereadi l y understood, th e onl y other point n e eding exp la

nation be iug that s impl e feet are those which a s in Fig s.29- 3 1 are not forked or branched . W hen the fee t a redi v ided or forked they are said to be ramifi ed . Whatthe studen t needs to no te careful l y in the se fam i li e s i swhether the w ing s or r i bs are on the thorax, or par t lyon the thorax and partl y on the abdomen or onl y on theabdomen . Horns of course w il l on l y be at the top of

the she l l and feet at the bottom .


section D, there are from four to seven orn the shel l, (see Fig . The first join t i sas the c e pha lis, the second as the thorax,th e

others as abdominal j o i nts, fi rst, second, third,e tc thefi rs t a bdom inal j oin t be ing the one next the thorax . By

a verti ca l basa l spine is mean t a sp ine on the l ast of th eabdominal join ts (wh ich in such forms is closed ), pointing i n the opposi te direction from that which a born onthe c e pha lis would take .

In conc lus ion let me say that the studen t shou l d makes ome type sl i des for h imsel f,if he w ishes to g e t an ideao f the c lass ification . There are too many forms on as trewn sl ide for comfort . A type s l ide of 20 or 40 diff e re n t forms w i l l be the most con ven i e nt for study . Them e chan ica l finger furn ished by Bausch and L omb is veryhandy for th is purpose, but in p l ace of the hair wh ich issuppl ied w i th i t I use a fine g lass hair made from asmal l g l ass rod w hich has be e n heated in the midd le overan alcohol lamp or a Bunsen burner . J ust as i t beg insto mel t, the two ends are drawn apart rap id l y a s fa r asth e arms can reach,and the resu l t i s a long . fine threa dwh ich floa ts in the ai r . L e t i t settle on the tabl e andc ut off a bi t of the thin e s t portion about hal f an inchin length . Then make a wedg e of beeswax, rounded onon e side, flat on the other, and press the hai r on the flats ide so that it proj ects beyond the w edge po int about aneighth of an inch . Press the w edge on the steel rod of

the mechan ica l finger and adj ust the fing er on the m icroscope and you are ready for work . In p lace of a g lasshair, I have used a hair of se al ing wax wi th much betterresu l ts as the forms do not spri ng off from i t as they dofrom g lass .

The student w i l l do wel l al so to procure a copy of

E hrenberg ’s work , the ti t le of wh ich i s Fortsetzung dermikrog eolog isc h e n Stud ien , e tc .

” Von Christian Gott

fried E h renbe rg ,mit Ta feln, Ber lin, 1876 .

I t mus t be imported, but c an be obta ine d th roughM ess rs . B . W es terman 81 Co .,812 Broadwa y,N . Y . The

cos t wil l be from fi ve to eight dol lars .

The Charac te r of Agar- agar , and The Bac il lariac em

Found in Connec tion with it.BY A RTHUR M . E DWAR DS, M . D .

BEW ARE . N . J.

Agaro aga r or Beng al I s ing la ss i s a v eg etable produc t

obta ined in Ch in a from sea weeds : E udwmn a sp inommo.

sp hwr oc oc c u s, lic ke n eidea, spin os us , and ten ax. Thes eA lgm are bl eached by the sun a nd pu t up in pac kag e s .

They are a lmost colorless and look like and are veg etabl e g e la t ine . I t i s used as a med ium for the cu l ti vation of Bacteria and is purer than an imal ge latine . I tdissol ves more eas il y i n water al so I t come s intocommerce i n transparen t col orl es s s tr ips, almost c omp le te ly soluble in water a nd makes a larg e quan ti ty o f

thick, tasteless, and co l or l ess j el l y . A s d il ute su lphuricacid d i sso l ves i t, forming galactose, which i s char ac ter ,

i sed by i ts conversion in to g alacton ic acid by oxide of

sil ver, i t i s read i l y c le aned . Nitri c ac id disso l ves i t a lso .

The si l ice ous Ba c illa ria c e aa are then seen very pla in l y .

It does not requ ir e boi l ing i n other aci ds or Bich romateof Potassa but Hydroch loric ac id and Bichroma te of

Potassa are desi rable to thoroughl y clean it W ashingw ith water an d weak ammonia afterwards whe n w ehave th e si l iceous shel l s of A ra c huoidisc us e hre n b e rg ii

clear an d b rilian t. I n th i s way we can g e t th is Ba c illa~rian from the China sea readi l y . I have also ma de useof th is process on Ag ar - agar sent to me by Mr . Priestfrom Japan . I t is ca l l ed bi rds ’ nests i n Ch ina becausethe sea birds use i t in mak ing the ir n ests and i t is used



For ”su n fi sh ,P h ar'

a'

a u . a nd B r agg-ita , a nd D esig ned to M

ch u m w. am “ ,a . x, xnxroa .

E D I T O R I A L .

R emembe r th e A IM S. me e ting a t I tha c a Aug . 21 , 22, 23 .

P os tal Club V ac ancie s . We understa nd in reply to aquestion about new membe rs, that the manage rs li ke to havethe names of just a few (very few) to fi l l vac ancies, but thatthey only need such as wil l become permanent members. Th osewho join from curiosity and soon drop out cause serious trou bleby brea king up circuits an d disa ranging arrangeme nts . A cl ubmust be a matte r of mutual helpfulness and none should a pplyunless they can contribute in reasonable proportion to whatothe rs contribute and especially avoid making trouble by de lay,i ndifference, e tc .

Frank P . Pe ck,M . D .—He was pathologist of the Sta te

Insane Hosp ita l at Mount Pleasant, Iowa,whe re he died June26, 1894. Wh ile the duties of h is professional position wherechie fly mic rosc Opic a l,they natural ly limited his work mostlyto medical microscopy especial ly in re la tion to nervous diseases but he maintained an appreciative inte rest in the workof others in diffe rent fields. Having a gen ial c haracter,as we llas grea t li terary and sc ientific a bil ity,he was an e ste emed and

successful leader whose Bupport and infl uence were alwaysused freely in the in terest of the Postal Club .

1895 THE moaosc op s . 77

Q U ES T I ON S A N S W E R ED .

N a t - D r . S. G . M . q/ AM N . V , h am rou n d : to f w iw a l l m l : of 9mmd on-r r ela ting O W ,M i lk a n at a l Iry t u mu lt o r n om ad Pe rm a n/ ln .

Ol a (M m ,M M : n e r a u , u u w ~k on I t “: h e : a cf l fiu d

£001 . {I c m a’

a c m n flm‘

M / ncrn og/c n m .

j ”M

223 . Where can l get Th elcmmm’s Lichm .

’

Part I 18 out of print and cannot be got. Part II costspostage 5 cents . W e c an p lace your order .

c ribed in The Mic roscope,for Nov. 1888,has given good sa tiefoc tion ?Whe re c an one be obta in ed ? F. C. Grugan .

We have no information regarding the performance of thesil vered prism described by Dr . Egbert. It seems to have beendevised under the impression that a camera box must beplaced in a hori zonta l position when in use . A camera can beeas i ly supported an d used in a vertical position, in cases wherethe microscope body canno t be inclined . The si lve red prismseems to have bee n an unnecessary appliance and was notexten sively used . Mr. Ze n tmaye r of Philadelphia could makeon e .


By L. A . W ILLSON,

onm nas n , onto.

A Ch e ap Subs titute for Sele nite .—The following,whic h

first appeared in the American Journal of Pharmmy,wi ll be of

much interestOrdinary mica (the kind used in stove doors) furnishes a very

e ffi cient substitute for selenite. Select th e c learest piec es, cutthem to the desired shape,a nd sl ip them under the sl ide to bepolarized . Of course the ana ly z e r and polariz e r must be inplace. I f the first view be not satisfa c tory gi ve th e mic a a slightturn upon its axis and see whethe r in any position a satisfactorycolor is obtained .

When found, out one end square so that it wil l be paral lel

78 THE M I CR OSCOPE .

with the slide ;by always slipping the mthe same color will be obta ined, as thethickness. Qui te a va riety of beautiful

merely using two or more layers of thm plaws su perimposed.

The colors wil l be varied stil l more by alte ring the re lativeposition of these plate s. Three plates of varying thic kness w illhe a l] that are necessary to keep. I f the first pie c e of misu sele c ted does not suit throw it away and try another.In Bal linger’s Carpente r (seventh edition,) page 271 it is said

The variety of tints gi ven by a selen i te fi lm under polarizedlight 1s so greatly increased by the interposition of a rotatingfi lm of mica that two selen ites, red and blue, with a mica fi lmare found to give the entire series of colors obtainable from anynumber of selenite films, either separately or in c ombin ationwith each other.Sc ale s of L e pidopte ra .

- These may be exhibited in theirnatural arrangement by mounting a small piec e of wing dry .

I f desired as test objec ts , a s l ide or thin c ove r,a fte r ha ving beenbreathed upon,may be slightly pressed on the wing or body ofthe insect.Some scales as the podurte ,show a beaded appearance underhigh powers from corrugation . W ith a good wide-ang led ob

jec tive,these appearances may be resolved into exclamationpoints .

Sti ngs and Ovi pos itors .—These objects present a great

variety of stru c ture and are be st mounted in balsam . To oh

tain them,press upon the back of th e insect until the organ is

e itended and while extended, se ver close to the body with asharp dissecting kni fe . They should then be transferred to oilof c loves for a short time, then to turpen tin e, and final lymounted i n ba lsam.

Before mounting, it is best to examine them under a dissecting microscope and if not prope rly spread ou t, to spread themout wel l with needles .F i x ing A rrange d Obje ct s to a S lide .

—A thin sol ution o fclear gl ue dissolved in alc ohol a nd spread upon a sl ide, is use

ful for th is purpose . As each object is p laced upon the sl ide,

80 THE MICROSCOPE .

THE M[CROSCOPICAL JOURNALConten ts for May, 1895.

m m a m w (w .

m a m (Il lustrated )The mum ps in Dete c ting

w c nosoor wu . Anton yms—A M ia oy ilurim pe for man

monome r ic “ Boom —Quain t Mic rosc opic al

THE M ICROSCOPE.

Con ten ts for May, 1895.

OM Sw n Undm th Micm m—XX I II . REd Spide r. (mum-u s. )Ch rysantbsnnm

He lps'

l‘

owutd the Study of the Rad iola ria . (Il lustrated ) (b l‘

l‘

he Charuc tc r on ur Agur, and ths Buc il luriuc u e Pound in Conn eetioo

with it. Edwa rds ” .

Qum rons “ swa rm—By 8. G .

sea Ta sha -man 's Synopsis of Lic he a s

A Cheap Substitute for Se len its

Stinp and

Fixing A rranged Objec ts to a

”

Slide .

Sta t u e s- Goeth e .—Hyd ropliobiu Tre atmen t

m Punmc a r rons .—The Gospe l of Budduh

W hist Made Buste r

FOR 8ALE .—Crouc h Inte rme diate binoc u la r. c irc u la r glun stun . n e

c hantu l w a tering on sabotage , fou r eye piec es,ac hromatic c ondenssr polurin

ing attac hmen t, stops fiir dark ground and obl ique il luminuflou,purubulold,two solid sye pis c ss mude by Spsnoer . Al l in perihc t mde r und have beenused very little . 8100. BBC. A . su m, Aubumdulo,Mun .

E M ICROSCOP E .

J U N E , 1 8 9 5 .

NUMBER 30. New SERIES.


avc n avsa rxr u smvm.

XX IV—CR YSTALS.

T he c rysta ls of many of th e sal ts in common us e makev e ry pretty objects when s e en under the microscopea n d some of them a re e asi l y prepared . I t is wel l to bec om e acq uai nte d w i th them . Tak e a l i tt le tabl e sa l t,d i s s ol ve i t i n water and place a drop on a sl i de, spread

i t e ven l y and le t i t dry . In a fe w mi nute s many squarecrysta ls may be seen (fig . 1 A s a rul e the long e rthe crysta ls ar e in forming the la rger they w i l l be . A l

um treated in the same way g i v e s c rystals as shown inflg . 1 h .

82 THE M ICR OSCOPE

Bicarbonato of soda, [common ba k ingso l ved in co ld water and al low ed to dry slow l y formscrysta ls lik e those shown in fig . 1 a and t. I f dried l ll 'ho ld ing the sl ide over a lamp, th e crys ta l s a r e impe rfe c tand much l ike the cente r of fig . 1 a .

To prepare a sl ide of sugar crysta ls d isso l v e a l ittlesugar in wate r to form a th ick syrup. spr ea d i t on e

cover -g lass and dry qu ick l y over a spirit p. Whend ried put in a damp place for twen ty - four hours. or

more, when c rysta l l isation w i l l have taken p lace . The

crystal s shou ld a lways be form e d on the cover - g lasswhen on e w ishes to make a permanent mount and e verytrac e of g rease mus t be removed by c le an ing w ith liqu idpotassic or ammon ia immed ia te l y before using . A lwaysvery g reat care must be taken that none of the ag e nt bel eft upon the cove r -g las s, a s i t may in te rru pt and chang eth e shape or posi tion of the crys ta ls or even alter the i rform . The same cry s tal s may presen t many difl

‘

e r e n t

forms accord ing to th e condi tions under wh ich they are

84 THE M ICROSCOPE . June.

the edg es seemed to touch but not overlap . A roundth is central mass were a few of the sinip le r forms.W i th th e po lari sc ope suga r shows many bri l l iant co lors.To make a sl ide of tartra te of soda tak e a str ong

sol ution of tar taric acid and neutra lize i t by the add i tionof carbonate of soda . Spread th i s on a cover-g la ss andwarm but not boi l . This must now be laid in a drypla ce protecte d from the dust and in f rom two day s to

two weeks some of the s l i des w i l l prove beau tiful ob

j e c ts . Some never crys ta l l ize . The one shown abovepo larizes so that on revo l v ing the polari scope therevolve around e a c h cen ter l ike so man y w heels .Nitrate of uran i um, i n a sol ution of six pa rts wate r,

c rystal l izes in rhombic forms, bu t from a sol u t ionparts water contain ing much fi n e n itr ic aci d i t forms


fi ore sc e n t nee dles . The s l ide from wh ich the one shownb e l ow was taken gave many need les and detached crysta l s ar ranged simi larl y to the smal l ones in the par t g iv

e n . The re were sever al as larg e or l arg er than thelarg est part shown . I t polar izes wel l .Two sal ts may som e t imes b e combined w i th good

res ul ts .

Diptheria Anti - tox ins.

By c . HA DLEY CAR LSON, M . n

c an m nem o. c an

(R e port of a n addw be fore th e Sa n Fra n c isc o M ic ro sc op ic a l Soc ie ty .

A pril 16. 1895 by Wm. B. Loy. Se c re ta ry ]

A n ti - tox ins is a preparation from th e blood se rum of

a pe rfect l y hea l th y horse . in to whose ci rculat ion has bee ninj ecte d the toxin s of dipth s ria . I t has long been knowntha t pa ti en ts who have re covere d from in fectious d iss ase e ex h ib i t a g reater or l e ss de g ree of i mmun i ty to futureattacks ; and for ce ntur ies i t has been the custom to art ifi c ia l ly in fec t w i th g enuine smal lpox, wh ich runn ing acomparat ivel y l ig ht c ourse , rendered the person so treated p roof against future attacks of fierce epidem i c s .Vac c ination, as now administered, consists in inocu lationw i th an atten uated or mod ified form of the ag en t thatca uses variola . Th e discovery of vacc ination is the

isn l t or impossib le for the g ermsatc ur was the fi rs t to procu re imiima l scourg es,as anthr a x a nd fowlle thod of i noculating th em w iththe organ ic causa ti v e ag en t o f the

i of bacteric - therapy is e n tir e lvlis c ove red that in diphtheria andint destroyed or counterac ted thethe blood of immunized an i mals,es a preve ntative vaccinatio n , asua lre ady attacked,may be affec ted.

found to be as specific as the l i vhe dis ease and the po i sons prod uce dr then g ave the var i ous facts oron, upon which facts th i s sy stemun ded,also Behring ‘s summing up .

'

g s n e ra l in terest to the publ i c, i tt larg e r doses of the anti - to xi nsit on the contrary can on l y be ben id an ti - tox in s i s immun izin g andn f e c tion , and that as anti - tox ineshe y may e ventual l y be prod u c edy. or even be compounded syn th e t


the ir val ue and how importan t a know ledg e of th e Bari] .la ria c e ie is when stud ied this way .

I have gathered th e clay in var i ous par ts of NorthE astern N ew Jersey during th e l ast four years . I hadi t col l ected a n d col l ected i t mysel f i n New Hampshi rein 1873 and I had i t from other spots in th is c ou ntr yand abroad and I look e d for a g eol og i ca l reas on for the

appearance of these so - cal led fresh - water, s ubp e a t, orl acustrin e sed imentary deposi ts known as D ia toma céo us .

I knew that they con tained more or less of cl ay but Idid not find out how they cam e g e olog ic a ly un ti l now.

I found them always to be associated w ith g lac i er i ce .

This i ce ag e i s a rather rec e nt phenomena bu t howl ong i t lasted i s not known . Su ffice i t to say tha t in theE astern Un ited States there w a s but one g l ac i e r ex

tending from the pole to th e 40th deg ree of paral l e l .I have gathered clay from a point e igh t mi l es above

Paterson ci ty to New Brun sw ick and from th e Hudsonri ver to above Morristown and I found i t always the

same, resting beneath a th in cover ing about si x i n chesto a foot th ick of al l uv ial a n d about three fee t to ov e rten feet th ick upon th e g ravel, the red sandstone mors in s of the g eol og i st . Th is moraine i s very th ick, overth i rty feet in some places . I ha ve gathered the clay inh und reds of places and always found i t to c onta i n Bac il la ria c em, the same essentia l l y in a l l case s .I gather from th is that the c lay was formed from th e

g ran i te and other rocks in the North and North W est .The clay is common in larg e quan tit ies th icker at some

places where i t settl e d to form kettlefi rst known as fossi l D iatomaceous de posi ts .

common in New J ersey ,New York, Con n e c ticIsland, New Hampshire and New Brunsw ick and suchdeposi ts as W e c q ua hic k L ake in New Jersey, and Bowk e rvill e in New Hampsh ire are cal led kett le holes .



N ew Se rie s, 1 893 .

For N atu ra lists. P fiy da'

a na . a nd D r ugg ists. a nd D e s ign e d to P afiwla n’

u

M M m ad ly . P r r'

r c f or am mm. Snbn r o’

fi l c’

ons d oc k ! a ndw il l tl e y e r . Th old ar r ive . m umbl ing volume s (1881 - 18940. e ndedm u D e c embe r . 1893 . S f l a of M r old u r ic : c a nnot be fum is l e d . A l ldu r um ” ,m i ning ”. um! books {or notic e M ou ld be a dd r e ss ed to M r

Hk W ic a l M isbu g Co . , W a d ing fon . D . C. . U . S . A .

CHA R I .“ W . SMI LEY. A . M ., EDITOR .

R emambc r the A .M .S . me e ting a t I tha c ug . 21 , 22, 23 .

E D ITO R I A L .

P rofe ssor L igb ton '

s Sl ides —From further in formationwe are able to speak more decidedly than las t month regardingthe stained diatoms. We have got hold of a sl ide that Mr.

Ligh te n sold for fifty cents and have received a sl ide from himthat presumably represents his best work .

Even in th e latte r case his sl ide h as had one and broke n off

in the mails be cause of slovenly methods of transmission . He

doe s not puck his sl ides in boxes or slide-holders, but havingwhittled two pieces of wood to s eiz e on e - fi fth large r than n e l ide.he puts the sl ides between these wi th layers o f blotting paperbe twee n them . Then with no protec tion on the sides or ends hewraps in paper and gives to the mai ls . It is absolutely indefensible to resort to such me thods in order to sa ve the two or

three cents whic h suitable packing would cost.As to price . Lighte n charged fi fty ce nts for these sl ides. A

fe w years ago that would have been permissible, but today theprice as compared with other slides is exhorbitan t. The slidesof Sine] and Horne l l,and those of Watson and Son which se l lfor fifty cents are greatly superior to Ligh ton

’s . Twenty cents

each would be enough to ask for the latter.In response to ou r req uest to be furn ished with the identic al

plaint. T h e money cou ld h ave b een spent tar more profi tsni n our opinion .

Tube rcul osis tr ansm itte d .—On May 8 1895 . Dr. James

M . Byron. a wel l- known bacteriologist, died to the N . Y . CityHospital of tubercular consumption. More than a year ago , hec ontracted the disease in them is Laborato ry while c z amlaing the tuberculous sputum of patients . He was a skil le dmicroscop ist and made many examinations during the cholerascare of 1891,as wel l as of suspected c ases of tuberculosis . The

bacil l i are harmless when examined wet but when dry ma nyfloat in the air and ge t into th e lungs. He admi tted monthsago that he had carelessly infecte d himsel f by al lowing the dryparticles to ge t into his system. He discovered by his own examination s of h is sputum that he had the disease and did not

at once drop al l work and hurry to high , dry latitudes wh ichare known to be favorable to recovery . He sac rificed himse lfat the post of duty at the ea rly age of 34, having bee n born inPeru,July 24, 186 1 .

Subscr ibe for the M i croscopica l Journal, onl y

92 THE M ICR OSCOPE . J on e ,

Cannot say . Can any submribe r give the information


By L. A . W I LLSON,c om m as . 08 10.

How to E xam ine M osse s .—To properly analyze mosses,a n Ame rican Bryologis t should pos

« ess“Mosse s of North

Ame rica” by Lesque re ux a nd James and the“Artificial Ke ys

to the Genera and Species ofMoeses” by Charles Barnes. There

a re many other val uable books on th e subject, but these twobooks wil l furnish a satisfactory foundation for a start. “fi thou ta compound microscope th e work is impracticable. For studyonly ripe and mature mosses should be selected . The fi rstthing that wil l command the attention of the mic rosc Opist wi l lbe the capsule . Cut this off close , soak it in wate r,remove it toa sl ide,gently remove the calyp tra,cut the capsule just belowth e tip and examine the teeth , ci lia, and annulus. These a re

a ll beautiful objects . Remember that mosses are very del icateand that rough handling wil l often destroy the part desired tohe seen . I f the calyptra be refractory and refuse to come off ,

boi l the ca psule for a few moments on a sl ide in a drop of wate r .

Then the leaves are worthy of attention ; are they smooth orpapi llose ? A re th e alar cel ls diffe rent from the rest ? Is themargin entire or otherwise ? Is th e point acute,mu rc rc n ate ,or

a c c uminate or what is i ts form Is the leaf costate or ecostate ?There are many other interesting points to be noted that req uirea special work upon the subject to treat them properly . Thebest mounting medium for mosses is glycerine or glycerine ge l lybut it is better stil l to kee p th em in boxes an d examine them i nwa te r und er th e ’

sc 0pe wh e n occasion may require .

A Conve nie nt R e ceptacl e for D iatc ms a n d Butte rfly8cale s .

—Any one . desiring to keep diatoms or butterfly scalesfor mounting and arranging i n forms, can make a convenientrece pta c le a s fol low —Fix an inch or three-eighths inch brassring to a g lass sl ide ; inside of this ring make several in scribe dasphalt rings . Use these inscribed rings as the receptacles and


keep each kind of diatom and scale in a separate asphalt ring .

The best means of placing the objects in these rings and removing them therefrom is a mechanical finger ; but it may be donewith a bristle, cat’s whisker or a fine spun piece ofglass mounte din a c rochet needle holder. The latte r work wil l be facil itatedwith a dissecting microscope,but with time, patience and pe rseve rance, it may be accomplished with a hand lens . Beforeattempting to pi c k up,spread the objects on a glass sl ip and le tthem dry before attempting any man ipu lation .

I E c idia c e i or C lu ster Cups .—This is th e sea son for seeingthes e bea utiml objects. No amateur microscopist who ha s not

be h e ld them should fa i l to exhibit a few specimens unde r hism ic roscope. They bu rs t forth in th e spring a lways on l i vingle a ves . The host plants where they may be found a re legion .

Among other hosts may be mentioned pear leaves,Jun ipe r leavesSc otc h Fir,Si l ve r Fir,the wood A nemone , viole t lea ves, le a ve so f Goa t’s bea rd, Be rbe rry, honeysuckle leaves, ne ttles, mints ,ga rl ic ,&c . No more bea uti ful objects for th e micros c ope c a n bet ililfl ln t‘d .

Striated M us cu lar F ibre s .—Th ese can he ni c e ly se e n with

on inc h le ns in the musc le of almost a ny inse c t. Dissect theinse c t unde r wate r a nd remove s ome of the tissue to a slide a nde xamine . The striations wil l resolve bea utiful ly . For pe rms .

ne a tmounting, plac e the fibres in glycerine . In K le in ’s st anda rdwork on h istolog y the striped musc ula r fibre s of the wa te r be e tle(Hydroph ilus ) a re employed as a typica l spe cimen to i l lustratehuman h is to logy . A sma l l particle of me a t p icked from th e

te eth , a fter dinne r a nd placed upon a sl ide will often be auti fullye xhibit striped muscular fibre .

S C I E N C E - G O S S I P .

Stru ctu re a n d A nimal Origin of m arble . Sections of

ma rble a nd other minerals may be prepared by grinding on e

side of a s l ide, to which the object,which has been ground andpolished on on e side ,may then be cemented with hardened balsam . The grinding is done on a plate of glass by the use of

emery of different degrees of fineness. The specimen is then


ground down to the proper degree of thinness and need not beremoved from th e sl ide .

A true ma rble is a c rystall ine rock , rendered so by the ac tionof he a t,moisture a nd pressure, which has changed its texturefrom that of a common sedime n tary limesto ne to that of a c rystallin e rock in whic h al l trace s of animal life have been c om

p lete ly oblite rate d .

Of the sedimentary limestones there seem to be two kinds ,on e ha ving the fossil remains we l l preserved and anothe r inwhich no signs of life c an h e disc o ve red . I n this case it is not

to be inferred that the l imestone was not of animal origin . Therea re good reasons for be l ieving that th e minute forms of l i fe whichwould,under other conditions, h a ve made up the roc k in a we l lprese rved sta te ,have been dissol ved out ordisintegrated by wate rh igh ly charged with carbonic acid . This is especia l ly true of

the calca reous she l ls of foraminife rm,whic h minute an imals livein a stra tum of wate r nea r th e surface , and, as they die , fa l l inshowers to th e bottom, to form,unde r favorable conditions,bedsof c h alk or l imes t one full of we l l -prese rved delicate she l ls .But if the wate r through which they fal l is deep, and under

pressure of that de pth h ighly c harged with carboni c acid, the ywould be dissolved before reaching the bottom or hav ingreac hed th e bottom, they may in process of time become c om

p le te ly disintegra ted , losing the ir characteristic forms. Prof.W . C. W i l l iamson has given an example c onfirming this view .

I n a slab of marble containing a large n au ta loid she l l the rewe re, in the innermost c hambe r, foramin ife rte preserved in the

most e xquisite perfe c tion ,whil e outside of the she l l,whe re the

oo z e must have be e n identic a l with tha t in th e inside,the re wasa more or l ess c omp le te disintegra tion of th e foramini feroussh e l ls. Those in the thi c k nautiloid she l l had been protectedby itAgain, of the l imestones having the fossi ls more or less pe r

fe c tly preserved , the re are two k inds on e with the interspacesfi l led with fine ly comminuted pa rtic les o f o ther fossi ls, and theoth e r with th em fi l led n o t with a mud- l ike matter,but wi thc lea r,glass - l ike. c al c a reous spar. Th is was doubtless depositedfrom wate r holding calcareous matte r in solution, but wh osesolvent power was diminish ing,perhaps by passing from greater


THE M ICROSCOPE.

Con ten ts for Ju ne , 1895.

tho rium.

Diphth eria Au titoa inc . Carlson m w

Qum oxs

Sie he rt’s

Pit/te rm“ . Sc oom ws s vL. W . W il lsonHow to ExamineRe ce ptac le for Dia toms andButte rfly Sa les "

JPA'idiac ei or Cl uste r Cups . .

titra te d Mus c u lar Fibre s “

Sc mmmOmarr .—F‘mm P M . Clhb Re port

Struc tu re and A n ima lOrig

in oi MarbleCe pha lomds as Food .

(hya a usm a n ss c n u

R icotta ? P uau c a'

riorrs .—Lo Natu ra l ists (k nadie n


Con te n ts for May, 1895.

P re tnbe rru losia . Cutte r

DiatomGrowths in Su rfi c e Wa te rs. Whipp le .

Baa e riosis of ltutubnga . (Il lustra te d . l ‘umme lE n nm ura u.

—Dr . Cu tte r'9

The Mic rosc ope in Dete c ting CrimeMmeosc orwu . A r ra aa

'w s .—A M ic ropola risc ope lbr Proje c tion .I l lustrate d)

Diffe re n tia l Obje c t Guide .

M ic aos c omc u . Soorn xm.—Qnek ett M ic ros c opic a l Club .

M rc aosc oe ic u . Norm—Vase lin in Mic rosc opyFine Moun ts “Cate rpil la rs.

FOR SALE—Crouc h Inte rmedia te binoc u la r, c irc u la r glam stop . mechan ira l c en te riug ou sa bota ge , fou r eye pieom, ac h roumtic c undeuse r polarisiug attac hme nt, stops tbr da rk ground and obl ique illumination, parabt loid,two solid e

go

pie c es

00

made by Spenc e r . A l l in pe rfec t orde r and have be enM very l tt GEO. A . BATES, A uhu rudale, Mm .

FOR SALE—Ba rbados E arth, c onta ining many ra re forms of Radiols ria .

Bond 40c e nts, stamps, lbr inc h w ho of this ma te ria l to8. 8. DAY,28 Olyphan t St ,Morrimown , N. J .

T E M ICROSCOP E .

JU L Y, 1 8 9 5 .

NUMBER 31 . NEW SERIES.

The Triehodine lufusoria, a Parasite of the Fresh

Water Hydra.

[Tra nslamd fmm b e Natura liste .

"1

avc a avss s r a sm m.

The fresh water hydra, the most simpl e of al l po lyps,l ives i n al l d i tches wherever runn ing water ba th ss thel emna and other aquatic p la n ts . To obtain them, i t issumc ien t to take a han dful of the pl an ts. press them

the fingers and co llect in a g las s ve sse l thete r which flows from them .

Th e next day, one w i l l be almost sure to see againstthe transparent s ides of the rec ei v ing g lass some l i ttl e

and brown thread l ike bod ies, term inated by ahand le of fi ne grasping fi laments . These are the

M to eondu c t the food to s mvim w ,(fig . At th e bottommouth. The portion 00mm m

the nppm

to the moveme nts 01

save form or, 00 in

{cm of a M e .

I ! now we pu s W


pre sents some tee th imb ricated w i th g eometric reg ula r

i t y . The toothed whe e l of th e Tric hodin es s urpasse s inreg ula r i ty and fineness the most precise work of w a tchmak ing . I t acts as an organ of su pport, and poss esses ,with the striated cup, the prope rty of g i v ing to the bodyof th i s being the rig id i ty of which i t has ne ed . TheTric hodin e , l ike al l c i l iated in fu

'soria,mul tip l ies i tse l f byd irec t d iv is ion . I ts en tire body separa tes i tse l f in two

equal par ts,which form two new ind i vidual s simi l arlyconst i tu ted . In th is proces s, the ciliated membr an e,the str iated cup and the toothed wheel underg o a c oupmon destiny; they separate thems el ve s and d i videthemsel ves, show ing by th is that, in spi te of the i r ap

'

parent r igidi ty, they ar e formed of a sti l l l iv ing protoplasm and not of a substance secreted by the hydc a.

Such , in a few word s, are th e chara cteristics o f theparas i te of the fr es h water hyd ra . The Tric hod in e s,d i scovered and described by Trembly as the lou se of thehydra in 1744, can be taken as a type of a numerousfamil y of ci l iated infusoria,th e U re c olair e s (fig . whosecommon character isti c i s an adhes i ve organ, more or

l es s compl i ca ted and analagous to the one we have be enstudy ing .

In some of these spec ies (fig s . 3 - 5 ) the toothed whee li s rep laced by a s imple ring o f support; i n othe rs amembrane compleme ntary to the col lar take s the p lac eof the long , sti ff hai rs whi ch stand up around the body,but a l l l ive as paras ites upon th e surface or on the in te rnal organs of aquatic an imals o f e i ther fre sh or sa ltwater . Fig . 4show s L iemophora , a parasi te of Ophi u rasquamma ta . Fig . 5 re pre se nts the in terio r of i ts adh e s~ive disc .The meeti ng of the Amer ican M i croscopical Soci ety a t

I thaca A ug ust 21, 22,23 w il l exceed al l others i n in tere s t.Be sur e to go.

1895 THE MI CROSCOPE 101

How the Change in Color in Peta ls Takes Plac e.Keeping Notes. The Brownian Movement.

BvAR THUR M . E DWA R DS, M . D .

sw an s . N . J .I have be en look ing over the memoranda of micros copic

o bservations I keep and have kept for over th irtyyea rs and find among st them thing s that w i l l be ar rep rod uction now and here . And here,by the way . I w ish tore commend the keeping of such a book by everyone whoobs er ve s natu re . I t i s good to put down ever y th ing tha tyou see . Never m ind how i nsig n ifican t the facts seemat the t ime they are recorded th evmay start a tra in of

thought then or in the future th a t may bear frui t thatw i l l r ipen in to a l usc ious appl e or pear of prom ise .

A fter y ea rs I have found that a rec orded fact i s va luab leand can h i tch on to a tra in that w i l l h e a r me along to as tation I have been aim ing at for a long time . The no te scan be i l l u strated, nev er m ind if you cann ot draw, anil lu stration w i l l convey th e idea that you want betterthan a whole pag e of lette r press . Colored i l l u strati onsare necessar y many times and I co lor them at the t ime .A nother co lor may supervene an d another colored il l ustra tion w i l l b e necessa ry . Never mind how much laborit requ i res . I t w i l l tel l .I was remi nde d of that when I was looking over some

notes of mine made in May 1867. They were on the exam i na tion of the petal s of We ige lia ros e a the beautifulco lored ch ina flower tha t we have so common in ourgardens. The petal s are some of them rose colored andsome of them whi te or nearl y so . An d I wondered whythe peta l s were rose colored when they open and alwayschang e to a l igh ter tint be fore they fade . I spl it a pe ta li n two and put i t in water on the stag e of my microscopeand v iewed it by means of a i inch obj ective and a 1 inch


ocu lar g iv in g me a magn ifi c ation of 400 d iame te rs .

The petal was pink ou tside and wh i te insid e and th e

micr osc ope revea led the fac t that the wh i te c e l l s wereinhabi ted by a transparent color less l iqu id w ithou t anyth ing to mark i t . But the pink cel l s had 8

i n the col orl ess l iquid w hat I cal l ed then “ oi l g lob u les "

which were colored some darker and some lig hter

pink . The se larg er “ oi l g lobu les” are i n number on e,two or three an d are perfect l y qu iet, or mo veabout w i th a sl ow motion l ike that of gr anu l es w hichappear when ripe pol len i s wet w i th water. That is to

say i t is what is known as Brownian motion,and to unde rstand what is Brownian motion we can imagine a massof semi- sol id wh ite of eg g i s droppe d into water . Nowi t does not rest qu i et but moves about sometime s thisway and sometimes that w i thou t any means or padd les .An d th is i t does for weeks or years at a time.Thi s i s Brownian mot ion and was so ca l led bec au s e itwas first described by the cel eb ra ted R obert Brown in apaper publ ished in 1827. I t i s now known as p a in “,and c a n be seen even in the c onten ts of fl u ids in the oldes t rocks . The contents of the partic l es in thes e havebeen going on most l ikel y for te e ns . Wh en I le c ture don chem istry in the New York Medical Col lege for wome nabout thirty years ago I was in the habit of exp la in ingBrownian motion by l i kening i t to a g l obu le of Sod i umdropped on water wh ich seems al i ve and moves about ina l i vel y manner. The motion here i s chemica l and i t isl ik e l y that a ll motion is accompan ied by chem ica l a ction .

But, however that may be, the moti on of the pink particles in the cel ls of We ige l ia rose a i s al so Brownian .

Cong regating around these larg er “oi l g l obules .there arenumerous smal ler g lobu les, pink i n color and more vig oron e l y i n motion . In t ime the larg e g lobu les becomelarg er by gradua l coalescence of the smal l er and in time

m a m m a l , “

EDITORlAL.

m m w m .—I n a book by l c Sm

W a lled w f h c fl idden Way Ac ru

dm ws b lb 'ing asw un t.

Bd isviq that thm m within and about tbs natnn l b

W ha t-ody of a hsria l c hm . hs c ood odd“that as in

M W c ouI d bs mads thn vou ld w-ist ths mthat ltmigbt pen sh ts tbe most minutc parfid a of the air

M u d thm witnu ths SOul and this ethsrial form u

llight to ths hounda ric s of ths other world.

"

“Pmc ufi ng flzs mod powa ml lenm l w uld fini lan invention ofmy own and, whe n my light wasam ngsd that l c ou ld c xamins the mic robes in the airJ u

a patie nt who ba d lost au arm and asksd him to pot

imaginary hand whm l dlrec tsd. The mome nt l aiiustsd

glam a nsw wo fld and llght of revelation broke upon me .

rsal hand by bmaatlt my giml l I asked him to

with his inu gina ry finger. He did ao, and,to h isan onisbment l spe l led out the senteuc es he th usm to me c onc lusivePerhaps soms of ou

mic robes in the air.”


Again ,we ask how can it be arranged unper so high a power toget a human hand into the field of vi sion . It is ordinari lysup posed amongmicroscopists that not over the si ze of a needle'

h ead can be' observed at once under the highest powers. Tom

a finger is practical ly as impossible as to see a hand. Unlessthe words were written too sma ll for unaided human v ision,theyc ould not be brought with in the field of vision at one time.But to write so finely with a finger or even a pen is an impow

“The second,” he says,“was one ofgreat dimc ul ty.

" Havingheard that the astral body leaves and the sou l departs at th emoment of dissolution he watched for an opportunity to observe.“The time finally came where I had proper conditions of l ight.etc .,where a man of more than ordinary spiritual ity was beingcalled over to the silent majority . When h e was about to cea sebre athing and a sudden tremor passing through his body e u

noun c ed his hour had come, we (two obervers ) passedour heads under the black cloth and bent our eyes inte ntlyupon the object glass . Particles of dust in th e air weremagn ified several thousand times, and for a time theirmotion kept a perfect dazzle upon the glass. Then a thinviolet column of vapor gathered into a soft cloud apparentlyformed over and about the body . Particle seemed to seek partic le as if by some molecu lar attraction, until the outline of an

object was clearly distinguishable. As it grow stronger, itseemed the vapory form of a man rapidly assuming a moreperfect shape,pure and colorless as the most perfec t crystal,having changed from the violet tinge. There was at this momen t an awful stil lness . An indescribable feel ing ‘ cume overus . Words are inadequate to describe our feelings. We bentour eyes intently on the glass unti l particle a fter particle cameinto the shapely form of the man we knew so well .It lay floating about a foot above the body, apparently

moored by a slender cord to the breast of the c orpse. The facewas the face of the man,but far more peaceful and beauti ful inexpression th e eyes were c losed and the new form apparentlyseemed asleep. W e wished he m ight awake, when the cordthat held it to the clay house pa rted, a gentle tremor passedth rough the beauti fu l form,every limb of which was of a per»

106 THE M ICROSCOPE . my.

feet mould ;a violet flame was radiating over the heart, a kindl ook over the gentle face. The form arose to a standing position cast one sorrowfu l look at the tenantless clay that lay so

sti l l exten ding a hand as it were to say, Farewell, th ou n a r

row house ; I need thee no more .

’ it gathered its forces in to a

l ittle sphere and passed out into the sunlight of the everlastingmorrow .

”

I f such astounding phenomena had been observed with c am»

era,for the intimation is that a camera was used in the latterexperiment,why have not the details of apparatus been da

c ribed in the scientific periodicals The author attribu te s thisaccount to a scientist who had patents—hence to a physic ia n .

Why have we not been furnished with particulars from a sc ieu~tific standpoint ? Why has J . C. Street,of Boston, been p e c uliarly favored with wha t to the average scientific mind is an

imposs ible scien tific arran gement ? And why, in a reputablebook of 598 pages . published by Lee Jr Shepard, and c laimingto contain truth and wisdom,are we confronted by such inc redible stufi

"? Does Mr . Street know tha t h e discredits th is

entire volume by gi ving us what we can but regard as one pieceof humbug I f there is a single microscopist or photographe rwho credits for one moment th e possibi l ity of arrangingapparatus as described,wil l be please to so inform us ?We are not intending to call in question the occu lt phenom

sun which the operator claims to have witnessed . Le t that a l lpass to be believed or disbel ieved by people who feed on bel ie for d isbel ief. The only issue we raise is

.that such accoun t as

Mr Street furnishes of the apparatus is absurd,and not onl yunknown to sc ien tifi c men but incredible in the present stageof progress . We need a ful l and consiste nt account of the apparatus and th e manner of i ts use. That is all we c are for .

G i ven that,we wil l find out for ourselves what phenomena canbe observed with it,and when found out we wi ll exhibit i t toothers. Then they,as well as we, shal l KNOW wha t we haveseen and have no occasion for bel ief.The wholesale manner in which the word science is be ingused by charlatans of every description is amazing. Honestmen should beware how they allow themselves to be misled bymere words. When they find that a wri te r has either in ten tions

THB HI OBOSGOPB. I n

lifs and ac tion and a ppu r under tbom pe like s lfl ot brm

in .

The m t in te resting psrt‘

is the cmtic le whic h is c un plargely c f oilex. Cut ofl porfiom of the c ufi d g ol n in bh a

for moun ting z plsea thc m in a tet ube ha lf ful l of m fl

a few dropa of nitric ac id and boil for a few min uta m s -filamp. This will quic kly aud c u ily sepau te the a

’

liosou c l

d s whic h thc u ehm ld be plw ed bc tweau h m glm afim h

toge thc r by a brm c lip and le ft to dry. t n perfsnfly r

moun t iu ba lu m and e xamine wi th poh risc ope, A ba a ti

slidc wil l reoult.

Sta rc h .—8tar(fl1 may eas ily be obtained by ta king the obj

conta ining it and reduc ing i t to a pu lp,or powde r . For pa

toc c or n eds a nutmeg grater wil l efle c t the proper redn c tion

The n have at hand a propc r re c eph e le in whic h to pin :funnei c overed with a c loth . Plac e the pulp, or powder u p

the eloth an d pou r wate r upou it, the starc h will settle at t

bottom of the rec eptic le . Before mounting fi ne starc h shotbe thoroughly dry when it may be transferred to balsam a

furnish an instructive object for the polar-h eaps .

T hin Se ctions of W oods .—These may easily be preps :

by taking a pine board in to which have been bored a se rie sholes of sp fiic ien t size to contain the specimens of which se c tiare desired . Insert plugs of the woods into the holes th

prepared and make the section s with sharp join ter plane.Fibres .

—Fibres of si lk, woolen, cotton, linen and 0th

fabrics should be teased with needles u ntil they exhibit thnatural and origina l cel ls . Manufactured threads are c ompo:of many fibres woven or twisted together. After teasing,pl eon a slide,moisten with a drop of water, cover, and examiwith a power equal to a quarter inch objective. A l ittle u p

one to de te rmin e the nature of the fibres atglance . Fibres of difi ere n t substances ac t differently whsoaked in a weak solu tion of sulphuric acid i t is in terestingsoak the fibres in the acid and then examine th em un der tmic roscope . This soaking wil l so difi e rentiate difi eren t fibas to remove all difiic u lty in determining their nature.

1895 r e s mon osc or s . 109

S C I E N C E—G O S S I P.

E ye of Be e tle for M u ltipl e Im age .—Have a di ffuse side

light (window with sky or lamp with white porce lain shadebetween flame and mirrow) . Use plane mirror and sma ll a perture of diaphragm . Focus on th e piece of cornea ; then withone hand held about three feet from the mirror toward the light,wi th fingers Spread and in motion and with the other hand on

the fine adjustmen t, slowly draw the objective back from th esl ide,watching the facets of the cornea until hundreds of tinyhands are seen . A fte r you have learned how to do it. anythingmay be substituted for the hand. A profi le - face against the sky ,a house in bright sunlight, etc . They wi l l n ot be right side up ,owing to re versal in forming the images.—P . M. Club.

Starc h —This is on e of the substa nces produced by an actively growing plant, and, l ike the fat tissue in an animal, i t isstored up for future use. The grains ar e sphe rical when youngbut growth being not always uniform, th e form becomes ovoid,or of some other figure . W hen packed away closely, as in thesmal l cereals,wheat, oats, rice, e tc ., the grains become manyangled by mutual pressure. I n the potato the star ch grain,atte ched to the starch-forming corpuscle by on e margin,absorbesnutrient sap much as a sponge might absorbe nutrient fluid ,an dthe starchy elements are deposited in greate r abundance a t th eatta ched (or broad) margin,producing an excentric or on e - sidedgrowth,the hilum or narrow end being the distant portion.

Starch grains always occur in a ll stages of development, andc on sequently vary greatly in siz e in the same plant.Starch,chem ically and morphologi c al ly, is nearly the same

as cel lulose . It is a carbo hydrate . Weak a lka lies or ac ids causeit to become soluble . W h en it is to become re - absorbed for usein the plan t economy, it is in most cases conve rted into sugaror dextrine,by some of the p lant ferment,but occasionally it isonly partial ly dissol ved,broken down, and may be detected asstarch,in the sup,before assimi lation.

Starch when heated to about 400° F. c h anges into solubledex trine.Me lting is practica l ly th e forcing of germination unti l the

root point is protruded about one othird the diamete r of the

n o r s s mnmommma 1mm

gmimthe n raising the heat and checking further growth. Theground ma lted grain, if kept i n wate r at a temperature of about154°F. for two weeks,wil l become converted into dextrine andangammd be dissolved out,leaving only th e cuticle s of the grain .

This ac tion is the resu l t of the diastase developed by th e gemina tion of the grain .

Wh eat c ontains fi-t per c en t of starc h ,c orn 65 per cen t, rlee

76 per cent, and potato 16 - 29per c ent—S. G. Shanks.

COR R ES PO N D EN C E .Dr. R. H. Ward,Troy, N . Y., writes regarding query No.

Reed, Siebert, Alserstrs sse 19,Vienna . A ustria,makes suppl ies and magnets.but probably no m icroscopes.W . dz H. Seibert. Wetzlar, Germany, makes mic ros c opu .

Cata logues (probably in German) could be obtained from fixem

Pu rifyin g A l c oh ol .—I n h istological work,especially a n imqon e must make use of more or lees alcohol ,—absolute, ordinaryor commercial and wood spirit. I use al l three at times and

for various purposes,an d as a result have quanti ties of mixe dalcohols vitiated or degraded by wate r,oils,res ins,fats and otherorganic elements met wi th in th is class of work. N ow the

question is how to recover the alc ohol from this otherwise wasteproduct. Lime disposes of some of the water,distil lation of we.terand as a residue the heavier oi ls and fats but the first is on l ya partial success, while in addition the distillation proc ws isexpensive. Is there any “royal road” any “

c ross lots” methodby which may be made certain the recovery of this necessarybut expensive article ? The conditions are that the mean s all besimple, efi '

ec tive , easy of accomp lishment, ine xpensive th eresult,a comparati vely pure product—X .

T h e Sup e riority of D ire c t l llumin atiom—We are in

formed that the on e seventy - fi fth inch of Tolles used with thedirect l ight of a common one—cent spermaceti candle gave agood field and brought out detai ls of human blood dry . 00n

denser used—a B eye-piece in sub - stage. The same, with too

112 m mc aosc om

THE M ICROSCOPE.

mm. (manta-ated. ) W m .

now m c u ngemc ommw m a m ma nian uoveme n t. a n mm m w

Brun o: Gow n—Eye of Beetle u nltiple

S l amme r —Geo.

THE MJCROSCOPICAL JOURNAL.

Con ten ts for Ju ly, 1 895.

M ic aosc orxc u . Maxrr c u rrou .—To Photograph

FOR SALE .-Cmnc h Intermedia te binoc u lar, c irc ular glam

c omm m

c han ic al w a tering on suhstage J hor eye pie c es,ing attachment, stops fi n da rk ground and obliq ue il lnmhwtion

m

eym mnde by Spenc er . Al l inin perfe c t orde r and hm he r

“solidvery li GEO. A . BATm, Auburndale,Mas .

FOR SALE—Barbarians Ea rth, c on ta ining man ra re forms of E adioh riBond 40 c ents,stamps, ibr inc h c ube of this mate to

S. 8. DAY,23 Olyphant St .Morristown . H. J.

THE M ICROSCOP E .

A U G U S T , 18 9 5 .

New SERI ES.

Under the Mic rosc opeavc n avsa n r n sm .

xxv.—soa nss or p iss e s .

The skin s of mos t fishe s are streng thened by plates ofhorn y. bon y or ca rtilag inous matte r, and when these areso arranged as to overlap one anothe r (fig . somewhatlike th e f on a bird or the slates on a roof, th eya re miled scale s . These scal es are beau tifu l and i nter

eating obj e cts w hen seen w ith low pow e rs of the micro

Some fi shes a re covered w i th on l y a th in layer of sk in ,i n wh ich ca se the sc ales can be read i l y seen ; in othersthey a re so de epl y imbe dded i n the sk in that we say thefi sh has no scal es,as in the case of the ee l .

1 14 A ug .

But th e sca le s are th ere , and if th e un de r side of th e

skin be examine d afte r it has be en taken from th e fi sh ,

the scales may be readily se en and removed w i th a pa i rof twee zer s ; fig . 13 re pm c n ts one of th ese sc a l es . A

pie c e of the skin of th e ee l dr i ed an d moun ted i n Can a dabal sam shows the scale s imbedded in the skin, th e i r arrang ement and the pigment ce l l s (fi g . Thes e. a nd

i nde ed th e:sc a les of near l y a l l of our fishes,ma ke beauti ful objects for the polar i sc ope . The difl ere n t s ca le svary much in color and ton e . I t i s a lso tov iew them as opa que obj ec ts .

By means of the scal es,fishes are d iv i ded in to four or '

dare . c loid,Ctenoid, P laooid, and Ganoid . but most o four common fi shes be long to the fi rst two orders .

1 16 THE MI CROSCOPE .

but constant in form (fig . By trancmitted ligh t th es e

are so transp aren t as to be hard l y visibl e, but w i th r e

fle c ted l ight,or the direc t rays of the sun, the y spark l el ike plates of pol ished ste el . E ach of these crys ta ls i sconstantl y vibrating and qu ivering, an d giving on e th eimpression that i t i s a l i ve a l though tak e n from a fi sh

which h a s be en dead some days. This motion is probabl y due to the v ibrat ions of the water, bu t i t g i v es th atbeautifu l play of lig ht w hich we so much admire in th eGold - fi sh ,Si l ver- fi sh and others . Notice that in the hig h l yco lored fi sh the exposed part of the s c a le i s more tran sparent than the other portion (fig .

THE CTENOID .—These scales have the same g en e ra l

structure as the Cycloi d ex c ept that at th e exposed a nd

th e y are furn ished w ith te eth arrang e d something like th eteeth in a comb . In som e sc al es they are sma l l a n d se t

closel y tog ether as in th e Perc h (fig s . 4and 7. 5wh i le in others they are larg er and much farther apart,as in the Sole (fig . 8, 8

In some scales the lam in a show as con c e ntri c l i nes onthe outer part of the scal e on ly , the in te rior be i ng s om e

what g ranular in appearance, as in fi g s . 4a nd 10. Th e

sca l es on a sing le fi sh vary mu c h in si ze and form, fig s .

9, 10, 1 1 and 12 (8 diam .) coming from the sa me fi s h ,—one that was sold i n the market as s Flounder. Fig . 9

repre sen ts a scale from the ven tra l or wh i te sid e .

Fig s . 10,1 1 and 12 re present those from the dorsal ,a n dfig . 1 1 one from near the tai l . Fig . 5 (5 diam . ) is

from near the tai l of a Herring . Scales from the cen tra lportion of the body of the Herring have som e t th esame outl ine as shown in fig . 7 . I t i s to be notic ed in

fig . 8,Sole (8 tha t the radial l i nes look as thoug hthey had been spl i t in p laces and the spa ces fi l l ed i nw i th a c l ear transpare n t substance, bu t th is is not th e

cas e . I t i s claimed that if a th in vertical se c tion o f a

scal e of th e carp, wh ich i s taken as a repre sentati ve o f

THE MI CR OSCOPE . 1 17

th e h ig he r orders, be e xamined w ith a high power, i tw il l be found to consist of three layers . The uppermostis compos ed of severa l concen tric laminae, the ou ts ideon e be ing the smal l er,and they increase in s i ze,each being a l i tt l e larg er than the one above i t, so that thei rma rgin s appear on the surface as a series of concen tricl in es and the i r surfaces are thrown into furrows andridg e s . I t is these lam in ae wh i ch w e see,and in some ofth e fu rrows the laminae have enti rel y separated show ingth e layer beneath them .

Sometimes in Cycloid scales the p igment cel l s can bes e en g iving the sca le a spotted appearance, as in theCa rp (fig . 2) and E e l (fig .

THE Cu min—These scales are usual l y bony, of tenha v ing th e same stru cture as the bones of the fi sh tow h ich they belong . They are usual l y ang ular i n forma nd arrang ed in row s, the scale s but sl ig htl y ove r lapingone another, thus form ing s coat of armor. To th is orderbe long the Sturg eon , Lep idosteus and Hassar- fi sh, butmost of this order are found in the fossi l state .

THE P L AOOI D .—TO th i s order belong the Skate, Dog

fi sh,R ay and Shark, besides many fossi l al l ies . Theseare not l ike the sca les w e have been exam ining , but aremore l ike tee th and proj ect f rom the sk in as spines .They are much l ike teeth in structur e and are coveredw i th a hard enamel resemb ling the enamel of teeth .

Fig . 1 represents a piece of the skin of the ThornbackSkate, showing sp ines and p igment ce l l s . I t can bemoun ted dry without a cover- g lass and viewed as anopaque object and a lso w ith transmi tted l ight,and thepo lariscope . I know of no obj ects so eas i l y ob ta inedand moun te d wh ich w i l l furn ish more entertainment forone’s fri ends than the sca les of fishes . Fine mounts of

s ca les can be obtained of R ev. J . D . King, Cottag e Ci ty,Ma ss .

BY 31 . A . 08809.

u m

[PM w M ![I n a se rie s of art i c l es on “the A dul te rat ion o f A l i

ta ry'

an d I nd ustrial Ma tte rs,” publ is he d in rec en tbe r of th is va luab le pe riodica l is a g ood de s c r ip tiith e mi c roscopic a l charac te ris tics of OM ]I n oats we arrive a t c orn provided with po lyh

g ranulate d sta rc h . This characte r re nde rs the amof oa tmea l with oi

These adul terat ions after a l lforms more than 80p . c . of theit is always relative l y e a sy to figra nul es in the prepa ration s .The sta rch g ra in s of oa ts are of ten agg l omerate d

in smal l ovoid mas se s,mea sur ing from 50 to 60 mi<

in their l arges t diame ter. I f these agg lomerationexam ined w i th care, the s tar ch g ra ins are d i stinguvery neatl y an d closel y la id aga inst each othe r ,v:g ives them a pol yhed ral form . Th ese g ranu lemse n t pretty c lear ang les .smal l, for their diameterth e averag e being 5 micr onthe concentr ic layers a re sca rcel y d isting u ishable .

opening ge nera l l y happens from the exterior to therior. but he re that character is w i thout importance.I n polari zed l igh t on a dark field, the oat s tar

sc arce l y v is ib l e. I n lig h ting the fie ld, i t i s impossilob tain the b lack c ross of wh ich we have spoke n 0 p 1

of whea t. Treated w i th potash . oatmea l p ramcharacteri sti c appearance . The g l u ten cel l s, not soas those of wheat,are arrang ed in one row on l y . T ]bume noid matter they contain i s in ve ry sman r

These cel ls do not presen t a blue coloration a fte r tmen t with ether .

8?

To the phys ician, in d iag nosing d is eas e, to the de

tis t at h i s work an d to the mi c roscopist, the mir ror is a

solute l y i nd ispensa ble . The s i l vering of the mirroused of ten becomes damag ed and it wou ld them be

g rea t convenience to th e user if h e were to poss esome simple proc e ss whereby he c ould do the work hiself . Many times the microscopis t w ou ld lik e to ma

use of dev i ces that are sugg e s ted to him by the workhand, bu t is de terred from so doing becau se of i na bi l ito procur e materia l from wh ich to cons tru ct them wit

out too much expense . In this work the mirror i s ofuno un important part, a nd to be able to obtai n i t wonbe to overcome the g reater part of the difi c u lty. Ti

formu las g i ven below wi l l enable a person so desirin

if he has the su i tab le g lass,to do th is cl ass of w e rk eas ian d perfectl y . A nd if he ca l l s the optician to his a

for th e g lass, the cost w i l l be found very l ight . I n ti

articl e refere n c e i s made espe c ia l l y to smal l m i rroadapted for such use . There seems to be no lac k of fema le s for doing this work,but most of them have primi n the writer's hands very unsatisfactory and some ofuse at a ll .The formulas g i ven below have been used for ( W

two years . In recommendi ng them , ever y atte nti ong i v en to the deta i l s that are nece ssary in order by th euse to do the work . The solutions are simple and ea

i l y made and the chem ica ls such as are usua l l y foun devery drug s tore .

In order to do nice work i t i s absol u te l y n e c e ssa i

that the g lass to be si lvered should be pe rfectl y cl eaThis being the case, cons ider fi rst the preparation of tg la ss. M ir ror g lass is very soft a nd the re i s g reat dag e r of scratching . .Use no al ka l ies i n clean ing and

The M ICROSCOPE . 1 21

not attempt to s c ratch th e old p late ofi' but drop the mi rror in to a vesse l containing some tumeric nitr i c a c i dand all ow it to remain un ti l the si lveri ng is loos e ; thenrinse the g lass thorough l y a nd cl ean w i th pre paredchal k , using a c lean cloth or Japan e se paper . Do not a ll ow the fingers to touch th e s ide which is to be s i l veredaf te r cle aning and do not use the brea th in cl e an ing .

The n c over th e g las s w i th a lcoho l and a l low i t to standun ti l ready to pl ate . When the solu t ions are ready, remove the g la ss from the alcohol, pl ace i t in a su i ta bl es i zed di sh of porce la i n or g l as s. w ith the s ide that i s to

be si lvered uppermost . Then mix e qual parts of No . 1

an d No . 2, an d pour gent l y over the g las s unti l i t i scovered . A l low i t to remain i n th i s so l ution for an hour;then pour c d’ the so lution and remove the g lass, be ingcare fu l not to touch the plated sur face ; r in se thoroug h l yw i th water and d ip quickl y in to a mixture of sol uti onNo . 3 1 part; and water 16 parts .

R emove qui ck l y and rinse thoroug h ly by di pping i t inwate r re peated l y . A l l parts of the g lass w i l l be c cvered w ith the s i lver, but the face can be easi ly cleane dby means of a soft cloth af ter th i s is done, exa mine theplate, and,if i t i s pe rfect, cover the sil vering w i th a coatin g of a sphal tum varn ish by pouring s l i ttle on same andthen flow ing i t over the surface in the same manner tha tphotog raph negatives are va rn is hed . W hen dry. theg lass c a n be cl eaned thoroug h l y and the mirror is done .

W i th care in clean ing the g lass and pre paring sol u tions,fail ure is impossible . The solu ti ons used and mention ed above ar e made as fol l ow s

SoLUTl ON No. 1.

Cryst. nitrate silver, 200 grains .

Distilled water, 6 03 .

Aq ua ammonia, q . a.

P lac e the si lver in a pint (c lean ) bottl e, add water anddis so lve . Then add ammon ia g radual l y unti l the brown


blowfly and examine car e fu l l y at the bas e of the spira ltubes,a nd between them w i ll be found the tee th; foc u son the front one, then on the middl e on e , and las tl y onthe back or lower one. This w il l g i ve a g ood idea of th esevera l rows,as wel l as the indiv idua l teeth . In con c lus ion I w il l now say, i n an sw er to th e quer y : Do flieshave teeth Yes, I think they have .

Disinfec ting with Su lphate of topper .

BYM . H. V INCENT:

The best agent for di s i n fe cti on of excremen ts an d of

the con ten ts of c esspool s is su lphate of copper,espec ial l yif car e has been ta ken to re in force i ts ac tiv i ty by mean sof a quanti ty of sul phuri c a c i d equal to 10 per c ent of

the excrements . Under these condi tions th e follow ingre su l ts are obta ined1 . For normal stools,pu tre fled or not,mixed w ith u r in e

and at an averag e temperature of 16°O.,dis in fection i s ohta in e d in twenty - four hours, if a proporti on of su lphateof copper equal to 6 g rams for 1000 c .c ., or 6 kilog rams per cub ic meter is use d .

2. For di sin fection of typhoid stool s and the destra stion of E lbe r th bac i l l us, th e proportion of su lphate of

copper i s no more, in the same cond i ti ons of temperature, than 5 g rams for 1000 c .c ., or 5 kilog rams bycub ic meter of excrements .3 . Three g rams, 50 centig rams, onl y of the same dis in

fe c ta n t are suflic ie n t to neu tral ize 1000 of matterscon tain ing cho lera bacil l us .In the two last cases, di sin fection is obtain ed a f ter a

twelve hours’ con tact of the matter w i th the anti sep tic.—Trans la ted by RENE SAMSON .

C atalogu e s of W . H. Seibert are supplied by Fr. J . Em

merich , Sr., No. 74Murray St New York, N . Y . O. E .



N ew Se rie s , 1 893 .

For N a tu r a lists,P bysic ia n s, a nd D r ugg ists , a nd D e sign e d to P ofiu la r iz r

P nblisl ed mon /bly. P r ic e f or a u tumn. Sn bs c r ifi tiou s s lu m/d e nd

w il l: ti e ye a r . Til e old s e r ies , c on sisting of 1 2 volume s ( 1881 m d r d

w it) D e c embe r . 1892 . S e ts of fl u old se r ic s c a n n ot be f arm'

sbe d . A l l

c or r espond e n c e , ext /ra ng es, a nd book s for n otic e Mou ld be a dd r e ss ed to M r

M ic r os c op ic a l P u blic /l ing Co. , Wa s/ u’

ng ton , D . C U . S . A .

CHA RLES W . BU I LEY, A . H ED ITOR .

E D I T O R I A L .

D r . T h omas T aylor has,sin c e 1871,be e n a t th e head o f th eD ivision of Microsc opy of th e Agric ultu ra l De pa rtme n t. G rad

u a l ly division s engaged in oth e r work ha ve managed to c on tro l

the ir own de ta ils,h a ve a c qu ired the i r own mi c rosc opic a l ou tfi ts ,a nd le ft l ittle for Dr . Taylor to do. Th e mon ey ava ila ble forh is use has dimin ish ed, th e amoun t las t ye a r be i ngSecre tary Morton n ot be i ng forc ed by politi c a l sympa thy w ithDr. Taylor to furth e r ma in ta in his work has fe lt fre e to do wha th e regarded as for th e ge n e ra l good, and savs in e xplan a tiontha t during th e past ye a r five oth e r division s h a ve don e more

microscop ic a l work than th is, wh i c h is doubtl e ss tru e . W e fe c l

sorry to se e Dr. Taylor’s work broken up but c aumot blame

anyone for th e oc c urrenc e .

Th is is on e of th e many indi c a tions th at mic rosc opy a s su c his n ot to survive perman e n tly. Th e u se of th e mic rosc ope l ikethat of othe r machin e s is to become subordin ate I t is a me an s

and n ot an e nd. Likewise mi c roscopic a l soc ie ties will suc c umbbefore the biologica l,medi c a l,a nd othe r socie ties whose m em

bers use th e instrume n t as a me an s to ce rta in onds . Stri c tlymicroscopi c a l pe riodic a ls wil l likewise dic ou t. Th is is wh y forsix years past we h ave a l l ied th e JOU RNA L w ith b io logy a nd

medicin e as be ing two of th e p rin c ipa l fie lds in wh ic h th e ap

paratus may be profitably employed .

.

‘

J‘

g ut-J ! ‘fl l O.

m a mm o r ar mow'

z zm m e n t -1 » 111-m 11: m 1.

p r e w a ‘ u luvmor n -3m» . 1 l 1 r'

x znm. in s u l in . .r. J in n

ilw tu w n u n e w a t W e vi i. ies fi z z m

y : n 1 1» am m a"e mu I. ..a mm at }. 2 2-5 :us nie: If l m u

«h u mu s .mt mu .» a. s u n u - r

. an. a . am m new u"

t y en-z : u‘

iq tt r. « m a y ; 10: urea -m i w e've-eu

em omy . a m 21» .mx; c n'

z eme'

ma nn e r

fl an ou M 1 6 :n 4 te % ; T I n n - su r f

W i ns. « M a e: era-e a". t e am w oe 20! n 'n zixm ar

14“

f f" 2 T

0 7 l .

‘r xa

'.s v1. 4» ass : -

'v'

“a . n H'

fl : z

a m: 0m. mes m a re a t ou t: 7 252 3 3.

iii—tw e e t. to e a L ow

th e tome t- z 'm To e same re

vib-v.9 1 ! o ‘

r p rogwt mz z . of vhf—c : 3 11 -5.

M am u p on th e g round [h a te o p: uw z'

a.

An y no r . of c a me ra 1n d “ Jil l": it l e f’. :Zz h ’

"b l e lla tte r me th o d ia de sc rib ed on pa ge of Ca rpe n te r an din th e n m id to make the mos t a c c u r a te me a - u reme n tof wh ic h

the roxrrrnv'ope to e :pa'

o lc

Th e u ro e re s u l ts a nd th e e um: projec tio n of images 1118 ? be

produ c t-d with the c ame ra - I u e ida .

M ounting D ifl tOfl l l . a c le a n c over- g lass . pre vious lyp lu m-l l Upon a h rou z e or i ron ta ble , a re drop pe d from a p ipe ttese ve ra l drumo f dis ti l led wa te r . The n from th e bottle in wh ic h

Mwaosoormu . Soma l ia —85 aLinc oln ClubQ tlentta , Ind ia

1m m ro ra t:Emma —Fl 0f. O P. Ph il lips

D r . S. M . Mosg roveNEW Politdms

'

n oxs .—The Mon th ly Il lustrator .,

Th e Ju lyMaoist

Mtemmxwu :M . N in es .- \Vhie h Boo t:

THE M ICROSCOPE .

Con te n ts for A ug ust, t895.

Obje c ts S

tir “

U nde r the Miems mpe . X XV .—Sc al e s of Fishes (l il o

tra t

Mic rosc opic a l Cha rw'te ris ties o f (M arc e l . De n is ,

Pe ne tration o f Mic robes in to the Blood

Sitve ring Mirrona. HomoDo Flies Have Tee th ‘

r BrayDisin feeting with Su lpha te of Coppe r. Vinc en t

E tirroa l A tt—Dr. Thomas TaylorPaw n s /u . Sp oo ns

'

rms s .—By l A . W ittaon .

Proje c tion amt a reme n tMoun ting Dia tomsAdu lte ra tion of Flour ,

000 0 0 04 0 00 M

Qom xos s Axswm sn —By S. G Sha nks, M . D .

Membersh ip in R . M . S.

FOR SALE .-Cron c h Inte rmed iate binoc u la r. c irc u la r gt“ stag

chan ic a l c en te rin g on sa botage . tour eve pie ce s . solmmafi c ooodming a ttac hme nt, s tops tb r da rk g round and obl ique il lumination,two solid e

ivopiere

gwomade by Spe nc e r A l l in pe rfe c t. orde r a nd hm

ve ry itt G EO. A . BATES, Aubnmdalo. MFOR SALE—Ba rbadom Ea rth , c on ta ining many rare forma nt Radii

Bond 40c e nts, stamps, tb r inc h e c ho of th is mate ria l toS. 8 . DAY,23 Olyphan t Sh ,Morristown . It

Objec ts Seen Under the Microsc ope.

BvCHR YSA NTHEMUM .

s u n—r a n mosqmro.

Th is little in sec t,which i s so troublesome on a summer ’s evening, i s ver y beauti fu l when seen under theiic rOSOOp e . I t should be stud i ed w i th both low and

ig h powers, al so w i th reflecte d and transmitted l ight.I t be long s to the class D ip tera, fami l y Ou lic idie . I tas a long s lender abdomen, narrow wing s; a long , s len

s r,bu t fi rm labium or pr obosc i s ; and, in the mal e, alumed antennae .

The re are seve ra l insects that resembl e the mosqu itorh lc h belong to the m idges ; one of th ese comes in thenrly spring . I t has a be auti ful p lumed antenna,but i tan eas i ly be di sting uished from the male mosqu i to byxamining the an tenna . In the true mosqu i to the an

snn a has fou rtee n jo ints an d these jo in ts ar e surroundedy a whorl of long hairs (fig . wh i le in the midg e the

130 THE monos c or s . Sept.

hairs are d i str ibu ted the whol e l ength of the an tem

(fig . The an ten na of the female mosq u i to is l ong a nd

el ender, hav ing fou rteen join ts an d covered w ith cu r v edhairs so short that i t requ ires a g lass to see th em (fig .

The w ing s are of much interest; notice the ar rang ement of the veins ; i t i s b y th is arrang emen t tha t ma nyi nsects are class ified . One of the most marked pecu liaitie s

'

of the mosqu ito i s the fring e of hairs around theou ter edg e of the w ing , also the scal es along the upp e redg e of th i s fring e and on th e vei ns (fig . W i th amag n ification of 1 50 diameters exam ine the wing bytransm it ted l igh t ; notice the sca les, l ong and slen de r,and w i th a r ibbed surface . These r ibs ex tend be yon dthe surface at the larger end,forming l i ttl e points (fig .

L e t us place the head of a femal e i n a compress or i umand examine i t . I t cons i sts of a hem isphere ne a rl y c overed by two compound eyes . These,w i th reflected l ig h t,l ook l ike b lack velvet g l obes set w i th rows of g old bu ttons . On the space be tw e en them are p la c ed th e t w oantenna . Between these proj ects the lab i um, and a t itsbase the two palpi of th ree joints each (fig . Th e

l ab ium of the mal e 18 pro vided w ith an in strumen t for e x

tracting the sw eets from flow ers on wh ich he fee ds . He

never b ites . Bu t w ith the female i t i s d i ffer en t. I t i sshe who th i rsts for blood and he; lab i um is prov i de dw i th the surg i c al instruments for obta in ing i t .Now, by a g radua l pressu re bring th e plates of t he

compressori um closel y tog e ther a nd us e a h ig h pow erand transmitted l ight . W e s e e that the n u t- l i ke tip o f

the labium expands in to two concave l eav e s (fig . 7 b).The outs ide of these l eaves are covered w i th m in u tepapil lai. This i s probabl y a very sensi ti ve org an of

touch . The whol e l eng th o f the labium is c overed w i thscales and w i th c urved hai rs . From a groo ve along th e

upper side of th e labi um shou l d com e several fi lamen ts(but i t i s d i fficu l t to obta in the desi red resul t on a ccoun t


dow nward with thi s tu be resting on the su rf as4water, held in position by many plate- like lobetare at the end of th e tube .

This larvae g rows rapid l y, an d, af ter chan gingsevera l times , comes to the pupa s tate (fig .

ch ang e here i s complete . The breathing tubesin the thorax and at the ext remity of the body iof l ea f- l ike bodies w ith wh ich i t sw ims . This atonl y a few days when the pa pa skin sl i ts down tand the mosqu i to comes for th, sta nds a few mm:the old sk in unti l i ts w ing s are dry;th en fl ie s awlarva of the mosqu i to are benefi cia l as s c ave ngthey feed on decaying matter in water .

Struc ture of our Hemloc k Barks.*

BvE DSON S. BAST IN.

On l y fi ve spe cies of th e ge nus Tanya are knowof these be long to E aste rn A sia, one, Tanya C’cmCa rrie rs , i s the common hemlock spru ce of theUn i ted States ; and the other two, Tanya M ar t

Carrie rs . and Tanya P a tumicm a ,Brewer and Wa t

n ati ves of the Pac ific Coast of North Arn e ric attree s of larg e si ze and g racefu l habi t, and the iiare very close l y al l ied, being so similar i n up;

tha t they are w ith di ffic ul ty d isti ngu i she d,wh i leTanya P a tton ia n a , i s somewhat aberran t in its

ter, approach ing more c losel y the pines and sp

i ts structur e .

Tanya Own e dem is is an abundan t species in mtion s of the E as tern Un i ted Sta tes and Canada,in i ts hab i ta t from Nova Scotia to D e laware onextend ing southward al ong the A l leg ha n ie s to Aand westward along the northern rang es of St

“For th is a rtic le and the il lustra tions we are inde bte d to the

M r. H. Trimble, Editor of the Ame ric a n Jou rna l of Ph armac y.

1 34 THE M ICR OSCOPE .

th e Canad ian border to M i nnesota . I t i s easil y dis tin b

gu ish ed from the coniferous trees with which i t is a sso

c ia ted:by its smal l cones . one - ha l f or twmthirds of an

i nch long, pendu lous at the ends of the branches ; by th esl ender, spread ing branch lets wh ich have c rowded ap

pare n tly two - ranked l eaves al ong th e ir side s ; and bythe distinctl y petio late , flatte ned, l inea r, d 'entic ulatel ea ve s,wh ich ar e gr een above and g l au cous be n e ath ,ar1d

provided w ith a si ng l e resin duct on their dorsal sur f ace .

I ts tru nk is ex ten si ve ly employed for l umber an d its

bark for tann ing purposes . I ts p i tch,al so, which i s extracted from the old bark by boi l i ng , is employed in

med icine for the same purpose as Burgund y p i tch .

Tanya M e rtm sia n a occu rs on th e Pacific Coas t from t h ev icin i ty of Sa n Franci sco northward to A la ska . Whi l every sim i lar in appearan c e to our Eastern spe c ies , it i s,when ful l y developed, a tree of much larg er si ze, som e’

times attain ing a heigh t of 200 feet . It i s al so straigh tergrained,and has a redder and usual l y th i cker ba r k bu t

the most di st incti ve di fference, perhaps, i s in the fru itsand seeds, the sca les of th e cones being more elong ate dand the w ing s of the se eds being relati v el y long er a n d

straigh ter . The wood and bark, l i ke those of our E a s .

tern species, are used for l umber a nd tann i ng purpos e s,respect ive l y, bu t whether or not any commercia l use ismade of th e p i tch cer ta in l y obtainable f rom the bark, th ew ri ter i s not in formed .

The barks of these two species are the on l y ones th ew r i ter has exam ined m icroscop ica l l y . The barks show,as m ig h t have been expected,a g re at simi la rity i n s tru c

ture, though there appear to be some characters whichwe may rel y on for disti ng u ish ing them . In both, co rkformat ion begin s ear l y,and in al l ca ses where the ba rkhas been taken from stems more than a few inches i nd iameter, the secondary cork - forma ti on s have invadedthe inner lay e r of the bark,and bands of cork w i l l be oh

13 6 THE M I CROSCOPE .

youngest porti ons of the inner bark . The y ar e qu itenumerous, but are d i stri bu ted w i thout appare nt ord e r .

They are marked w i th numerous very fi n e pore- ca na ls .and very numerous and fine c on c e n tr ic lin e s . A bu nda n c eof s tarch was found in the bark of Tong a. (h a ndmad e .

The medu l lary ray c e l l s a n d the tang en tia l rows o f

F I G . 5 .

parenchyma ce l ls,wh ich occur at frequen t an d regu l a rin terva l s in the inner bar k, w ere found to be espe cia l l yr ich i n i t ; but, strang e to say, no starch was observab l ein the bark of Tanya M ar ten sicm a , al thoug h th e re werea sim i lar structure and a rrang emen t of medul lar y raycel l s and there were the tang entia l row s of large pa renc hyma cel ls, the same as i n the other species . The v er y


c lose struc tural resemblance of the barks, and the ver yintimate rela tionshi p of the two speck s i n habi t as w e l las in structure, sugg e s t that the presence of star ch in th eon e and its absence in the oth er wa s on ly a seasonal differe nce. But th is is a poi n t which re qui res further ihve stig a tion . The medul la ry rays in both barks a re composed oi s ing l e row s o f c el l s,and these a re rad ial l y elonga ted a nd of lar g e s ize as c ompared w i th those o f

ad jacen t ti ss ue s ; but those o f Tampa M arte n s ia nu. are,on the averag e, larg er, and the rays in th i s speci es . asse en in a l ong i tudinal - tang en tia l section are composed .

on the average, o f a larg er n umber o f ce l l s . These diffe re n c e s i n the medul lary rays are perhaps the most c onstaut ones between the two barks .Both barks con ta in abundance of crystal s o f oxalate of

ca l cium . These are mostl y i n the fo rm of l ong pr isms,and are conta ined in rows of e longat e d ce l l s of narrowd iameter, wh ich traverse the bark in the d irect ion of i tsl eng th . The crysta ls are frequentl y asso c iated in theco nta in ing cel l s w i th res inous and coloring matters . Inform and arrang ement they do n ot di ffer i n the twobarks,but appear to be rather more abundant in the P ac ifi c Coast spe cies .Cl e o - res in cell s appear to be about equal l y abundan t

in the two spec ies . Those tha t do not a lso con tai n crysta ls are isolated or i n rows of two or three,and the cel l sare shorter and broader than the cry stal cel l s, thoug hthey are not usual l y so larg e as the parenchyma cel l sw ith wh ich th evare associated . They ar e sca ttere dw ithout apparen t order throug h the inner bark . Besi desthe ol eo - resin cel l s proper, j ust descr ibed, oleo - res in c c

curs in many cel ls not espec ia l l y devoted to secretions .

This i s pa r tic u la rly _

tru e of the cel ls in the older portionsof th e ba rk .

DESCR IPTION OF FIGURES.

Fig. l .—Sma ll portion of m ac etion of ba rk of M 90 Ca nada aia, mag

nified about 50diame ters. c , c , c ,sec ondary c ork forma tion a,dead ph loem


tla oe s ric h in c oloring, resin nod tann ic mt ttou ; stone m am a ,

medul la ry rays c r, c rystal c e l l c s , c ambium.

Kg . 2 .

—8ma l l portion of long itudina l- tangen tia l sec tion of the tow

ba rd Ca nada-sis, magn ifie d about 75 dim etsm. m umrays. tho c e lls c outa iniug moc h starc h ;b, b, stooe c e lls ; c ,m o! (asth m

u iniug c ryst-ls of c s lc iumoxa late a. c e l l c onta ining e lse -ru inous san c tion .

Fig . 8. few of tho c rysu ls magn ified 230diamete r;

Fig. L—Sma l l portion of c rom-c e c tioo of bark of fi m W m M

nitica shout s odiamm c , c , c , bonds of c sc onda ry c ork : an, in te rven ingde ad timues c omposed of sicvs

‘

and [ntrc uc byma lous e le nw uts. and lilac the

othe r spc c ie s, ric h in toonic . msiuous and c oloring matters ; a. 0. groups of

stone c e l ls fl . 3 , re lative ly la rge , fusiform medu l la ry - ray c el ls ;0, band of

large pa rs nc hyma toos c e l ls c r . c rysta l c e l l so,w n binm c e lls.

Fig. 6 .—8mall portion of long itudina l- ta ngen tia l M inn of ba rk of The”

Mm .magnifi c d ahou t 75 dis tric ts“ . 0, c luster of fi c e s c e lls ; or .

c rysta ls of c a l c ium oxalate to, a . medu l lary rays r,oleoM n c ol l.

A Comparison of Americ an and Foreign Mic rosc opesBvC. H. EVANS.M . D .,

CANTON . OHIO.I have used the microscope for 25 years, have h a d

American and Foreign, (Fr ench, E ng l i sh and Ger man ) .

The cheap French in struments are a del us ion and a fraud.

The stands made by Bausch a nd Lomb are very good an dso are Ze n tmaye r's . Some years ago I bought a Bul lock ‘

8

Profess ional bu t d id not l ike i t for h ig h power work .

The stage rotat ion was not as true an d stead y as I exp e c te d to find, and the fi ne adj ustment of al l the Ameri can stands moves too rapidl y for h igh power s . I saw th eadvertisement in the M I OROSOOP I OAL JOURNAL of W . Wa tson Sons,London, w i th a disc r iption of their Va nHeurich stand and was sat isfied that if i t was what wasclaimed for i t. it was the best stand i n the market at an yprice . 80 I ordered one. I t cost me 8135 w i th a 40 pe rcent dutvadded . I have been using i t about si x monthsand I c a n sa y after an extended trial that I fi nd i t as

near perfection as i t i s possible to g e t. I t i s rea l l y abeau ti fu l s tand and I bel ieve i s cheap at the pric e . Iam a bel i ever in protectio n to Amu ioan industr ies an d

mic roscopic threads containing a blue~grc c n endoc hrome whi

is some times replaced with red or v iole t Many ge nera a

enclosed in a hyale n e gelatinous sheath . The ir motionwhenc e the ir name a re der ived,is in te restir g.

N ee dl e Holde rs . The re is nothing ni c er for dissec tiuneed les that the c roc h t need le holde rs which may be proc unfrom a n y store tha t dea ls in fanc y goods. Common need lesa ny suitable siz e may be inse rted a nd when the needles a

broken or use le ss , n ew one s may be quic kly inserted . The

holde rs a re inexpensive and wil l last a life time,while (1d

permanen tly mounte d in handles when broken re nder the etire tool use less.

QUESTlONS A N S W E R ED .

I’m —D r . S. 6 . Sh ah ,of AMA” , N . b ud/y ( « u m “m mM " I‘l l to mk rm ofy .M a t a c u rd bl

og/c u tou ts or m m " .

min (f l swa rm “.f r om M t Aq u a" ups-m a n rm 1M : “ M l h ow

an “ . Th ym us “ a n n u nh n d/or / ou r c ad or n “ .

230. Wha t m ills best books with which to identify mic rosoo;forms whic h are fow zdm aqua ria nand f

The best books are Kent’s Man of the In fusoria and E mson ’s Rotimra or Wheel Animalcules .231. t rs ca n I got infonm tion as to ths bcstmahods for pm

ing a ndmouming p lrmt specimens a nd the best sort qf a show c ase }exhibiting wa n t—L . Stevenson .

Gray’8 Lessons and Manual of Botan E n c yc lo ic Bri

an niac—article: Her-barium . Botan icaly Gazette 01. X I , N(June Herbarium number.A ll contain directions for preparing plant specimen s. Tl

mimens,mounted on ca rdboard , usua lly kept in tigiwere or on shelves tightly inclosed to keep out dust a sinsects .



h r Nu n-01330,P byn

’c r

'

c ln .M D u m b“. a nd M M I o P ofin la ri"

0m m w. am “ , a . r .. narroa .


Chin -

0’s La nguage of the Ha nd. A c omp lete pra c tic al work on

the sc ienc es of chim ney and chairognomy, c ontaining the system.

rule: and experienc e of Claim»the Pa lmist. TheTransatlantic Publishing Co ., London and New York.

This is an exhaustive and admirably written treatise on thesc ience of Palmistry . It not only contains a c omple te e xpoe ltion of this branch of psychological study for th e use of th e

student,but is a valuable work for every thoughtful investigator on the lines of natural phy sical sc ience. As the authdr

Theme-test truth may lie in smal lmt things,

The gm tmt ligh t may break from da rkest sk ies,Th e grmta t c hord from e

’c n the m strings .

Forty ful l - page plates fu lly i l l ustra te the subject treated, inaddition to over 200engravings of l ines, moun ts, marks,e tc .

Among the former are reproductions of the hands of a numberof world-celebra ted personages,which make an intere sting c omparative study,including those of Sarah Bern hardt,Mark Twain,Bob Ingersoll,Mrs . Annie Besant, Sir John Lubbock, andmany others.The book is the result of exhausti ve study and research onthe part of the author in al l parts of th e world,and is probablythe most e laborate ly written work on the subject yet published .


I t c arries to th e reade r the inte nse earn estness and befi e !

with which the author is evidently inspired .

Systematic Oj Mc Orgtmic Ooloring l fi rtten by M O.

Schul tz and P. Julius . translated a nd edi ted by A . G. Gree n . F.

I . C.,F'

. C. S. London : Macmi l lan Co.

This is a val uable work primari ly intended for the me of

those in terested in the c oa l o ta r color ind ustry and the me n of

i ts products. Here are set forth i n detai l all the various bod~ies : hydro carbons, phenols, bases , e tc .,conta ined in coal -ta r .together wi th th e i ntermed iate products and c oloring ma tters .

Under t he latte r heading w i l l be found a series of admirably ar

ranged tables contain ing al l th e i nformation tha t c an possi bl ybe requ ired for the use of the dyer. The comme rcia l name of

the product is set forth togeth e r with the scientific n ame, em

pirien i formu la,consti tuti onal formula,me thod of preparation,year of discovery, discoverer, pate nts, l ite rature, its beh avina r wi th reagents,shade and dyeing properties and method o f

employme nt To th e user of co loring matte rs and to the chemist the work is of great va l ue.Paul and Virginia .

—Be rnar-l in de Sain t-Pie rre, transla tedwi th a biographical a nd cri tical i ntroduc tion by Me l v i lle B.

Anderson . A. L. McClurg 6: Co., 1 17- 121 Wabas h Ave n u e ,Ch icago. I ll.

In th is story Sa int P ierre uses the beauties of natu re as see ni n tropical seashore and c lifl

'

s as a bac kground for a piotu re o f

the moral beauty of a l ittle commun ity . The portrayal of h uman nature and manners i s no whit less fa i th fu l and vi vidthan the unri val led picture of tropica l landsc ape . The deve lopme n t of the two prin cipal c har acters fro mc h ildhood to ma nhood and womanhood is drawn w ith a fidel i ty that makes ad

miration inc rease wi th study . This book is wor thy to be iac l uded among our classi cs . I t has been translated many timesbut never wi th so muc h acc uracy and such beau ty of languageas by Pro f. M. B. Anderson of Stan ford Uni vers i ty . The bookcon ta ins,besides the story ,a fi n e biography of Sa i nt Pierre a ndmany c ri tical n otes ,and i s we l l adapted for use in schools.Prof. Ande rson has a l so tra nsla ted Hugo’s Shakespeare ,”George Sand ,” Madam de Se vigne.” Thi e rs,” and others.

THE MICROSCOPICAL JOURNALCon te n ts for Septembe r 1895.

Pre parations for Urina ry Examina tion (With Frontiepieoe. )Mic roscopica l Te c h niq ue Applied to Histo logy.

-X I . Btmevnl m

The Use of Filte red Wa te r in M ic rosc opic Manipu lation . Edwards

Dip loma of the Connec tic ut Shore —VI l l . Te rryThe 18th An nua l Mee ting of the Ame ric a n Micmsmp lc a l Soc ietyE Dl

'

l‘

OR I A L .

N ew Puma c ar ros s .

Litmus-8m m s Emm a .

Mrc rwsoomc u . A PPA RATUS

FOR SALE—Crouc h In te rmedia te binoc u la r, c irc u lar glam stage

c ha n im l c e n te ring on sabotage . (bur eye pie c es, ac h romatic c ondensering attac hme nt, stops for da rk gro und and obliq ue il lumina tiontwo solid eye pie c es made by Spenc e r. A l l in pe rfe c t order haveusedve ry little . 8100. G EO. A . BATES, Aubu rndale, Ml-‘Olt SALE—Barbadoee Ea rth , c onta ining many rare fimns ot

‘

Badit

Send 40 c en ts, stamps, for in c h c ube of th is mate r ial to8 . ,DAY 523 Olypha nt St ,Morristown . N

FOR EXCHANGE—I wil l e xc h ange my photog raph (c arts de

with a l l A rn e rl ca n Blatant- frie nds . Y. C. R I NNBOCK, W ie n X l - l ,me ringe r Han pretr, 14Austria .

4891

THE M I CROSCOP E .

O C T O B E R , 18 9 5 .

New Seams.

Objec ts Seen Under the Mi c rosc ope.xxvm—THE FRESH W ATER HYDRA .

Trans lated from Le Mic rogmph e Preparatour .

"

BYCH RYSAN THEM UM .

There are three k inds of f resh wate r h ydra i n ou rcountr y ; the g reen,hydra vir id i s,wh ich has shor t arm s,th e i r g rea test len g th being abou t one - hal f tha t of th e

body ; the brown hydra, hydra fusca,wh ich has l ongarms, they be ing tw en ty - five mi l l im e tres or more inl en g th ; and the g ray or common hydra, hydra g r i sea orvulg ar i s (fig . 1, whose arms var y in l eng th .


To procure. th i s an imal, take i n a v ess e l som e d u ckweed from a d i tch or pond of s tagnan t wa ter . P u t thisi n a rece i v ing g l ass and cover the g l as s w i th a th i c kpaper, l ea v ing a ve rt i ca l open i ng on on e s ide . The n ex tday, take off the co ver ing and l ook a t the un der sid e of

the w eeds. A l arg e number of wh i te roo ts w il l b e se enextend i ng in to the water . Among these the pol y ps w i llbe found . They are qu i te i n the i r el ement here . Th eirarms and bod i es m ing l e w i th the fi l amen ts of th e roo ts,wh i ch,on accoun t of the i r resemblance, serve as a m ean sof protect ion . The hyd ra hol d themse l ves rig id, h e addownward, the i r arms hang i ng l i ke a woman 's ha i r (figi n such a w ay as to be eas i l y m i staken for the r oo ts

of th e Lemna . A s th e y prefer th e l igh t th e y a r e f o un di n th e most h igh ly l igh ted part of the re ce i v i ng j ar .The float ing l eaves are al so on th i s s ide . Ou r l i tt l e c on

triva u c e i s qu i te use fu l, for by i t one knows i n ad vancej us t w here to find the pol yp .

Take the h yd ra by bre ak ing off the plan t to w h i c hthey are attached, be ing carefu l n o t to destro y th e. a rm s ,wh ich are somet im e s a tta c hed by the i r fre e ex trem i t i e sto su rround ing obj ects . These a rms (fig . ar e v e r ye xtens i bl e a nd can be con tracte d or e longate d i n th esam e i nd i v i dual . The n umber of arms i s not a l way s s ix,as i t i s g e nera l l y be l i ev ed,but,un l ess in ca se of a c c id e n t,i t i s a t l e ast s i x ; i t may b e more, bu t usua l l y some mu lt i p l e of s ix .

The hydra has a foot term inated by a hol l ow d isk, bym e an s of wh ich i t can attach i tse l f to bod i es i n th e wate ras w e l l as to aqua t ic p lan ts . I t i s found at tach e d tos ton e s or stakes s tand i ng i n th e wate r, to b i ts of wood ,or s tr ing s and rope s fl oa t i ng i n th e water,al so to fish i ngn ets . Th e foot i s sol id and i s te rm inated by a ho l lowbod y wh ich i s shap e d l ik e the fing e r of a g l o ve, ha v i ngbu t a s ing l e ope n ing . Th i s cav i ty acts a t th e sam e t i m eas a s tomach and an inte s t in e . I ts open ing i s a t once


power they are seen to be cov ered w i th a‘ ser i es of lit tlepo i n ts . I t is th ese wh ich con ta i n the po ison sacs . Th e ycons i s t of a depress ion con ta i n ing a b ladder fu l l of

l iqu id ha lin e , i n w h ich i s p l ung ed a spiral thr ead ter

min ated at the base by an en larg ed tr i den t, th e book s ofwh ich tu rn back (fig . 5 . A t the l eas t touch,th e spr ingunrol l s i tse l f and the fi lama u t, i mpreg na ted w i th the

po i son, penetra tes the body of the immnde n t beast,wh ich thus loses h i s power of vol un tary movemen t . Thethree books at th e end of th e sac cannot penetrate i ntothe body of ‘ the v ict im s i nce they are at th e base of th eth read and not at its ex trem i ty (fig . as has be e n e r

ron e ou s ly s ta ted . Bes ides, if they penetra ted a t thesame time as th e need l e the an imal wou ld l ose them be

cause h e wou ld not be abl e to w i thd raw them. I t ist rue there wou ld s t i l l be e noug h l ef t, for h i s ten ta c l esare covered w i th them .

The hydra have many cur iou s pecu l iar i t i es . T h eywa lk l i ke th e Ge ometr i d caterp i l l ar, us ing the i r m ou thas a cupp i ng g lass as opposed to that of the foo t. Theytake a s te p upon the head a n d draw up the foot to th e

n e ck a nd so con ti nue . They run as a gvmn a st, w ho

turn s a some rsau l t upon h i s hand s to c ome back upon h isfe e t agai n on the oth e r s ide . They have no eyes ye t

they seek th e l ig h t th e same as plan ts and i nfuso ria .

The y probabl y fee l l ig h t as w e fee l h ea t . They d ig es tw i th their sk i n as w i th the i r d iges t i ve muco us . Thi s i sproved by tu rn ing them in s ide ou t as w e do the fing e r o fa g l ov e . A hyd ra wh ich has been tu rn ed i n s i de ou t canbe made to swa l low an ord inary h yd ra orvi ceve rse ,an dtwo hydra can be j oi ned body to body so as to make on l yone, armed w i th a doubl e row of te n ta cl e s . The y ca nbe mad e to g row aga i n or can be made to g row fro m ap i e ce .

I . To TURN A HYDR A mew s our . There are sev e ra lw ays of do ing th i s . A prac ti ca l way i s to take adve n t


ag e of th e pecu l i ar i ty wh ich these an imal s have of dila ting themse l ve s when they ha ve aw a l lowed '

a vo lum inousp re y . G i ve th em a ba i t l ike those employed by fi sh e rmen . Th is may be the la rvmof the d ip te ra .Chironorn'

n s

pl umose . The hyd ra dilute s i tsel f to swal l ow . P rofi t i ngby th i s movemen t, p ie rc e h i s body from beh i nd towardthe f ron t w i th a thread of s t i ff sil ve r or a stee l w i re s uchas i s someti mes found i n a box w i th syr i ng es and used toc l ear the i nj ec ting need l e . The h ydra strugg l es andth row s i tse l f up sudden l y i n to its normal cond i t i on ; bu ttr y aga i n w i th pat ience a nd a t l eng th he w i l l be fat ig ued .

Hold w i th a pa ir of forceps the uptu rned part and th ean imal w i l l final l y al low h imsel f to be turned . A t theend of two days, or e ven l ess t ime, the hydra i s hung ryand commences to eat i n h i s n e w position ,but st i l l try ingto re turn in part to h i s former pos i ti on . A t fi rs t he d ig ests w i th th e par t of the stomach wh ich he has drawni ns i de, bu t soon he d ig ests compl e te l y by the a id of h i s 'sk i n, th i s hav ing become a d ig es t i v e mucous . Sometimes h e g rows tog ether i n the pos i t i on a t fi rs t takenand cont i nu es th e l i ve thus, a l thoug h somewhat shortened i n l eng th . Ca re shou ld be taken i n the fi rs t fewdays to keep h im i n pos i t i on by a need l e,wh ich preventsh im from retu rn ing to h is

'

n orma l pos i t ion by pressingfrom the i n ter ior toward the o uts i de to pre ven t h i s drawing h imsel f i n toh imsel f»The hyd ra can make a new month if for an y reason

the old one i s destroyed . Th is happens when thee stosa r c i s hel d agai n s t i ts e l f . I t forms cicatr i c ia lsh rink ing whi ch final l y obl i te rates the exter i or o rifice .

A n ew mon th then forms unde rneath the strang u lat ion .

The an terior par t may d i late i tsel f e i ther w hol l y or i npart, th e resu l t of wh ich i s a n ew mouth, l ateral i n thel atter case, term i na l i n th e former .I I . To us rra TWO n r na a I NTO on e . Th is operat ion

c an be performed in tw o d i ffer en t ways,e i th er by unit

1 50 THE M ICROSCOPE . Oc t

ing the sk i n to the sk i n or the mucous to the mucou s .Bu t one can no t un i te th e skin of one to th e mu c ous o f

anothe r, for when a smal l hydra i s swal low ed by a La rgeone ,th e l arg er one soon rej ec ts i t,or if i t hap pe n s tha t th esmall one i s re ta in ed th e l arg e one fina l l y dig est s it.They cannot be mad e to g row toge the r .To un i te th e hyd ra, mucous to mucous , tu rn as th e

finger of a g l ov e the polyp s wh i ch i s to be swal l ow e d ,and cau se i t to be taken by the second one by p re ss in gi t i n to th e d ig est i ve cav i ty w i th a s i l ver w i re . The tw o

mucous membranes a r e th en in i mmed ia te con ta ct . I n afew day s the wal l s of th e i r bod ies h ave g rown i n to on e ,

and i t is on l y a s ing l e pol yp tha t dig es ts w i th wha t w as

the sk i n of th e smal le r anima l, the on l y d i ffer e n cebe i ng that i ts body i s th i cke r than i n the n ormal st a te ,for i t i s composed of a double row of ti s su e s and tha t i th as a doubl e row of ten tacl es .To make th em un i te skin to sk in, th e one w hich is to

swal low the other shou ld be tu rned i n s ide ou t a nd bythe a id of a n eed l e pre sse d one i n s ide th e o the r.Whe n one attempts to u n i te th e sk i n to th e membra n e

and hol ds th e m (the l i tt l e one snia l lowe d by th e l arg e ron e) tog e ther w i th a n e ed l e i nserted tran sve rs ly i t h appen s tha t th e y do not g row tog ethe r but th e ex te r i o rhydra al low s h imsel f to be torn by the n ee d le the w ho lel e ng th of h i s body,wh i le the smal l er one re main s w ho l ebu t tak ing th e need l e w i th h im . The large r one g ro w stog e th e r aga in .

I I I . To mvrns A nvna a INTO SEVERAL. W he n s hy drai s d i v ided in to two par ts l engthw i se, in tw e n ty - fourhours th e par ts w i l l have heal ed leav i ng two polyp s,ea c h

a l i t t l e smal l e r around than a t fi rs t and hav i ng one - h a l fth e n umbe r of ten tac l es of the or ig in a l . When a h yd rai s cu t i n two transverse l y i t tak es two days for on e pa r tto form a n ew foot a nd the other a n ew c row n of te n

tac le s : When a hydra i s cu t in to th ree p i ec e s w i th th e


One of the Quest ions that Meets the Student of Basillarac ea .

BvARTHUR M . E DW A RDS, M . D .

s swa na N . J .

The find ing o f "spe c ie s, as they w e re ca l l ed b y theo lder obser vers, and th e nam ing of them is not the du tyof the true s tude n t of the Ba c illa ra c e aa. Th e nam i ng o f

th em i s easy enoug h; if a name cannot be found tha tsu i ts the i r pecu l i ar i ty, a nam e of some person or p l acec an be subs t i tu ted . Bu t w he n w e come to give a n amewh ich descri be s the i r pecu l ia r i t i es i s i s more dimc u lt.For i ns tance, i t i s ea sy to nam e a l i t t l e boa t - sh a pe dg reen cel l w hen i t i s rece n t and ca l l i t Nav icu la v i r i d is .

Bu t when - th e boat - shaped cel l i s tw i c e or th ree .tim e s a sl arg e i t may be cal l ed N av icu la , or l i t t le boa t, wh i ch i sl arg er , or major . But th i s i s g i v i ng a

“ sp e c ific" n ameto the objec t and i t has not a rig ht to the “ spe c i fi c"name . For i t i s a sporang i um, as i t i s cal l ed , of Na v icul a v i r i d i s . So w i th oth er ao- cal l ed spec ies . The fi nding ou t the wh y and w herefore of th ing s and of t h e i rbe i ng i s the tru e duty of every natu ral i s t .Some time ago the ques ti on of w hether the D i a tom

new or Ba c illa ra c ew w e re s ing l e or mul ti p l e ce l l scame up i n the i n vest ig at ion s of D r . Wa l l i ch, a nd b e

con tr i buted a paper to P op u la r Sc ien c e R eview on th e

subject . I do not remember what concl us ion he c am e to,

bu t th i s i s what I cam e to—th e Ba c il la ra c eat or D i a toma cm are mu l t i p l e ce l l s . Aga i n I am pu zz l ed to m e e t th equ e stion, for there a r e ce r ta in pe cu l ia r i t i es tha t appea ras the mag n i ficat ion, if th e Ba c il la ra c ew i s made mor ec l e ar by modern objec t i v e s . Aga in, I am incl i n ed to th emu l ti p le s ide of the quest i on . And for th i s rea son,Pe dia s trium g ran u la tum,F . T . K.,an ex tremel y commonDesm id, wa s exam ined in Pe c kma u

’

s Brook, N . J ., th i sMay . Th is i s a beaut i fu l form, be ing l i ke a g reen s tar .


A l ong w i th i t w a s Me losira c renu la ta ,F .-T . K Bac i l l a r

i an, al so very c ommon . Th is l ooks l ike a number of p i l lboxes, bu t w i th the endoch rome,or col or ing mat ter, of afawn t i n t . There are othe r Ba c il la ra c em a l so i n abundance,bu t o f those I do not w ish to spe ak at the presen tt i me . Closte r i um i s a very common D esm id e verywhere .

I t l ooks l i ke a br i l l ian t g re en q uar ter moon and looks asif i t w ere mu l t ice l le d, or made up of two ce l l s no t se parated by c e l lusose ,bu t the con ten ts of the ce l l s a re separa te for cycl os i s, or the movemen t of the protoplasm ,

wh ich takes pl a c e i n two separate whor l s, be ing t ran sformed from the e nds towards th e cen ter on th e ou ts ideo f th e ce l l; bu t i n s ide the ce l l wa l l, w h ich i s made up of

ex treme l y de l icate harde n i ng matter, i t i s c e l lu sos e

most l i kel y . I n P e dia strium the ce l l s a re made u p ofc e l lusos e a l so, bu t are se pa rate l y arrang ed i n the fo rmor a s ta r and they are e v iden t ly separate ce l l s . I n Me los i ra the cel l wal l s are s i l iceous and i n a cha i n . A s I havesa i d, th e P edia s trium and M e losira a re ev ident l y mu l t icel la r . I n Closte r i um the con ten ts are i n on e in ves t i ngmembran e , bu t the ce l l con ten ts, or e n doc rome , i s d ivide d i n to two par ts . Na v ic ula i s al so separate l yce l l e d, or mu l t i ce l l u lar, al thoug h th e conten ts do no tmove as i n Closter i um . For there are sev e ra l a nothoz oao r ma l e organs at l e ast, wh ich ar e ci rcu la r - ce l l ed “ o i lg lobu l e s" and i n th e spr ing a r e act i ve, and two la rg e“o i l g lobu le sf

' w h ich a re ova or female organs . Fromth i s reason I be l i ev e tha t the Ba c illa ra c e ze a r e mu l t ice l l u l ar .I have recen t l y stud i e d a Ba c il la ria n wh ich i s Gym

bel la lan c e n lu la C. G . E ., wh ich i s the same as Coc c on emala n c e ola to C. G . E ., and i s th e sporang i um of a sma l lspec ie s, pe rhaps Cymbel la c istu la H.,wh ich i s a l so p rese n t i n th e sam e g a ther i ng (book on Orang e mounta in ,N ew J ersey ), and I see that th e C . l anceo la ta has th e ce l lcon te n ts separated in to tw o por ti on s, and at each end on

154 THE M ICROSCOPE . Oc t.

the frustu l e, ao -that th is c a n be sa id to be mul tic e l ln lar .

P erhaps th i s i s the case w i th other spec i e s wh e n t h eyoccur as sporang ia,bu t I have not w i tnessed i t as y e t.

Farrant’s Med ium.

Br THOS. J. BRAY.

wAaa sx. on to.

‘ 9’

Th e moun t ing med i um know n as “Far rant s is a ve r yvi sc i d m i xtu re of g um arab i c, g l ycer i ne and camph o rwate r . I t i s an ex c e l l e n t, rea dy and su i ta b le m ediumfor moun ti ng v eg e tab le sect i ons ; e tc ., bu t i s not as m uchused as i t ough t to be by reason of the pers i s ten c e w i t hwh i c h a i r bubb les are h e l d i n th e compound . Th e ques t ioni s o ften asked, “How to remove the bubbl es ? " M y nu

sw er i s, “Don 't l e t th em g e t i n . The re pl y to th is is

i n var i ab l y , “E as ie r sa i d than don e . There i s n o t r i cki n i t, prov i ded cer ta i n ru l e s are fol lowed . I may no t beabl e to give you r reade rs th e be st method of doin g i t,bu t w i l l g i v e my w ay of operat i on,wh i ch , if fol lo w edcl ose l y w i l l a vo i d the troub lesom e a i r be l l s en t i rel y .

P R EPARE CE LLS . These may be Carter’s c ul lu loid,wh i chI use , or made of K i ng 's cemen t,g ol d s i ze or other s u i tabl e mater ia l spun on th e s l ide . Th e y must be dry a n dha rd , s e e that the top su rface of the ce l l i s leve l a ndsmooth, then take a p i e ce of cl ean w i re and pu t i t a n dforemost i n to the bottl e con ta i n ing the med i um and l e ti t remai n the re un t i l r e ady for use; th i s w i re is u sed asa droppe r . When ready l i f t ou t th e w i re and ho ld ito v er th e ce l l abou t a hal f an i nch above i t; a drop of

solid gum sol u t i on w i l l soon form at the e nd and fal l offi n to the cel l . P u t th e w i re back in to the bottl e, taketh e spe c im e n and place i t on th e drop in the ce l l and a llow it to fal l to the bo ttom by i ts ow n we igh t if i t w i l ldo so,if not, then a very g en t l e pressure w i l l he l p i t .Avo i d s t i rring th e mix ture i n the ce l l as that w i l l c aus e

1 56 THE M ICROSCOPE . Oc t .

to cons i st of myriads of l i t tl e spheres,most of th em h aving fou r rad ia t i ng arms . N ow . wh i l e you are obs e rving ,breathe v ery g en tl y over the g l ass s l i p, or be t te rh a v e afr i end do th i s for you, and sudden l y al l the a rm s wi l lcon tract abou t the spheres as if you h ad breath e d in tothe m a very spasm of l i fe . Now watch th e spo re s cmful l y a few seconds long e r and you w i l l see the armsg radual l y un fol d ag ai n i n qu i te a com ical, cau t iou s w a y.

The explanati on of th i s pecu l i ar power of th e h orseta i l spores i s not fa r to seek . Th e litt l e arm s a re exc e e ding ly hyg roscop i c a n d th e y e xpand v e ry promptl yto the mo i s ture of the br e ath . I ndeed I wa s gr e a tl yamuse d one day w h i l e obse rv i ng the i r ant ics to se e themkeep u

p a sl ow wav ing tw i s t ing motion as thoug h th eyw ere unde c i d e d as to whe ther they shou l d rema i n expa nded or fo ld about the i r prec ious charg e . This p uzz led me un ti l I observed tha t the door to my room wa s

open ; an d as th e a i r ou ts ide wa s more mo i s t tha n indoors, every l i t tl e curren t as i t came and wen t reg i ste redi ts influ e nce on those se ns i t i ve l i tt l e arms .E ach arm may be seen to have a spoon - shaped ext rem

i ty w h ich enabl ed the arms to cover the spore c om

pl e te ly wh i l e yet g reen . I ndeed, they then consti t utedthe ou ter c os t. As the spore ri pens, i ts ou terO coat sp l i tsup in to these arms and a dry w ind read i l y de tache s i tfrom th e spore case , bea r s i t al o ft an d away un ti l p e rchance i t i s wafted over a swampy p lace w he n th e air

i s mo is t . The mo isture ca uses the arms to fold abou tthe b i t of concentra ted l i fe i n the i r charg e,al l ow ing ou r

l i t t l e ae ronau t to settl e i n a cong e n ia l p lace w hen i t maymul t ip l y and repl enish the earth w i th horse - ta i l s .

Sol ubl e G lass as a M ou nting M e d iu m—Sol uble glasssu ffi c i e n t to cove r th e specime n is used,the cover-gl ass ie placedi n position,and a ha rd brown va rn ish appl ied roun d the edgeto fi ll up th e i n te rve n ing spa c e unde r th e sl i p, a nd so act as acement to keep the cover-glass firmly fixed—W . W. Ma w

‘

n .

1 895 THE M ICROSCOPE 1 57

THE M I CR OSCO PE .

N ew Se rie s , t ags .

For N a tu ra lists,P byu’

r fam, a nd D rwg g r'

s la, a nd D esigne r? to P ofiu ln n‘

u

M W a c u ity. P r ic e 81 .00 f or a n n u al . Sn bsc r ifi l t’

oxs M on /d and

w in M e ye a r . Ti e old u r n s, c ou rie lmg of 1 3 volume; ( 1881 w

m it D u m be r . 1892 Se t: of M e old .rr n’

c s c a n not be [u r n/L ie d A l lc or r n f omlm rr ,“ da ng e r, a nd books for nol rc e si on/d be a ddre ssed to M e

M ir rm op rm l l’cub/{M u g Ca . lVa sbmg l on ,D . C . . . .A

(mas t er w . em u . a . m, aw t on .

RECENT PUBL I CA T I ON S .

M anu al for th e Study of I n s ects .—By John Henry Com

stock, Professor of Entomology i n Corn ell Un i versity and i nLela nd Stan ford Jun ior University .

This work has been prepared to meet the n eed for an elementary, systematic text-book for the use of students in h ighschools and col l eges and of teac hers in primary and secondaryschools. I ts most distinctive fea ture i s a series of analyticalkeys by means of which the fami ly to which any North American i nsect belongs can be determined . Under the head of eachfami ly the characte ristics of th e fami ly,both as rega rds structure and habits are gi ven , and the more common speciesdescribed . I t i s thus possible for the student to classi fy anyi n sect to i ts fami ly and to learn the habi ts of the insects of thatfamily,and, i n case of the more c ommon species, to learn thename of the in sect.The book is profusely i l l ustrated with figures prepared es

pe c ial ly for i t. A la rge proportion of these were engraved fromnature by Mrs. Comstock.

A l though th e hook is a large one and gotten up in an expen

sive style i t is sold for a nomin a l pri ce, the pre pa ration of i thaving been a work of love rather than a fin a n cia l venture . I tis hoped tha t its low pr ice, n et or postpa id,wi l lbring i t with in the reach of a ll who desi re to learn some th ing of

i nsects and their ways .

1 58 THE MI CROSCOPE . Oc t.

PRA CT I CA L S UGGES T I ON S .

BvL. A . W ILLSON,c wvxu s o, oa ro.

I ndex ing S l ide s . - I t is ve ry un c om forta ble to be unabl e tofi nd a particu lar sl ide when desi red. To obviate an inc on

ve nie n c e of th is kind i t is wel l to n umbe r and index the s l ide,a nd a lso to label the boxes con ta ining the sl ides wi th thebox . A ve ry l ittle trouble in th e di re c tion here indica ted wil l

place e ve ry slide und e r con trol of i ts owne r . W i thout somearra ngeme n t i t is remarkable how soon a sl ide will be come a s a

n ee dle in a hay- st ac k . L i ttle i nde x books may be pro mred

and a re ine xpensive . It is we l l to ke ep boxes with trays forsl ides in course of preparation . I n suc h cases always wri te then ame of th e prepara tion on a alip of pape r a nd keep i t i n the

tray w i th th e sl ide unti l i t is permanently mounted .

E rysippe i.—These are the powde rvmil l dews and th is i s

the sea son for find ing them on leaves . They a re be auti ful a ndc ompe te fa vorably w i th dia toms as mic rosm pic objects. Le a vesw i l l be found that look as if fu ll of cobwebs or as if they hadbeen wh i tewashed;—ii they be long to this class, when in fu

'

l

fru i t,ofte n with the eye or be tte r w i th a lowe r powe r lens, ian umerable l i ttle dark dots can be seen scatte red th rough th e

whi tewash or c obwebs on th e le aves .Whe n the lea ves a re ga thered i t is we l l to press them a t on ce .

On arri ving at the mi c roscope,with a spatula scrape off a fe wof th e dark dots and transfe r to a d rop of wa ter on a sl ide cove rand exam ine w i th a low powe r.

°Then remove the sl id e

,gen tl ypre ss on the cover w i th the finger and ex amine w i th a highe rpowe r about a quarter objec tive . W i th th e low powe r the darkdots wi l l be see n to be va rio asiy ma rke d pe rie hsia . Arou ndth e apothec ia w i l l be f ound the appendages by wh ich the gene raa re classified . Some appendages a re simple, some a re long sharpspikes,some a re shephe rd c rooks, some a re long wth sta rs at thee nd. The pressure on the sl ide wil l mash the peri thec ia a nd

e xpose the asci con ta in ing the spores . On the number of spo re s ,spec ific disti nctions a re founded .

I t i t n i ce,neat,clean work wh ich any misc osc opist wi th al ittl e pa tience c a n accompl ish . The U . S. agricultu ra l depart

THE MICROSCOPE.

Con te n ts for Oc tobe r, 1 895.

Obj e c ts Seen Under the M ic rosc ope. XXV I I .—The Fresh Water Hydra .

(I l lustrated)One of the Ques tions that Meets the Studen tof Bac il lamoese EdwardsFe rma t

’s Medium Bray , “

I nte re sting Little Ae ronauts .

m

Kne rr

R eac t s ? P usmc a ‘n os s

P a a cm oa r. Snoomr rons .—By L. A . W illson .

E rysippe i

Wh ite Zinc

Brunswic k Blac k


Con te n ts for Septembe r 1895.

Prepa ra tions for U rina ry E xamination (With Frontispie c e . ) w

Mic rosc opica l Tec h nique Applied to Histology—X I . Be ne fi t!

The Use of Filte red W ate r in M ic rosc opic Man ipu lation .

Diatoms of the Conne c tic u t Shore —VI I I . TerryThe 18th Annua l M eeting of the Ame ric an M ic rosc opia l Soc ietyEnrroa u t .

N ewvu c sr ros s.

Lm ans ro r a n Bu rma .

M inne soomc n . A r e a aa '

rus

FOR SALE —Crouc h In te rmed iate binoc u lar. c irc ular glam stage, mec han ic a l c e n te ring on subs tage , fou r eye piec es, ac hromatic c onde nser pola rising a ttac hme nt, stops for dark ground and oblique il l pnn ba loid

two solid eye pie c es made by Spe nc er . A l l in perfe c t orde r a nd have be enusedvery little . 8100. A . BATES, Aubumda lg Man .

FOR SALE—Ba rbadoes Earth ,c onta ining many ra re forms of Radiola r-ia .

Send 40c ents, stamps, tbr in c h c ube of this mate ria l toS. 8. DAY,23 Olypha nt Morristown, N . J .

FOR EXCHANGE .—I wil l e xc hange my hotom ph (c arts dc visits )

with a l l Ame ria tn Dia tom frie nds . NBO ,CKph

W ie u X l -L Simme ringe r Hauptstr, 14Austria .

THE M I CROSCOP E .

N OV E M B E R , 1 8 9 5 .

NUMBER 35. New SERIES.

Objec ts Seen Under the Mic roscope .

Bvc n avsam n smum.

Xxxvil l .—THE n oNBY- sss .

Much has be en sa id of th e wonde rfu l sk i l l d i spl ayedby the honey - bee i n perform ing i ts domesti c duti es, butthis sk i l l i s not more wonderfu l than i s the be e i tsel fwhen s e en under th e microscope . Of th e A pi s mil lifi c aor honey - bee the re are th ree k i nds i n the h i ve the malesor d rones . th e femal e or queen and th e ne uters or workerbees . The head o f the worke r- bee (fig . 1 ) close ly re

sembl es that of the queen (fig . wh i l e i n the drone(fig . 3 ) the head i s much larg er, a nd th e e yes are ova l inshape and mee t on the top of th e he ad . The thorax of

the queen i s larg er and more oval tha n that of the worker

,wh i l e i n the drone i t i s sh ie ld - shaped . Bu t th e

162 THE M I CROSCOPE . N ov.

abdomen is the par t wh ich i n th e th ree types presen ts theg rea test d i ss im i lar i ty . I n the worke r i t i s smal l a ndoval, i n the queen i t i s much longer and th i cker, taperin gto a po i nt,wh i le in the drone i t i s short, s tou t and oh

l ong, hav ing th e poster ior par t fr inged w i th long s tifi'

ha i rs .E xam ine the head wi th reflected l igh t and a l ow pow er .

There wi l l be seen two compound eyes . A ttach ed between these are two an tenna) and at the fron t i s themouth . I f a fe w of the ha i rs are removed from thebac k of th e head, th ree s im ple eyes may al so be se en(fig . 14, a) .Th e eyes

—The two compound eyes cons i st of th i rtytwo h undred sing l e ocel l i , ea c h of wh ich i s composed of

two remarkabl y form e d l ense s : the ou ter or corne a l (fi g .

16,a), and the in ner or con ica l (fi g . 16,b) . The corneai s eas i l y p e e led off and the g rouping of the l enses becom e s di sti nctl y v is i b l e . Th i s cornea l len s consi st s of

two p iano- conv e x l ense s of d ifferen t densi t ie s and refra c ting powe rs . The plane surfaces of these be ing adhe ren t .i t fol low s tha t the pr i sma tic c ornea l l e ns i s a c ompo u nddoubl e con ve x l ens (fig . 16, a) . How remarkabl e t ha tw e shoul d find th i s same c onstruction i n th e mos t pe rfec tm icroscop ical l enses of to - day . The l igh t afte r i t haspasse d th rough th e l e ns c rosses th e vacan t space (fig . 16,

c ) a nd enters the con ica l lens (fi g . 16, b) . Th i s spac ei s surrounde d w i th a dark pigmen t, wh i ch i s na rrowedto form a round hol e, like a d iaph ragm in a m i c rosco pe ) .The c ol ored matte r is con t inued dow nward and su rroundsth e con ica l l e ns . Th is con s is ts of a s imp le double c on

ve x l ens . A t the apex i t comes i n con tact w i th the bu lbous expans ion of th e opt ic nerve (fi g . 16, e) ,wh ich exten ds in a l in e con t i n uou s w i th the a x i s of the oce l l iun t i l i t m e e ts the ne rv e of the oth e r o e ye le ts . Theseth re e un i te to form a common trun k wh i c h commun i catesw i th the i nsect’s brai n . Bes ides these compoun d eye s

164 THE M I CROSCOPE . Nov .

previ ous to i ts pa ss in g i n to th e honey stomach. Extending the whol e l eng th of th e tongue i s a tu be proba bl yused for the passag e of th e nec tar from the ti p of the

tongue to the mou th . Wh i l e the tong ue is stretc hedfor th to col l ect the sweets f rom th e flowers i t i s su ppor tedby the labia l pa lp i (fig . 14, e),wh i ch are join ted and th el ow er se gments covered wi th fine hai rs .To prepare the parts of the head for exam inat ion,soak

for a fortn igh t i n l iquid pola ssm to soften the skin andd i sso l ve the fatty substan ce . Then wash in wa ter, p re s sbe tw een two pi eces of g l ass unt i l dry ; d rop a l i t t le tu rpen t i ne upon them a nd l e t them soak in i t a few dayswh en the y w i l l moun t we l l i n Canada ba l sam .

Th e L egs— I n a l l bees the leg s cons ist of fi ve l i m bs .

bu t i n th e worke r - bee th e fourth and fi fth l imbs of theh inde r leg are very difl’

e r e n t from those of oth e r be es .

E xam ine th ese (fig . 12, a,b ) w i th a low power . Thet ibia (fi g . 12, a) becom e s l arge as i t approac h es th etarsus (fig . 1 2, b), the fi rs t join t of wh ich i s very la rg e l ydeve loped and covered w i th r ings of s ti ff hai rs se t i nregu l ar row s . Where these two di v i s ions of th e leg c om etog e th e r a cav i ty i s formed . This i s th e pol l en ba sk e t .The in s i de of th i s cav i ty i s smooth and aroun d the u ppe redge i s a row of l ance t shaped hai rs (fig . Th ese a r es tra ig ht on th e s ide by wh ich the pol len i s re ce i v ed an dcu rved on the oppos i te side i n such a way as to pre ve n tthe pol l en f rom fal l i ng ou t and a t th e same tim e to mak eth e most room in the cav i ty . The r igh t leg conveys th epol l en to th e le ft bask e t an d v i c e versa . Th e foot of th ebee i s prov ided w i th forked claws (fig . 9) and w i th ace ntra l hol low c up- shaped organ studded al l over w i t hhai rs . Th is i s to ai d her i n wal k ing on wa l ls a nd smoot hsu rfaces and i s al so u sed i n perform ing her domesti c opora t ion s .Th e Wings — These a re fou r i n number, the an ter i o r

pa i r be i ng the larger (fig . They are of a toug h


membra nous te xtu re covered w i th fine ha irs, and are fu rn ished w i th nervures,w i th a set of vesse l s for the cir c u

l ation of the bl ood, an d ano th e r set for the ci rcu la t i on ofa i r . Tha t th ese w i ngs may offer th e broadest poss i b l eres i s tance to the a ir, th e poster ior pair are prov ided w i tha row of exqu i s i te l y formed hook s (fi g . 10,m ), wh i le th ean ter ior pa i r ar e prov ided w ith a r ib or bar (fig . n ) overwhich these book s may be e l apsed, thus form ing an

broken surface . Bees use the i r w ings to ven t i la te thehi ve much as w e us e fans .Th e Sting .

- W ha t i s u sua l ly known as the sting of th e

ha s i s re al l y the shea th w h ich contains th e pi erc ing apparatus (fig . 6, m) . Th is cons ists of two long darts (fi g .

6. n) barbe d as shown i n fig . 7, each barb hav ing e ig htteeth ; they are so p lace d when in use tha t the smoothedg es come tog ether,making a form idable w e apon . A tthe base of th e st i ng i s a sa c of poi son wh ich i s ope ratedby the same musc les as the sting . A. the sheath c on

166 THE M ICROSCOPE . N cv.

ta in ing the weapons enters the flesh, a drop of po i sonpasses dow n th e hol l ow of th e shea th i n to the woun dcaus ing instan t death to the v ict im . I n th e queen the

st i ng is cu rved and i s al so used as an ov i posito r .The D ig e stive System . From th e mouth the food

passe s th roug h th e g n l le t (fi g . 19, (1) i n to the h oneystomac h (fi g . 19,f) . The p art intend e d for hone y is regurg e ta ted an d depos i te d i n th e honey c e l l s, whil e tha tused for nouri shme n t passes in to the sec ond stomac h (fig .

19,g), where i t i s masti ca te d by th e gastr ic tee th (fig .

I t the n passe s in to th e i n tes ti ne . Abou t the midd l e of the i n tes t i ne a re th e b i l i ary tubes, wh ich c o rre spond to the l i ver i n an ima l s, and the se pour ou t t he i rcon ten ts upon th e food i n i ts passag e th roug h th e in

te stin e s .

Th e R espira tory System .—Th e bee bre athe s th roug h

sp i racl es w h ich are l i t tl e holes p ie rced i n the ex t erna lsurface and connect ing w i th the in terna l resp i ra toryorgans by l i t t l e tube s or tra c hm. Th e sp i rac l es con s i s tof two e longated aper tu res,one beh i nd the o ther (fi g .

The ou ter one i s prov ided w i th a n umber of shor t ha i r sto keep ou t foreign subs tances . The re are two pa i rs of

these i n the thoraxand one pai r i n each se gmen t of th eabdomen . Through th e se the a i r i s adm i tted to th e a i rsacs (fi g . 1 7, s) wh i c h commun ica te w i th one ano the r b yl arg e tra c h ze (fi g . 17, The abdom e n be ing the heav i e s ti t i s prov i ded wi th two l arg e sacs, on e on e i ther s i d e

,

from these ex te nd tra c lue to th e other par ts of the ab

domen . The thorax be i ng prov ided w i th wings has n oa i r sacs but a l arge tra c h ae ,wh ich d i v i des i n to two a s ittraverses the thorax . I t conn ec ts the larg e a ir sa c s o f

the abdomen w i th th e smal l e r ones i n the head. wh i chare rel a t i ve ly large on a c c oun t of th e we igh t of the c om

pound eyes . Thus th e equ i l ibr i um ' i s main tain e dth roughou t the whol e body . The qu e en,-whos e abdome ni s larger and heav ier than that of the worker, but who

168 THE M ICROSCOPE . N ov.

The Dissec ting Mic rosc opeBY Paor . r . at ooonn a s . Pu .G .

To e very studen t of bo tany a d i sse c t i ng mi c rosco pe i sind i spen sabl e . There are seve ra l fo rms to be foun d i nsh ops and th i s leads to fre quen t i nqu i ry con c ern ing th e .

“best .” When on e i s cons id e r i ng wh ich is the bes t h e i sl ed to the consi d e rat ion of the lense s, th e construct i o n of

th e hand rest, the method of support i ng th e lens and th emeans of a l ter ing i ts focu s . The l e nses usual l y emp l oye di n s imple m icroscopes are e i the r p l an e - con vex or do u blecon vex and l ense s of the se forms are subject to two ihheren t d i sorders ; th e y d i s tor t the imag e and decom pos el ight . Th e fi rst i s ca l l ed spheri cal aberra tion, be in g c c

c a sion ed by the spherici ty of the l ens . The secon d isch romatic abe rrat ion be ca u se the imag e seen by its a i dshows a border of color not presen t in the obj e ct .Spherica l ab e rrat ion may be ove rc ome by mak ing th e

l e n s much rounder on one s ide than on th e othe r . Th ishas the e ffect of rende r ing th e ray s of l igh t from an oh

j cet para l lel and overc om e s aber rat i on of form . U s i n gth ree l en ses of th e ord inary form tends to corr ect i t, bu tthe usua l, bec ause i t is the c heapes t, way i s to pla ce ad iaph ragm between the l en ses,sh u tt i ng ou t the pe ri ph era lrays an d us i ng on l y the ce n tra l ones wh ich are norma l l yparal l e l . Chroma t ic abe r rat ion i s overcome by c e m e n ting l e nses of the proper form,of two k inds of g la ss t og e ther .One combinat ion of l en ses wh ich may h e pur c hase d o f

opt ical in strument makers i s cal led th e a c h romati c tr i p l e t .Th is i s composed of th re e l ense s of two k inds of g l a s s,crown and fl in t, so adj uste d i n form a nd quan t i ty a s toovercome both abe rra tion s . Thi s g i ves exqu is i te de fi n it ion and i s j ustly regard e d an e xc e l l en t l en s for a d i sse c ting m i croscope, bu t i t i s qu i te expens i ve and th e

magni fyi ng power i s not in creased ove r an ordina r y

1895 THE M ICROSCOPE . 1 69

tripod,whic h c osts bu t a t rifle and as these are made contai n i ng two l en se s, bo th doub l e convex, one th i c ker andone th inn er, they do exce l l ent serv ice . The l enses i n thetr i pod are one and a quar ter i nches i n d i amete r bu t ared iaph ragmed down to four or fi ve e igh ths . The focal d i stance of th e tr i p l e t an d tr i pod may be the same and forth e purpose of d i sse cting a one- i nch focus i s very u sefu l asth i s is fa r en ough from the work ing stag e to a l l ow of thef ree use of need les . On e may est imate the focal d i stance of a l ens or combi nati on by hold i ng i t between al igh t and a shee t of wh i te paper or between a w indowand a sheet of paper and no t ici ng how fa r d istant i t i s

f rom th e pape r when the image i s cl earest . I t i s w el l todo th i s w h e n purchasing th ese l en ses, as many of themfocus at an in c h and a quar ter or more . Ten,d i v ided bythe foca l d i stance,g i ves the magn i fy ing power i n d iamete rs, te n i s the d i s tance i n i nches at wh i ch one usual l yholds an object for cl ose in spect ion,the magn ify ing powero f a l en s of one i nch focus i s th en te n d iameters .Hav i ng ob ta i n ed the l en s th e nex t s tep i s to mount i t

con ven ie ntl y for use and th i s i s one of the ste ps wh ichevery studen t shou ld take for h imse l f . The on e used bythe wr i ter and w h ich i s here descr ibed, answers every

170 THE M ICROSCOPE . Nov.

pu rpo se and is more sa tisfac to ry on accoun t of be in ghome made and in cost i ng but a trifl e, tha n those for

sa l e i n the shops . The body is a tobacco box of th e s iz ehold i ng s i x pounds of p l ug ; i t i s about 4 by 5 a nd 13

i nche s l ong,made of sycamore w i th nea t l y dove tail edc orners . A ll partic l es of paper are care ful l y removed ,

th e surface sa ridpape red and varn i shed, the in sid e i sblackened w i th a m ixture of lampb la ck and turpen tinew i th su fficien t varn i sh to preven t i ts rubbing ofl

’

. Thisg i ves a dul l b lack wh ich i s absorp t i ve and non - refl e c tive .

Lay the box on i ts s ide w i th the bot tom towar d youand remove a sect ion abou t three inche s wide from th e

m idd le of what i s now the top, cu t away along the aidesof th i s hol e enoug h to l e t a p i ece of window g las s in ,

fl u sh w i th the surface of the box . The s tag e is now c om

ple te . Tak ing another p i ece of g la ss, or mirror if youprefer, a l i tt le l arg er than the stag e glas s,paste a stripof heav y paper, one inch w ide, a long one of the wid e rsides a l l ow i ng i t to proj ect ha l f an inch, the proj ectingpart i s then pasted to the back of the box,inside, a t th euppe r angl e, th us form i ng a hinge so tha t this piece o fg l ass may be ra ised or lowered . This i s ac compl i sh ed b ya s tr i ng a t tached to the r igh t band edge by mean s of ap iece of cour t plaster, passed th rough a small wire s tap ledri v e n i n to th e edge of the box n ear the s tag e and pass e dto the ex treme r ig h t hand end .

W hen i n use the open s ide of the box i s turned towar dthe l ig h t and the g l ass reflector ra i sed to the prope rang le and re ta ined by fasten ing the st ring . The s tag eand reflector are shown i n fig ure one .

Nex t, unscrew the legs from the tr i pod and remov e t h eband wh ich carried th e m , make a neat loop w i th s tou tbrass w i re suffic ien tl y l arge to enc ircl e the body of t h el ens (fi g . 2) and replace the lower band to hold the wir ei n pl ace . Then, hold i ng the lens perfec t l y horizon ta l,


THE M I C R O S COPE .

P fiysr’

a’

a n s,a nd D r agg in g a nd D u ig nd I o

EDI TOR I A L.

M i crobe of Scurvy .—Testi and Beri have

la ting from a p iece of scorbutic gum a mthey bel ieve to be the cause of scurvy.

the an i l ine dyes resists Gram ’s staingene ra l ly un i ted with on e or more of iders gelatine flu id, andoc u lation of these cul tures in to gu ito fe ver,and the necropsy showedparts of th e body,and nodules oftion . E xper iments were made inth e four

fact that the patient h ad improvedm ent. The diplococc i found by thefrom any that are usual ly present in theBacte ri o logy i n A ustral i a .

—Tbe late Sibequea thed to the Sydn ey Uni versity mofound a cha i r of bacteriology . but thefa ctory to the latter th e money was decl ined .

has be en g i ven to th e Lin n sean Sw iety of Nwhic h w i l l ma i n ta i n a bacte riologist a n d

tions.

1 895 THE M ICROSCOPE l 7a

QUES T ION S A N SWERED.

232 Where c an I get slidea of common rocka or how c an I ma ke

titt ed—A . P . 8.

Rock sections can be obtained from dealers in microscopicalgoods and material or may be ground as fol lows :Sel ect a th in fragment of roc k,rub on e side flat w i th No. 70

eme ry and wate r on an iron plate , smooth with flour eme ry.

Wash ,dry, and cemen t th e flat surface to a piece of glass,w i thhard ba lsam, us ing a gentle heat. Gri nd the rock as be foreuntil th in enough to transmit l ight through the transl u c ent eleme n ts . Much care is n ece ssa ry as the sec tion becomes th inn er.Fina l ly dissolve th e ba lsam cement with benzol or chloroform,

l iberate the section,wash with care because many m inera ls a ree xtremely brittl e,mount i n balsam . A section can be made i n20 to 30min utes i f you are not in a hurry .

233 Whatis Hollis' Glue f—Hol l is’ G l ue is a sol ution of shel

l ac in alcohol, i. s., shel lac varnish .

234 Will a few drops of glyc erine p revent the c ra cking of she lla cc ements f—B

’

not,wha tmilk—G lyceri ne is not su i table . Add ten

drops of ca stor oi l or of Ven ice turpentine to each ounce of

shel lac varn ish .

PRA CT I CA L S UGGES T I ON S .

By L. A . W ILLSON,c urvat u re . oa ro.

How To Obtain Free Tri c h i na .—Place a portion of the

flesh conta i ning en cysted tr ich in a in di l ute hydroch lor i c AcidTh is acid dissolves the l ime of the capsule and leave s the anima ls fr ee. Then they may be picked out with needles under adissecting sc e pe or hand magn ifie r. Be fore placing the flesh i nth e acid it shou ld be wel l te ased . After removal , the trich inashou l d be bleached i n c hlorina ted soda . They may also bestained . A section of a cat’s tongue with sta ined trich ina makesa n attractive sl ide.

174 THE M ICROSCOPE . No v.

T rip e th e lium .—This i s a l ichen but the method of man ipu

lating i t is appl ic able to a ve ry nume rous class found on bark .

This specime n is found frequentl y on beech bark. Th e barkaffecte dwil l have a number of rai sed black spots . Unde r a lowpowe r these spots w i lf be found to be l i ttle el e vated wa rts wi thoften a l i ttle hole (astiole ) in the center. On the outer barknoth ing worthy of a h igh power can be found . Sha ve of the

upper surface of a sma l l piece and cut down into the inn e r ba rk .

Then where the warts were l ittle spots w i l l be seen . D igmut

on e of these spots ; transfer to a drop of pota ssi um hydr ate cmaglass sl i p ; mash and spread ou t wi th a spatula ; th en cover andexamine with a qua rter objecti ve. The conte nts are hyalin e a ndglassy wh ite. Nume rous apothecia each contain i ng e igh t sporesw i l l be se e n . The spores are long, g lassy and aci c ul a r ande ight locula r and ea ch division of the spore is marked with a

double c onve x lens shaped mark ing . The method h ere desc ribed is appl icable to ma ny bark l ichens a l l the Verru c ariaand a lso to many of the Py renomyce tes . Many of th e Fun giwh i c h a ffect bark are superficial and ne ed but to be scra ped o ff

t obe seen .

B lood Show ing th e E ffect of Tobacco .—The effec t of th e

e x c e ss i ve u se of tobacco can be clearly demonstrated by the examina tion of a prope rly spread sl ide of the patients blood . I nsuch cases red corpuscles wi l l be found to be crenated, tha t i sthe corpuscle i nstead of posse ssing th e absolute regu la ri ty o f

ma rgin n oticed in hea l th w i l l presen t a se ries of, sc a llops som ewh at i rregula r in the i r d istr ibution . A few su c h c rena ted c or

pusc le s , in the proportion of on e to three hundred an d fifty c c

c u r ia n ormal health bu t in tobacco blood the ra tio issom e time s as h igh one degenerated corpuscl e to ten hea l thyon es, a nd often atta ins a much large r proportion. Opium a n d

Ethe r n a rcotics produce the same result. Nervous e xci tem en t,certa in disea ses wi l l frequen tly produce crena tion and the bl oodin de nse u r ine wi l l often be found in th is state. Where th epa tie nt is othe rwise healthy a n umbe r of crenated corpusc l e s i nh is bloo d,as above i ndicate d, may safe ly be ascribed to the exc essiva use of tobacco, opi um or some narcoti c a nd i t is th en .

h igh , time to stop their use.

THE MICROSCOPICAL JOURN}Con te n ts for N ovembe r, 1895.

On the Radioa Depos its of the States of A labama and M imi!

Mic rosc opic a l Te c h niq ue Applied to Histolog .—

.X I I Bon cva l "

Mic rosc opic a l E xamination of the Sandstone in the Sta te Prison at

son ,City Nevada . Edwa rd s

Spe c ial

sou

Sta inin

gmMethods in Mic rosc opy,

En rr on ra n .

Cause and Preven tion of Chole ra .

M rc nosoor rc a r.M a s rr una r rox.

Th e Best Method of Sharpen ing a M ic rotomePreservation of Some Marin e An ima lsMic rosc opy on a Ra ilroad Train l l) Motion

aFormu la of th e W ic k eshe ime r Pre paration for Preserving Oilof Natural History

Mic rosc opica l Prepa ra tions of AlgmStudying Ma rine Planarians

Staining and Fixing Diatoms ,.

Mrc aosc or rc u . Ar raa arvs.

Botanica l Mic rosc opesCheap Pine Wood Stand fora “00 Obj ec tive

Bronoo rc a r. Norm.

The Blood Corpusc le ain

Living OrganismN ew Mic ro -Organism in Pork “

Bam s row ovthe Hea lthy Nose

Msn rc a r. M rc nosc orv.A Quic k M e thod for the Piltmtion of a Sma l l Quantity of

THE M ICROSCOPE.

Con ten ts for N ovembe r, 1895

Objec ts Seen Unde r the Mic roscope XXVI I I. -The Honey Bee. 0trated

The Dim etiug M ic rosc ope . Goodman .

Mic robe of Sc urvy

a srros s Asm ara) .P a a c r rc a r. Sooo nsr roa s .

—By L . A . W il lson .

How to Obtain Free Tric h inaTripetbe liumm .

Blood Showing the E ffe c t of Tobac c o“

SC I ENCE-GOSS I P.

Hannalum and Haemac alc ium Staining Solution

THE M I CROSCOP E .

D E C E M B E R , 1 8 9 5 .

NUMBER 36. New SERJES.

Objec ts Seen Under the Mi l

avc n nvsa n r n sm m.

u rn —c r os s“ .

We

The l eaves of a l l p lan ts are cove red w i th a sk i n or ep id e rm is wh ich i s composed of cel l s vary ing i n shape i n diffe r e n t plan ts,and i n add i t i on to the se the under s ide of

the l e af i s prov ided w i th open ing s ca l le d stomata orbrea thing pore s .

From the under s ide of the l eaf of th e Wa l lflower(fig

. 1) take a th i n sec t i on and exam ine i t i n wa te r . Man yr larly shaped ce l l s w i l l be see n and among these some

o f a hal f -moon shape, hav ing an open i ng be tween th e mthese are the stomata . Fig . 2 i s from th e under surface ofa l eaf of the I r is, fig . 3 from the Lemna m i nor,fi g .4from

1 78 THE M ICROSCOP E .

Tradescan tia virgin i ca,fig . 6 from Wate r Crowfoot r7 from Hel l ebore . On e may notice the differe n c eshape of th e e piderm is ce l l s i n the differ ent p lan tthe di fferen t arrangemen t of the s toma ta; some are irunn ing l eng thw i se of the p l an t (fig . 2) and som e a

l ered w i thou t order, I n some cases they po in t invri n one d i rection (fig . wh i le i n o thers they ma y pany d i rect ion (fig . There is a g reat d i ffere n cenumbe r of th e stomata. The under s ide of the or

h a s 2700 to a square cen t imetr e,wh i le on the a ndo f the ol i ve l eaf there are to th e sq uare cen t

'

E ach s tomata cons i s ts of a pai r of ce l l s much s

than those of the ep iderm i s g e nera l l y an d of r

d i ffe re n t form . T hese two a re cal l e d the g ua rdEach guard c e l l i s sausag e - shaped and cur ved, thof the cel l s be ing fi rm l y jo i ned toge ther. wh i l em idd le the y are separa ted a l i t t l e, leav i ng a n 0

between them wh i ch c ommunicates w i th the in te rcspaces .Now make a secti on across th e s tomata l e ng t

Th is may be don e by ho l d i ng a p iece o f the l ea f btwo p i eces of e lder p i th, or if th e l eaf i s v e ry de l i cth e pi th of the sunflower . Make an i nc i s i on i n ihby lay ing i t on someth i ng

”

fi s t and hard andleng thw i se of the p i th . I n th i s way i t i s l ess liab lbrok e n . Their i nsert the leaf so i t w i l l come ju s tthe top of the p i th ; ho ld i t fi rm l y tog e th e r wit

fing ers,or perhaps bette r . fas ten w i t h a rubbe r hac u t a sl i ce a cross both p i th and l e a f to make a 8

surface . Now hold i ng the pi th so that the razor wal ong the fla t su r face and not the edg e, not sever eth i n sec t i ons and exam ine i n water. You w i l l p rfind some se ct ions show ing th e stoma ta c u t th rongce n ter . Thi s show s th e two guard c e l ls w i th th

be tw een (fig s . 5 and 8, s) . The trans verse of thece l l i s rough ly square, the wal l s a re v er y th ick, espa

180 THE M ICROSCOPE . D1

on a s l ide a nd .add a drop or two of al coho l . Le t it

main un ti l c lea r, then ri nse i n water, s tain in s l ums

carm ine or i od i ne g reen . Then remove from th e s tainfl u id, rinse i n water, pass th rough w eak, strong an d

sol ute a l cohol, then place i n oil of cl o ves for a few 1

ments and transfer to a s l ide . From the end of a

d rop su ffi c ien t x y l o l ba l sam to cover th e speM en I

a l l ow i t to sett l e of i tse l f; then pu t on th e co ver , becarefu l not to e n trap a i r b ubbl es .

The veg etab l e sect i on s prepared by W . White may

used to ad van tag e when fresh spec imens are no t avab l e . These a re al re ady sta i ned and moun te d b e twge la t i ne fi lms . They c a n b e soaked i n tu rpen tin e n

clear and mounte d i n ba l sam as above .

On a New Method of Eutrapping, Ki l l ing, EmbeddingOrient ing lufusoria and Other Very Sma l l

Objec ts for the Mic rotome.

BvJo a n A . RYD ER .

[Abstra c t of a n a rtic le in th e Ame r ic an Natur a l ismA re l i ab l e method o f captur ing , k i l ling, s ta i n i ng 1

de hydrat i ng m inu te orga n i sms has l ong bee n a de sid<tum w i th bi ol og i s ts, espec i a l l y when such obje c tsfa r be l ow 1 - 100th of an in c h i n d i amete r . A f te r trya numbe r of de v ices, I h i t upon a plan th at i s no t 0

very simple, but a l so capable o f w id e appl ica t ion, fori ts means organ isms as smal l as l - 2000th i nch i n d iammay be caug h t a nd he ld .

The fi l te r upon wh i ch the obj e cts are ca ugh t c on s istth i n sl ices of e l der p i th . Ge t good,c le a n ,whole p ie c e ue lde r p i th, and c lamp a pi ece i n to the holder of a S c haor o ther s l edge m icrotom e ,so as to make transve rs e a

t ion s of i t, taking four to s ix d i v i s i ons o f the mic rotowhee l to eac h sect ion . The kn i fe shoul d be se t a t

acu te ang l e w i th the l i n e of movement of the knifie c


ring s, as i n cu tting cel lo i d i n . W i th fresh p i th somew hatth in ner sec ti ons may be cut . U pon examinat ion the sl i cesw il l be found to be perforated at re g u lar i n terval s by opening s caus e d by cu tting th roug h the very th in ce l l u l osewall s of certa in of the p i th ce l l s . A good suppl y of thesel i ttl e fi l te rs can be cut and kep t ready for use at an y t ime .Th e ne x t step i s to cu t some ordinary wh i te fi l ter paper

i n to d i sks or squares one i nch i n d iame ter . W i th a damptooth - pick moi sten a poin t,abou t the s ize of one of the

e l der fi l ters i n the ce n ter of on e of these d i sks . Bymea ns of a heated w i re, saturate a l l exce pt the cen tra l

mo istened por t ion of th i s d i sk w i th ps ra fiin e . P r epare ad i sco idal pad, composed or ten or twen ty superposedt h i c knesses of fi l ter paper and u pon these place the d i sks a turated w ith the pa ra fi'in e . A n ord i nary, ex tra l argel i ve - box. prov ide d w i th a m ica cover, in the cente r of

w h ich a perforation 5 8 i nch i n d i ameter has been made,is a g ood devi ce for hold i ng the d i sks tog e ther . The a c

c ompany ing figure shows the appara tu s i n vert i c a l sec t ion .

Th e mode of operat ion i s as fo l l ows : P lace the padof fi l te r paper (P ) upon the glass d i sk (G) of the l i v e - box ;lay the d i sk saturated with pa ra fiin e (f), upon P ; put the


cap (0) wi th i ts c en tral ly pe rforated mica c ove r (mplace and sl i p i t dow n o ver the dr um (D ) 80 as to ldown upon P. The n w ith a fi ne nozzl ed pipe tte mthe cen tra l e xpose d par t of f, and w ith a pai r of fi nece ps pick up one of the l i t t l e d i sk s of elder p i th ani t, convex side down , upon the cen ter of f, wh e n i timme d i ate l y flat ten out and adhere to f,n e ariy c cvthe c en tral a rea not covered w i th pa ra fiiue .

On placi ng a d rop of wa te r (d) swarming w i th an

cul es on B, i t w i l l be found that th e w ate r wiil be ra

d raw n th roug h a and f i n to P,in the d i rection i ndiby the arrows . I n th i s w ay se ve ral drum of wate rhave much of the i r an ima l cu la r popu lat ion separa teand caugh t upon the sur face of B. To kil l the ce n te rD add a l i t t l e sa tura ted corrosi ve so l u tion or c omic

one per ce n t,by s impl y th rust ing the c harg ed and

wooden rod (t) i n to th e drop Th e an imal c u le s s

once prec i p i tated upon the upper surfac e of E ,wher ea re caug h t and held i n the meshes of th e pi th c e l ls .move the fi l te r o by ra i s i ng i ts free edg e sl ig htl y w

need l e, the n grasp th is edg e w i th a pai r o f sha rp poforce ps and transfer to a watch g l as s con ta in i ng 50per cen t al cohol . W i th g en tl e handl i ng Ci lia te s mapasse d th roug h severa l r eag en ts w i thout be c omingta c h e d .

E ven orientat ion mav be ve ry eas i ly e fi’

e c te d,e ith

ske tch ing w i th a l ow power th e ou tl i ne of the wholand the pos i tion and d i rec t i on of the axes of them in u te obj e c ts upon i t, or by shav i ng dow n th e

after the d i sk of pith i s embedded so as to make i tc ie n tly tran sparen t to show the shape of the adhere )ga n isms th roug h the sem i - transparen t bl ock . The pcu tt ing planes may n ow be ind i cated on the marginl i thograph i c i nk .

I hav e found i t v ery easy to thus capture, hold,deh ydrate, sta in, embed and cu t P a ramuac ium a n


para tus, for hold i ng the fi l te r i ng pa pe r in po sitiis be ing made and offered for sale by Chas. Len ts St S—Ame r ic ¢m N a tu ra lis t.

Appearanc e of Spontaneous Generation.

BvD u . ne ur on .

Tra n s la te d f rom Le Mic rogr aph W m by Re n e Sam oa :

When we br ing i n to a narrow tube a very sma ll piof Algso, gathered w i th the end of a po le i n a p r

i n order to e xam ine i t unde r th e m icroscope , W e

a smal l n umber of spec i e s of an imal s ; th e n,eve r ywe see new ones wh ich be fore d id not appea r to be I nthere . Thus we can, afte r a few w eeks' re searc h ,fi na f ew cub ic cen timetres of water and a c e ntig remme

fi lamentous A lgm a lmost one hal f of the ord i na ry I n fr ia . No doubt that af te r a longer ti me we co u l dd i scover many o thers . Th is ph e nome non is so s t r i kw hen we have made the e x per iment, tha t we are tom ]to be l ie ve (as I have heard i t taug ht in P ar i s) tha tI n fusor ia ar i se one from the other, under ordi na ryte rior i nfl uences . I t i s necessar y to kn ow that In fusare as d i st inct one from the other as E n tomos tra c aMol l usks ; onl y, the same spec ies can presen t na tu raacc iden ta l forms wh ich have been w rong l y desc r ibed ,

the fi rs t m i croscopis ts, as so many difi‘

e re u t spe c i es .We unders tand tha t, the fi rs t day . we cannot s e e tl

a l l some speci e s have passe d unperce i ve d the yfound aga i n la ter . Bes ides , there are egg s,g erms w ]were not ye t hatched, and wh ich produce new spec ie sfo l low i ng week . And more . there o f ten a re tran sfe rt ion s wh ich requ i re two or three weeks i n wh i c h to tp lace,and a l ar va wh ich w e had taken for a perfec tfusor ia, can hatch and g i ve b i rth at th e e nd of tw e

days to a n‘vbe i ng,whi ch seems fal l en from heave nI t is thus that if we ob serv e a quan t i ty of Oxytr

'


e ra ses,w hich are s u perb I n fusor ia w i th long s t i cks,smal lhorn s and th i ck, sl ender and w el l v i s i b l e c i l i a, we wi l lfi n d after some time some Tric hoda l ynce us, wh ich arequ i te smal l and ha ve a form wh ich recal l s th i s of the C loporta e . Ne ver wou ld we be l ie v e tha t such a beau t i fu lI nfusor i a cou ld be the l arva of such an ins ig nifi can tan imal,wh ich d iffers a l i ttl e from th e ord i nary type of

I n fusor ia .

I f we thin k that al l the i r transformations are no t yetk nown,we wil l no t be su rp r i sed at the con t i nual renewal of what we have descr i bed as d ist i nc t spec ies .

When the water evaporates, th e I n fusor i a d i e or a re e n

cysted . There agai n the i r forms chang e v ery much . I f

we add water aga i n to the prepara tion, they con ti n u e tol i ve unde r odd forms, wh ich have ca used them to be de sc ribe d as if they were durabl e . I t i s thus that we havem is taken ce rta i n c yc lidinm for P ro teus te nax and so manyother de l iquescen t Infusori a and Rh izopod s for Ammba ,

of ver y d i s t i nc t spe c i e s . A l i t tl e quan t i ty of water i s,i ndeed, su ffici en t to make an I n fusor ia or on l y a pa r t of

its protop la sm l i ve under th e amoeboida l form . Cer ta i nRh izopods. w i th soft body, not pro tected by a skel e tonsus ta i n thus complete mod ifica t ions, wh i ch c a use s u s tobe l i eve i n the produc t ion of new I n fusor i a .

The Pa ramcs c inm au re l i a can presen t, fol low ing a prel i m i nary c oupl ing , a se r i es of olive s d i spose d l i ke a col la r.wh i ch are s imp l y spermatic capsu l es . I t presen ts th en apecu l iar aspect wh i ch has probabl y be e n the cause of

having i t m i s taken for another animal , w i th c ha ra c te ris

t i c n ucl eus.Bu t they are st i l l two bei ng s of the same spec i e s, s ince

they are two difi'

e rent forms of the same ind i v idual . A tlast, the w i nd wh ich ra i ses th e ge rms of In fusor i a. thera in wh ich bea ts the roo f and ta kes away i ts Sys tolide s,the carpe ts shake n and whi ch spread the i r dust, arethree causes w h i ch add n e w I n fusor i a to th e cul tu res ex

188 THE M ICROSCOPEposed i n the ope n a ir, or window sil l . I t is th e nnatu ral to find i n a prepara t ion more diffe re n t fe rnI nfuso ria than there were to be foun d at fi rs t.

Cau ti on to loc a litie s w h e re typhoid feve r is p reva lmThe germs of this d isease are now known to be in the dit c hfrom the bowels, and recent ly have been found in th e mthey are known to be in the spleen,a nd probably pervade n ti re body, of a pe rson havi ng typhoid fever. The germnot rapidly destroyed by dryi ng . Typho id fever is probahways spra d di rect ly from person to person .

A l l d ischarges from the body of a person having typboier shou ld be disinfected .

This is a time of extraordinary danger from typhoid fewhas been pred icted, si nce the low wate r in wel ls m appareJ une, J uly,August and September .

Pruden ce dictates tha t a ll drinki ng wa ter, not knownabove suspicion, should be boi led, and cooled in somewhere typhoid fever germs wi l l not ga in access to i t .Publ ic noti ce of every infec ted place should be given ,by

card on the premises a nd otherwise if necessary, so that nson may unguardedly dri nk water or take food from a atl i kely to be con tami nated wi th the germs of typhoid fev

A test demonstration of the new E lectric al Projectionparatus recently inven ted by Messrs . J . B. Oolt Co. , of

York, incl uding their n ew patent Automati c Feed E lsLamp, Projec tion Microscope,Ve rtical attachment,Polarise tc took place in Prof. Monroe’s lecture room at the Cobian Un iversi ty, corne r l eth an d H streets, N . W.,Was !

ton , D . O., on Novembe r 4th, at 8 p. m . The apparatusthe greatest scientific val ue an d many most i n teresting exme n ts were tried . This exhibi tion was of very great val uthose interested in the sc ien c e of Projection . Henry H . Br1010F Street, N . W ., is the Washington agent for MsJ . B . Colt d: Co.


rela te d the fo llowing inciden t as a sautple of M of somemed ical prac ti tioners whe n i t comes to the jud i cious and un prejudic ed apprec iation of th e meri ts an d ach ie vements of themicroscope.A physician had sent him a vial of purule nt flu id,whic h hadbe e n ga the red during the operation of a tumor of the bre as t,with the reque st of e xamin ing the liquid m icroscopic all y inorde r to de te rm ine whether the tumor was a carcinoma.Sim i lar requests are, i n our experience, by no mean s in fre

quen t. Some su rgeons,and not on ly obscure ones,will removew ith a curette a few ce lls of the mucous membrane of the uteru sand expect ot' a microscopist to make an examinat ion of the re

moved tissue and report whe ther the affection of the organ is ofa mal ign ant or a benign nature .

We have compared simi lar requests to the question of a student of ana tomy,who asked th e demonstra tor,a fter removing a piece of a nerve- trunk, “Professor, what nerve is this ‘

P”

Such occurrences,of which most h istologists can cite para lle lc ases, form one of the argumen ts for the necessity of a mic rosc opic training of al l physicians,at least in a su ffi cient de gre ethat the poss ibi l i ti es and impomibilities of an h istolog i ca l ding »

nosis are properly understood and appreciate d .W hi le the very e n e rgetic use of a sharp curette may occasional ly remove pie c os of ti ssue large enough to exhibit the char a cte ristic structure of a neoplasm so that a posi tive diagnos is c a nbe made,the cases i n which the tissue removed with a cure tteconsists of a poll mall of tissue e l emen ts , without any ind ic atio nof i ts archi te cture,ar e so predominating that the diagnosis basedupon i ts e xamina tion is practi c al ly worth less. Such exam in ation s, a l though they may in ra re cases furnish presump tiveevidenc e which ,in c onnection with the c l in ica l mani fes tati on sof disease,may lea d the su rgeon to arrive a t a conc l usion as tothe necessary the ra peutic proc edure ,are apt to bring mi c roscopyinto discred it. Th e removal by the curette of an abunda nc e ofepithe l ia l ce l ls or young connecti ve tissue cel ls may lead amicrosc opist to suspect a c arc inoma or a sarcoma,but a surgeo nhas no right to perform a radi ca l operation u pon such a mor esuspicion,when i t i s an easy ma tter for him to remove a wedgeshaped piece of tissue la rge enough to make an exact histological diagnosis .

1895 THE MICR OSCOPE 189

Th e neglect of insisting upon simi lar requisites for the purpose of arri ving at a decision based upon a n h istolog ical examina tion . as wel l as hasty examinations and the hastyexpressi on of opin ions are often detrimen tal to the proper estimation and appreciation of microscopy. Surgeon s wi l l sometimes rid icul e the diagnosis of sarcoma by a microscopist,because the n eoplasm rapidly improves under mercury a nd

iodides ; ii' they have themsel ves a passable knowledge ofpracti cal histology they wil l readi ly see how such a mistakemay sometimes happen . These errors are not so apt to occur i fthe histologi st has a properly prepared specimen and sufficien tleisure to make a thorough examination . But such examinations requ ire a fami l iari ty with th e subject. They take upmuc h time,have great practical val ue and shou ld be wel lremunerated .

T h e Su spe ns ion o f “ I n se ct Life .—Th is action was recently

ordered by the Secretary of Agricul ture and cuts 05 a val uableperiodical . The reasons for the suspens ion were practical lythese:1 . The very commendable acti vi ty of other burea us than that

of en tomology during the past few years had led thei r membersto feel that they also could ed i t val uable periodi c a ls, and theymade known their desires to the Sec retary. I i

'

E n tomo logy hadi ts monthly, why not al l the other bureaus? Th e Secretaryfound it imposs ible to grant all the new requests for permissionto prin t. He could not consisten tly gran t to E n tomology whathe refused to others .2. The general adoption of the periodical plan of publ ication by Governmen t departmen ts was l ikely to prove offensi veto pri vate publ ishers and bec ame a k i l l ing sort of competition .

How cou ld pri vate publishers compete against free Governmen tissues? Th e Secretary very wisely decided not to e n te r the periodios l publ ish ing business as a destroyer of pri vate en terprise .

Th e suspen sion occurring at about the time of Prof. R il ey ’sdeath has led some to in fer a con nection between th e even ts .Nothing could be further from the truth . Not on ly did Prof.R iley leave the Depa rtment a year ago but whi le he was in i t,his connection with [mostLife was l i ttle more than nominal,theacti ve man agemen t having always been in the hands of Prof. L.0. Howard,then assistan t and now the En tomologist.


P R ACT I CA L S U G G ES T I O N S .

BvL . A . W IL LSON ,

ou tfi t.u m,omo.

Ye ast Ce l ls .—'

I‘

he examination of yeast affords a fi nein c el l formation .

For the purpose use a very smal l piece edma piece no larger than hal f a pi n 's head or scrape a ver}portion from a sake of ye ast . Place the pc rtion scrapeda plain glass sl ip. in a drop of water. cove r and examinequarter inch objective . When the cake ofyeast is used thQill be obscured by the large starch grains composing i tmove most of the cel ls with th e forc eps before covering.

The yeast plan t is Saccharomyces e e revisisae . N otimother cel ls and the daughter cel ls . These cel ls averagmm. or .0003 of an i nch in diameter and reproduc e the tter cel ls by budd ing .

Another form is produced by division of the protoplasmin the paren t cel l . By gen tly heating the s l ide afte r i t iered . th e process of buddi ng may be accelerated and bee nd isplayed upon th e sl ide.it may be better seen by keeping the covered sl ide i n l

moist chamber for some hours . The daughter cel ls mayve loped by growing yeast upon fresh c u t sli c es of potarabi, c arrot or upon sma l l s l abs of plaster of Paris. Ti

pa ration s must be kept mois t by c ove ring wi th a bell .may be seen in a wee k or te n days from the begi nn ingexper imen t .Pu s Ce l l s . - I t is in teresting to examine pus by c cv

examin i ng with a qua rte r in c h objective then remove thll ift the cover a nd plate a drop of acetic ac id upon the spe cand exami ne . U pon the second examination each cel l lbibi t from one to four nu c lei .Carbo l i c A c id tor M oun ting —This is a valuable

for moun ting . Ordinary al c ohol used in moun tin gmakes them stifl and hard ; but c arbol i c ac id pc netrs

Specimen and readi ly mixes with other fi uids n sed in me !such as water, glycerine a nd Canada balsam.

192 THE M ICROSCOPE

Ph oto -M i c rogra phy .—The art of

of a microscopic object, whi ch imagemicroscope, is cal led photo -m icrography, in c ontra dictin c tiito the a rt of producing mi croscopic photographs of large obje c twhich requ i re the aid of a mi croscope to rende r the de ta ilsviible. Dr. J. W. Draper,of New York, is su pposed to have be:th e first to take photo -mi crographs by the daguettpoty]prow ss,as he was the first to take portra its by this me tho

since which time thousan ds have probably prac tic fi /cthiis w

abroad and at home. I n this coun try Drape r, Rood, Fo rthDeames, R uth erford . Sei ler,Mercer and Col . Woodward, D1Curtis and Sternberg, of the army,stand prominent as ma stsof photo~m icrography. The object of photo -mic rograph)

r is

produce a faithful photograph of th e en larged image of a micrscopic object,which shal l not on ly show everyth ing apar t frocolor,that we c an see i n the microscope,but even more, as itthe most rel iable and easy way of making fai th ful rec ordsthe appearances andmeasuremen ts ofmicroscopic objects . Be

for i l l ustration s of sc ien tific books or for lan te rn sl ides for istures,or for supplying ev idence in law courts in case s of adote ration , forgery, murder, etc ., i ts importa n ce is obvious . I

the domain of botany, biology,physio logy, pathology , ba c te re legy, chemistry, petrology, etc ., and in fa ct, whereve r thmicroscope is used, there photo-micrography is des ti ne d to b!come dai ly of more service and importan ce. The meth od 1

tak ing a photmmic rograph consists ch iefly in the fol lowinoperations. Focuss i ng and i l l uminating the objec t in mu ch thsame way as for visua l exam ination at the eye-pie c e end of thmicroscope, with the camera ; focuss ing on the ground g la ss

replacing the latter by the ho lder con tain ing the sensi ti ve p latand making the ex posure and final ly developi ng the nega tiviTo command success in photo -microgr aphy requ ires not ou t

the possession of a good mic rosm pic a l apparatus and came ra

but also an i ntimate acquain ta nce wi th the pr inciples ofmic ros c opic al i l l umination for photography, wh ich depends for 001rec tness first of a l l ope n the choice of the ill uminate r, amsecondly, upon the conden ser a nd that of the objecti ve , thrule being that the aperture of the condenser ought to be thsame as that of the objecti ve i f we wish to obtain c ritimimages .


Con ten ts for D e c embe r, 1895.

Some N ew Poin ts in Photo-M ic rogra phy . (W ith Fron tispie c e )

S ponges Conside red M ic rosc omc a l ly. Edwa rds

M ic rosc opic a l Te c hnique Applied to Histo logy. Boneva l, ,

E D I TOR IA L .

Ame ric a n Mic rosc Opic a l Soc ie tyM I CROSCOP ICAL AP PAR ATUS.

Comments on the Constru c tion of M ic rosc ope Stands . (I l lus

Mic rosc ope for the E xamination of Opa que Obje c ts ,

M rc aos c op rc a r.M A N I PULAT IONA N ew Borax CarmineSta in for Blood Corpus c les

Sta in ing Age nt for the M il k Ves se ls

M rc sosc op rc a r. Soc rsmmL m s as ro rm: Emroa

THE MICROSCOPE.

Con te n ts for D e c embe r, 1 895

O bjec ts See n Unde r the M ic roscope . X X lX .—Stomata (I l lustrate d )

O n a N ew Method of E ntmpping, Kil ling, Embedding, a nd Orie n ting

I n fusoria a nd Othe r Ve ry Sma l l Obj e c ts for th e M ic rotome .

Ryde r. (I llustra ted )A ppea ra nc e of Spon ta neous Ge ne ra tion . Bouyon

E mroa ra n

P ittsbu rg for 1896

Physic ians’ Visiting List for 1896

Tempere’s N ew

Supe rstitions About the M ic rosc ope .

The Suspe nsion of A n ima l Life ”

P R ACT ICA L SUGG EST IONS.

Pns Ce l ls

Carbol ic A c id for Mou ntingIndia Rubbe r for G lyc e rine Mou n ts

Somm e - (l

ose rs .

Libra ry Ca ta logues as a Possible Mea ns of

Photo

FOR SALE—Crou c h In te rmediate binoc u la r, c irc u la r glass stage , me

c hanic a l c en te ring on substage , fou r eye pie c es, a c h roma tic c onde nse r pola riz

ing attac hme nt, stops for da rk g round and obl iq ue il lumina tion, pa raba loid,two solid eye piec es made by Spe n c e r . A l l in pe rfec t orde r a nd have be e nusedve ry little . $100. GEO. A . BATES, Aubu rnda le ,M ass .

FOR SALE —Ba rbadoes Ea rth, c on ta in ing many ra re forms of Radiola ria .

Send 40c ents, stamps, for inc h c ube of th is ma te ria l to

S. S. DAY,23 Olyphan t St. ,Morristown, N . J .

FOR EXCHANGE —I wil l exc hange my photograph (c a rte de visits )w ith a l l Ame ric an D ra tom- frie nds . Y. C. R I N NBOCK,W ie n X I - l , Sim

me rierng Hauptstr, 14Austria .


dire c t, 110

improved, 17 1vertic al, 16India rubber for g lyc e rin e moun ts

191

Indexing s lides . 158I nfec tion, libra ry ca talogues as a pos

sible means of, 191

I nfusorin. fi xing c ilia: «N

Pe ritric hao,40Tric hodin e ,97

on a new method of e n tmppik illi embedding

“

gmisc 3, 180

I o lridopte lu, sca lm,78Lic he us, e c onomic uses, 42

whe re to fi nd, 43

Ligh te n's slide s, 6 1, 80

Magn ific ation , uneth l , 28

measuring. 27Marble, an ima l origin, 90Me asu remen t, 126Meta l lic g lobules, 16

Mica , instead of se le nite . 77

M ic rophotogruphy sec Photomic ro

m rhyMic rosc opes, to buy,8disse c ting, 168

foreign, 14, 138Mic rosc opy. how to examine obje c ts

139

and public hea l th,26

future of; 125va l ue of, 3 7Am. Soc . ,Proc e edi

Roynl Soc h istory,Roya l Soc .,membership, 127

Mic rotomc , e leg ant, 16new method of e ntrapping, kil l

ing. emb zdding and orie n t

ing In fusoria and othe rsma l l objec ts for, 180

M irro rs , silve ring, 120Mode l to fol low, 36

Mosqu ito,anatomy, 129Memes. examinia tiou,92Mo un tiu in (h ands in terim. 23

Moun ts, ndia rubbe r for glyc erine

191

Nec ro logy.

Pe ek,Frank P 76

Ru , George A . , 1 10

Need le ho lde r, 140.

Notes, keepin g, 101a har udve na, sec tion . 63

Oatmea l,mic rosc opy, 1 18

w as, 10

l ’hysic iaus' visiting

Pittsbu rg fi n 1896, 187Pla nts. bow to pre ss, 140Posta l Clubva c nneiu , 76

Projec tion , h int,126

suitable ill umination,44

157

(mierol's Laugmg e ol

'

th e b1 1

Gospe l ol'

Buddah,79Mnnua l i

’

or the study ol’

in»

sec ts, 157Organic c oloring mutter, 1Le Natural ists Canadian,

1424879

Pus c e l ls, 190

Questions w avered. 1Red

91, 111,tolutu .

’

to study,49, 67material, 1

Roc k. slides. 173Rotife rue, 17,Sc a les of lishm, 113

butterflies, re ce ptac le,92Sc ienc e Gos i

p, 29,45, 79, 96,

143, 75

Be nn y,mic robe of,1

172

Seeds,mic rosc opy 27

Se len ite , c heap substitute for, 77

Soluble glam as medium. 156

Spe c imens,c olle c tions,45Spider, ted,anatomy» 35Sponges. apic a l!»44


Spon taneous ge n e ration, appea ran c e

of, 184Stains,Bea le

’s c a rmin e,63

.Haema lum, e tc ., 175

Sta rc h ,how to obtain, 108

n atu re of, 109

Stings, exh ibited,78

Striate d mu sc u lar fi bre ,93Suga r sc hool, Audubon

’s, 143

Supe rstitions about the mic rom pe ,187

Taylor,Thomas, 125

Teasing,159Tempe re

’s new c a ta logue, 187

L I ST OF I L L U ST R AT I ON S .

Th e House -Fly (5 fi gu re s)For c e ps a n d Con de n se r (2 fi gu re s )R otife rs (I fi gu re )Vin ega r Ee ls (I fi gu re )A ph ide s (4 fi gu re s )N ew P e ritric ha n In fusorian(3fi gures)

"

R a dio l a ria (1 1 fi gu re s )fi gu reS)

R e d Spide r (4fi gu res )R a diol a ria (1 2 figu re s ) 3Crysta l s (7 fi gu re s ) 8x, 82, 84,

T ric hodin e I n fusoria fig u re s)?Sc a le s of Fish e s (15

.

figu re s )

M osq u ito (7 fi gu res ) .

Hemloc k Ba rks (5 figu re s ) 133 . 135.

Fre sh W a te r Hydra (6 figu re s)

Hon ey-Be e (23 figu re s )

D isse c ting M ic ros c ope (7 figu re s )

Stoma ta (10 figu re s) .

Fil te r (1

T ric hinae, free , 173'

1‘

r ic hodine in fusoria,97

T ripe the l ium, 174T ube rc u losis,Cu tte r

’s me tho d,47

transmitted, 90Tumors, ha rde ning, 15Vase l ine in mic rosc opy, 75Vinega r ee ls, 19W a te r l ily, se c tions, 63

W il lson , L . A ., 16, 28,44, 62, u

92, 107, 12 6, 139,158

W ood, thin se c tions, 108Ye a st c e l ls, 190Z in c c eme nt,white , 159

J A N U A R Y, 1 8 9 6 .

BvCHRYSAN THEM U’

M .

X XX—r u e s a a'rn - wonn .

N oti ce an earth - worm i n the g arden , how it w inds rapid l y al ong the ground, then th rus ts i ts head mmth e softe arth and d isappe ar s. i t more closel y and youp erce i ve n o fe e t,w ing s,fi ne , or l imbs of any k ind, on l y al ong cy l inder o f soft flesh d i v id ed i n to n umerous succe s

riug s,and at each e x tremi ty . E ven thenot hard or bon y but

flesh .

P lace the worm i n a deep ce l l and pu t i t un der a l owpower of the mi croscope . The segmen ts w i l l be seenmo re d istin ctl y and as i t moves,on e i ther s ide o f i ts bod y,l i t t l e s pin es may be seen adva nc i ng or r e ced ing fromeach segmen t. A l so noti c e wh en th e body is c ur ved

the segmen ts are larg er a t one side thanther and that the sp ines are qu i te promi n en t at

worms found on decay ing l eaves i n an aq uahody i s so tran sparen t that the act i on

is very pl a in l y s e en .

With a l i t t le ch loroform k i l l on e o f the earth - wormsa nd wi th a pa i r o f sharp sc i ssors cu t ou t a smal l p ie ce,sa y two or three segmen ts, from a comparat i vel y transpar e nt par t,wash i t care fu l l y, then press i t be tween twoslides and e xami ne . You w i l l probably see several

2 THE M ICROSCOPE .

g roups o f hooked bris t les resembl ing fig ure 3the l i tt l e po i n ts that p rojected from the s idesand are arranged so tha t th e hook s po i n tth us keepi ng the an imal from s l ipp ing . I n theea rth - worm o f our garden s these br i s t l es or se ts»a n

ranged w i th fou r g roups to a segmen t

i n each g roup . There are two ven tra l g roups and one i ther s i de o f the body (fig u re Some t imes t h enn i ne g roups of se tze and there may be se veral h ris tl lea c h g roup . Sometimes they ex ten d over the damwel l as the ven tral s id e o f the body. Some t imesare arrang ed i n reg ular r ow s as i n figure 5,or they

4 THE M ICROSCOPE .

the i n tes tinal g l ands (fig ure 7, f) and the nce th rs i ng l e i n tes t i ne to the sa c ula te d i n tes tine (figu

Some species o f worms have th ree gizza rds and 1h e r and arrangemen t o f th e sacs vary in th especies .A l thoug h so s eem i ng l y i n s ig n i fi can t, th e w e

benefi t to ma n , for by i ts indu s try i t kee ps themel l ow and l eve l ed and prepares th e dead gl eaves for absorpt ion by the soil . Worms var yi n s ize, some be ing mi croscop i c wh i le i n Ce y l o'none w h ich measures from 20 to 40 feet. Th e y a

not on l y i n the earth but i n both sa l t a nd fre sh

On a New Form of Mec hanic a l Stage.BYARTHUR M . EDW A R DS,M . D .,

“ wa s . a . J.

I w i sh to descr i be as w el l a s I c a n w i thoutnew form of mechan i cal s tage wh ich I have hamy m i croscope . For i t i s a mi c roscope withouc h an ic a l s tag e i ts e l f, made w i th a fi xed stag e, ak ind of mi cros cope . But I know that the n ew ms tag e I am abou t to descr i be c a n be put on an es tan d w i th advan tag e . I t can be moved i n a n y

i s des i red and can be removed from the mic ros ca nd qu ick l y replaced . I t can h e moved up andmean s o f a n ex treme l y fi n e s crew p laced on e itl

I n th is way i t becomes a t i l t ing s tage al so,makinfu l w hen mag n i fy ing s tereoscop i ca l ly w i th evfi fth obj ecti ve . Bes ides th es e advan tages i t itI th i nk it can be made by on ese l f—a t l eas t the onhave was home made a nd I do not cl a im any suptc h an ic a l sk i l l .A fixed stag e th ree i n ches l ong by two i nch

w i th spr in g cl ip i s used for hold i ng i t . Th is i s


the o rd in a ry fixed s tage o f a microscope . On th i s isplaced th e mechan ica l s tag e I am about to des c r i be .

A sl i p of th i ck shee t brass, abou t one th i r ty - s econd o f

an i nch th ick is taken . I t i s s ix i nches l ong and th re ei n ches w ide . I t i s a l so prov i ded w i th spr i ng c l i ps to ho l dth e obj ec t on . I t i s be n t at the two ends so as to makea doubl e s tag e l ike a V a t each end, l eav i ng abo ut a hal fa n inch between the upper a nd the l ow er port ion s . On

ea ch v- p i ece two cu ts are made so tha t on each s ide apor t ion i s l eft w h ich i s ben t up so as to make a spr ing toh ear th e s tag e dow n wards . Act i ng ag a i n s t the two

p i ece s a re two fine screw s fixed in the be n tv- shaped par t .These screw s have larg e heads to u se w i th the fing ers,fi rs t the r igh t and then the le ft . Of co urs e ther e i s ahol e abou t a ha l f of a n in ch i n the cen tre o f the mechani cal stage to v iew the obj ec t w i th a nd oppos i te the hol ei n the cen tre o f the fixed s tag e - proper .N ow when i n use i t i s placed on the fi xed s tag e .

W hen the object on a sl ide i s p laced on i t under thespr ing c l ips, i t can be moved abou t up or dow n , tran sve rse ly and from r igh t to l e ft . I t can l ikew i se be movedthe same w a y as the obj ec t i ve by the screw s andthe spr i ng s ac t i ng aga i n s t th em. I t c a n be en t i re l yremoved a nd the fixed stag e u s ed a lon e . I t c a n a l so havei n dex marked on i t and the fixed stag e marked w i th fi ftie th s o f a n i nch up and do w n and tran s vers e ly so thatthe obj ec t c a n be i ndexed . I n fact I th in k i t is s impl eand cheap a nd al so e ffec t i v e . I w i sh i t c ou l d be tr i ed .

E gg s of Bot F ly.—Th e eggs of the bot fiy (gasterophi l us

equi ) moun ted attached to the hai r make very pretty tran spare a t or preferably opaque objects . They may be found in

abundan ce on farms where horses are raised, especial ly on

horses that have long run in the fi e lds . The eggs are depos i tedon the ha i rs general ly of the forelegs and mane, whence theyare taken . in to the mouth and swal lowed . The larva arehatched in the stomach.

6 THE M I CROSCOPE . J an

On Identifying Minerals.BvM E LW LLE xrwoon,

BAR rm m oo. CAL.

The mi nera l s wh ich have been g en era ll y adopted a s re

resent ing the deg ree o f hardn ess in min e ra ls were an

g es ted and i n trod uced by Mobs, and a r e as fol low s : TaI ,rode sal t 2, ca l c - spar 3 ,da c r - spar 4, apatite o r w e

ram 5,fe ld - spar 6,quar tz 7,topaz 8,sapph i re9,diamon dMan y y ea rs ago the speaker had foun d consid e r s

dimc u l ty i n de termi n i ng, w i th any deg ree o f accu ra c y, thardn ess o f mi neral s, the sca le o f hardness then in u s

and probably s t i l l a t man y col l eges,be ing a small box wta i n i ng samples o f the d i fferen t minera l s and a pe naThe kn ife was s e ldom hard enoug h to scra tch wo l frarepresen t ing 5 i n the sca l e . To the prospec tor or mini t i s o f the g reatest importan ce to be ab l e by some si

pl e mean s to de termi ne the deg ree o f hardness. M a

fragmen ts o f corundum a nd quartz have been se n t 101d i s tan ces to hav e themde term i n ed, the sender thin kithem d iamonds .I t had been found, a f ter many trial s, tha t the e a s ie

mode o f de termi n i ng hardness wa s to ha v e the min er srepresen t i ng the var ious deg rees moun ted some thil

l i ke a w r i t ing d iamond . For th i s purpose bre ak th e cu ndum, t0paz , e tc ., i n to smal l fragmen ts ,and af te r se l e iing those w i th fine,sharp po i n ts, proceed to moun t th emthe fol low ing man ner : Take a smal l r ubber - t ipped p e n tand extrac t the rubber from i t . Then w i th a sp i rit I a nmel t some lap idary ’s cemen t i n to the vacan t space ; wita sma l l pa i r o f p l yers take th e fragments of mine ralheat one end, and in ser t i t in to the cemen t . W h i l e ticemen t is warm, by wetti ng you r fing er, you can mo ldin to any shape you p l e ase ; and w hen co ld,i t w i l l ha rdand an sw er j ust as we l l a s i f set in me tal,with th e advm

8 THE M ICROSCOPEores o f the Comstock lod e at a de pth o f over 3 ,when they me t wi th hot wate r .Shou ld the min eral s forming the rock he too am

seen w i th the common l en s, a mi croscop ic s e cthave to be cu t. Th e process is a simp le one ,hu tpat i en t and sk i l l fu l trea tmen t to produce a se cten ough for a ful l v i ew o f its s tructu re . Mr . A tw

two section s thu s prepared from the hang i ng w a

Keyston mi ne,Amador coun ty,a t the thousa nd- toone to show color and tex ture, the other to be e:by polar ized l ig h t .

T h e M i cros cope as a D e te c tive .—'

l‘

he other d;was a grea t robbery in South A frica of gold coins froncart. They had been c onsign ed i n wooden cases. Th e

took the go ld out a nd fi l led the cases with sand . Th

have been unable to d iscover where th is exchange wt

Why not employ the microsc ope Some years ago Elthat old pri n c e ofmic ros c Opists,was employe d by th eGovernmen t to in vestigate a case of smugg l ing. A c

been Open ed, valuabl es ex tracted, an d the m e repushipped onward to i ts destination . The only cl ue to tiinala was that the unpack ing must have been don e atthe custom houses through wh ich the goods passed .

To al l appearan ce the microscope had a hopeless ta:n ot so. Ehrenberg took some of the sand that bad inin the repacking,plac ed i t under his microscope,lookedhis mag ic tube. a nd behold ! there on the stand lay aspecimen of forsmin ife ra . That an ima l was foun d atplace in the world, and told just wh ere the crime hcommi tted. Poss ibly an examination of the sand founSouth A fri c an cases. see ing they had travel led a great cmight by c hance reveal the pa rtic u l tt‘ poin t in th e re a lthe theft to ok place,a nd th us lead th e pol ice to the tmirobbers—Sc ienc e Sittings.

1 896 THE M ICROSCOPE 9

THE M lC R O SCO PE .

m em e

For N a tu r a lists, P fiyxfa’

a n s, a nd D r xg g t’

s l s. n wd D e sig n ed I o P ia/in firm} :

M ic rosc opy .

P ué h’

sl ed fl e xibly. P r ic e 8 1 .00 f or e xam . Snésc r r’

ph ons M ou ld e ndw e“ M e ye a r . The old at r ia . c on fl ic ting of 1 : volume: (183 1 « a do-d

W l l‘ D u m be r . 189: of (be old son‘

s: c a n not be fu r w sh d . A l lc or r c sfi ondm rr , st ri d ing“ ,a nd books for ata/ic e M ou ld be addn 'su d to M t

M i c rosc op ic a l P ubl r'

sh‘

ug Co. Wa d mg ion . D . C. . U S . A .

CHART.“ W . Si l l “ , A . H., EDI TOR .

ED I TOR I A L .

R oman ce .—On the first of Jan uary , 1896, the magazine

Romance." which has heretofore been devoted to fiction enti rely,underwen t a c omplete chan ge a nd was i ssued as a fivec en t magazine,fi l led w i th i l lustration s of a popu lar kind . The

magazine wi ll be a con s iderable n ovel ty; the idea being to em

ph asize the i l lustrated side of i t rather than the text. There wi l lbe 48 pages con tain ing not l ess than 60 i l l ustrations . prin tedfrom the best of plates on th e best of paper. There wi l l be

0

piotures of noted pai n ters,of people of th e day,of l i terary ind ividuals at home. Scientific matters w i l l be treated of, and ama

tsu r photography wil l be gi ven a gen erous space.The T ol le s M ic ros c Opic Obj e c t i ve .

—Ephraim Cutter, MD .,LL. D ., of New York,assisted by Charles X . Dal ton , of

Boston ,exh ibi ted the famous Tol les on e seve n ty- fi fth micros

copic objecti ve to the members of the regu lar mon th ly meetingof the New Englan d Association of Optician s at Young's Hotellast mon th . The exh ibition was very in teres ting .

An ex perimen t was performed by drawing a smal l drop ofblood from Dr. Harriman, and al lowing the spectato rs to se e i t.The meeti ng was presided over by Presiden t Charles A . French .

The comm ittee having charge of the exh ibi tion consiste d of Ed

win P. Wel ls,chairman ; Les l ie M i l lar and W. H. Doleman .

10 THE M I CR OSCOI

Dr. Cutte r said that Mr. Tolle s was finthe len s for Dr. Harriman,who paid $40sol ved the problem on which he was wsold the objecti ve to Dr. Cutter. Mr. D:Cutter,was Mr. Tol l es ’ partner and onceafter Mr. Tol les‘ death .

A t the business meeting of the assoeisresigned th e ofi c e of treas urer, as he s

the winte r, and A . H. Martin , of Hoe lmc eed him. J . E . Wh iting of Andover, hCarlos Huck ins,of Ash land, N . H., were

The comm i ttee on the Tol les Memoriprogress,stating that some money had ]announced that Dr. Wil l iams, of Bost<nex t meeting of the association. Dr. 0Boston a publ ic exhibi tion of views tabthe proceeds to be devoted to the Toll esThe treasure! of th e Tol les Mon ument

has received 8100up to Dec . 1.A . J . LandryW . R . DonovanE . M . ParksCh arles A . FrenchDr. George B. Harriman

W . G. Corthel lF. H. Blac kingtouJohn W . SanbornA . G . BarberGeo . H. Llo dE . G. Wo leyR . H. Wigle r.

B. V. Ho

Stain i ng M i l l: Ve sse l s o f PlantPharm.) fin ds a combination of alkaninserviceable for di fferentiatin g the sis

sheaths. He ex tracts extract ofalkanetether,treats the residue wi th «ts- per cen tlastly, sl ightly concentrates the resu ltinsol ution by evaporation on the water-bathon dry and fresh plan t parts .

THE M ICROSCOPE .

drop ofjec tive .

for in a s ing le musR e volving th e

sl ides i t is of tenvolve rapid ly and to do so withoutfinger.On e way is to wi nd a str ing arou n d the

jerk i t ofi as a top is spun .

Where a large n umber of sl ides are to hemay be made to revolve wi th a toy steammotor.How to Obtain Obje cts at Home in Winte n —A n

sc e pist, unable on accoun t of winte r, to scour the field:woods i n search of objects c a n obtain an endl ess sa p;amusemen t and instruction by exami ning the wate r so

N early every mon th wil l d isplay a n ew flora and fau n a

wi ll furn ish ample problems for solution . The examina ti

text i le fabri cs and of differen t k ind of hair wil l c a use mmhour to pass pleasan tly away. Then in win ter the msk hsl ides of crystal s and crystal izations for the polariscope wtime wel l spen t.

S C I EN CE—G O S S I P .

E xaminati on of Spo ts on Cl oth ing for Spe rmato z oi

Those who have had to conduct suc h e xaminations knowdiflic u lt the in vestigation becomes when the materia l isporous,and wi l l welcome the fol lowing suggestion s of De NoCut th e material in to two l i ttl e scraps,and place the latter,the stained surface downward, in to a 1 per cen t. sol u tion 0

ium ch loride, or i n disti l led wate r carry ing one -half of oncent (1 :200) of alcohol . Le t i t remain for seve ra l hours,0over n ight, and then remove each scrap separately andbetween a sl ip and cover-g lass. Dry sl i ps and c overs, anddrying pl unge for a momen t in to a 1 per c en t sol ution of fuI f spermatozoids are presen t they c an be found wi th grea t 1n ess in th is way .

—’

Nat. M ygist.

On a New Form“Mec hanic a l Stage . Edwan ls . .

On Identifying Miom ls. AtwoodThe M ic rosc ope as a Detec tive

W OO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000 0 0o o o oo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o e n e b‘b o e“ o o o o o o o o o

Paa c '

rtc u . Sc oomrroxs.

Revolving the Tum -Table .

How to Obta in Objec ts at Home in W in te r

8018 c 9.

Examina tion of Spots on Cloth ing for

W hy Shou ld a Pha rmac ist Know How to Use the M ic ros

Permane n t Moun ts for Sa c c ha romyc es

Sta ining Fresh Tube rc u la r

Best Possible I ll umination of the Mic rosc opiu l

THE MICROSCOPICAL JOURNCon te n ts for Jan u ary, 1896 .

Dr Wil liam C Kra uss . (W ith a tispiec e lwCompa rative Morphology of the Brain o f the Soil Shelled Tufi

English Sparmw . Gage .

A New Tube for th e Cu lture of

Classifi c a tion of the Rad iolaria z Key to the Spe c ies ot'

Ba rbadoes

Rad iola ris : A N ew Spe c ies from Ba rbadoes . Ca rte r

Bu rm au n .

M ic rosc opic a l Jou rna lism

M rososc omc u . MAN IP ULAT ION .

A N e w Me thod of Sta ining fl age l la

Bora x Ca rmine as a Sta in ing Flu id.

Note on a Spirit- Proof Mic ro

Te c hn iq ue for the Examina tion of Skin Bac te ria.Mic ro. Photographic

Brow n ie /u . Ne w s.

A n A tlas of N e rve Ce lls.

E xamination of“Fou l” Sea Wa ter

Ba c ran row ov.Sta in ing Ba c illus Tube rc u losis in Mill:

I t is admi tted tha t the visc ose is the prodevol u t ion o f a s pecial fermen t in the same w ayand carbon ic ac i d are produc ts of Sa c c haror

there i s a difl'

e re n c e in opinion upon the n a turement w h ich produces theviscose.M . Krammer (A n n a le e agron omique s, 1890

tiva ted i n s te r i lized w in e a fe rmen t formed o f7 2

e l ongated s t i ck s . Th i s fermen t p lan ted in hil tw in es ren ders them v i sc id at the e nd of 0'

mon ths .Pasteur has foun d in a l l th e w ines a ffected a:

wh ich we are study ing , a fermen t formed of ru les wh i ch are not more than on e m icron in d ianrarel y i so l ated a nd more o ften un i ted in 1011

chain s (fi g . I t is to th i s fermen t that n ea rn ois se urs attr ibu te th e forma t i on ofvis c os e .

When i t is devel oped in w i n e in the ca sk s,o f i t forms a scum on th e sur fac e,wh i le the redepos i ted a t the bot tom. When found i n w i ne

w h i l e the res t is mixed w i th the liquid .Th e bes t remedy for th is grea se is to add to ea ch hec

to litre o f the wine, from fi ve to ten grammes o f tan nind i sso l ved i n al cohol , an d a f te r m i xing thoroug h l y let i tse t t le for some time to form a good collage .

T e a BITTER I s r sor o .—Th i s d i se ase, wh ich a ttacks

by pre feren c e the fine wines o f Burg undy, shows i tse l fon l y when th e w ine i s ol d . The Wine a t fi rst l oses i tsfla vor, then becomes b i t te r, and th row s off a pecul iarodor, the col oring mat te r i s altere d and forms a depos i t . A t th i s t ime the w ine becomes undr i nkabl e, bu ta s th i s change i s on ly produced sl ow ly, i f i t c a n bearr es ted when th e bi tterness commences to man i festi ts e l f, the w ine may s t i l l be exce l l en t . (Pas te u r . )A t the same t ime a b i t ter subs tance, wh ich Mau

mené thoug h t‘ to be al dehyde o f ammon i a, and wh i ch

o th er chemi s ts bel ieved to be c i tr i c e ther, is formed inq u i te larg e quan t i t i es from the carbon i c ac i d . Theac i d i ty of the w in e i n creases, at l east that par t fu rn ish e d by the volat i le ac i ds, a n d in part icul ar by th ee tiqu s acid and the butyr a te .

The al teration i s ch i efl y in the color in g matter and inthe tan n in , and i t a l so appears i n the g l yceri ne .

The b i tterness i s due to a fermen t d i scovered by Pas

ts ur . I n the depos i t wh ich forms in the d i seased w in en ume rous long and very s l ender s t icks are foun d . Theses t icks form art i cu l ated fi l amen ts ; the ar ticu l at ion s arer ig i d and the bran ches i rreg u lar . Th e fermen t i s o ftena ssocia ted w i th crys ta l s or w i th l i ttl e mammi l l ated ma s

s e s . I t i s g enera l ly impreg nate d w i th col or i ng mat ter(fig. On e can , by treatmen t w i th al cohol or ac i du l s ted water, carry 06 w i th the fermen t the foreig nmatters wh ich so i l i t . I t th en takes i ts or ig in al appe aran ce .

When the b i tterness fi rs t appears i n a w in e i t can be

ha ve been most thorough l y stud ied . Manyhave been con founde d and taken the one forI t w il l be unders tood be sides tha t the de fi n itcof the evo l u tion o f the mi crobes wh ich occasionva ry w i th the nature of the un fe rmen ted w ine, tature , 8m. I n c er tai n ca se s, se vera l o f thesegan isms may de vel op a t the same time, a ndfi na l re s u l ts produc ts mu c h more c ompl ex thanare iso lated .A lso some chang es i n the w ines may come

eases i n the g rape s from whi c h they were maample, the mus ty tas te o f w in e,made o f gre pwi th m i l dew .

The d i seases o f w ine, whether s tud i ed orfrom the presence o f mi cro - org an i sms,and theto be drawn i s tha t g reat watch fu lness is necethe mos t scrupu lous c l ean l i nes s ought to bei n the casks and in the cel la rs and al so in thu sed . Fin al l y when i n sp i te o f a l l th e se p richange mani fests i tsel f, i t is no t necessary toac t, the procedure the most s u re to cut shor tw h i ch threa ten , i s w i thou t doubt,mak ing i t iby Paste uri za t ion .

Corre c t ion—I n my paper on a n ew form 0

stage in the Jan uary n umber, I speak of a doubleV at eac h end.

” I t shou ld read, “ l ike a U atAa '

ra ua M . Enwa ans,M . D .

ar t spread over E urope , the people o f th e seve ra ltr i es tak in g to i t eag er l y, except thos e in the e x !north, a nd even to th is day it is car r i ed on spa ring l y 1Man y changes have come i n the man ipu la t i on

a ttempts have been made to use other me thods for 1e n ing the bread . W here ch emi ca ls have be e n i n tro<in to the doug h to g enerate the ga s i n i t, the breadbe ea ten wh i l e fresh to be pal atabl e ; and ae r a tiona taste l ess bread . But taken a l l in a l l, we are n ot aahead o f th e anc i en ts i n the matte r o f formen t i ndoug h . I n th e matte r of p repar ing the flou rprog ress has been made .

Fermenta t ion cons is ts, essen ti al l y, i n the bre a kirof c h emic a l compounds,th e mol ecu l es be i ng separa terecombined in to more s tab l e compounds . Th e fe r

te t i ca i s always accompan ied by a rise i n th e temperath i s can be noted eas i l y by pl u ng i ng a th e rmome te ir is i ng dough, or a fermen t i ng l iqu id . The fermen tin bread i s the same as that in beer a nd o ther ferm'

be verag es—e u alcohol i c on e . I t con s is ts in th e b ra:up o f the mol ecu les o f sugar i n to 009, al cohol,sunac id,g l ycer i ne, and a n umber o f bye produc ts ,wh i chi n quan t i ty a nd natu re w i th the k i nd of yeas t u s edthe con d i t ion s un der w h ich g row th has taken place .

There are other ways of fermen t ing bread than by nof yeast . The o ld me thod be ing to mix tog e therwater or mil k, and mashed potatoes . the po tatoesa g ood food for m i cro -organ isms, the doug h be ingal l ow ed to stan d un t i l a spon tan eou s fe rme n ta tim

tak en p lace . Th i s method is s ti l l pract i sed in cm

pl aces w here yeas t i s d i ffi cu l t to obta in,and i s theprocess as th e l eaven ing o f the an c ien ts . A quan ti

ing to facilitate th e action .

A nothe r form of th i s spontane ous fermen tat ion is c a r

ried on in wha t i s known as a sal t- ris i ng bread. I n thisthe fermen tat ion i s broug h t abou t by mi cro- organ i sms,i t n ot being kn own wh ich one or ones produ c e th e al c oho l i c fermentation . I n some experimen ts w h ich I madeon sa l t - ris i ng brea d, i n no case w a s yeast or any o f thebudding fu ngi found,but i n e ve ry case l arge n umber s ofbac te ria, four d ifferen t kinds bein g constan t . Th at i s,inp la te c u l tu res made from r i s i ng dough, there were fou rforms tha t d iffered from one an other i n various re spe c tstha t were a l ways found . Other forms bes ide these werefound some t imes, but were no t constan t .I n the manu fac tu re o f bread as ord inar ily carr i ed on

some form of pressed ye ast is used, e i ther the mo i s tor the dr y . Th e d ry cakes us ual l y have a smal l amoun to f yea st and a large amoun t o f corn me a l or some flou r .

Th e mois t has a larg e amoun t of yeast, and a smal lamoun t o f s ta rch, usual l y that o f the po ta to . The yeasti s S. c e r evisize , or brewers ’ yeast .Y e as t i s a u n icel l u lar p lan t, w i thou t chl orophy ll , thu s

be longin g to the fungi. The ce l l s are round, oval , or insome spec ies very much elongated . The ce l l s con si st o fa de fin ite ce l l - wal l . wh ich encloses a mass o f gran u larp ro top lasm. The wal l con s is ts o f ce l l u lose,wh ich i s somewha t de l i ca te in young g rowing cel l s, but much th i ckerin ol d or res t in g ce l l s . I n the pro top lasm are a numbero f vacuo les,a nucleus i s pre sen t, bu t i s d i ffi cu l t to see, sotha t spec i a l t reatme n t has to be g i v en for its‘demon s tra tion . Yeas t reproduces o rd inari l y by budd ing .

When the yeas t is placed un der favorable cond i t ionsfor grow th, the wa l l o f th e ce l l, usual l y near one thepo l es, bu lg es ou t ; i n to th i s, protop l asm presses . Thece ll now cons i sts o f two un equa l par ts, the sma l l er on e ,

daug h ter - ce l ls i tself. Th e connec t i on be tweemthsand da ug h te r ce l l s may persi s t for sev eral gen erithe yeast be g rowin g ac tive l y . Size 8.m in

microns i n diame ter,5 - 1 1 long . S. pas tor-inane 7 8 Jin d iamete r .A no ther method o f reproducti on is possesse d 113

tha t of endog enous d i vis ion or forma t ion of us eUn der c er ta i n c ond i t i on s the pro topl asm w i th in 1div ides i n to two, three, or fou r rounded bodies ,come surrounded by a ce l l - wal l , thus g i ving r ise (Aber of cel l s w i th in th e or ig i na l ce l l ; this la tte ran ascus, the con ta i ned ce l ls, ascospores .I n brew i ng there are two var iet i es o f yeas t e r

wh ich produce c ha rc te r is tic a l ly d ifferen t fermesand are known as top and bottom yea sts . The tcworks at a comparat i v e l y h igh tempera tu re ; thi s rap i d, and the yeast i s at the sur face of thTh i s top yeast i s used i n the brew ing of a l e an dThe bottom yeas t works at low te mperature, th ei s s low,a nd the yeast is at the bottom o f the l iquibottom yeast i s use d in the brew ing of lager beer ,

There are a lso w hat are known a s w i ld yea s l

t i nct ion from those that are cu l t i va ted . To the wilare d ue the fermen t ing o f fru i t j u i ces ; as,g ra nd appl e . Swee t c i der w i l l a l ways show, unmi croscope, one o f these charac ter i s t ic forms . Tis found on the sk in o f var iou s fru i ts , a nd on theunder the trees ; from here i t can be ca rried a

dust by the w ind .

‘ I t is supposed tha t the e n

var ie t ies o f yeasts o rig i na ted from these Wildthough n otw i ths tan d ing the i r frequency, I havbeen able to g e t on e from flour,bu t have go ttenbacil l us,B. subti l i s,in l arge quan t i t ies .

one separa ted from a compress ed c ak e,a nothe r fromcak e, wh il e the th i rd wa s ob tai n ed from what is k i

as pota to ye ast . i . s . , a c u l tu re of bre wers' ye a stimpure condi t ion in po ta to so l u tion . The form oc c u

in g r ea te s t abundance in the c ake s and so l u tion re

tive ly be ing the ones u sed .

Con tro l e x pe rimen ts w e re carr ie d on at th e sameu sing ord inary compressed yeast . Be s t res u l ts we rta in ed from th e pure yeas t g o t ten from the compsc ake . Th e t ime and ex ten t o f fermen ta tion w e re :the same as tha t obta in ed i n the con tro l, bu t the 15

what sour odor one ge ts in ordinary dough was la cand the bread was sweet to the tas te .Some o f the dough wa s kept, th at o f the control 4

in g the second day,whereas the pure cu l ture gave 11dic a tion o f s c oring at the e nd o f two weeks.The resul ts o f the e Xpe rime n ts ar e not so dec isi'they are sugges t i ve o f the poss ibi l i t i es for pure ye arbread-mak ing . A suffi c i en t n umber of yeasts w e nused to de termi ne the qua lit i es wh ich the y wou ld gibread, but su ffi c ien t wa s don e to prove tha t the ifrom the pure cu l tur e wa s super io r in man y re s pe ctha t from the impure yeas t cake .

I n brew in g, pure yeasts have been u sed, and tha tthe most ad van tageous res u l ts ; to such an e x tent ittrue that Hansen 's pu re a nd se l ec ted races o f yeasused in brewer i es i n Amer i ca,E urope,A si a,and A us tJA pparatus has been dev ised by means o f which yoube tran sported to any part of the wor ld in a pure c <tion , a n d a l so appa rtus for cu l t i vating large quan titithe yeast for pi tching purposes . A nd,as it hasdete rmin ed tha t u nder brewery conditions, con s tan .

a t it from the po i n t o fvi ew of thepre ssed yea s t . a be tte r y ie ld o f yeas t shou ldm a care fu l se l ec t i on of a cu l t i va ted speci es .

when pe opl e in g eneral understand the ac t ionand fe rmen ta t ion as a w hol e, bet te r, theheld by some peopl e ag ain s t y eas t w i l l be abo lthe sen sa t iona l sc ares that appear occas ionnewspapers wil l cease, as w i l l a l so the pseudocommun i c a t ions s uch as those publ i shed in thea year or so ago from a we l l - know n phys icianw i th the N e w York Board o f Heal th .

QU ES T I O N S ANSWE R ED .

334 How sha ll I ma les hay or vegetable infusion ,for a n ima l

cules . etc ? E . W. P .

Cut some hay or other vege table matter in to small fragmen ts,cover itwith tepid water and let i t sta nd in a warm place fortwo or three days . Water that has con tained c u t flowers, isteeming with i nfusoria,es pecial ly if a t a ll putrid .

235 Ca n you informme who is the suc c essor of professor H. L .

Smith, tl iatomist f D . A . N .

Dr. D. B. Ward,27 Garden Street,Pougkee psie , N . Y . has al lth e dia tom material col lected by Prof . H. L Smith .

236 Kindly informme of themost rec ent work on pr epa ring a nd

swe a ting, con ta ining specifi c and deta iled methods. general information,etc

—ia on evolume or single . 0. M . M .

Practi cal methods in microscopy—by Chas . H. Clark—Pub.

D . C. Hea th Co.

M agnifi c a tion . How much does that instrawn ify?

"

E very possessor of a microscope has frequen tobliged to an swer this question . I n court the sameis general ly propou nded to the microscopi cal exper tis a popular fal lacy that the value of a microsc ope dethe amoun t of its magn ification . T he novice at tscope is often compel led to gradually rec orer froneased notion . A fter bei ng en te rtain ed by a beau tifisc opioa l exhibi t a n eophyte wi l l proceed to a dealerchase the best mi c roscope and the highest lenses tlewi l l procure . Those that do so soon consign the into the gar net and abandon the pursui t in d isgust .

creep before we c an walk . We must begi n at the 101of the ladder and ascend . Bes ides the greater n uml

most beautifu l and in structi ve objects are to be seenjeotives no higher than an in c h a nd a quarter in ch ob;N ever use a higher power than wi l l c learly show I

men under examination .

For seeing n ine- ten ths of the objec ts for which tbscope is used by an amateur h igh powers are absol utelyI n un i on there is strength —E very amateu r s

possible fi nd an associate to work wi th and if poenilmicroscopical society . More c an be learned i n one

in a society than c an be acquired by mon ths of toi l .novices by correcting each others errors and by l

in terchange of ideas c an greatly faci l i tate progress .alone is u p - hi l l busin ess and often when passing fro

sion to the open society of the world of micrac osol i tary worker wi l l fi nd that he has en tertain ed ma]wh ich i t wi l l requi re time to eradicate . Of two a

the un ion of a scien tific worker wi th a n on soien tifi

of a mechan ical turn of min d wi l l general ly be foundadvan tageous .

The author believes the ba cil l us described by him te

specific cause of the measles—Medic ine .

R ECE N T PUBL lCATIONS.

L e ss ons in E l eme nta ry Bota ny for Se c ondary Sc—Tbomas H. Macbride. Boston,A llyn and Bacon. 1896 ;E lem e n ts o f Botany . J . Y. Bergen ,Boston,U . S.

London . Gia n dz Cc ., Part. I .,pp. 275 and vii i . pt. IL ;I f one c an j udge from the n umber of te x t booles onissued during the las t few years in th is coun try, the studhave a larger share of atten tion in our h igh sc he o

‘s at

leges than formerly . Two smal l books have rec en tly up ]both from te achers of experien ce . Prof. Macbride’s boolvided up i n to fi fty

- four lessons,beginn ing with buds a n

arrangemen ts, stem arran gemen ts, structure and kinds.leaves, inflorese n c e , flowers, fru it and seed,then specialsuch as wake o robin ,maple, buttercups and wind flowers,l ions,rye, bl ue grass, fern s,mosses, fungi,and an outl in evegeta ble k ingdom. The book as the author says c an not lby the teacher un l ess h e is equ ipped with a good generaledge of bota ny a nd the flora oth i s own immed iate local i tyMac bride has adopted the plan that pupi ls should be direstudy plan ts rather than the book . Admi rable indeed, inon e should use a nyof th e n umerous tex t books wi thout th eto i l l ustrate structure. He in s ists too that draw i ngs she

made. We commend the suggestion that “ these drhowever,should n ot be perm i tted to supplan t ful l and a

descri ptions of the material stud ied, inasmuch as the demen t of abi l i ty to describe ac curately is on e fobje c t to h


in view .

” A student taking a cou rse in th is work, unde r theguidan ce of a good teacher ought to have a fair knowl edge ofpol l ination , the structure and relationships of plan ts . Th e

n umerous question s asked ought to make the studen t th in krather than take statemen ts for gran te d . I t ought certainlyto train the studen t’s power of observation,and th is after all,formos t studen ts, is the most val uable part in a study of natural

The Bergen book beg in s with seed and germination , parts ofa seed l ing, storage of nourishmen t in the seed, roots, stem,

structure of stem, buds, leaves, leaf arrangemen ts, min utestructure of leaves and fun ctions, protoplasm a nd its properties,inflorese n c e ,and plan structure of the flower, nature o ffloral organs, ferti l ization, fru it, struggle for ex istence, c lassification of plan ts and types of flower plan ts.Th e work is admirably plan ned . The work outl ined consistsof experimen ts as wel l as giving reason s for observed phenomena .

Under seed and its germin ation ,squas h seed is first taken upwith referen ce to germination ,then an examination of generalcharacter. In experimen t emphasis is laid on whetherlight ass ists germination or retards it ; in experimen t tem

pe rature is considered; in experimen t (3) re lation of water togermination ;in ex perimen t (4) relation of air to germination .

Th e work combines histology, physiology a nd morphology .

The chapter on flowers ta kes up pol l in ation . We bel ieve however that the author should have used the word pol l ination in

place of i n sect fertil ization , an d wind ferti l ization . The chapter on fru i ts discusses d issemination wi th pertinen t question sas to why and how plan ts are dissem inated . We hope when a.

second edition i s cal led for, that the author w i l l plac e th e indexan d gl ossary at the end of the vol ume . A s i t is the index a nd

glossary of part I immed iately precede part I I . There c an bel i ttle use for part I I, Key and Flora, which on ly embraces afew of the common est spring flowers of th e northern a nd m iddlestates. There partial flora s are always u nsa tisfac torvas on e issure to fi nd,in a short time, plan ts that are not represen ted .

The book is however a commendable on e in other respects andwil l prove valuable for high schools and smal ler col leges.

Sc i atic a-00mmR e c e s s Pnnmc a n os s .

Len ons in E lementany Bota ny for Se c ondary Sc hM W M


Con te n ts for Febn ra ry, 1896 .

Cic ada Septendec im, its Mouth Parts and Te rmina l Armor . J . D .Hyatt.

(I l lustrated )Fossil Marine Bac il laritc eee on Lu ng Island, N .Y. newRadiolaria : A N ew Spec ies from Ba rbados . Carte r . (I ll ustrated )Rad iola ria : A N ew Spe c ies fromBa rbados . Su tton . (I l l ustra ted. l

Radiolaria : A New Gen ius from Barbados . Sutton . (I ll ustrate d ).

A New Me thod of Making and Finish ing W ax-Ce lls . Pfi anm

E n rmaxa n.

A Mon ume nt Proposed to Robe rt B. Tol les

M tomsc oe tc u . Ar r aaa rns.

W . W atson & 80ns' New

“ Parac hmmatic ” 8am CoudmA planatic

Btowmou . Nor tcs.

Obje c tions to the Cel l TheoryThe Mic rosc opic Examina tion of Opium

Ba c '

rsa tow ov.

G rowth of Bac teria at LowTempe ra ture

A n titoxin Tre atmen t

M an ic “ . M ic aosc orv.The Mic rosc opic Diagnosis of Diph th eria by a NewSta ining Method

M ic aos c or toax. Soc rm as .

Queke tt Mic rosc Opica l

Lm s as ro r a t:Bu rma.Th e Robert B. Tol les

50 THE monosc or s . A pr i l

pl ace and the eyes in be t ter cond i tion than under th e u seo f alcohol . R epti l es , fi sh es an d amph ib i an s were n i cel yhardened in one to ten, on e to twen ty, or on e to th i r ty ,so l u t ions accord ing to th e s iz e o f the obje c t . The fi shesre tained i n g rea t part the i r color,wh il e the s l ime andmucus cover ing them wa s rendered tran s pare n t . Of th e

i n ver tebrates,snai l s,je l l y fishes, i n sec ts, s p iders , e tc ., a l lwere w el l pre served .

Of th e var ious an ima l t i ssu es, mu sc les a nd the bra i nw ere qu i c k ly harden ed, re ta i n in g th e co l o r ing mat ter o fthe b lood in the mu scl es, wh i l e in the bra in the d i fferentia tion between the wh i te and g ray mat ter wa s very ev iden t . Fru i ts , flowers a n d vege tabl es o f va rious kin dswere equal l y s ucces s fu l ly pre s erved, the c ol or i ng ma tte rve ry l i ttl e i f at al l impa i red . Blum

’

s c oncl u sion s regardthe harden i ng o f an ima l t i ssues may be s ummed up a s

fol low sA n ima l objects a re hardened w i th sh rink i ng,and W i th

ou t l os ing the i r mi c ros c op ic s tru c tu re or s tain ing prope rt i es .

The natu ra l form and co lor are preserved .

Th e eye remai n s much cl e a rer than i n al coho l .Th e mu c u s o f s lime - produ c i ng an imal s is no t c oagu lated

and remai n s tran s paren t .The c o lo r ing matte r o f blood in ti s sue s apparen tly

d isappe ared, bu t may be q ui c kl y restored by a h ig h pe rc e n t al c oho l .These ex perimen ts o f Blnm w ere pa thmah ing and

w ere qu i ck l y fo l lowed by those o f Be rn , l ’i n tn er,Kru c krn a n n , Ken yon , Sade be c k, Meye rs , and o th ersw i th s eemi ng ly favorable resu l ts a s regards th e preser ving and harden i ng powers o f th i s compound . Bes idesthese qual i t i e s i t wa s especial l y va l uable becau s e of its

be ing non - poi sonou s, n on - c ombu st i bl e, of a low freezin gpo in t, a nd,w hat to s c i en t i sts is qu i te a ser ious q ues t ion,v ery cheap .

1896 THE M ICR OSCOPE 51

My at ten t i on w a s d i recte d to th is substance about oneyear ago , th roug h exper imen ts made at the Labora toryof th e E r i e Coun ty Hospita l by my in te rn s ,D r . Hel v ie .

Var ious t i ssues, as l i ver, spleen,placen ta, l ung s, heart,musc le s, an d other t is sues and org ans were sa t isfac toril yharden ed a nd preserved . E spec ia l l y g rat i fying were there s ul ts obtaine d w i th the umb i lica l cord, and othermvxoma tous ti ssu es . In s te ad of sh r i v el l i ng up and becomin g opaque as occu rs when alcohol is employed, theco rd re ta in ed i ts norma l size,was transpa ren t and hardened to such a deg ree that sec t ions were easil y a nd

perfectl y out w i th microtome . The i n tes t ines wereg re a tly shr i ve l l ed du ring harden ing,but otherw ise we re asu c ce ss .These resu l ts i nd uce d me to try i ts v i r tues upon the

brain an d sp ina l cord, and espec i a l ly to find the ear l ie s ttime when a spinal cord so harden ed c ou ld be imbeddedi n c el loid i n and sect ions cu t for sta i n i ng and moun ting .

A s pinal c ord wh ich to al l appea ran ce wa s normal wa sc u t in pi ec es abou t one cen t ime ter l ong and placed, s e cti on s o f the c e rv i cal, thorac i c and l umbar reg ion s i nbo tt le s c on tai n i ng a fi ve per cen t sol u t ion , te n per cen t,twen ty pe r cen t a nd twen ty - five per cen t o f Forma l i n .

A t the e nd o f seven days a se c t ion o f the cord wa s takenfrom e a c h o f thes e sol u tion s and imbedded in ce l lo i d in ,then p lac ed on the mi cro tome . The cord was ev iden tl ytoo impe rfec tly harden ed , a s no good cu ts were obtain ed .

A t the e nd of fou rteen days th e same procedu re wa s follow ed, l i ke w is e on the twen ty - fi rst day a nd twen ty - e ig hthdays. From e ac h o f these in ter va l s exce l l en t c u ts wereoblained ; the cord re ta in ed its ex tern al c on tour a n d a p

pe a ra n c e , bu t the d i fferen t i at ion be tween the wh i te andth e g ray mat ter wa s n ot a s wel l marked as when alcoholi s u s ed . These s ec t ion s took the carmi ne s ta i n s n i cel y,bu t l e ss so the n ig ros in , Pa] a nd Weig er t s ta in s . Themost se rious ac tion o f the formal i n on al l o f these sec

52 THE MI CROSCOPE. A p ril

tions was a c on trac tion , e viden tl y of the n e u rog l ia inva rious reg i on s of the cord, especial l y o f the white ma t

ter resu l ti ng i n the forma t ion o f Open spac e s or cavitie s .I n the sect i on s harden ed i n the 10 per cen t sol utionthese cav i t ie s w ere so larg e as to dest roy comp l e tel y thes l ide s for mi c roscop i ca l purposes . I n the 15 per ce n tc ord, the cav i t i es were much smal l er, bu t fa r more n ume rous , a nd the dorsal wh i te c ol umn s l ooke d l i ke a hon e ycomb or s i e ve . Th is act ion o f the forma lin was ma n ife s te d i n every sec tion examined an d i s there fore not o fa c c ide n ta l ,but o f regu l ar occurren ce . The drawback ofthe formal i n in preven ti ng the emp loymen t o f the Pa land We ig e rt me thods o f sta ining ha s been succ es s fu l lyovercome by Marcus, who a fter harden ing the cord forfrom two to fou r w eeks i n a on e - hal f per c e n t so l uti o no f Forma l i n , places sma ll por t ion s one - hal f c m. th i ck i nMu l ler’s fl u id i n a brood oven for sev en days a t a temte ra tur e of 37° C. They are then dehydrated , imbedded,and the cu ts aga in placed i n M u l le r ’s fl u i d, for from twoto seven days i n a brood oven, qu ick l y wa sh ed i n al coh o lthen trans ferred i nto the. Weige r t sta in .

The ac t ion of the formal i n on the gan g l ion cel ls is ahappy one, swe l l i ng them and rendering the i r n ucl e i su sc eptible to very in ten se sta in in g .

Th e ac t i on o f forma l in on the brain has g i v en ver yfine resu l ts . Born succeeded in harden ing the en t i rebra i n ve ry qu ickl y for demon s t ra tion s, also smal l par t ic le s for mic ros c Opic a l purposes . I have been equa l ly succ e ss ful and have some excel l en t spec imen s , n i ce l yhardened . I have not as ye t tr ied any of th e s ta in i ngme thods on brains thus harden ed and c annot s ta te whatthe resu l ts wou l d be, a l though I have some spec imensunder way. From my exper ien ce w i th Formal i n I c a ng rea tl y re commend i t, for the harden i ng o f the va riou sorgan s and t i s sues for macroscopic as we l l as microscopi cpurposes,bu t wou l d s t i l l c l ing to the Mul l er ’s so l u tion

54 THE M ICROSCOPE . A pr i l

ends o f th e wires bent a t rig h t an gl es, an d i n oppos i ted i re cti on s. To the l oop i s fi tted a c on i ca l c heese- cl othbag, and to the bottom o f th e bag , upon the ou ts i de , isattached a strong s tr ing, wh ich ex tends over the top an d

down to the bot tom in the i nside,where i t i s ag a i n fas tened . The spoon is i n ser ted be tw een the be u t e nd o f th el oop and tu rn ed, and the po i n t of the bow l is s l i ppe dth rough the l oop .

The ins trumen t i s u sed i n the man ner shown i n Fig . 85,

tha t is to say : i t i s scrape d along the su rface o f obj ec tssubmerged in the water, the wa ter pass i ng through th ecl o th, and the obj ects be i ng re tain ed .

by the con ic a l ba g .

W hen a quan ti ty o f mate r ial ha s acc umul ated, the bag i sturned i ns ide ou t by pul l i ng the s tr ing,and the po i n te de nd o f the bag is d ipped a number of times i n w a te r c onta ined in a w ide -mou thed bott l e . The operation o f c o l

le c ting i s then repea ted . The obj ects th us was hed fromthe bag are reta i n ed i n the bott l e for examinat ion .

The common me thod o f examin i ng smal l obj ec ts of th i skind i s to p lace a d rop of water con ta in ing some o f theobj ects upon a g lass sl i de by me an s o f a drop - tube, the nto apply a cover - g lass, a nd remove the surpl u s wate r bythe appl i cat ion o f a p iece o f blo tting pape r . Th is an sw ersvery w e l l for the sma l l er objects ,but larger on es mu s t beexam i n ed in a tank or animalcu les trough,whic h may beobtain ed at a tr ifl i ng cos t of al l op t ician s . To vary theth ickness o f the bod y of water c on ta ined in the tank,on eor more g l ass s l ips are in ser ted beh i nd the obj ec ts —o

Scie n tifi c America n .

Evi l s of th e M ic ros c olpc .—“John n ie, here you are at

breakfast with your face a nd hands unwashed l“ I know, mamma, I saw the l i ttle thi ngs that l ive in water

th rough papa’s l i ttle microscope last evenin g and I ’m n ot

goi ng to have them c rawlin’ over my face with their funny

little legs .”—D cmorse t'a Maga zine .


Mounting in Phosphorus, Etc .

avARTHU R a . s nwanns , n . n .

s swa a a , a . a

E ver sin c e I beg an to use GumThu s for mou n ting microsc op ic

'

spe c inwn s, and the moun ti ng i s e as y now,do i ngaway en tirel y w i th the s t icky Canada Bal sam,wh ich ha sn ot the re frac t i ve i nde x of G um Thus, I have bee n a ftersome mode o f pu tt i ng up the va r io us spec imen s I have i nso lid bodies. Lea d ch romate ha s a refract i ve i ndex o f

to I t is therefo re the bes t object we have formi c rosc op ic spec imens . Phosphorus has an i ndex ofa nd come s n ear to l ead chroma te .I have s ucceeded i n prepa ring both o f these, a nd wi l lde ta i l exa c t l y how I make th em. Premis ing that thepreparations a re no t paten ted and c an th erefore be madeby anyon e, and I w i sh they wou ld be made and reportedon, for I fe e l that we have he re a mean s ofmouu ting easyand c l ea rfly and g ood l y therefore,for the re frac ti ve indexi s h igh and ba c il la r ia c eae , for i ns tan c e, show n icel y w henit i s used . A ny k in d of obj ec t s hows w el l and w e havea medium here atta ched to the modern immers ion ob

jec tive of oi l o f cedar, chromate of le ad fi rs t. I fi rs t prepare the sol ution o f G um Thus in al cohol . Gum Thusi s common and se l l s a t abou t five c en ts a pound. A l o t,about a hal f a pou n d, is placed in a w i de mouthed bo ttlea nd a lcohol , the common sp i r i t, is pou re d on it. I t isl e ft to d i sso l ve, be ing shaken from t ime to time . I fi ndplac ing i t in the sun in warm weather or o therwi se hea ting i t w i l l has ten the so l u tion, af ter a day or so a satu rated so l u t ion o f Gum Thus i n al cohol is ob ta ined . I t i slabe l ed and pu t as ide to cl ear by depos i t ion . Th is i tdoe s in two or three days .Lead chroma te is made by acti ng o f sol u t ion o f lead

ace tate (sug ar o f l ead) by mean s of pota ss i um bichromate and the ye l low prec i p i ta te washed u n til a l l of the

56 THE n rc nosoop s A p ril

pota ssium ace ta te i s removed, the ye l low lead ch roma tewashed on a fi l te r . I t is dra i ned un ti l i t i s a mo i st powder, not dry, and then is added to the Gum Thus so l u tio nin a lcoho l , i n exces s, and bo i l ed by me ans o f a wa ter bathfor abou t fi fteen m in u te s . The sol ut ion i s l eft to s tan dunt i l coo l and the e xcess o f l ead chromate pe rm i t te d tose t tl e . We have then the moun ti ng material .Prepar ing the phosphoru s sol ut ion for moun t ing i s

done in a d i fferen t way . Procu re some pure phosphoru s .

R emember th a tit is in flamab le ,and,bes i des,the bu rn s tha ti t makes are ex treme l y pa in ful . I t i s a l so poi sonous,so toprepare i t we work w i th i t u nder wa te r hand led w i th aforceps , not by the hand a t a l l . Some i s p u t in to a flask an dcold water added . I t i s th e n held over the flame o f a lampun t i l the phosphorus me l ts . Immediate l y i t i s taken fromthe flame and violen tl y sha ken . A t the same t ime col dwater i s added . I n th i s way the phosphorus i s broken u pand con cre tes in to fine sand - l i ke phosphorus in pa rt ic l e o fthe sand be ing s pher ica l . W hen i t i s co ld,a few g ra i n so f the sand are col le cted by a p ipe tte and trans ferred toanother vesse l . Here the water is nearl y pou red off a nd

o i l of ci nnamon adde d in enoug h quant i ty to j ust co ve rthe phosphorus . I t is then heate d,n ot bo i l ed, a nd someof the phosphorus d i ssol ves . I t is then added to the sol ut ion o f Gum Thus in al coho l and we have the so l u t ion o f

phosphorus for moun t ing .

Su lphur can be d i ssol ved i n the same way and qu in id in e a lso. A l l o f these make val uabl e moun t i ng so l ut ions and I hope for the i r in trod uction in to mi croscopy,for I fee l tha t w e have here so l u tions o f i n teres t andshal l l ook for the res ul ts with in teres t.L ouis A gassiz .

—A nother biography,of 620 pages, has beenissued to record the l ife of this natural ist . Th is time Mr. J u lesMaroon is the biographer who says that the previous l ives weretoo eu logistic . The review of this book by N atu re, however,is far from eulogistic of what Maroon has wri tten . I t is very

58 THE M I CROSCOPE

of mlrioa or dea rer immyd’ Wouhi a bim lar staud al 090£ 0 or

be loom to pic s satisfad imr f — E . N . H.

The binocu lar microscope is in ferior to the monoc u lar form for

ease of vision and for clear images . Th e single image formedby the sing le objective is divided by the binoc nlm'

p rism,

with a loss of l ight and of defin i tion . Course objec ts, like sandor shel ls, stan d out in pretty, stereoscopic rel ia but,good defia i tion requires a clear, straigh t tube, which c an be had in the

binoc ul ar form by sliding back the prism in the nose pieceor bottom of the tube . A binocu lar stan d at ought tobe satisfactory.

P R A CT I CA L S U G G ES T I O N S .

c am m v, on ro.

How to Se e T ri c h in a i n R aw Pe rla—We havethese pages suggested that the mic rosc oire, as itsis for the observation of l i tamateur brought a piece ofon a glass sl ip and coveredsmal l piec e on the sl ide .dim and hazy . Upon l i ftof a single muscular fibre,ing th e par ticle of sing le

clearly, and beautifu l ly vis ible. E xamin ed with aobjecti ve they were sti l l plai n, and al l the details ofsi te cou ld be plain ly and satisfactorily observed .

1 896 THE M ICROSCOP E . 59

T h e P rotha l l ium of a P e rm—I t is very in teresting to viewprothall i um of a fern ,

They may be found at the base ofthe plants an d may be esily obtai n ed in a green - house wherefe rns are cu l tivated . They are smal l , heart - shaped bod ies a ndare interc Stiug as they contain the arc hc gouia an d an theridiawhich wi l l even tual ly pro duce a n ew fern . The an therid iaproject frOm the basal portion o f the under surface of the prothul ium . One of the in terior c el ls bec omes divided in to spermc c l ls, in each of which is a special ly coi led spermatozoid . The

arc h c gon ia are cel l u lar projection s from the an terior portion of

the under surface of the prothal l i um. These prothal l ia maybe dried and moun ted in balsam.

E osin Stain in g —min ts sol utions of eosiu, one part to on e

thousan d of water, may be used for an imal tissues . The diffe re nt parts are differen tiated by di fferen t tin ts . Sections are

half . The n wash i t in wa'er ac iducid, an d examine in glyc erine ; or,

af ter the water i s removed and the section is

of L i c h en s by M e as urin g Spore s —Manyare outwardly very simi lar butmay be inden

f thei r spores . N early a ll

the largest and smal lestdetermined by a measure

'

I‘

his is not difiic u lt. The microscopewi th an eye-piece micrometer. Then letd ivided by th ousa ndths of a mi l l ime tre, heof th e instrument and lot the observer note

divisions are equal to on e divis ion of the eyer. By this method the spores c a n subsequen tlythe use of the eye - piece micrometer .

E xamin ation o f Sputum for Jan uary .

N trmbe r of exami nation s made ia '

the Battle Creek San i tari um,

36; n umber of cases, 29; number of spec imen s in wh ic h tubercu le baci lli Were found, 14.

Patients whose sputum con tai n ed tubercu lar germs, werereceived from the fol lowing states ; M ich igan, 9; Texas, 1 ;Colorado 1 ; Iowa, 1 ; M ississippi, 1 ; On tario, 1 . Total . 14.

so wa s M ICROSCOPE . A p ril

S C I ENC E- GOS S I P .

Comme rc ia l U se of R ed P igme nt From Ba c te ria —I t isa we ll known fact that man y bacte ria produc e beuutiful pig.

ments. The Ch in ese have long used a pigme nt, “A ug

Khak,” for the colori ng of foods. The microbe produd ng this

ric e is grounded and boiled and inocu late d from an oldm c u l .

ture. I n about six days an abundance of the coloring ma tteris produced. The organ ism on ly grows in the presen ce o f aira nd in a cool damp place. To check the growth of dele teriousspe cies arsen ic is added,wh ich does not infl uence the pigmen tform.

M i c ro -Organisms on Co in s .—The Revue d’Hygim pub

lishe s an inte res ting accoun t of some experimen ts made at thebacteriological laboratory of the Mil itary Hospi tal of the Boya t A lgiers. Dr. H. Vin cen t expla i ns that money is specia l lyliable to be contaminate d by sal i va,pus,pathologic al se cretion s ,dus t,and the morbid germs that may be found in dirty pocke tsor on d i rty fingers. He does not th ink,howe ver, that evidenceof th is danger can be easily obtained by placing dirty c oins incul ture broth . The i nvestiga tions at the Dey Hospital wereconducted in a di fferen t man ne r. A piece o l' c ottou -wool aboutthe siz e ol

'

a pea wss dipped in water and sterilised. Piec es ofwool thus prepa red were seiz ed wi th pin c e ns that had been he ldin a flame a nd were gently passed over the coin to be exam'

med .

The pieces of wool were then placed in cu l ture broths and kep tin a temperature of 35° C. The product,whi c h soon c ountined

various micro organ isms,was sown an ew in gelati ne plaque s soas to isolate the bacte ria. I n other cases i t was inoc ula ted indoses varying from one to fi ve cubic cen timete rs. in the bloodor under the skin of ra bbits,guin ea~pigs and wh ite ra te . Alengthy desc ri ption -of th e methods emmoyed a nd the resul tsobtained is given . Th e n umber of bacteria found on the surface of coins varied very c ons iderably, on s i l ver and gold fromfour hundred and six ty to thi rty - five hundred, and on copper astil l larger n umber . To des troy many of the non - pathogen i cmicrobes some experiments were made at a temperature of 37°C. The injection of mixed cul tures from coins only produced

THE M ic aow op s .

COR R ES P O N D EN CE.

0. E . 8,—l’ort Town se nd, Wash .

The next mee ting oi thePa , August 20,

Na tional Society to mea t

of every member.We ask you, therefore,to do your share : Come to the meet

ing prepared to read,disc uss or l iste n . You have at leas t onefriend interested in M icrosc opy ,who can be persuaded upon tojoin . Fi l l i n the blanks and se nd them to the a {f ry as soon

as possible. Mr. C. W. Smi ley, 943 Mam c h use tte AvenueWashington ,D. C wi l l send b lan ks for applA prel iminary program wi l l be publ ished

and i f you have anything in te resti ng or new,

THE M I CROSCOPE .

the Society,and let others have the benefit of your work,thusshowing th e true scientific spi ri t.

WM . 0. Ka s uss,M . D .,

382 Virg in ia Street. Sec retary .

Gents :I ha ve the pleasure to se nd you by express a c ut of the

famed Carnegie Library Bu ild ing,where the nex t me eting A ugust 18- 20 is to be held .

Th e local commi ttee is organ i zed: C. C. Mel lor, Cha i rman,Magn us Pfla um, Secretary and Treasurer, a nd C. G . M i lnor

.

Cha i rman . Fin a n ce Commi tte e,either of them wi l l be glad to

g i ve members a nd others des i ring to attend,al l n eces sary in fe rmation . As soon as sufficien t arrangemen ts are made,spec ia lan noun cement w i l l be mai led to al l members .

Yours tru ly,Maonus Pru ne .

R ECE N T P U BL I CA T I O NS .

N e w T ruth s in Oph th almology as developed by G . C.

Savage,M . D ., th ird ed i tion . 12° square . 270 pp. 58 i l l us

This enl arged ed ition appears to have been n ecess i tated bythe cri ticisms of Ba ton , Hotz an d Wi lson , to meet thosestri c tu res. Three new chapter s have been added . Dr. Savagethanks his cri ti c s for having in their own way aided him in prese a tin g more clear ly h is views on obl ique as tigmat- sm and the

obtiq n e muscles .The re is a new chapter on trea tmen t of in su ffi cien c y of theobl iques . The developmen t of weak ci l iary musc les and thepreven tion of presbyopia receive gen erous c on s ideration .

Dr. Savage is tak ing fron t ran k among the optha lmologists

of the day and as a wri ter on the subjec t . E veryon e whotreats eyes ou ght to know something which he c an tel l and

the book should be a text - book in ce l loge classes studying the

Our notice mus t be brief because microsc opy is not i nvolvedin his theme bu t we c ordial ly commend the book to those whoare interested in the techn ique of the subject.

THE M ICROSCOPE.

Con ten ts for April, 1896.

Forma lin as a Harden ing Agen tSimp le Apparatus fbr Gathering M ic rosc opic Obje c ts . Hopk ins .

Moun tin g in Phosphorus . Edwa rds .

En rroa is n

Sodium Fl uoride as an An tisep ticQum rons An sw sn z n . 8. G . Shanks .

Binoc u la r and Monoc u la r Forms Compared .

Pan c rmA L Snoomr ion s . L . A. W illa-on .

1dentitl c a tion ot‘

Lic h ens by Measuring Spores .“

SC l EN CK-GOBS I P .

GORW N N DBN CE .

N ext Me eting of the Mic roscopica l Soc iety. (mac h ine d ) .Raenn'

r PUBL I CAT IONS.

New Truths iu Ophtha lmology.


Con te n ts for April , 1896 .

Tt eve lopme nt of Photomic rogmpbic Negatives . Borden . (Witb l’

ron t

isp ie c c . lPrac tic a l M u lts of Bac te riologiml Resmmbe s. Ste rn be rg

Spe c ia l Stain ing Me thods in Mic rosc opy, Re la tive to Anima l

A New Way of Mark ing Ob e c tac tives . Kra om. I l lustratedRad io laria : A N ew G e n us Ba rbados. Su tton _

He rman n.

Tranuietion s of the Ame ric an M ic rosc opiml Soc iety ibrMw ae seomc u . A r r a a ar ns.

On a Nove l Mic rosc ope and Mec han ica l Stage . (lun c h-ated .)

M ic aoseomc m. M AN I PULAT ION .

BIOLOG lCA L Norms .

M ame “ . M ic aos c ow .

Simp lifi c a tion of the Examination for Tuberc le Bac ifliM ic uosc omc u . Se e im ss .

Shc fiie ld Mic rosc opic a l Swe aty ”

Quek ett M im pia il Club

06 THE M I CROSCOPE . my

twe l fth on each s ide , w here they disappear . The se ballsare pl aced on the in ner or upper face o f the fi l ame n t- s tem,

at the po i n t where th e pect in ati on ceas es,the s tern itself

be i ng con tinued to a sl ender po i n t beyond i t, and cons titu t i ng the short hyal ine appendage o f Mon ta ge .

From their g reat resemblance to th e tentacl e-e yes o f theGas teropod Mol l usca, I hav e l i t t le doubt that th ese areorg ans of vis ion . I f so the profus i on w i th which the

Sabel la i s furn i shed in th i s respect may ac coun t for itse xcessive vig i l an ce ; wh ich i s so great, that not on l y w illthe i n terven t i on of any substance be tween i t a n d thel ight cause i t to re t i re, but very frequen tly i t wil l da rtback i n to i ts tube almo s t as soon a s I en ter the room,

e ven wh i l e I am ten fee t d i s tan t .I t is not, however. to the t ube n or to the worm, tha t I

w i sh especi a l l y to d i rect the a tten t ion : y et i t i s n e c e ssary that I say a pre l imi nary word abou t the forme r.Ord in ar i l y the tubes o f thes e worms ar e formed of the fi n eimpal pabl e ear th y mat ters (c l ay . mud, e tc .) held in sus '

pen s i on i n the sea,i ncorp ora ted w i th a ch i t i nous secre t i onfrom the bod y of the an ima l and there fo re th e su rfac eo f th e tube is alway s ro ugh a nd Opaqu e . But in this ind i v i dual case , probabl y ow i ng to the hab i tual s ti l l nes s ofthe water i n the ves se l no t hol d ing i n s uspe ns ion the partic le s o f mud that ord inar i l y en ter i n to the compos i t iono f th e tube, the l ates t - formed port ion is compos ed o f puretran sparen t ch i ti n e, w i thou t any percepti bl e ear thy e le

men t . Th i s c l ear te rm i nal po r t ion of the tube you may

perce i ve to be occ up ied by a c ur ious parasi te . A bou ttwen ty bod i es, hav ing a mos t l ud i crousl y cl os e resemblance to the human figu re, a nd a s c l ose l y imi ta ting certai n human moti on s , are seen s tand ing erect aroun d themouth o f th e tube, n ow that the Sa bc l la ha s re t i red in tothe i n ter i or,a nd they are in c essan tl y bow ing a nd tos s i ngthe i r arms in the mos t en erge t i c man ner .


A s soon as you have re cove red from your surp r i se atth is s trang e d i splay, we w i l l beg in to exami ne the perfo rmers more in deta i l . A sl ende r creep ing th read,i r re gu larl y crossing and anas tomo s ing , so as to form al oose ne twork o f about three mesh es in width ,sur roundsth e marg i n o f the sabe ll a ’s tube , adhering fi rml y to i tse x te r ior s ur fac e . i n the ch i ti nous s ubs tan ce i n which i ts e ems imbedded . Here and there free b uds are g i v eno ff, espec i all y from the l ower edg e wh i l e from the upperth read s s pr ing the s tran ge forms that have at tracted ou rno ti ce Thes e are spind le - shaped bod i es, about onefor t i e th o f an in c h . in he ig h t, w hose lower ex tremi t i esare o f no g re ater th i ckness tha n the thr ead from wh ichthey spring ; wi th a head - l ike l obe at the summ i t, separa ted from the body by a constr ict i on , imme di a te ly belowwh i c h two l eng thened arms proj ect in a d i rec t ion toward the a x i s o f the tube .

Such i s th e ex ternal form o f these an imal s , a nd the i rmo vemen ts are s ti l l more ex traord inary . The head - lobeof each on e moves to a n d fro fr ee l y on the n eck, thebody swag s from s i de to s i de, bu t st i l l more v ig orousl yba c kward a nd forward, frequen tl y ben d ing in to a n arc hin e i ther dire c t ion ; wh i le the . l ong arms are w idel y expa nde d, tossed w i l d l y upward, and then waved downward, as i f to mim i c th e act ion s of the most tumu ltous

human pass i on .

W henever the Sabel la pro trudes from its tube , theseg uard ian forms are pushed ou t, and rema in n earl y i nco n ta c t w i th the A n n el i d 's body,mov ing bu t s l igh tl y ;bu t no sooner does i t re ti re than they beg i n i nstan tl y tobow forward and g es ti cu late a s before . These movemen ts are c on tin ued,so fa r 3 81 hav e observed,a l l the timethat the Sabel l a is retracted , and are not in an y degreedepe ndent on curren ts in the s urro un d ing water,whetherthose cur ren ts be produced by the act ion of the A nne l id

68 THE M ICROSCOPE . May

o r by other ca uses . They ar e not rhythmi c a l ; e ach iad i vidual appears to be an imated b y a dis tinc t vo lition .

A pplyi ng a h igher mag n i fy ing power than we h ave yetuse to t hese an imal s , w e fi nd tha t the head - lobe e n close sa cen tral cav i ty ; tha t the arms are al so hol l o w , w i thth ic h wa l ls, marked w i th trans vers e l ine s, i nd ic atingflattened ce l l s, a nd mu ri ca ted on the exter i or ; and t hatthe bod y con ta i ns an un defi n ed , sub - opaque n u cle us,doubtl ess a stomachal ca v i ty .

I cu t ou t,w i th fi n e sci s sors, a segmen t o f the tube,in »

c l ud ing two o f the paras i tes, w i th the port ion of the n e twork of threads that carr ied them. They have be comeimmediate l y para lys ed by the d i v i s ion o f the threads,bu t thos e that remai n on the tube are unaffec ted by theviol ence . Subj ec t ing one o f the an ima l s so cu t ou tto th eact ion o f the compressor i um, w i th a power of 560 diemoters , the arms are s een to be formed o f g lobose c el ls ,made s l ig h t l y po l yhed ra l by mu tua l press u re, se t ins in g le ser ies .

The i n ter ior o f thes e organ s i s d i v i ded by pa rtitions ,pl aced at i n terval s o f about the d iame ter . Some a t l easto f the ce l l s co n ta in a br ig h t excen tr i c n u c lW hen the t iss ues w ere

press ure of the c om

v is i b l e among the d i sj oin teds l igh t . N o trace o f c i l i a , n or any appearmo tion was percept i b l e duri ng l i fe .

W hen I fi rs t d i sco ve red the s trange bei ng s , I was

much as ton ished by what I sa w ; nor coul d I imagin e tow hat cl ass o f an imal s they we re to be re ferred . N eithe rdid I know whether the i r presence onworm wa s a mere acciden t, or whether it indic a te d a predomin a l in s t in ct . On both these po in ts, howev er, lighthas been thrown .

This larger Sabel la tube wa s not the on l y on e in fe ste d ?

w i th the paras i tes . I observed them on at l east two

70 THE M ICR OSCOPE . May

remedie s , but on a plane be l ow,often fa r below, the fi r s tcl a im a nd i n i t ia l hope . I s i t to be thu s w i th Forma ldehyde as a n an t i sept ic, a s remed ial agen t, as pr es e rva tive,as a h i sto l og i ca l fixa t i ve I t can on l y fi nd its tru e pl aneamong i ts k i nd by consc ien t ious trial s made a nd re porte dby i n vestigators . Dur i ng the las t yea r i t ha s be e n u sedi n the l abora tory o f the Oh io S ta te Un i ve rs i ty q uite e x~

te n s ive ly as a pres er vat ive and for h i s to logic al pu rposes .

I have brough t together i n th i s paper the re su l ts a n d th ereflec t ion s to wh ich they ob v iou s l y l ead . Pape rs ha veappeared i n the l ast yea r or two g i v i ng resu l ts from lab ~

orator i es along s imi l ar l i nes . I may say at the onte e ttha tmy exper i ence l eads to concl u s ions essen t ia l l y i n a cco rdw i th re su l ts her e to fore pub l i sh ed .

I n the s ta temen t o f t ria l s I shal l by “pe r

per cen t by vol ume of the forty pe r cen tma lde hyde in water, procu red o f Sha ri ngYork, a nd d i s ti l led water . I have foundsol uti on known as forma l in fa i r l y cons tanl i abl e so l u tion may be thu s q uick ly made of pretty eon

stau t streng th .

I . A s a preservat ive I hav e tr ied i t 0obje cts,using vary ing s tr eng ths w i th reExp e rimen t 1 . Smal l sunfish p e rfe

i n to two per cen t formal in Feb . 2

harden ed w i thou t sh r inkage ; colors fai rl y pre ser vedcompar ed w i th th e bes t a lcohol i c spe c imen s ; eyes be tter;fi n s extended . Th e fl u id wa s fi l te red, the bo ttle s ea leda nd g i ven a place on the she l f . J u l y 1, no perce ptiblechan ge obser ved .

E xp er ime n t2. Two common ee l s fromimmerse d in fou r per cen t Ma rc h 11 . J

t ion showed that they were in per fec tco l or,absence o f shr in kage and fi rmn ess .co lored s l ig h tl y and there was a sed imen t . Fil tering ren

stil l c l e ar J u l y 1,wh i l e the preparation l e ft noth ing to be

Empe rime n t 4. Amblystoma tigr in um treated s imi l arl ybu t pu t i n to four per cen t gave e xce l l en t res u l ts . So fa r

as appears, for museum, sys tematic or ana tomi ca l purpose s i t w as n o be t ter than spec imen i n exper imen t 3 .

Exp er imen t 5 . Amblystoma timin um was k i l l ed A pri l5, w ith ch loro form and the mucus washed off w i th wateras i n ex perimen ts 3 a nd 4; i t wa s then p laced in equa lpa rts of n i n ety - five per cent a lcohol and two per cen tfo rma l i n . Ju l y 1 the spec imen was fa r super ior i n ap

pe ar an c e and preservation to a ny that I have e ver been ab l eto prepare by means o f al coho l a lon e . I can no t say i t i ssu per i or to tha t o f e x per imen t 4.

Other Amph i bia and several R ept i l ia have been preserved in a water so l ut ion of formal i n a nd in a lcoho l - wa terforma l in w i th exce l l en t resu l ts so far a s the t ime that hase lapse d permi ts o f a demon stra t i on . I t seems to be thebe s t me thod for Oph id i a .

Experimen t 6 . A tong ue o f a l ion was thoroug h l ywashed i n wa ter to remove b lood,mucus and d i rt andtreated February 5 to a fi ve per cen t so l ut ion o f formal in .


Ju l y 1 i t wa s found wel l hardened, i n c le ar fl uidsl ig ht i nd i ca ti ons o f s h r i nkag e .A camel ’s tong ue, larynxes o f sp id

an d kang aroo were c l ean ed ,washed a ndtwo to four per cen t during Februa ryare at presen t fi ne prepara t i ons .Exp e r ime n t 7 . Se vera l t r i a l were ma

preser ve bra in s, wi th d i ff e ren t per cen ts o f foa l coho l and forma l i n ,a nd wi th forma l i n and

I w i l l speak part i cu l arl y o f a few1 . A bra in o f a sp ider mon key remo ved

a fte r death wa s placed in four pe r cen tvery few days i t wa s fi rm, remai ned wnot iceably sh r ink .

°J ul y 1, i t was a l l ts i red in a museum spec imen .

2. The brain of a kang aro o was hafi fty per cen t a l coho l a n d t wo per c cpa rts ; the resu l ts were no be t te r ;g ood a nd prepared in l e ss t ime than byand o f course much more cheapl y pre pare d .3 . Bra in s o f dog s and cats were prepared

purposes by add ing to th e us ual b ich roma te so l u t ion s oneor two per cen t formal in . A small er quan t i ty o f fl u i d wa sn e cessary . not so many changes and a g reat ga in i n t ime;the ma te r ia l wa s ex ce l l en t,not brittl e and w i th fi n e c on

tra s ts .

Be fore stati ng my gen era l conc l us i on s as regards th i sagen t in preserv ing museumand anatomi ca l prepa rati on s,I wou ld l i ke to add a no te as to its u sefu lne ss in anotherd i rec t ion,via , i n prese r v ing an ima l s for d iss e c t ion . I fthe subj ect i s a smal l dog, i ts b l ood vessels are washedou t w i th sa l t sol u tion a nd 250 c o. more or less of fi ve pe rcen t forma l i n i njecte d . Thus prepared a nd kep t i n acool p l ace, when not under exami nati on, i t may be u se dby the d i ssec tor day after day a nd for several w e eks w i thou t unp leasan tness . Th e brains of an imal s thus tre a ted


w i thou t bul k s ta i n, al so i n d i l u te a l cohol and form:W e con c l uded tha t the rap id i ty and l ess sh r i nkag e 1al on e suffi c ien t to re eomme nMr . J . H. Mc G regor , who was con ducting an inn

g at ic a of the cen tral n e rvous sys tem of Oryptobrmu

i n the same labo ratory, used the agen t in c ombinew i th al coho l and other agen ts to h i s e n ti re sat i s fac tHe w i l l doubtl es s g i ve h i s resu l ts when h i s popepr i n te d . A nother s tuden t us e d‘ it s u c ce ss fu l l y i n pre;ing the eyes .

I ma y say, in short, that the res ul t o f the few mom

of tr ial warran t a hig h es tima te of i t for fi xi ng uni

tissues .

Care of th e E yc s .—I n th e ea r l ie r u s e of th e mi c ros c

th e care o f the eyes can no t be too pe rs is te n tly urged .

w re c ks o f thos e wonde r ful o rga n s alon g the s hor e s o f

c ros c opy a r e too n ume rou s to be ignored, or their le s sun heeded . M an y more w hich have begu n witho u t r1have rel u c tan tly abandon ed th e fas c i nating u s e of th rs t r umen t be fore utte r in s t r uction , b ut with impai r e dion w ho, had they been gove rned from the firs t by th elowin g h in ts ,m ight have made compa rat i vely wea k cs t rong, a nd atta in ed emi nen c e in this pivotal, keyvn i

s c ien ce a nd art .(l . ) Beg in e xcl us i vely w i th you r low e s t pow e r obje c t

U n t i l s el f-mas te red u s e bu t on e obj ect at a s i ttiLe ng th en th e time on ly five m in ute s at e ach s i ttiN e ver beg i n wo rk h eated, ang ry,or g rea tly c x ciiStop in s ta n tl y at the fi rs t s c ratchy- feel ing in

eyes.When two hou r s is not w eary, you a r e s afe ly

t is ted .

N ow u s e th e n ex t h ig he r pow e r ob j ect i ve unde r th e asru les ,hal f of th e s itting time at e ach s i tt ing, a nd th us on,on, a s neces s i ty, or in c l i nation beg u i les or c omma r“ E xcel s ior,ex c els ior ."

THE MICROSCOPE .

THE M I C RO SCO P E .

N ew Se rie s . £893 .

For N a tu ra lists . P lysk cia u . a n d D r agg cltu , a nd D e signe d to Pvpa la f in

P am fl e xibly. F fm 3 1 .00 pe r e m u . M r ifih’

m sl ot h! c an !w in M e yea r . T l : old t im es, c on sisting of 1 2 volume: (1881 en ded

an? ! D e c c a-ba r . 1892 Sc i: 4 M e 014! u ric : c a nnot be h rmsh d . A llc or responde n t . and books [or now“ wou ld be add r ess“ ! tomM ic rosc op ic a l fi na lisi n g Co. Wa sl anfl n . 0 C. , U . S. A .

m am w. mu n ,A . H.,xmron .

ED I TOR I AL .

Ca rl Vogt , a ided by Emi l e Y u ng, of th e U n i ve rs i ty of

Gen e va, ha s is s ued in two vol umes o f 900 a nd pag eswith 798 eng rav ing s a w ork en ti tled, Trail: d

’

A na lomie

Campe r“ P rah’

ya e . He ha s long been ass oc iated w ith thelaboratory of Compara t ive A natomy a nd M i c ros c opy atGene va . T h e vo l umes can be bough t from Sc h le iche rFrer es , Paris . P r ice, 64 fran cs , for the two vol umes .

QU ES T I O N S A NSWER ED .

Kort —D r . S. G . M ,q/ A l l a n} . N V. , h mb y m an n h l o u ni-va l l “ r u g/ 9amM M y to “ th row .“ N i c o M W b fl a n -mu ll or com b - n . P i n on o/ a :

( « i nW e ,,f f m th e M om" sp as" . u oe n o la m “ Iv[be be nefi t: J ib": I nf -u h

m m m b u l [or [M o r e o (1 0 ( ou t .

240 . Where ( a n I obtain L ed /Air: Ma ! 1 may by it on some a]my M e n“ by hypo fryer/ion f

L is ted by M e r c k Co . . N ew York, N . Y 15 g ra in v ialIt is a phos phor i c compound from b rain o r egg

yolk .

76' THE M ICROSCOPE .

P R A CT I CA L S U G G ES T I O N S .

BvL . A . W I L LSON ,

c t svsu s n . on ro .

Vol v ox globa tor .—T h i s in te res t ing ob j ec t can now b e

found in man y fres h - wa te r po nds . W hen col l ect ed in ag la s s ja r or bo t tl e , i t may b e e a s i ly s een w ith th e u nass is ted eye . T hey may h e obs e r ved a s l i t tl e ba l ls floatinga roun d in the wate r . T hey s hould be exami ned in a s lidew i th a hol low c el l; a ve ry s ha l low ce ll is pre fe rable, fo r in

them th e s pec imen may be examin ed w i th a on e q uar te ror on fi fth obj e c t i ve .

G lycer i n e Ge l l y for M ou n t in g .—M an y objec ts, e s p e c i

a l ly ob j ec ts con tain ing mo is tu re,are un s u i ta b le for mou nting in bal sam. For s uch ob j e c ts ,as for in s tance mos s e s ,l ive r mos s es ,s tain ed leaf s e c t ion s, s por e s an dmany others ,are bes t moun ted in g ly c e r in e jel l y . T h e j e ll y can mor econ ven ien tl y be proc ured from a deale r .Kais e r ’

s G lyce r ine Jel ly is compos ed as fol lowsFin es t F ren c h g e lat in e, 1 part by w eig h t ; s oak twohon rs

in s ix parts by weig h t of d is t i l led wate r . T o this add

s e ven parts of chemica l ly pu re g l y c e r in e an d to each on e

h und red g rams add on e g ram of carboli c acid ; th en warmand s t i r con s tan tly for te n or fi fteen min utes un til a ll flakesd is appear . F i lte r w h i le s t i l l warm th roug h funn el fill edw ith g las s wool . Be fore u s in g th e wool wa s h i t a nd placein th e fu n n el w h i l e s t i l l moi s t . T h e j el l y s hould be

w armed each t ime it is u s ed . When us in g,warm the s l id e,plac e a drop on i t w i th a g las s rod a nd warm th e cove rg las s befo re u s in g . A fte r coo ling, r ing th e edge of th ecover with varn is h or cemen t .Fix in g th e Cil i a of In fusor i a .

—U s e on e pa rt of tan n icac id to fou r parts of g lyce r in e . On placing a d rop of

water con tain ing th e c ilic ita on the s l id e d rop a minu teq uan t i ty of th is flu id in to th e wate r a nd a l low th e two

flu ids to flow tog eth er . I f th e r igh t q uan t ity of th e fl uidsis us ed th e c i l ia w i l l g rad ual ly become more and mored is t in ct a nd w i l l s tand out pla in ly u nti l the a n imal s eems

to be en ti rel y su r rounded by th em.


is a layer of large c ompres s ed ce ll s (prima ry ba rk ) ctain i ng here an d the re a cl u s te r c rys tal of ca l c i um oxa ls

Between th is a nd th e s ec ondary bar k is a laye r of fourfi ve rows of cork cel ls , the oute r of which havede rgon e an un us ual elong a tion in con s eque nc ewh ich th e pr imary bark ha s be c ome compr es s ed, a nde ven t uall y th row n off . T h e c or tex con tains n ume n

c l us te r c rys tal s of calc i um o xalate a n dor s imple g ra in s reach ing 0015

T h e wood is remarkab le for th e fact th at th e medt

rays a r e lig nifi e d, while in th e xylem rays only the midlamel la yield s th e l ign in reaction .

T he T r i os teum root con ta in s an alkaloid whic h An dcon s ide red iden ti cal wi th emet in e . Har twic h, howevwa s unab le to ob tain the c ha rac te r is t i c re action wi th hydc h lor i c ac id and ch lor inated l ime an d con c l ude s , th e r e fothat th e alkalo id is not emet in e .—Amer i c an Dr um

T re atm e n t of Diph th e ria in Be rl i n .—Du r i ng 1894 a

1895, 245 d iph the ria patien ts at Am U rban Hos pital in Blin were t reated w ith an t i tox in wi th a mor tal i ty of 28 1

cent wh i l e among th e 146 w ho w e re t rea ted otherwis emo r ta l i ty wa s 42 per cent . of the s e rum cas e s M

s er ious . s e ve re, a nd th e res t s l ight . T h e e fl‘e c ti

n es s of the s er um wa s proport ionate to th e ear l in e s s ofapplic at ion a nd th e s t reng th o f th e fi rs t dos es . T he hpi tal repo rts c on cl ude that ant itox in is not a n in fa l l ib l e la val uab l e remedy .

L e pros y is s aid to be s pr ead ing in th e R us sia n Ha lprov in c es with alarmi ng v i r u len c e . Se ve ral hun d re d ps on s are s aid to be a fll ic te d with th e d is eas e, an d th e Li

n ian D iet ha s j us t taken me a s u res for isolating themthe cos t of the State .

T yph o id Feve r c aus ed th i rty- s ix pe r c en t o f the deaamong th e Br i tis h t roops in Ind ia du r i ng th e ye ar 1894.


R ECE N T P U BL I CA T I O N S .

T ra ite de P h ys iologic h um ain e con te n an t l ' I -I is to logiee t l

’

A n a tomie mic ros c opiqu e e t le s prin c ipale s app l i cat i on s a la M ede c in e pratique, pa r L . Lando is . Un vol umeg ran d in—8 orue de 356 fig u res da n s le texte . Car ton n e al ’ang lai s e . Sc hlei che r Frer es , 15 R u e de s Sa i nts - Pe res,Par is , 32 fr .P rofes sor Lando is is Dire ctor of th e Ph ys iolog i c al In s ti

tute at G re i fswald U n i ve rs i ty . T h is t ran s lat ion i ntoFrench is from th e Se ven th Ge rma n Edi t ion a nd is madeby G . MOpu in T an don , a pro fes s or in th e T oulous e fa c ul tyof Sc ien ces .

L a Stru ctu re du P romp la s rn a e t l es T h e ori e s s url’

He re dite e t le s gran ds P roh lem e s de la Biologic gen e ral e .

Schl eiche r Fre res , Paris .

T h i s book, the remarkab l e w ork of D r . Y ves De lag e, isadd res s ed to ph i los opher s a nd to s t uden ts of s c ien t i ficmatte rs a s w e ll a s to natu ra l is ts a nd med ica l me n . T h e

autho r ha s d i v ided h is wo rk in to fou r pr in c i pal par ts . T h e

fir s t pa rt, en t i tled T h e Facts , is s ubd i v ided in to th reebooks : T h e Cel l,th e Ind i v id ual, th e R ace . T h e s e c on dpa rt treats of Par t ic u lar T heor ies . I n th e th i rd part aree xh ib i ted th e Gen e ral T h eor ies of

’

a l l th e Fren c h andfo re ig n authors w ho h a ve tr eated th es e q ues tion s : Bufi on ,

Be c hamp,He rbe r t Spen ce r, Haacke, Do lbe a r, E r ls be rg ,Hac kel, His, Cope, O r r , M au t ia, Han s te in , Be rthold,Che v reu l, Geddes , T ohmps on , l a u tie r , Da n ilevs ky, H.

Fol, M agg i,A l tman n ,W ies n e r ,Weisman n,Char les Darwi n,M aupe rtu is , E rasmu s Darw in , Galton , Jage r , Brooks ,Gau le, F latt-Bal l,Ha l le z , N ag el i, Kollik e r, H. de V r ies , O .

He rtwig,Des ca rtes ,R ou x . T h en in the fou rth part, afte ra compreh en s i v e g lan ce over th e gen e ral c u r ren t of id eas ,w e have, under th e t i tl e of T heo r ies of E x is t ing Caus esan ex pos i t ion of th e author ’

s ideas on thes e importa n t s u b,

je c ts ,w h i ch are now th e q ues t ion s of th e hou r .

THE M ICROSCOPE.


Sa he l la . I

Forma lin in the Zoolog ica l a nd Histo logica l Laboratory. Ke l lieott

Ca re of th e Eyes

Em roam:

Ca r l VogtQu asrmxs Axsw s a s u . S. G . Sha nks .

\Vh e re to ge t Lec ith in

P R A t ‘T l t ‘A I . S t'

G u Esr l oN s . L . A . W il lson .

Volm x G loba to r

G lyc e rin e Je l ly for Mou n ting

Fixing the Cil ia oi I n fuso ria

SCH-I N P E

N e w Ad u lte ra tion o f Se n egal Root

T re a tme n t o f D iph the ria m l le r l in

Le prosy

R ag s x'

r I’l l l t ld t

‘

A rmxs .

T ra d e (19 Phys io logy I fmn a in e

I .a Stru c tu re d u P rotop la sma

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 THE M ICROSCOPE . June

and a frequenter of ou r c orn fi e lds , has pecu l iar sca lesshaped l ike a batt l edore with a l ong hand l e, and the

long i tud in al l in es are sw ol l en a t i n ter val s in to rou ndede levat i ons, wh ich g i ve a dotte d appea rance, e x cept towards the ba se ,wh e re a crescen t- shaped cl ou d o f min u te

m rk o f the spec i es .

Sca le s c a n be moun ted dry or i n bal sam a nd can beused as opaque or t ran sparen t objects. The

moth (Bombyx mov i ) has a var iety of scal es ,some toothe d.some broad and some n arrow . a nd i t i s sa id there are

of these scales on the w ing s o f one moth . The

scal es from the under s i de of the l i ttl e cl o the s-moth arevery fi n e ly stri a ted and make g ood test obje c ts. A lsothose from th e Podura (fi g s . B,D , and E ), found i n thespr in g abou t sawdus t,u nde r s tones,and in damp places .I t has s ix legs bu t no w ing s,and i ts body is co vered withbeauti fu l s cal es .

The Lep i sma sa c c h a rin a i s the l i t tl e s i l ve ry gray ia

THE M I CROSCOPE . 83

h haun ts our sugarc o vered w i th de l i ca te l ye Podu ra sca les wh i c h w ere(fig . D ) . Un der a med i um

s tored s i l k, l igh t and dark l in esin i r reg u la r bands . But w i th al in es are s een to be rows o f shor t

t one e nd,very fine at the other . Ye t those8 are not l in es at a l l . Take a h igher pow erit ca re ful ma ng eme n t o f the lig h t , w e shal lapparen t l i n es are rea l l y spaces be tween thepart ic l es whi ch make up the uppe r- l ayer of

Bee tl e has g roups of br i l l i an t sca l esel y l ike thos e o f the bu tte rfly

'

s w i ngse i r i r i descen ce . to the pecu l iar th in n esser a nd the reflecti ng power of the secon dchang es l ike that o f a s oap bubble . The

the sca les are se t add i ng to the i r br i l

tore may be found the M ach i l i s (fig . G).act i v e l i t t l e i nsec t common l y known as1. Touch you r fing er to on e o f these into a g la ss s l ide a n d examin e under theYou w i l l s e e myri ads o f the sca l es, somesome shovel - shaped, some round, ova lf ron nd, ha l f e l l i p t i cal, l ong and narrow,reg ular a nd unequa l a nd o f vari ous othersca l e ha s a m i n u te footstal k wh i c h i s noti t a t e i th er extrem i ty,bu t at a po in t o fittl e wa y from th e sma l l er e n d,w hen c e i tbliqu e ang l e . so that .when the s talk is ia

al e w i l l l ay horizon tal l y, cover ingTh i s i s a pecu l i ar i ty n ot found i ne whol e body o f th e scal e i s travpara l l e l l in es r un ning longitudin

84 THE M ICROSCOPE . Ju ne

a l l? from e nd to end . Sca les are some times t ria ng u la rin shape, as in the Empe ror Moth . deep l y notc hed at theend . hav i ng from two to fi ve proj ect ing po in ts long e reven th an th e i n tegra l po rt ion o f the scal e .

P i e ris G la u c ippe . a but te rfly from Ch in a, has the sc al est i pped w i th a cu r ious so r t o f fr inge (fig . F ). The scal esare s traig h t, paral l e l - s i ded ,rather n arrow,w i th a basa lend rounded and th e term inal ex tremi ty tape red a br u ptlyto a po i n t . I t is on eac h s lope o f this po int that thefring e is arrang ed . The sur face is smoo th . a nd exce p tingaround th e foo t s ta lk, i s fi l led w i th pigmen t g ra i ns . whil ethe footsta l k is tu rn ed i n un der the sca l e . Fig . M r e pre

~

sen ts the sc ales from the Underwing Moth (fig . N ) , the

sca les o f the Brims tone Bu tterfly and (fig . those o f theA dmiral Butte rfl y .

Use Of Ordinary Binoc ular For Dissec t i ng.BYJOHN r a r n am, M . a m. D .

For man y years pas t I have been try ing to h i t u po nsome s imp l e me thod of us i ng the s tereoscop ic bi nocu lari n s trumen t for purposes o f d i ssec t ion, and o f moun t ings l i des for the microscope, becau se I have repe ated l yfoun d that th e u se of the bes t s impl e m i crosco pe forlong per iods does serious l y impa i r the s e n sitive u e s s o fthe re t i na for observati on w i th the compoun d i na t ramen t .I have broug h t w i th me the s tand wh ich I now employ .

I t is a very smal l b i nocular,on the Bon ss e le tmode l , a ndis fi tted w i th a rack - work subs tage . In to this s ubstageis fi t te d a brass r ing ear r ing a p la te, or s upplemen tarys tag e, o f the form n ow shown . Th i s suppl emen ta rystage is made of e xactl y the s ame w i dth a s the pri nc i pals tage o f the mi croscope . a nd the s l id i ng obj e c t car rier of

th e l atter is made to s l i de easi l y over the supplemen ta rys tag e . T he object o f th i s arrang emen t w i l l be s how n


4. An in s trumen t suchc a n be used w i th ve rypos tu re,with th e arms an d wing pl anes abo ve de scribe d .

able w i th a ful l - sized s ta ndth ree or fou r - inch powe rord i nary s tage —Q

THE M iC R OSSCO P E

For N atu ra lists, P tyu’

a‘

a u . a nd B r ag g mod D e sig ner! to

W M il ly. P u ke f o r a n n u al . W Ma n“ M : yea r . Ti e old u r ea . of 1 : volume : tu t - mvia D r a w e r . 1893 Se t: a] m old a ria “ M hr fi n e

c or ra yoadn a . “ t h em . a nd books for m ic e 3360-1460 c a n

M ic rosc op ic a l P ubli'

d u g Cc . . Wa sh ing ton, D . S. A .

c au m w . a n“ . A . 1 , w ire s .

ED I T O R I A L .

T h e M i s s i s s ippi V all ey M e d i c a l A ssoc iation - 4

ing of th e E xecuti ve Commi ttee of the M is s is s ip ]M ed ical A s s oc iation wa s h eld at A tl an ta, on May

th e fol l owing g en tlemen were appoin ted to d c ldr es s e s :

D r . H. N . M oye r, Ch icag o,A dd res s on M ed iD r . Hora ce H. Gran t. Louisvill e,A dd res s on

T he in dica t ions are -that th e meeting to be he

Paul, on Oc t. 20. 21, 22 an d 23, w ill h e th e larmos t s ucces s fu l i n th e hi s tory of th e A s s ocia tionthe ra il roads w il l off er red u c ed rates for the rm

a n opp ortun ity wi l l b e g i ven to v is i t St. Paul ants ota d u r i ng the mos t delig ht ful se ason of the yes

THE MI CR OSCOPE . 87

RACTI CAL sue e t sn ons .

BY L A W I L LSON ,

CL EVn A ND , omo .

is from Blood .- I t is in te res ting a nd freq uen tl y

c a l importan ce to exam in e c rys tal s in b lood .

are mos t re ad i ly formed, i f a drop of

beneath a th in cove r g la ss .al lowed nearly1 q uantity of w ate r h e added .

in c rys tals, place b lood on s l ide and addc on ta in ing a tr a c e of sa l t ; apply a th in

to flow in a nd mix

th e mi x tu re almos tres ul t ing c rys tal s w i th n on e fou r th

je c tive . T h e haemog lob in c rys tal s d i ffe r ina riou s mammal s . T hey a r e always of mi

s ize a nd of a br igh t red co lor .an d mos t mamma ls th ey are of th e s hape of pr isd les . or rhomb i c plates .

a u tifu l a n imal may be foun ds tag nant w ater . A fi n e pi c tu re of th is

be s een in Ba l l ing e r ’s Car pen te r, 7th c d .,

3 . T hey are attached to roots a nd s tems in

hei r pres en c e may be detected by th e n u

T hey are gen era l l y in colonies . T hey a r e

olon g e d in to a pe dic a l . T heyel ves a s heath, or carapac e of pel lets wh i chT h is s heath is thei r pe rman en t home .

they repair th e damag e . When ala rmedto th e s h eath . W h e n

Oal l is q u iet. th ey pro

s hea th, unfold the i r arm s a n d v igorous l yi l ia . T o th e eye th e s h eath appears ve ry

U n de r th e mi c ros cope theyT o examin e, pla ce th e tw ig

or rootle t c on tain ing them in a s hal low ce l l and cover .T h ey may be n i cely s een w ith a one in ch object i ve,bu t forfiner de ta ils a h ig he r power may b e used . In c oll e c tink

ga the r the roots and s tems from th e water and plac e in a

88 THE 31108080095 .

fla t bottl e . A s a ge nera l rule old dar k loo king . I

s ou nd a nd g re en b ra n c hes wil l be the be s t." By

them in a flat bott l e. they may be en traine d w i th a

le ns .nam e

’

s c am s .

Strong liq uor dradm a

Distil le d wa te r

D is s o l ve carmin e in the ammonia in a te s t tu be’ hhea t bo i l it a nd cool a nd add oth e r ing r edie n ts .

SCl ENCE- G O S S I P .

Ch em is try in th e Diagnos i s of Bacte ria.—DKies s lin g c a lls atten t ion to th e importanc e of this 1

It is a w el l - known fac t that th e di ff e rentiation of Li

bac i l l us from the typhoid fe ver g erm o ff er ed s er i cc u ltie s t i l l D r . T heobald Smi th us ed th e fe rme n ta t '

tes t in d i ffe rential d iag nos is Dr . K i es s l ing c a ll s a

to s uch wel l- known phvs iologic a l prope rt ies a s pe nof gelati n a n d b lood s e rum. Such pr od u c ts ofviti ty as the c o lor ing o f th e med i um as is ba ffle s p)A tten t ion is c all ed to ac id a nd alkal in e c u rd lin gSpec ies that ha ve the pow e r of reducing n itrates toth e prod uction of i ndo l . Pheno l is a nothe r c om a

duct . T h e prod uct ion of ac id s a nd a lk al ine s u b

s c atol, k rea tin e . A c id or al kal in e c on di tion of th eis importa n t. K ies s l ing men t ion s many othe r su l

that mus t be taken i nto accoun t for s pecial orga r

Oyste rs and Fee ble Dige stion .—On e of the in t

ob ser va ti ons made recen tly in the bacte riolog ic a lmen t of the laboratory wa s in relat ion to the n u

mic robes in oys te r j u ice . It wa s found th at 1 c . c .

te r j u ice prod uced in a n agar c ul tu re,T he obs e r vation ent i rel y j us t ifies the pos ition of


phuric ethe r . he ha s r ec e n tl y be en a b le to pe r s e rve hublood in th e same ma nn e r . For s ever a l we eks ,he s t:

he has ke pt, in ord ina r y tes t t ube s , ligh tly cor ke d . hublood a nd on examinati on he fin d s i t abso lute l y °

un a lte

E xam in ation of Spots on W ood for Spe rma to z oa f—x

time s i nce w e pub l is hedmaker -Kopp, for faci l i tatie xam in at ion . Sin ce then ,t ion s . w e have found th e fol lowing modmc ation to ambette r tha n th e or iginal . W i th a sh a r p knife remo ves u r face of the s pot, eithe r by s cratc h ing or by co t tidel i ca te s l i ve r . Let th e deb ris fall in to a thin n ea rlywa tch c rys ta l. and c o ve r them with dil ute water of

mon ia for s e veral hou rs , occas ion all y mo ving the ma tabout w i th a d is s ec ting n eedle . A fter sta nding forfou r to s ix hou rs , care fu lly de can t or d raw off th e li

with th e s u pe rnatan t deb r is, l ea v i ng the pre cipitate orwatch -

g las s . T o the la tter add a l i t tl e d is tilled wate rlet s tand un t il th e prec ipi tate ha s aga in s ubs ided .

off a ll of th e water that can be removed without dang ed is tu rbing the prec ipi tate, and to th e latter add a d l‘O]two of picr i c a c id s ol ution or a n il ine violet . Stir upre move th e mater ial w i th a pi pe tte to s l i ps ,pu tting a dle t on each s l i p . E xam in e a s l i p by d rop ping a ooye r

on the l iq u id . Somet imes th e s pe rmawma c a n be dete rbu t if not, let th e liq u id dry on the s l i p s pontan eous lythen exami ne . e ithe r w ith g lyce r in or w i th damma r .rarely an en t i re s pe rmatozoan may be foun d, but us

(wh e re they are pres en t at al l ) they wil l be foundmu ti lated or b roken cond i t ion .

—N aa’

ma l D ram“.

Ba c teri a i n oys te rs .—A h outb rea k of typhoid f

among s t thos e w ho atten ded th e Stir liDg.

Coun tyin Oc tobe r, 1895,ga ve r is e to the s us p ic ion that theters s upplied on that oc cas ion were th e car r i ers of i!t ion, bu t Dr.Chalmer s,on e of th e G l asgow me dica lce rs o f heal th, i n ves tigated th e matter and concl ude dth e caus e of the en te ri c feve r in fe c tion wa s not con veyth e oys te rs . A ba cter iolog i cal e xamination of oyste rs


th e same oyste r- bed wa s under taken late r by M r . D .

M’

Crorie , l ectu re r on bacte r iology at St. M ungo ’

s Col leg e,a n d h e wa s ab le to iso late from th em s ix d i s tin ct ge rms ,

of w h ich fou r, in c l ud ing Baa'

ll mfluortu m: q m/a a’

ms and av ib r io, l iq uefied g e lat in . T h e fifth wa s a typhoid- l ike ba ci l l u s a nd th e s i x th a to r ula. T h e typhoid - l ike baci ll us wasfoun d to d iff er c on s ide rab l y from th e Ba ri/In: lyplww : ofE be rth, D rs . Ka n tha c k a nd V . D . Har r is ag reeing withM r . M

’

Cror ie on th is point, a nd i t w as the refore as s umedto b e on e of th e ps eudo -typho ids . It wa s found to d i ff e rfrom E berth ’

s bac i l l us in being v i r tuall y non -

pathog en i cto a nimals , a nd hav ing a d i fferen t optimum tempe ratu re,be s ides wh i c h i t d id not s eem to pos s es so many flag ell a.T h e v ib r io isolated wa s large r than Koc h ’

s cholera v ib r io,b u t clos el y res emb led th e F in k le r- Pr ior bac i l l us , an d

the re w a s no reas on to s us pect th at i t played any part inth e ca usation of th e fe ve r .—P kam a zmfiml j om a l .

Cou n tin g B l ood - Corpu s c le s .—Dr . Judson Dalan d, ofPh i lad el ph ia, has in ven ted a n in s trumen t for c oun t i ngb l ood - c orpus c les , ac cord ing to th e Pbyn

'

da n a nd Su rgeon .

It works on th e c en t ri fugal- for c e pr in c i ple, a nd ae c omp lis h e s th e meas uremen t by mean s of comparati ve bu lks .

A q uan tity of b lood is plac ed in a fi n e ly g rad uated tub eand th e latte r re vol ved at a s peed of about revolutions a min ute . T h e corpus c les d i v ide by force of g rav i ty,a nd form on th e s ides of th e t ube in ea s ily t ra ceab le d i v is ion s of red corpus c les ,w h i te c o rpu s cles an d s er um. T he

n ew method pe rmi ts of la rge r, a n d, con s equen tl y, morer e p re s e n ta live q uan ti tati v es being us ed in ex pe r imen ting,bes ides do ing away w i th actual mic ros copic coun t i ng .

A Proc e s s of Sea l ing G l as s Vac uum T ube s —I n mak i ngvac u um tubes i t has been th e almos t u n i ve rs al c us tom toattac h a b ranch for exhau s t ion . But M r . T . Bolas , w ho iswel l known to be an ex pe rt in this k in d of man i pul ation ,fin d s i t much more conven ien t to avo id th e ex tra bra nchand exhau s t w he re a plat in um w i r e is s eal ed in . For th ispu rpos e th e end la s t c los ed is d rawn out un t i l th e bore is


a l i t tl e large r than the diamete r of th e

which is now placed in pos i t ion . T h e e

complete, the n ar row t ube aroun d th e

cold the s upe rfluous part ofthen ea syto fr e e a ny r e q u ir e d lby c rus h ing wi th n i ppe rs or

seal is rounded 03 in the b low -

p

m in utevac uum tu bes like be ads,b ut one-e igh t of a n in ch long andin d iamete r, c an be read i l y made,t i ve u se s of s uch tubes i n c hain s or

for min ute h igh - vac u um tubes may

connect ion w i th R on tgen ’s methodcord ing on s en s i ti ve s u r faces — TA:

Pu r ifi cat i on o f D rin k ing - W ate r by—T he report of the M as sach us etts Stafor th e yea r 1894c on tain s s ome ve ry ipor tan t facts upon al l th es e poin ts .

For the pas t s e ven yea rs th e boardex pe r imen tal s tat ion at Law ren c e for th epu rpos e of tes t ing th e effi cacy of h ltrapu ri fy it a nd rende r it fit for hous ehold pu rpos es . T he

wate r tes ted w as that of th e M e r r imac R i v e r, w h i ch isl in ed from sou r c e to mouth with ma n u fa c tu r ing town s,a n d

wh i ch may be ta ken a s a fai r sample o f r iver wate r c on

tamina ted with a c on s iderab le amoun t o f o rgan ic matte r .T h e fi l te rs w e re of al l s izes a nd th ickn es s es, from thos ea few feet s q uare a nd te n in ch es in depth to the la rg e fil te rcover ing two a nd on e - hal f ac res , th roug h w h i c h th e w ate rs uppl ied to the c i ty of Law rence ha s b een fil te red s in c e1893 .

Ch emical a nd bacter i olog i cal examin ation s were mad eweek l y a nd sometimes da i ly of the w ate r of ing res s a nd

eg ress . Sand of d i ffe ren t s i2e s Wa s u s ed, a nd th e fil ter swere r u n both in te rm i tten tl y a n d con t in uou s l y .

T he res ult of th is ca re fu l a nd pain s tak ing in ves tigationextend ing ove r a n umber of years and e ve ry sou rce of

94 THE M ICROSCOPE . J une

the s l ide, and in th e cas e of s cales , fix by pas s ing thr oug hthe flame . 4. Stain in g en tia n -an i l in - v iolet (made in the

us ual way by th e add it ion of a few d rops of s atur ate d a l

c oholic sol ution of gen t ia n - v iolet to an ilinvwate r ), fi fte en tos i x ty mi n u tes . 5 . I n G ram'

s iod in e s ol u tion on e to fivemin utes . 6 . Decolor ize in a n i l in -oil two or th re e h ou rs orlonge r . 7. R emove an i l in -o il by b lott ing pape r an d moun t

P e rse rva tion of M u c ilage s and P a s tc s .—Cons iderab le

has been written from t ime to time about pres er vation formu c ilag es an d pas tes . Oil o f cloves, c re os ote, carbol ic .

a c id,and va r iou s other th ing s have been rec ommen d ed,but none of th em in my ex pe rien ce ha s s e r ved th e pu r pos e,an d th e pas te- pot i n the g r eat major i ty of in s tance s, is farfrom sw eet- smel l ing .

For the u s e of the pharmacis t a n icely made flou r pas te,in my opinion , is th e mos t des i rab le ad hes i ve that can beus ed ; but un fort unately i t is ve ry pron e to s ou r . Star c hpas te, even with the add it ion o f g lyce rin, s oon sou rs a n d

become s u s eles s . I n places w he re c on s iderab le q ua n tit i eso f pas te are us ed th is is not a matte r of so much c on s e

q ne n c e , for i t c an b e made in s uch amounts that it w il l beus ed up be fo re i t s po i ls, b u t to the re ta il pha rmacist wis h»ing to u se i t for his labe ls o r to th e photog rapher us ing i tfor h is mounting, i t is difi e r e n t. and so man y have adoptedthe ex ped ien t of b uy ing th e paten t pas tes of the market .Stepping i nto a lead ing d r ug s tore not long ag o, I notic eda bo tt le of l ib rary pas te s i tt ing on h is pres c ript ion c as e .

I as ked th e p rop r ie te r wh ethe r h e l iked it bette r than flou ror s ta r c h pas te . N o, h e s aid, b ut h e knew of no way ofkeeping thes e from sou r ing , a nd so had been u s i ng th e

paten t art ic le . W i th a v iew of ove r c oming th is d i ffi cu l tyI began a l in e of ex pe r ime n ts du ring th e mon th of N ovember las t, bu t fa i led to fi nd an yth i ng that proved s atisfac tory for s i x ty or n in ety days . When about to q u it i nd isg u s t, th e though t s t ruck me that pe rhaps formaldeh ydew a s th e ag en t I wa s l ook in g for . I n orde r to g i ve th isagen t a s thoroug h a tes t a s pos s ib le I made th e fol lowingexper imen ts a nd n umbe red th em in th e order made and


s e t them on th e s hel f wh e re th e tempe ratu re wa s us ual lyvery wa rm :

E x pe rimen t N o . 1 . (Date, Ja n uary 20, —M ix 8

oun c es of flou r a nd 4pin ts of cold wate r, a nd s t i r ti l l freefrom l ump ; add on e - hal f oun ce of pul ve r ized al um, s ti rthor oug hl y an d place in the wate r hatban d boil tillof p rope rth ic kne s s ; then tra n s fer to an earthenwa re jar, a nd whencool s t i r i n one- ha lf oun c e of a 40 pe r cen t so l ution of formaldehyde . T his ha s s tood from the t ime made t i ll M ay 10

in the jar, cove red bu t not s ea l ed, a n d at th e pres en t w r i ting I am us ing th is pas te a s sweet and in a s good c ond it iona s when fi rs t made .E x pe r iment N o . 2.

—T ake of g e la t in , 1 oun c e ; flou r, 4oun ces ; water, 3 pin ts ; formaldehyde 94's oun c e . Cove rth e ge latin w i th on e pin t of wate r and al low i t to s often ,th en h e at to dis s ol ve, mix th is w i th th e flou r an d 2 pin ts ofwater pre v iou s l y made into pas te, and boi l them. Wh enc oo l mix with for maldehyde . T h is pas te a t th e e nd of

six ty days s howed no s ign s of s po i l ing , being fres h a nd

s weet,al thoug h i t had been expos ed to a s umme r tempe ratu re a l l th e t ime . St i l l i t wa s neces sary to keep it c overedwh en not in u s e . A port ion that w a s left u n cove red for aw eek be c ame watery .

E xpe r imen t N o . 3 .—M ix s tarch , 2 oun c es , a nd w ate r 16

oun ces, a nd make a pas te b heat ing . When coo l addou n c e of forma ldehyde . his w a s made on th e s ame dayas N o . 2 an d s ubj e c t to th e s ame cond ition s . It is in pe rfe c t con d it ion at th e pres en t w r i t ing .

E xpe r imen t N o . 4.—M u c i lag e of acac ia, U . S. P ., wa s

made an d 1 pe r cen t of forma ld ehyde added . T h is ha s

ha s now been s ta nd ing for two mon th s in a warm plac ea nd s how s n o s i s of fe rmen tat ion .

E x pe r imen t 153. 5 .—M ake a th i c k pas te from w h i te dex

tr in, 4 oun ces ; an d w ate r, a s mu c h a s req ui r ed . T henadd 8 oun ces of flou r pas te made as i n ex per imen t N o . 1,

and 54oun ce of formaldehyde . T h is ha s been s ett ing on

th e s hel f for more then forty day s and is a s s weet a s whenfirs t made .E xpe r imen t N o. 6 .

—T o pas te made a s in N o 5, b ut h alfthe ua n tity of fo rmaldehyde wa s added . T h is kept(e)?

y well . T h us i t c a n read i l y b e s een that by th e u s e

forma ld eh yde pas te or m u c ilag e c a n b e kept for mon ths .

THE MICROSCOPE.

Con ten ts for June , 1896.

M M M M I M W M )Un d Oulinary Bim ih fi r m M M HH L J L

c om m .

W W W L a m in a.

Pru em tion of Blood fi r

W e f Spd -on Wood for Sm .

A Pinea l :“Sea ling G in-i Vac uum

Purifi c ation of Drinking-Wate r by Means af fi lia tion

Note on the W t su inim ot k iagwom Fun gus .

moans M u le s .

R ipans Tabn le a c ure nausea .

R ipans Tabul ea :at druggists .

R ipa ns M u les euro dizziness .

R ipan s Tabules c u re h eada c he.R lpa n a h hu lea c ure fla tu len c e.R ipa ns M ules c u re dyspepmR ipans Tahul es assist digestion .

itipans M u le s c ure bad brea th .

R ipaaa M u les c u re b l l lousa ess .

R ipa ue Tabu les :one gives re l ief.R ipana Tahn les c ure indiges tion .

R ipam Tabule s c ure torpid liva .

R tpa na Tabu la :ge n tle ca thartic .

R lpan a Tabu le s c um c onstipa tion .

Blpan s “ ba les : for sour stoma c h .

R ipans Tabu les :p leasan t laxative.R ipe n s Ta bules c ure liver troubles .

car bol i c acid show tha t th e popu lar id e a, sha thaps by some ph ysician s, tha t an odor of r a rboin the sipl ace i s d i sin fected,be rg considers th e fumes o f su l ph urhydroge n rel iable d i sin fectan ts, in t

vol ume o f ei ther to 100 vo l ume s o f a ir .

I n th is conn e c tion . i t may be men t i on e d tha t

m i cro - org an isms requ i re a ce rta i n quan t i ty of ox;enable them to subs i s t, ye t a n y con side rabl e additha t quant i ty appears, as a ru l e, to ca use deathi nhal a t ion o f oxyg en , wh ich g a s c a n now be o l

from the atmosphere a t a very mode ra te c e at, i1to be thoroug h l y tes ted as an al l e v iati ve in l ung dia nd oxy

~mra te d wa ter w i l l undoubtedl y be giveni n cases o f dyspepsia a nd d i abe tes .

There are three d i ffe ren t c lasse s o f mi c ro- org :

Th i s article dea l s e xcl u s i v e ly w i th the pa thog e tor obes—those wh ich a r e product i ve o f d i seaseother two cl asses are zymog en i c—product i ve of tta tion . a nd ch romogen i c— produc ing col or . Los

o f l i fe (ca l l them an ima l o r veg etabl e, as you Is uch a s m i c robes or m i c ro - org an i sms, reproducespec i es in difl

‘

e r e n t ways, some by fi ss i on , W hits imple d i v is i on i n to two parts ,each o f those partsua l ly becom i ng a per fect, fu l l - s i zed adu l t : 0th

spores, or buds w h ich g row at the e nd o f pro longa nd u l timate l y leave the paren t, th us be c oming di nd ividual s . The former var iety has been namedte ria, the latte r “ bacil l i .” The di st in ct i on be twwtwo i s o f the u tmost impor tan ce, be cause a degheat wh ich w i l l in h ib i t th e grow th of the mos t ibac ter i a, i s n ot l ikely to exercise a ny i n fluence upspores of bacil l i, al thoug h i t ma y temporar i l y re tpermanentl y des troy: the d i sease produc ing po

the fu ll -g rown specimens .

1896 THE MI CROSCOPE . 99

E very form o f l i fe, whe ther an imal or vege table,flou ri she s best un der certa in cond i tion s as to temperatu re andfood, or so i l . To th i s law m i c ro - org an isms . of course,c on form, and the presence o f cer ta i n substan ces in then ou r i sh ing med i um i s es sen t ia l to the g row th of

O

both

ba c te ria a nd bac i l l i . Thu s , d is ease - produc ing mi crobesdo no t th rive w el l i f prote ids and some org an ic sal ts ar eabsen t or i f the nou rish i ng materi al i s d i st i nctl y acid .

N e ve rthe le ss, there is reason for be l i ev ing some putrefa c t i ve g erms—wh ich must be n ear re l at i ves to cer ta inpa thogen i c org an i sms—are capab l e o f rap i d grow th inac id med i um. I n add i ti on .man y pa thog en i c organ i smsrema in inac t i ve un less they are exposed to a cer ta i n deg ree o f heat—abou t the temperature o f the h uman bodyappears to s u i t them bes t—bu t the i r grow th i s qu i terapid un t i l from 86

° to 100° Fahr . i s reached . Hea t

above 140° Fabr . arres ts the g row th o f ma n y adu l t micro- org an isms, and i t may des troy some of them,a l

thoug h it probably has n o i nfl uence u pon the spores o fth e bac i l l i .An an t i sept i c i s a s ubs tance capab le o f creati ng a

c ond i t ion un favor abl e to the g row th and acti v i ty o f mic ro - org an i sms .

A “g erm i c i de is a s ubstan ce wh ich w i l l destroy the

v i ta l act ion an d the reprod uct i v e power o f mi cro- organisms

rI f, a fter pathogen i c m i c ro - organ i sms have been

p laced in a.n ou r i sh ing med i um to w h ich carbo l i c acid has

been added, upon the med ium be i ng e xposed to such c on

dition s o f hea t a nd mo i sture as are favorabl e to the v i ta lact i v i ty o f the organ i sms, the g row th i s retarded . thecon c l u s ion i s o f ten reac hed th at the carbo l ic ac i d i s agerm i c i de, and that the d iseas e - creat in g power o f them i c robes has departed for e ver . Th i s reason ing is

fal lac iou s, beca use the v i ta l act ion o f the org an i sms ma y

s imp l y be retarded,in a man n er s im i l ar to that by wh i chthe app l i cation of c old inhibits mi crobic grow th . I n

100 THE M ICROSCOPE?

a nything more than a very mi ld an tisept i c (i f it

removed a nd p lacedthey shoul d then ceas e to g row,prese nce o f favorabl e cond i t i onsthe concl us i on wou ld unquest ionthe carbolic acid had i nj u red or desa c t i v i ty .

Be fore a s ubs tance is pronounced ate riolog ists take s t i l l g reatergerms have bee n exposedc a l g erm- des t royer, th ey 3

c f suitable an ima la h as

an ptih le te thethe la pse o f l ta l ent time ,andfa i l s to make i ts a ppea rance,

be pronounced a germi c ide , a s fa r as tha t parti cic r o- organ ism i s concerned . I n ca se s in vol v i ng u

produc in g spores, the s upposed an tisept i c c an n cgarded as posse ss ing an y val uabl e germi c idal prun le ss i t destroys th e act i v i ty, no t on l y o f the aga n isms, bu t a lso o f the spores .

I t has al ready be en men t i oned tha t an abundi

pl y o f oxyg en i s i nj u r i ous to the ac t i v i ty o fproducing mi cro -o rgan i sms ; and th is fac t al on ec i en t reason for keep i ng ou r houses we l l s uppl ifresh ai r, bo th i n w in ter an d i n summer. Acl ose t ough t to be a n apartmen t by i tse l f (notroom) o f wh ich the w i n dow ca nnot be ful l y c losei t can be shu t there i s sure to be some ig norantwho wi l l shut i t, thu s enabl ing the nox ious 5c i rcu late through the house .

The fol l ow ing facts seem worthy of atten tion .

Spore le s s mic ro - organ i sms are destroyed. i none - hal f hours a t a tempera ture a l i ttl e above 21

NEW A RK. fl . J .

.Fu rame n ife ra are w ide l y d i s tr i bu ted i n

bein g found almost eve rywhe re . They are al so

u n i versal it is a wonder that they have not c la ime denjoyed a l arge r part of the l abors of the ni s my w ish to endeavor to c lear up what i s ithere .The desig nat ion Forame nife ra was g i ven by D’

Ort

in 1826 to an order o f an ima l s formi ng mi n u te ca lmshe l l s . They are for th e most part many chambe re dofte n bearing a strong resemblanc e in form to thosN au ti l us, Orthoc e ros, and other chambered shel l

He supposed Ce pto be d is t i ngu i s hed from the reallife ro by the wan t o f a “ s i phon" whe r to chamber i n the l atte r,and i ts re plamme n t i n thlme r bymore

“Forama ua . at the sep ta .

where the she l ls a lone w ere s tud ied withou t thnow that the an ima ls a re s tud ied i t i s found tha tmus t be pl ace d low down in the an imal k i ngdom, in

at the lowes t where the Prot is ta come in . For amthe low es t form o f the an imal . is re l ated c lose l y tcb‘

orame nife ra . I t wa s the paper u pon l i v i ngame n ife ra by Dujard i n , i n 1836, that a tten t ion wasdrawn to the e x i s ten ce o f a type of an imals u s s il

than any pre v ious l y known, the i r bodie s c om

ing en t i re l y o f a n appa ren tl y homog e n e ou s semisubs tan c e . to wh i ch he g ave the name ofth is substance p roje c t ing i tse l f th rough ape r tures os he l l i n to i ndetermi na te rami fy ing ex ten s i on s (whiote rmed pseudopod ia) in the g en eral mass of the t

1896 (re s Micaos c op s . 103

R egard i ng these an ima ls as a section of th e larg e g roupof I n fuso ria,whose bod ies be s upposed to have a l ike simp lic ity of sarcod ic composi t i on he d isting uished a s R i zopod s,an accoun t of the roo t - l i k e d iame te r o f the i r pse udopodia l exten s i ons .They are found on the shores o f N ew E ng l and w here

I have c ol l ected them at Swampsco tt, Mas sachuse t ts inthe r i pple s o f the san d at h igh water where they mark awh i te r i dge a nd the i r she l l s can be got by wash ing off

from the san d . They are a lso l i v ing there, as I have myse l t s een . On the alg ae g row ing u po n the rocks, perhapsthey c a n be got everywhere el se b y l ook ing for them on

th e sea weed . The sea w eed shou l d be cl ean ed, n ot byac ids ,me re l y wa sh i ng i t rather v iol en tl y i n a p l en t i fu ls u ppl y o f s eawater. Th e Ba c il la r ia ria

'

c as , Forame n ife ra

an d such smal l fry w i l l th us be washed off the s e a w e eda n d l e tt i ng i t. s tan d for a t ime,c a n be searched w i th a d i ptube a nd a common pocke t len s for the mi c roscop i ca tomi es .

Dr . Carpen ter says they are l im i ted to the shal l owerseas n ear trop i ca l shores

,bu t cer ta i n l y near trop ica l s ea s

a t Swampscott . So I shou ld l ook for them everyw hereaway from the i ce o f the pol es . They are found cover ingthe cora l re e fs, they say, but a s ye t I have n ot fou n d themi n Flor ida . Perhaps i t i s becau se I have not searched thes ho res of Flor ida on the si de o f the Gu l f o f Mex ico,andpe rhaps they w i l l be found there by those more fortunate than I have been . I n par t i a l l y i nc losed s eas, a s theMed i ter ran ean and R e d Seas al so, they have been found .

Pe rhaps the Gu l f o f M ex ico w i l l bear s earch ing . Theydo not seem to l i ve where the i cy wa ter o f the N or th orSou th affects the sea . Bes i des, the carbona te o f l imewh i ch i s pres en t in the i r she l l s seems to be presen t inw armer seas . Bu t at Swampsco tt the Gu l f Stream doesnot s eem to br ing them. Perhaps i t is depl e ted by Cape


Cod . I n enc losed se as w e have the l arg e s t forms ass c u lin a .

D r. Carpen ter remarks tha t there i s n o d i v is ion 0

an imal k ingdom whose rang e in t ime (so far as ipresen t known ) can be compared w i th the Forame n i

Look ing, in deed, to the vas t seri e s o f ag es tha t 1

have been requ i red for the depos i t o f tha t l ong sn c c e n

o f upper Lan re n tia n an d Huron i an rocks which ii

vene betwe en the E ozoon l ime s tone o f the l ower La tt i an s o f Canada, a nd in the lowes t s tra ta i n wh ichmost an c ien t represen ta t ives o f the Pa he oz oic fa unaas ye t been found

,i t may even b e sa i d tha t o the r f c

are modern by compar is on . For the in ter va l be t ‘th e formation of the Canadi an E ozoon a nd th e p

represen ted by the o ldes t foss i l s o f the L ower Camlser i es seem undoub ted l y to have been qu i te as gmgeol og ica l l y speak ing—a t that wh ich in te rve n ed be tthe lat ter and the ex ist i ng epoch , if n ot g re ater, the ‘

dame n ta l g ne iss” o f Sir Rode ri ck Murch i son , n

repres en ts in cen tral E u rope the Lauren t ian o f Ca na nd n e ar the base o f w h ich is fou nd the k i ndred E sba ra ric um

, hav i ng a th ickn ess estima ted a ta nd be ing overla i d by a g reat th i ckness o f other nons ilife rous rocks . Hen ce the determin at ion o f the orgor ig in o f th is Oph ic o l c ite ,and i ts Forame nife ra l amuwh i c h ha s been affec ted by the exam i nat ion and c on

i son o f parts of s pec imen s so m i n u te a s to be 803 1

v is ibl e to the n aked eye,mus t be con s i de red as one 0mos t remarkab le resu l ts o f mic ros c Opic r e se a c h

equa l in impor tance, when cons idered i n a l l its be arto th e d iscovery of Pro f . E hren berg of the Forame n i

or ig i n of the chal k .A s l

’roi. Gumbel says “The d i scovery o f organ ima in s in the crys ta l l i n e l imes ton es of th e an c i en t g .

of Canada, for wh ich w e are i ndebted to the re se a rc l

th e power of the con v erging l en s, i s the power of tid i verg ing lens . I ts foca l l ength can then be dete rmin ein eithe r in ches or mm. ,by i n spe c t ion . Exampl e TIpower o f a doubl e con ca ve,when combined w i th a btvex, i s as measured on the P s i de o f the ru l e . Th

power o f the bi- con vex a lone i s then m in us 3 . l

equa l s m in us The foca l l eng th of the doubl e c o r

cave.i s th ere fore min us in ches or 1 18 mm., th e e

be i ng the fig ures i n a l i ne w i th on the rod .

The ru l e is ve ry us e fu l as a ready reckon e r. E 1

ampl e (A ) : A l en s o f 8b i n ches focus is combined wit

one o f 94mm. focus—requ i red the power and focus 0

the comb in ati on i n in ches a nd mm., 89 i nches i s i nl i n e w i th P, and 94mm. , in a l i ne w i th l

The power o f the combi nat ion is,there fore, p ln

equals th i s is i n a l in e w i th i n che s anmm., th e foci requ i red . E xampl e (B): I have

len s 178 mm. focus—wha t mus t be the focal leng thth e lens in i nches that added to i t w i l l y i e l d a power c5? I n a l in e w i th 178 mm., is P ; then fi ve min t

equal s the power of the l ens requ i red ; thiis i n a l ine w i th 2- 8 in ches . wh ich is i ts foca l l eng th .

Que ke tt M i croscopi ca l Cl ub Journal .

R e ducti on In Su l ph ate s . —Spi r i l l um de s u l fu r ic a us is th

name of an organ ism ob ta in ed by Be ye rin c k from d itewate r wh ich ha s th e property of red uc ing s u l phates . l

is a s hor t s pi r i l l um, act i vely mot i le, but its mot ion c ea s ew hen oxygen is appl ied —A r c h . N ee rlan d .

Doe s T ube rcu l in A cce le ra te T ube rcu los i s in A n imal s .

P rof . N ocard, th e F ren ch vete r inar ia n s ay s : “T he a !g ravation of tuber c ulos is les ion s under th e influen cet ube rc u l in is a common fact in ma n , i t is ex ce ption al in biv ines . I have obs e r ved but th ree cas es out of 3500 in jet ion s that I made mys el f, a nd bes ides, when i t ta kes p la ti t is a l ways upon an imals with ph th is is to the las t de g rra nd con s equen tly us eles s .

"—Ame r ica n Ve te r ina ry‘R eviev



n ew Be t h e . 1 893 .

For N a tu ra l ists, P bysic iam . a nd D mgg isl s, a nd Du ck-wed l o P ofit l a r iuM ic rosc ofiy.

P ublis l od mon thly. P r ic e p e r e m u . Subst r i l ion fl u id endw il t (be ye a r . Tl : old se r ies , c ons isting of 1 2 volume: 1881 c ardedw ilt D e c embe r . 1892; Sol : of [be old u ric: c a nnot be fu r nish d . A llc or r espond en c e ,“ d o ing“ . a nd boobs/or notic e M ou ld be a ddr e ssed to M e

Hi

m m of ic a l P ublish ing Co., Wa sh ing ton, D . C. . U . S. A .

W . m an , A . I ” “ I TOL

ED I T O R I A L .

T ran sac t i on s of th e Kan sas A cademy of Sc ie nces —T hetran s ac tion s of the twen ty - s i x th a nd tw en ty- s e venth a u

n ual meeting s of th is s c ient ifi c soc iety,bound in a 400 pag ebook, have j u s t been received . T h is vol ume,X IV, ed i tedby th e l ib rar ian , is of unus ua l in te res t . Bes ides “SmalT h ings ,” add res s of the ret i r ing P res iden t, P rof. E . S.

Ba i l ey, Law rence ; man y val uab le art ic les on g eolog y,min e ralog y. botany, e tc ., have in te res ted u s . I n c omparing th e bac k n umbe rs w e fi nd that th e las t on e is ce rtain lybe tte r than a ny othe r . T h e Kan s as A c ademy is g radua lly be c oming recog n ized by th e bes t s oc iet ies a nd s c ie n

tifi c in s t i tut ion s of th e wor l d, a nd ha s for cor res ponden tsth e prom in en t profes s ors of al l contin en ts :F ie l d F low e rs .—T h is is th e t i tl e g i v en to a beaut i fu l

book con tain ing s ome of th e mos t popular poems of E ug en eF ield . T h irty artis ts , th e lead ing illu s tr a tor s of A me r i c ahave very k indly donated the i r s e r v ices i n i l l u s trat ing th ew ork th roughout . T h e book is pub l is hed for th e pu r pos eof c re ating a fund, th e proceeds o f w h i c h w i l l b e equal lyd i v ided betw een th e fam i ly of th e poet a nd th e fu nd for th ee rect ion of a mon umen t to h is memory . P r ice te n

c e n ts add it ional for pos tag e . A dd res s E ugen e F ield Mon

ume n t Sou ven i r Fund . 180 M on roe s t ree t,Ch i c ago .

P R A CT I CA L S U G G ES T I O N SBY L. A . W I LLSON ,

CLEV EL A ND, OHIO .

Puccin i as .—T h is form of fung us is now rapidlyf ripe

T hey compris e s ometh ing over a h un dred s p

T hey are known a s mi ldews or b rands and a tta c

are found g rowing on a g reat var i ety of pla nts .

It is a matte r of comme rc ial impo rta n ce to iden ti fyan d des troy th em as th ey wor k ha voc w i th em

c e reals a n d other va l uab l e plan ts . N o two s pec iess pores al ike ; in th is res pect they r i val diatoms fo r tl

c ros c 0pic s tuden t ; bes ides th ey n eed no cleaning or

pu la tion . F ind ing a n in fected plant, s c rape a littlpus t u le, with a s patu la . tran s fer to a d rop of wate ‘

s l ide. c o ve r a nd examin e w ith a q uarte r obj ec tive . 1

are acq uain ted w ith th is fu ngu s pu rchas e a lot ofmeus from a deale r in m i c ros copi c al s uppl ies ;moste rs have pac kag es con tain ing forty or fifty s pec iwh ich are s o ld ver y reas on ab ly . Some of the s portve ry beauti ful .Spot L e n s an d Parabolo i d I l l um in ator E ffe cts .

ly al l th e beauties o f a s pot le n s or a paraboloid illumic a n be ob tain ed by the u s e o f ob l iq ue il l uminator ilow pow er . Butterfly s cales . s c ales of s ynapta. 1g rain s a nd in fac t n early a l l obj ec ts may be bea u !exh ib i ted by ob l iq ue i l l umination . T h is e ff ect is W I

compl is h ed by tu r n ing th e mi r ror as ide from the ath e m i c ros cope .

A rs e n i c .—T h e mi c ros c ope is often a n indis pe n

aid, in s ome of th e tes ts fo r ars en i c . T he mos t c orfo rm of th e c rys tal is oc toh e dia l or te tra h e c hol, bu t at omb i c fo rm may be ob tain ed by s ub l imat ion . P rat

of an t imon y wi l l a lso y ield by s ub l imat ion s imilar c ryT h e c rys tals may be s een w i th th e m i c ros c ope to th(00 of a g rain . I n M ar s h ’

s tes t me tal ic ars en i c is toin the uppe r pa rt of th e te s t tube, w hich may b e e n !

under th e m i c ros c ope . Sulph u retted hyd rog en pt

S C I EN CE - G O S S I P .

F l ax R e tting an d i t s M i crobe .—M . V . Fr ibe s in th e

oratory of M . S. Winog rad s ky ha s determin ed th e c:of th is i nte res t ing indu s tr ial process . T h e or gan ism 0

ing th e s eparation of fibe rs is a large bacillus 10- 15 1

long a nd mm. b road . I t prod uces a larg e tadpole s ]mm. by mm. It wa s ob tain ed in pu re c ultu re

c ulti vat ing th e organ ism u nde r an ae rob i c cond i tion sboi led pota toes c on tain ing chalk . T he orga n ism doesa c t on cel l u los e, i t how e ve r fe rmen ts g l ucos e, sa cch aran d lactos e, an d s ta rch wh en pepton e is pre s en t . E x

ime n ts made s how ed that i t had rett ing pow e r .—ComjR end us .

A D i se ase of M elo ns . syn—Late in A ug

s pe c ime n s of mu s k -melon l eaves w e re re c ei ved at thetion from M r . S. B. Wa keman of Saug atu c k . T h e I ce

w e re ev iden tly d is eas ed, a n d M r . Wakeman w rote thatt rouble wa s s pread ing very rapid ly ove r h is melon g ronotw i th s ta nd ing appl i c at ion s of Bordeau x mi x tu re .

v is i t to Saugatu c k c on fi rmed M r . Wakeman '

s report .

th ree large fields of melons , on e wa s c ompletely ru ina nd th e othe r two s howed abundan t eviden c es of dis cT h e t roub le s eemed to s tar t at th e cen te r o f th e h i l l sex tend rapid ly outwar ds . It w a s characte r ized by a w

ing of th e leaves . fol lowed by th e appea ran ce of smalllow is h s pots a nd b lot c hes ; thes e in c reas ed rapid ly inth e s u r face o f th e d is eas ed areas became markeddark. con cen tric r ing s , th e t is s ues became d ry a nd b ri

a nd upon al l th e o lde r s po ts th e re wa s a c opious g row tb la c k mould d is tin ct ly v is i ble w i th a len s . M ic ros c

examina t ion s how ed that th e leaf- t is s ue in e ve ry dis c :

s pot wa s t rave rs ed by del i c ate, color les s th r ead s . w hc om i ng to the s u rface e ither s ing ly or in l i ttle e rect tigave r is e to s hor t cha i n s of la rg e, b rown , c l ub- aha

s pores ,prov ided w i th a long e re c t appendag e,a nd s e n

to place the fung u s in th e gen us A l ter naria . N o 01

fun gus was found in c onnec t ion w ith the trouble, an d

1896 THE MI CROSCOPE . 11 1

tog ethe r w i th th e fac t that the A l te rn a ria wa s found abnudan tly in e ve ry on e of th e dis eas ed lea ves e xamined, p rodu c e d a s tron g impres s ion that thed is eas e w a s due to thefung u s in q ues t ion . T he re w a s no opportun i ty howeve r,to prove th is s uppos ition by th e in oculation of s oundle aves w i th a pu re cu l tu re of the A l tern aria . When th e

field wa s fi rs t examin ed, late in A ug us t, th e pla nts had r e

c e ived two appl ication s of Bo rdea u x m i x tu re, bu t i t hadnot been appl ied ve ry e ven ly . T h e on ly th i ng to be don eunde r th e c i rc ums ta n ces wa s to recommen d a nothe r im~

med iate and thoroug h appl i cat ion of Bo rdeau x mi xtu re. e spe c ia lly upon th os e portions of th e vin es at a dis tan c e fromthe cent re. whi c h a s yet s howed no s ymptoms o f the dis

eas e. T he re wa s but l i ttle hope howeve r, of sav ing th e

cr op to a ny g r eat ex tent,a nd a s th e res u l t proved, th e diseas e contin ued to s pread even a fte r thorough t reatmen t ofthe v ines w i th Bordea u x mi x tu re.T he re a r e a n umbe r of fung i wh ich are know n to affect

th e leaves of melons, but th e one in q ues t ion is proba blyiden t ica l w ith the s pec ies of Al te rn aria re c en tl y des c r ibedby Smi th an d by P e g lion a s affect ing melon- leaves in th iscoun t ry a nd in Italy . Whethe r in th is c as e the fung uswas a t rue paras i te. or w hethe r i t me rely fol lowed an iaj u ry d ue to other c aus es , mus t remai n an open q ues ti onfor th e pres en t—E xc h anger .

Ch loral Carm in e —T h e fol low ing makes a beauti fu l a ndpe rma n en t carmin e us eful in almos t eve ry k ind of work.a nd es pec ial ly so in an imal h is tology

A lc oh o l

A c id hydroc h loric

M ix and dissolve.—Na l . D r ugg id .

T h e L e pra Bac i l l u s h a s b een found in the b lood, a s

wel l a s in th e tis s ues , by Dr . Bou fi e ,of Paris .

E pi th e l i um in U rin e .—U n de r the mi c ros cope th i s is

s ee n as i r regu lar ly s haped bOdic s .

R ipans Tabnles.

R ipa n s‘

i‘abu le s c ure nausea .

R ipan s Tabu les :at druggists .

Ripans Ta bules c ure dizzine ss .

Ripa n s Tabules c ur s bewac he.R ipans Tabules c ure fla tu len c e.R ipe ns Tabu les c ure dyspep sia.R lpans Tabu les assis t dig e stion .

R ipa n s Ta bu les c ure bad brea th .

R ip a ns Tabu l es c ure b l l lousne ss.

R ipan s Tabu les :one gives re l ief.R ipa n s Tabules c ure indigestion.

R ipa ns Tabu les c ure torp id liver .

R ipans Tabules :gen tle c atha r tic .

R lpan s Tabu les c ure c on stipa tion .

R ipan s Ta bules : for sour stomac h .

R ipan s Tabu les :p leasan t laxa tive.moans Tabules c u re liver troubles .

130 THE MI CR OSCOPE . Sept.

two ca s t sk in s rema i n i n a n overlapping position on thean terior port ion of the sca l e .

Th e mal e sca l e i s much sma l ler than the female, asind i ca ted in the figures, a nd is otherw i se disby a few structural pe c u l ia rite s . I n th e fi rs t pi s bu t one cas t sk in at i ts an te ri or extremity ,and in then ext p lace, the h i nder port i on of the sc al e i s h i ng ed

"ril l-lol som e: or Oyste r emu Ba rk louse : a, fema l e m l e m m I.

form above m ay s utu red ; c , fema le ana l" : cl ,ma le sa ble -ooh “ , o,mtwig—m utu a l d l e .

s uch a way that i t l i f ts up l ike a fla p ,p e rmittin g the esc apeo f the adu l t mal e . The d i fferen t s tages a nd s tru c tma l

deta i l s o f th e i n sec t are so wel l shown i n the fig u re as torequ i re no furth er des cr i pt ion .

Soon e r BARK Loose —Th i s scal e i n se ct occu rs abund

e n tl y upon appl e a nd pear trees ,al s o on quince, blac kcherry, c u rre n t a nd moun ta in a sh, al so on the Japan

shr i ve l ed body o f the i nsect in fron t and a

in col or, as i n the Oys ter Shel l Bark Lousered, a nd n umber from 10 to 75 in each scal e . Th e }

ba tc h about the m idd le o f May. The l i fe - h is tory of thili n sect is s ubs tan tial ly the same as in the

(Batons-pia nurture s : Adu ltma le from above ; lo, (w t ; h, tip o f ante nnw ofm e'

o, larva ,dante nna e : o, leg of some ; t

’

,pu pa ; 3 , a du lt fema le fum ed th an sc a le - d ! e n la b. 6,mtmu c h ma n tha n th e oth e rs .

spec ies . The mal e i n se c t, however d ifl’e rs qu i te radic a l ljin the charac te r o f the sca l e w h i ch i t fo rms . This sca l ein s tead o f resembl ing that of the femal e in color am

genera l shape, is very much smal l er, br i l l ian t ly wh i tera ther de l i c ate, hav ing nearl y paral l e l s i des a nd thr ee levated lon g i tud inal r i dg es, on e on each s ide a nd one itthe ce n tre . A t the an te r ior e n d the yel l ow i sh -sh re w

tc ria i n to parts, s uch a s root, s te m and l eaves, a :

h igher p lan ts, o r e ven a s in the moulds w here thebea ring the product ive bod i es is d i fferent from th

ing par t of the pl an t . 80 whi l e not the lowe s t il i fe, bac ter i a are perhaps th e low es t forms w i th 5Ou tl i ne .S'ra nc 'rna e OF BACT ER I A .

- U ude r a h ig h poweid i v i d ua l bacter ia are seen to be compos ed o f a e

homog enous s ubs tan c e known a s pro toplasm. 1

wal l is no t a lways eas y to se e bu t is always pmby means o f s pe c i a l reag en ts c a n he demon s trs i

some c as es i t i s flex i b l e bu t is us ual l y qu i te rigidbeen found to con s i s t n ot o f a s i ng l e l ayer bu t Of

g} N a

,

two . The e n te r on e may be more or l es s mucii n co n s i s tency; th is Of ten man i fes ts i ts e l f a s aas i n the c ase o f the org an i sm o f c ro upou s pn esee Fig ure 2,N o . 1 ; i n o ther case s i t i s i nd i c a tedtenden c y Of th e i nd iv i duals to u n i te o r rath er re lta c hed to the i r fe l lows .

Tu n S I ZE OF BA CTE lt l A .

— A S regards s i ze be e t

the smal l es t forms o f l i fe k nown .

- The u n i t o femployed i n mi c ros copy is a m icron or 1 - 1000 of(abou t 1 - 25000 Of a n i n ch ) . A ppl y i ng th i s mea lfi nd the d imen s i on s of man y o f the forms do n ot

a s i ng l e u n i t . I t is s carce l y poss i ble to real i ze thu te n e s s . I f forms o f th i s s i ze were placed s i dethere wou ld be to a s i ng l e l in ear in ch; 0

1 896 THE M ICR OSCOPE . 1 35

000 per square i nch and per cubicin ch . Th i s mean s tha t i f h uma n be ings were n o l a rgerth an th ese ba c ter i a we cou ld pu t the popu l ation of thewor ld in a box an in c h eac h w ay, the popu l at ion o fmore than s imi l a r world s on top and sh u t downthe cover w i thou t be i ng a fra i d o f h i tt ing anyon e on thehead .

THE FoamOF BACTE R I AL— I ll th e above i l l u s tration i t i sp resumed that the d imen s ion s o f the organ i sm are equalin a ny and al l d i rec t ions ; th i s is true in on e type and sucha bacter i um is cal led a mi crococcus

,or l i t tl e s phere

. Th e

other types are the baci l l us, or l i t t l e rod, and the sp iril

lnm,or be n t rod,wh i c h may tak e the form o f a comma or

even o f th e co rks c rew . Be twee n these forms th ere areman y i n te rmed i ate on es .

T e a MANN ER or R s rnonuc r ios e s BAC‘I ‘ER l A .

—On e o fthe c haracters c ommon to a l l o f the d i fferen t bacter i a i sthe i r me thod of reproduction , in fac t i t is upon th i s on e

chara c te ri s tic that they have al l been placed in a s ing leclass and cal l ed by the bo tan i s ts s c h izomycete s . o r fis s ionfu ng i . I f a s ing l e cel l , provi ded w i th the n ecessary c on

dition s o f n our i shmen t,is w atch ed under a mi cros c ope i tw i l l soon be seen tha t the c el l beg in s to e longate a nd

when th i s h a s proceeded some l i tt l e d i s tan ce i t c a n be

the tw o daugh ter ce l l s,wh ich i n time become ful l 4ba c te ria.

THE R A P I D I TY or R

rapid i ty w i th w h i ch the c e l l s may d i vide and thus 1duce th ems el ves is marve lous ; under the bes t o f c om!a s i ng le cel l w i l l d i v i de on ce ever y ha l f hour and itreq u i res a l i t tl e work in compoun d mu ltiplic a tion ‘

to

tha t a sing l e ce l l un der these con d i t ions w i l l . prin tw en ty - fou r hours baby bacte ria and 1

end of forty - e igh t hou rs the numbe r w i l l beI t is qu i te need l es s to s ay tha t the p rops

dition s for th i s rap id devel opmen t a re n ot ma inta h

n atu re for a ny l eng th o f t ime or the who l e g lo bel ong ag o have be e n comple te l y o verrun .

CEL L G s ovrw o o ? BA CT E R I A .

—Bac teri a may

s ing l y or in g roups a nd th ese groups are de te rmin ctwo fa c tors , the d i re c t i on i n wh i ch the ce l l d ivide sthe c ond i t ion o f the ce l l - wal l . I t w i l l be not icedbaci l l i a nd sp i r i l l a a lways form the i r n e w w a l ls in ls ing l e p lan e a n d that perpend icu lar to the long axi

that these forms may be g rouped in bu t a s ing l e wethe form o f th reads , vary ing in l eng th accord i ng a:c on d i t ion o f the cel l - wa l l c a u se s the i nd i v idua ls to mor al l ow s them to s eparate . A s examples s e e Fig !

N os . 6- 9. I n the c oc c n s forms the pl an e of d i v is i onta ke many d i rec t i on s . Where two i n d i v idu al s rt

at ta c hed they are cal l ed d i plococci, Fig ure 2 (N (A rranged in c ha in s (N o . they are stre p tococc ifours (No . 3 ) tetrads , w h i le N o . 4repres ents g roupe ig h t arranged in the form o f packets a n d ca l l ed sa t

Cos nrrxos s N e c e ssa a r son r n s G aow'rn or Ba c r .

Bacter ia , in common w i th th e w hole clas s of fu ng

qu i re that the i r carbon shou l d be fu rn i shed them in

dise as es,i t was no ta n ti l the resea rch es of Dava in e ,P as ttand R . Koch that pos i t i v e proo f was offe re d . Since ti

t ime the e tiology(c a use ) o f many o f the contag ious dc as e s ha s been determin ed a nd th e l i fe h i s tory o f t

org an i sms so thorough l y s tud i ed that the expe r ie n c

bac te r i o l og is ts c a n se lec t them from a n umber o f oti

k inds with th e ease a nd ce rta in ty that a farmer sepa rathe goa ts from the sheep . A n d wh il e w e do not k n »what org an i sm causes even some o f the mos t common d‘eases s uch as smal l - pox , rabies a n d scarl e t fev er, i t aimtserv es to demon s tra te th e you th o f the sci ence and tvas t possi bi l i t i es be fore i t . A nd when w e r ememl

what h as been accompl is hed in the last two decadescan but s tan d amazed at the poss i b i l i t i es be for e us .There is s t i l l mu c h to be des i red in ou r know l edg e

in fec t ious d iseases a nd the i r therapeu t i c s , bu t the rew i th in ou r grasp s u ffi cien t kn ow ledg e o f the i r man n erat tack, a s that w i th the p roper c are mos t o f the d is easc a n be preven ted, and the preven t ion of a d i sease is mu

more des i rabl e than its cu re .

Tu n Mon a or I s r s c r los avBACT ER IA .—NOW tha t

is defin i te l y s e ttl ed that the bac ter i a are the sole cau s ein fect iou s d i seases , i t is in te resting to un ders tand th emode o f at tack . Fi rst, th e y may be in ha l e d a nd attathe l ung s or respi ratory pas sag es, a s in the cas epn eumon i a, tubercu los i s a nd d i ph ther ia . Se c on d, th <

may en te r the s tomach w i th the food or dr i nk a nd 61

l odgmen t in the i n tes ti nes, e . g . , c holera and typhofever . Th e th i rd chan n el is through woun ds, il lus tra t<in the cas e o f rabies and lockj aw . A fe w org an i sms I i]

an thra x c a n en ter the s ystem in al l o f those ways .

fi nds i ts way i n to the body throug h th e l ung s in ti“wool sor ter 's d i s eas e, th rough the stomach in c a ttl

c au s i ng spl en i c feve r,hvmean s of cu ts in an imal s or

ma n , the la tter causing mal ignan t pustu le .

1896 THE MI CROSCOPE . 1 39

Tax Moos or Ao'

rion or BA CT E R I AL —A n umber o fth eor i es h ave be en ad vanced to expla i n the w ay i n w hichthe bacte ria ac t on th e human s ystem. On e o f the fi rs ttheor i es ad van c ed wa s tha t the bac ter i a deox id ised thebl ood, i nasmu c h as s ome d i s ease s res embl e asphyx iation .

‘A n other s upposed tha t death wa s caus ed by the p l ug g ingup o f the fine capi l lar ies o f the v i ta l organ s by the ba c ~

ter i a accumu lated in them . A n other accoun ts for th ee ffec ts by as sum in g that the ba c ter ia des troy th e redbl ood corpu scles . Al l of the theori es take for gran tedtha t the org an isms in al l cases are fou nd i n th e blood,bu t th i s i s not tr ue . I n the case of te tanus (lockjaw) a ndd iph ther ia the bacteri a are l oca l i zed . To mee t thes ec ases, the h y pothes is wa s advan ced wh ich i s n ow g enere ra l ly ac c ep ted for a l l cases— name l y that the w ide cons titution al e fl

'

e c ts a re d ue to po i son s man u factu red bythe bacte r ia and cal l ed tox i nes—Meyer Broth ers ’ Drugg i s t .

Diagn os in g T yph o id Baci l l i .— L azar u s has a made acl in i cal tes t of E ls n e r

’

s method of d iag n os ing typhoidbac i ll i . He adds on e per cen t . of po tas s i um iod ide to

Ho lz’

s ac id ulated pota to -

gelatin . U pon th is med ium th e

bacter i um c olide c Ops rapid ly, forming at th e e nd of fortye igbt hou rs c oa rs e ly g ran ular b rown c olon i es . T h e typho idbac i l l us , on the othe r hand,g row s more s low ly ; th e c o lonies at th e e nd of forty- e ig h t hou r s appear ing l ike smal l,g l is ten ing d rops o f wate r with ve ry m in ute g ran ulat ion s .

T h e s tools of fi ve patien ts with typhoid gave pos i t i veres u l ts du r ing th e fi rs t, s econd a nd th i rd w eeks of th ed ise a s e. A fte r th e s u bs iden ce o f fe ve r, ba c i l li were oc c as iona l ly found, in one cas e a s late a s forty-on e days afte rdefe rve s c en ce . R epeated exam in at ion s a r e n eces s ary, asn eg at i ve res u l ts w e re s how n at t imes to b e fa ls e by pos it i ve fin d ing s at a s e c o nd exam ination . I n on e c as e o f

typho id,w he re remi t ten t feve r pe r s is ted, th e bac i l l i we refou nd in the s too ls e ven up to th e n in th w eek, N egat iveres ul ts we re always ob tain ed in patien ts s u ffe r ing f romnon - t y phoida l d is eas e of the in tes t in es —M edic in e.

E DITORIAL.

A M on umen t to Pas te u r .—I t ha s been de c ided Hin on e o f th e pr in c i pa l s q ua res in Pa r is , a mou n tth e memo ry o f Pas teu r, and that th is s hal l be (1

vo l un tary s ubs c r i pt ion s o btain ed in a l l c ivi l ized 1

T h e Paris c ommi tte e h a s th e re fo re au tho r izedga n iza tion o f a commi ttee for th e U n i ted States in c

g i ve th e people a n oppor t un i ty to a s s is t in e r e c ti

t r ib ute of appre c iat ion . T h is c ommi ttee for th e

State s is a s follow s :

D r . D . E . Salmon , Chai rman , Ch i e f o f th e Bu

A n ima l Indus t ry .

D r . E . A . Sc hw e in i tz, Se c retary, P res iden t o f a l

r es en ti ng th e Chemi c al So c iety of Was h ing tonChem is t Biochemi c Labo ratory .

D r . G . Brow n Goode,T reas u re r, A s s is tan t Se c r ith e Smi th s on ian In s t i tut ion , Dr . Geo rg e M . Ste

Su rg e on Gen e ra l, U . S . A rmy .

D r . J. R u fus T ryon ,Su rg e on G e n e ra l U . S. N avDr . J . Wa l te r Wyma n , Su rg e on G e ne ra l, U . 8.

Hos pital Se r v ice .

P ro f. S. F . Emmon s ,U . S. Geolog i cal Su rvey, r e ;ing th e Geolog ical Soc iety .

E . W. Claypo le, of A k ron , an d D . S. Ke ll ic ott, of C<bu s ,O . ;

“ On th e Pub l i c Wate r Supply forSma ll T ou

by Dr . M . A . Veeder , of Lyon s , N . Y. ;“ T he R eq n i

of a Pu r e Wate r Supply, by D r . W i l liam C . K rausBu ffa lo, N . Y .

PRACTlCA l. SuGGESTlONS.

sy n a wus os .

CL EVRLAN D,08 10 .

T h e De te c t i on of A du l te rat ion s in Food .- A m

s c opis t may accompl ish a larg e amoun t o f us eful a ndt i c al work by examin ing a nd d emon s t rat ing ad ul tera’in food s ,d rugs a nd c omme r c ial a r t i c les .

A s ub s ta n c e w i l l exh ib i t unde r th e m i c ros c ope pa]la r appearan ces . A s tra nge r in t rod uced w il l at on e

recog n iz ed . T hat on e may know that a s t rang e rfor e ig ne r, th e firs t req u is i te is to know exa c tly the aman ce of th e pu re art ic le . T o ob tain th is know ledg e r eg it ime, patien ce a nd pe r s e v e ran c e . Hav ing become fa nwith the pu re a r t icl e i t is ve ry eas y to detect the ad u ltion s . It is prac t ical ly impos s i bl e to de c e i ve the m

s cope when its re ve lat ion s a r e in ter preted by an e x

e ye .

Ke e p th e E ye P i e ce s G l e am— On ce u po n a time a dwith a larg e invo i c e of n i c e b r ig h t go lden m i c ros c opes cended U pon a tow n .

He found an i n te r es ted pros pe c t i ve pu r c has e r . T

b ib i t a len s he plac ed a d rop o f h is b lood upon a s l idecus s ed a nd looked dow n th e t u be , w hen hor ro r to relabeh e ld e very corpus cle teeming with bacte r ia. Coldpira tion s t reamed down h is b row s a n d c o ld c h il l s c ou

u p a nd dow n h is anatomy ; when a vete ran mic r ocis t pres en t took a look, tu rn ed th e eye piece an d

co ve red that th e al leg ed bacte r ia we re min ute s pol

dus t upon th e low e r len s o f th e eye piece . T h is is I

THE MICROSCOPE . 143

a k e . T o avoid i t c lean th e eye piece by b reatha nd w i ping ofl

'

g e n tly with a soft c lean hand

“(mu ti ng Polyc ys tin a .—T h es e s hel ls may b e mounted

a s trans paren t ob je c ts in bals am . I n th e latte r med i umthey do not s how to bes t ad van tag e n ei the r are th ey pe rfe c t w hen moun ted d ry w i thou t p reparation a s they prese n t too g la s s y a n appearance . For pe r fe c t res ul ts be at

the m on plat in um fo i l, m i c a or s ome other s upporb by

means o f a blow - pipe flame or ove r a lamp . T h is heatingw i ll des troy th e g las s y appearan ce a nd render themopal e scen t . T hen mount them a s opaq ue obj ects an d a beautifu l s l ide w i l l res u lt .

S C I E N CE- G O S S I P .

Bal timore I nspects i ts Bake ri es — T h e Board of Heathof Bal timo re ha s appo in ted a n i ns pe c tor o f bake r ies , whos ed uty wil l be to make pe r iod i c al vis i ts to s u c h places, an d

ins pect mate r ial, uten s i ls , a nd e ve ryth ing pertain ing to

th e ope ra t ion o f bak ing . T h e a im o f the depa r tmen t is awor th y on e , a nd c ondu c ted u p on l in es s u ffi c iently w ide,s hould co r re c t th e typi c al un s a n i tary s u r round ings o f s u c hp lac es . a nd in s u re c lean l in es s among thos e upon w homth e ca re or c ar eles s n es s of w ho s e pe r s on s a nd th ei r s u r

roun d ing s depend s . i n a g reat me as u re, th e pub l i c heal th .

—Amm ’

c a n M tdim -Su ( sim ! B111/( lin .

Fl ash - l igh t Pape r .—F las h - l ig h t pape r,a dang e rl es s c on

ve n ie n c e fo r photog ra ph i c pu r po s es , is p r epa red (Papie rZei tun g ) by c oat ing o n e s ide of two s h eets o f c alende redpape r w i th s tar c h o r flou r paste, then s pr i n k l ing upon thepas te pow de red mag nes i um, a n d pres s ing togeth er , toc au se them to adhe re . A fte r d rying , a s h eet s im i lar lyc ove re d w i th powde red p otas s i um c h lo rate is pas ted uponeac h s ide, so tha t th e pow dered magn es i um con tain ed b e

tween th e fi r s t s h eets ha s a layer o f po tas s i um c h lorate onea c h s ide . A fu r th e r s h eet pa s te d on s e r ves a s a co ve ring , an d th e w ho le,wh i c h fo rms a th i c k s heet, c a n be cutinto str i ps .

Con te n ts for Se ptember, 1 896 .

Chic o“ Seen Unde r the M lc l e pe . Chrysanthemum. (Il laBlown of Bac teria . Frost. (Il l ustrated ) oo 0 0000 00000 0 “ c m

ED I ‘N RM L

Americ an Mic ros c opic al Soc ie tyPanora ma Snoomn oxs .

The Dete c tion of Adn lte n tiona in FoodMoun ting Polyc ye tina

Soutmc u-(km ttn

Ba ltimore I nspee te its Bake ries

Flash o L ight Pape r

R ipans Tabu lee .

R ipnns M u les c u re nausea .

R ipa ns Tabul ee :at druggists .

R ipa ns M ul e s c ure dizziness .

Ripan s Tabul e e c a ne h eadac he.R ipa ue Ta bu l ee c u re fla tnl enm .

R ipan s Tabu ie s c ure dyspeps ia.R ipan s Tabu lee ass ist diges tion .

R ipan s Tabu les c u re bad brea th .

R ipa ne Tabu l e e c ure biiiousneoe .

R ipan s Tabu les :one gives re lief.R ipa n s Tabu les c ure indige s tion.

R ipa nn Tabu les c u re torpid l iver .

R ipan e Tabul ee :gen tle ca tha rtic .

R ipane Tabu ieo c u re c ons tipation .

R ipans Tabul es :tor sour stomac h .

R im s Tabu l ee :p leasant laxative.R ipan s Tabu le e c ure l iver troubles.

wh ich ar e be se t w i th polish ed conica l points w h ih

teeth .

To the upper end o f th i s fu rrowe d case is fi xe d byhing e - j o i n t the fang ,wh ich is a curved claw- l i k e org an

formed o f ha rd ch i t i ne, an d con sis ting o f two pa rts,

swol l en ova l base,wh ich i s h igh l y polish ed, and a mes l ender t i p,the su rface o f wh i ch has a s i lky l us tre, frsbe ing covere d with very fine an d c lose se t long itudin

g rooves . Th i s whol e organ fal l s in to th e furrow of t

basal j oin t,when not i n use ,exactl y as the bl ade o f a c l a lkn i fe shu ts i n to the haft ; bu t when the an ima l i s om itthe fan g be comes s tiflly ere c ted .By examin i ng the t ip o f the fang w e see tha t it is 1

broug h t to a fine poin t, but tha t i t has the appea ranc ehav ing be en cu t off slan tw ise j us t at the tip ; a nd thati s tubu l ar,bo th the fang and the th ick basa l jo in t 1

permea ted by a slender memb ranous tu be, wh ich is l

poi son duct . This connec ts w i th a l engthened ova l swhere the venom i s secreted .When the sp i der attacks a fly , i t p lung es i nto its v

tim the two fang s . These ac t downward, not from rig

to l eft as do the jaws o f i n sects. A t the same t imev ery smal l drop o f poison i s secr eted in each gla :

wh ich, oozing th roug h the d uct escapes from th e per f¢ated end of the fang i n to the wound, and rap id l y pidup es dea th . The fang s are then clasped downwa ‘

carrying the prey, wh ich they powerfu l l y press aga i nthe toothed edges of the s tout basal piece . By tl

means th e nutrit i ve fl u ids of the prey are p re ssed c

and taken in to the month . when the dried a nd empty ati s rejec ted . This po i son i s o f an ac i d nature, as litm t

paper,when p i er ced by an i rr i tated s p ider, is tu rn ed 1

as far around the perf orat ion s as the l iqu id spreads.

A Pos t Graduate cou rs e of bacter iolog y has been es t:lis he d at the Sid ney U n i v ersity, N . S. W .

Primary Bac teriology .

Ama te ur oba c te riologists compl a in that n o twi ths tanding '

th e y. have a -

good mi croscope and a c c e sorie s , they haven o oven s

,,c u lture ~tube s, pe trio d i shes, and a g reat de a l

o f appara tu s wh ich is l is ted in almos t al l of the ca talog ues,w h ich they c anno t afford to bu y . Of course I adm it tha t s mel l - equipped l abora tory, wh ich w i l l probably i n . th i s s ta te h e foun d on l y in ou r lead i ng med i c alc oll eg es, is o f:gre a t advan tage and far more con ven ien t ;b u t be who : wan ts to study c a n improv i se the necessaryappara tus - to star t h i s fi rst in vest igations a nd hope thatby the time he i s ready to con t i n ue h is research he wi l lh av e fa l len he i r to we al th .

Le t us ta l k o f the pre l imi nary worka l i t tle W e havea micro scope bu t on l y have a one - fi fth i n ch obj ec t i veWe have been to l d tha t w i thou t a on e - twe lfth in ch oil

imme r sion o le n s a nd an A bbe con den se r i t wou l d be fru i tl ess to search for bacter ia, and on accoun t of the expen sethes e val uable acc essories have not been added . Somemic ro- organ i sms c a n be readi ly seen w i th a much lowe rpowe r

°

than a : one - twe l f th in csh objec t i v e, as for in stancethe subjec t of u rine w hi ch we now propose to take up .

P roc ur e ~~a bott l e of .you r own o r some pat i en t's ur in e,al l ow to s tand open in a warm room 36 hours, a nd fromth e su rfac e, w i th p ip ette, take up a smal l drop of scum,

as i t appear s w i thou t cover g lass, p lace on an ord inarys l i p an d ‘ exam i n e w i th . a fourth or fi fth - i nch l en s, a ndma ny forms o f l ivi ng organ i sms w i l l appear . I haves een ever y varie ty plai nl y and d istinc t l y excep t thesp i ril la,. and, o f course, the flage l l a can not be d i scern edun der such a. low power . Thei r movemen ts mus t no t be '

mis taken, for the rap id evaporat ion causes curren ts, a nd,i n fact. some t imes so rap id l y do they move from underth e fi e ld t hat i s i s imposs ib l e to fol low *them.

N ow, having watched the i r movemen ts carefu l l y a n d

148 THE MI CROSCOPE. Oc t.

ma de a note o f th eir siz e, sha pe and ge n era l cha rac teri s tles, le t us proceed fu rther with th e same sl ip, whichwe find by this time quite dry e xce pt in i ts c en ter , andlike th e fi sh lying in the pond a fte r the wa te r ha s m porated,we stil l ha ve o ur bea u t ies bu t th eymre de ad .

Take a sma l l dr op o f gen tia n and pla c e in c en te r ofslip . You wil l readil y no te on examina tioxi tha t the rodsw i l l appe ar much p la in er than be fore, bnt are thicke rand shorte r . The col oring matte r has forme d a la yerupon them, an d hence the appare n t en l The

micr ococc i, staph loc oc c i, st rep toc o c c i, and

somet imes sarc i na , s hou ld 'not be over looke d. TheBrow nian movement should not be mista ken for th e or

ga n isms surviving under the tr ea tmen t of Our str ainingprocess . Now , pr epa re ano ther c lip in simil iar wa y and

stain with a lka l i ne me thy l bl ue,and you may be ab le todiscern in some sing le c ac il le a dee per co l or a t th e e nds,or, possibl y, a much l igh te r strips i n its middle thaneither body or e nds .

N ow, l e t us exami n e i n th e same mann er a drop froma lower s tra ta and se e wha t we wil l be rewarde d with,and for conve n ie nce, and a more pro l ong ed study,w i th acame l 's ha i r pe nc i l an d me l ted paramne we wil l ma ke al ittle ring on one sl ip j ust the s i ze o f our'

c ovovg lm .

P ut th e drop o f ur i n e in th e shal l ow ce l l th us pre pare d,drop on cover -gl ass a nd se al with pa rafi ne , and if we

a re pa tie n t e nough we c a n see in this he rme tic a l lyseal ed ce l l th e ce l l div i s ion ta king p lace in th i s now erl e ss plan t c al l ed bacte ria , and,under prope r c onditions,the growth would be quite noti c eab l e w i thin 24hou rs.Of cour se th e young er p lan t l ooks smal ler than its

mother p la nt, he nce w hen the pare nt c e ll'

ic ready to

d i vide,it is n o surp ris e to us to not i ce the difle renc e insine . By us ing an i l i ne s ta i n s of d iffe re n t stre ng th s agr eat deal of information may be glea ned,and bymak

tric a te as the l i fe fo rce o f the h uman subj e c tbe s imil ar if not iden tica l w i th’ it;'

f0r w ha t i sin which the eg o re si des more than an agg reame bm special ised, and eac h ameba possibl

'

y hindependen t life ‘and having reproduc t i ve proli ts own . I t i s with the mi n u te mass of ma t termo lecul e,“that the mic ros c Opist has to de a l h i

manner and me thod o f growth and n ot the fc rcprod uce the mol e cu la r arrang emen t o f the n itiltitl es .I t is ndt enough tha t the

an d d i fferen t iate the var ious ’

s pi r i l l um or baci l l u s : h e mus tmanner a u’d method of g rowththis knowl edg e the re ve la tions o f theme re

'

intel l igib le than some Eg ypia‘

u

’

in

is‘a ph i losophy o f mi croscopy wh ich

able as th e ‘ facts on w h ich i t i s basedthat c a n o n ly be deve loped by accuc las s ificat ion of

‘

mic rOs c op ic a l da ta . This Work,dent, must be performed by the sk i l l ed mic ros cnot by th e nov i ce, i n wh i c h class th e bus y pra c tusua l l y found . I n mic ros c Opic a l analy s i s no

rc la tive to ‘

a c c u ra c y c an w i th safety be om i t ted .

te rs not though the m i croscopi ca l acc es soriesough l y c l ean s ed and s ter i l i zed, for the re sul tsequal l y un tr us twor th y i f the ma te ria i’ to be exapl aced i n a re cep tacl e, found perhaps i n same 6

and‘

ha l f c l e a n sed. Concl us ions reached underditiou s ’must be e rroneous . Do you a sk‘ who cvdu ch’ procedu res G o to th e ‘

home of‘

the'

a l

pseud o- mi c roscopis t, observe his me thods a nd ta nd you w i l l have the an swer . I t is surpri

mu c h we se e , how muc h w e assume a nd how

THE M I CROSCOPE . 1 51

know . A young phys ic i an ask s an ol d one for the useof his microsc ope to e xami n e a specimen of urin e,assu ring i ts ow ner tha t he i s fami l i ar w i th the in strumen t,ha v ing had instr uc t i on i n col l eg e ; pe rm i ssion g ran ted,and s lide prepared an d the obse rver ex cla ims, “ Th e

mos t beau tifu l specimen o f a cas t I - have ever seen : theown e r o f th e i nstrumen t as s ,

“Th a t l ooks l i ke vegstable matter and not a c a sg” N o, sa id the other,“ th at i s a urin ary cast ; I have seen many of them.

"

A m icros copica l exami nat i on o f the con ta i ner and its

conten ts revea l ed a,corn cob for a cork what the cast

was you may re ad i ly in fer .A ph ysician o f seve ral years ‘ s tan d ing an d the posses

sor of a good micros c ope at an au topsy o f h i s ann ou ncedtha t the pat i en t's de ath was due to a d i sease o f the k i dn eys, that she had been pass i ng bl ood, pus, al l forms o fcas ts and o ther bad mater ia l w i th th e u ri ne . Th e au topsy, howev er, reveal ed u l cerat i on w i th pu s formation,degen erat ion and rupture of the gal l - b ladder, produce dby impacted g al l - stones,wh i le the k idn eys were pra c tica l ly normal , show ing no structu ral degenerat ion . Fromwhence, the n , came th e blood, pus, casts and debr i s,which wa s alleg ed to have be en seen These cas esco u l d have been non e other than of mi staken identi ty ;someth ing w as i n ferred that d i d not exi st .The concl u s ion i s there fore reached,justl y or o ther

w is e, that the eye and un derstandin g must be educa tedindependent l y al ong cer ta i n l in es be fore th e manipu

lat i on o f the m i croscope becomes sati s factory and trus two rthy objects mu st be seen and known rel at i ve l y andin th eir en t i rety before being resol ved in to the i r compone n t elemen ts; the ma c ros c Op ic a l appearan ce o f an obj ectmu st pr e cede i ts m i croscop ical appearan ce .Th e phys i c i an must kn ow i n what men s truum and un derw hat cond i t i ons the obj ects for which he is search ingexis ts or are de ve l oped . N ei ther is it e noug h for him

to know and recogn i ze the var i o us forms o f h emus t be ab le to c la ss i fy th em and know the i rand me thod o f g row th , wh a t they p rodu cegrow th an d what i nfl uence they have upon h tThi s is the philosphy o f mi croscopy as re l atesc al sc i ence . Th e mi c roscope there forephys ic i an val uabl e i n th e deg re e . tha t he isand arrang e i ts r eve la tidn s so that the yfrom an Open book . Th i s facu l tyw i th the in str umen t born o f tim

coun try doc tor" mu s t g i ve by p iecemeal , if at .

I am no pes s imi st, a l thoug h I s e e i n a d e g re e tin g o f the mi crosco pe so far as i t rel a tes to theua l work o f th e o rd in ary med i c al prac ti t ion er.ready i n t ima ted, th i s pass i ng i s i nduced a n d 8 !

by unsk i l l ed and u n tra in ed eyes, wh ich see miudividua liz e l i ttl e .

Th e s tru c ture of m i croscopy, i f i t be e ndu rit

be bu i l t upon a compara t i ve l y error l es s mic roscmran k and fi l e s ti l l hav e to learn tha t the micou lven abl es the in ves t igator to c on t i nue h is eso as to obs erve th e p r imary structu re o f an or

mass tha t wou ld o therw i se remain unknownknowable .

The fi rs t essen t ial, th en, for a phys i c ian mic rcis the proper u s e of h i s e yes . s upplemen ted byi n tel l ec t ; what h e sees he must be abl e to des(c ura te ly, th u s d i ffe ren t iat ing th e va ri ous formsu res tha t appear i n the v i sua l fiel d .

N e i ther is i t enoug h for h im to re cogn ize an 0

an i sol ated cond i t ion a nd kn ow i ts fo rm and c ous th e mu s t kn ow a s we l l w hat re l at i on i t su stains iobj ec ts about i t . Th i s ca l l s for th e exer c i se o f tlpa ra tive fac u l ty, the second es sen t ial for the plmi croscop i s t i n deed, th ese two el ements may b4

h i s eyes . \V i th the s e fac u l t i es undevelop e d, un

is al l tha t w ill us ual ly be re q uired . It freq ue ntly re q i

s har p eyes to obs e r ve th e un de r l ea ves w h ic h freq u taid in th e de te rmination of s pe c ies .

A n Improvis ed E re cto r . - For d is s ec tin g or maniping u nder the mic ros cope i t is n eces sary to e re ct tinag e , at leas t,in order to wo rk with c omfort or pr e c iA cheap e rector may be qu ick ly improv is ed by fi tfi i

r ig h t an g led prison ove r the eye piece wi th th e .wide s t

from th e obs e r ver .

L ogvvood Stain ing .—T o b ring out deta ils of s t ru t

an d dis play cel l wal ls ,etc ., the re is no bette r s ta in thanwood, and for s ing ly s tain ed veg etab le s e c tions i t is 1

re c ommen ded in pre fe ren c e to al l othe r s ta in ing fluidslogwood v iolet fl u id is prepared a s fo l lows :

1 . Haematoxyl inA b sol u te A lcohol 1-2 ou n ce

2. Sol ut ion of 2 g rain s of al um to on e ou n c

wate r .T o s ta in proceed a s fol low s

Fir s t z- f R emove th e s ect ion s from al cohol to wate rfew min utes .

Second —T o a l um s oluti on for te n m in utes .

T h i rd z—Stain in N o . 1 .

Fou rth —P lace in alum w ater to remove s tain fromfa c e .Fifth z—Was h thoroug h l y in w ater .Si x th —P lac e in a l coho l for two or more hou r s . 1

the s ect ion l igh tly on th e s u rfa c e of oil of c loves—wises in ks i t is ready to be moun ted in bal sam.

A Compari son of L e n s e s — A nov ice recen t ly pu re ha lens from an itine rant ag en t of a fo re ign man u fa c ttW i th th e len s h e also pu rchas ed a s l ide of P le u ros ig nng ula tum . U pon th e g rand res ol u tion o f th is s l iden ov ice bas ed h is opin ion of h is n e w l en s .

Ful l of faith a nd con fiden ce h e c ar ried his lens and e

Tfl B M I CROSCOPE . 15 5

to a fri en d . T he n ovi ce d i sp laye d h is acquis i tion . T h e

f r iend ex h i bited a balsam mount of th e same frus tu le un

de r a fine Spen ce r 1—6 object i ve . T h e Spen ce r res ol u tions eemed to be cast en t i re ly in the s hade . It de veloped,however, that the d iatom un der th e foreign l en s wa s

mounted in n aphthal in e mon ob rom ide . When th e bals ammoun t was placed unde r th e fore ig n l en s the Spen ce r le n sres umedits w e l l-des er ved gigan ti c p roport ion s . M ora l :A nov ice s hould n e ver purchas e a fine lens w i thout the advic e a nd in spec tion of an ex pe rt .

QU ES T I ON S A N SWE R ED .

Q. 243 .—Whe re may be obtain ed th e s ubs tan ce “G um

T h us ” ? F . F . E .

A . A n order placed w ith Wm. Sch ieff el in Co.,D r ug~g is ts, N ew York,w i l l p roba b l y br ing G um T h u s .

Q. 244.—What is th e n ame of th e bes t book g i v ing

methods of s tain ing, es pecial l y doub l e s tain ing for bothplan t and an imal s pec imen s ? F . F . E .

A . T h e method s of Mic ros copical R es earch by A r th u rC. Cole, or P racti c al M ethod s i n M ic ros copy bvC. H.

Clark, wi l l be found u s eful .

S C I EN CE - G O S S I P .

Th e Pou ltic e a Hot Be d of Bacte r i a .—Dr . J. C. Bidd le,

in th e Leh ig h Vall ey M ed i cal M agaz in e, call s atten t ionto the ab use of poult i c es ,a nd says h e ha s s een man y case s,whe re th e appl i cat ion of a pou lt ice h as don e i r reparab l edamag e . He ha s s een man y c as es wh e re pou lt ices wereappl ied to abras ion s, con tus ion s , s prain s , s imple a nd c om

po und frac tu res , un t i l th e s k in a nd unde rly ing t is s ues

“w ith ou r p r e s e n t ad va n c ed kn owle dg e of medic in e “ge ry ?" M os t cer tai n l y not .no long e r a place among theg eon o r th e prac ti t ione r who bas any know ledg e of he

T he pou l t ice is a hot- bed for ba cter ia, and, su chthe c as e, s hould not be us ed, es pe c ia ll y where the c i

t ion or t is s ues have been des t royed, as in an injur y ck ind . For th is reas on I teach that w e should c e as eing the cu ltu re med i um of th e s tre ptoc c oc c i and theigon e rs . A s a g en eral ru le un in j u red epidermis is i

vio us to-o rga n isms , bu t w h en we soften i t, as with atic c . we open the sw eat d ucts a nd g i ve th e mi cro -orga

e as y ac c es s to th e t is s ues beneath .

Syph i l i s from a F l e a B i te .—Jon athan Hu tc hin se

po r ts a pr imary les ion of s yph i l is of un us ual or ig ine lde r lvmembe r o f the profes s ion pres en ted hi :cove red w i th an eviden t ly s yph i l i t ic e r upt i on, wh ichidily d isappeared und e r th e u se of th e me rcu ry . A

fu l exam ination o f h is en t i re s u r fa ce re vealed no tral es ion whate ve r on the gen i tal s or at any point, exc

d us ky s pot on on e le g, wh i ch looked like th e remainsboi l . T h is, th e doc tor s tated had been d ue to a sma llth e dates of th e appearan c e an d du rat ion of wh ichfound to fi t e xac tly wi th thos e of a pr imary le s ion . fl

had als o been s ome en larg emen t of the femora l gIHe had never thoug h t of th e s ore in th is con nectionremembe red mos t d is t in ctl y that i t followed a fl ea o h

a n omn ibu s . M r . Hu tch in s on concl udes that a ll th

den ce tend s to s how that the d is eas e had probablcommun i cated from th e b lood of an in fected pe rsonth e b i te of th e in s ect —M edic a l N ews .

A R apid M e th od o f A fiixing Paraffi n Se c tions 01

Sl i de .—A smal l d rop of M ayer ’s albumin mi x tu re is p

i n the m idd le of a s l ide, a nd th e s ect ion , fr om the ntome kn i fe, la id on th is d rop . T h e d rop forms a c ua nd pa rtia llvflatten s the s ect ion . A piece of th in, s u

up with wate r con tainin g cholera mi c robes to thcubic c en timete r . T h e re we re no t races of mic robes t

be found in a ny of th e cigars man u fa c t u red at Hambundu ring th e cours e of th e epidemi c . T h e mi c robes die ii

ha l f to tw o hou r ’s ex pos u re to tobacco smoke , Brazi l, Stmatra or Havan a tobacco . T h e smoke of a ny c iga r k i llth e mic robes . T h e smoke kil ls in five min utes a ll th e nt

’

c robe s in th e s al i va. A noth e r fact es tab l is hed is th at nonof th e pe rsons employed in the tobac c o fac tor ies at Hanib u rg, con tracted cholera.—Gaz . deg l i Os p . e dell e Cl ix:T yph o id Fe ve r Cause d by I c e Cre am s

—A ccord ing to thBoston M ed ical and Su rg i ca l Jou rnal, A ugu st 27, a c ox:

side ra b le , but not widely ex tended, outb reak of typhoife ve r occu r red du r ing th e latte r part of Ju ly in the tow

of E as t Bar r ing ton ,N . H. T h e ca se s were al l t rac ed tos in g le sou rce . T h e fi r s t o c a s e w a s a n un recog n ized 00 1

the pat ien t be ing unwel l but helping about th e house andoin g par t of the mi lking . I t is s uppos ed that h e mu s

have in some way con taminated th e m i lk, as by go i ng t

s tool and n ot wa s h ing h is han ds before retu rn i ng to ‘ h imi lk i ng . T h e wate r s upply was careful ly exami ned anfou n d to be a ll r ig h t . On Fr iday e venin g a party wa

g i ven at th e hous e an d th e g ues ts were g i ven ice c r ea x

made at home from the mi lk s upply above re fer red tt

W i th in the n ext te n or fou rteen days fourte en of th

g ues ts came down wi th typh oid fe ver—e ight i n the tow

of Bar r ington,of whom one d ied ; two in Lee ; on e each i:Dove r, R oches te r a n d Woodbu ry,N . H.,and on e i n Have !h ill,M a ss . A ll of these out-of- town cas es w e re g ues ts a

th e party . N o othe r cases occu r red in the town, and a]were par takers of the c ream.

s s M rc sosc or s s are joys fore ve r,and would doubtle shave been in much g reater demand were i t not that a s tan cw i th coar se adj u s tmen t by rack a nd pin ion cou ld not un tire cen tl y h e ob tai ned for les s than £ 7 108 . A sma lle

pe d w i th th e n e cess ary len s es w il l s e r vefor s t uden ts a n d e ven pra c t ic ing pharmafixe d s tag e, 80mm . s q uare, rack a nd pin

men t, a nd m i c romete r s c rew fine ad j us td in c l ines , a nd the tube when fu ll y e x

ten ded meas u res 160mm. long . F i tted w ith Ze is s ach romat ic objec t ives , A and D ; Huygh en ian oc ula rs, N o, 2

and 4, and a s u itab l e conden s er, th e i ns t r ument is s u fii

c ie n tly complete for a s tudent ’s u s e , w h i ls t th e fu rthe raddi tion of a 1- 12 inch oi l imme rs ion obj ect i ve wou ld ma kei t s u itable for a ll - round work in th e pharma cy .

W ATSON A N D Son s,London, l is t a n umber of us e fu l novc ltie s in mi c ro-apparatus , in c l ud ing “ pan ch romatic" oh

je c tive s, where in a fai r rat io of apertu re to pow er is mainta in ed for a moderate pr ic e ; a n e x c e l lent “

pa ra c h romatic”

condens e r,N . A . 10, c os t in g bu t l i ttle more than the ord inary ac h romat ic conden s e r ; an d a n improved A bbe modelcamera l uc ida in al umin i um, th e ad van tag e ga in ed by th eu se of th is l igh t metal be ing cons ide rab le . T h e E d inbu rgh Studen t ’s M i c ros cope is now s uppl ied in almost al lconce i vab le s tyles ,and sh ou ld s pec ial ly recommend its el fto pha rmac is ts .

I mpu re W ate r in In d i an a —I n John s on coun ty, Indiana,there is a v il lag e kn own as R oc k Lan e . Con nected w ithth e R ock Lane Ch u r c h is a w el l from w h i ch a large pre po rt ion of th e people of th e n eigh borhood d r in k . Ove r s eve n ty

- five pe r cen t of th es e people have d u r ing th e pas tyear s ufl

'

e r e d with typhoid . T h e water of th is wel l ha sbeen exam in ed an d fou nd to b e in fec ted badly w ith in tes »

tina l bacte r ia . E ven a c h emi c al a n aylsis s how ed a badcond i tion of affai rs . It wa s a long t ime be fore a ny on e dis

cove red that al l the people ta ken i l l w e re attendan ts at thech u rch and that th e non - c h u rch going people we re immun e .

P rofes s or A . N . P ren t is s , forme rly profes s or of Botan yat Corn el l U n i ve rs i ty d ied at h is home in Ithaca,A ug . 14.

Double Sh ining for both Plant and Anima l

os -Gosen '.

The Poul tic e a Hot Bed of Bac te ria

Syphilis from a Flea Bite “

A Ra pid Me thod of Affi xing Paraffi n Bun ion

Typhoid Fever Caused by I c e (hu m

Impure Wate r in Indiana

The head is Len t backward or reflec ted, am

downward or deflected so that i t can not re adil y bfrom above and wha t looks l i ke the f ron t of the

from above i s real l y the dorsal pa r t (pronotum) of t‘

thorac i c somi te, prothorax (fig . Fig . 2 showun der or ven tral , aspect o f the body with the he

1 . J

b F

fi e c te d under the ven tra l s ide o f the body, and ite rior por tion actual l y look ing backw ard s .

The var ious scl er i tes that make up the hard parhead are shown in fig u res 4 a nd 5 . Fig . 4 repthe head of the sh i p cockroach as seen from thefi g . 5,a s s een from the back . Bo th are cop i eMarshal l a nd Hurs t’s work .


The e picran i um (a) co ve rs the dorsa l and pos ter i orre g ion o f th e head . I t has a med i an s utu re or seam (fig .

4) that d i v i des an ter i or l y in to two, r un ning out, r igh tan d l e ft. to pale oval pa tches, the fe n e strm,mean ing windows , the c l ypeus (fig . 4 e) mean ing a sh ie l d . Theg e n e (fig . 4t) co ver the s ides . The le f t g ena has beenremoved i n the fig ure .Be tw ee n the he ad and the thorax is a cons t riction, the

n eck,on wh i c h ar e seven scler i te s .Th e prothorax i s not r ig i d l y ar t icu la ted on to the me so

thorax and i ts pronotum is l ong er than e i th er themesonotum (dorsal aspect of the mesothorax (fig . 3 e), orthe metanotum (dorsal aspect o f the me tathorax (f) . Theabdomen (fi g. 3 g) i s o f ten somi tes . The fu l l n umbercan no t a l w ays be c oun ted . W hen the c ock roach i s lookeda t from w i thou t, some o f the somi te s s l i p under a n d overon e another l ike the j o in ts o f a te l escope . The abdomenis broad from s ide to s i de, flatten ed from above downwards .The food of the cockroaches i s mi xed . They can eat

pretty much every th ing bu t they prefer dead an ima lmatte r . They eat the i r ow n cast off sk i ns and egg capsu les . They do not eat a grea t dea l and g row bu t slow l y .

One of them has been known to l i ve as long as fi ve year s .

The parts su rroun d ing the mou th may be seen afte r fixing the cockroach on its bac k by pins passing throug h thes i des of the pronotum. Ben d the head from i ts re flexed

a n d de fi exe d pos i t i on forwards a nd upwards, and fix i tby c ross ed pin s .

The l i ps are seen to be two;an upper, the labrum. (fig .

4r),and the lower , the lab i um (fig . 5 r, s ) . The l abrumis ar t i cu l ated on the fron t edg e o f the cl ypeus (fig . 4e )wh ich represen ts the fron t v iew o f the head . The lab i umis made up of two parts, the men tum (fig . 5 r) and thes ub-ment um (fig . 5 s ) wh ich represen ts the ba c k v i ew o fthe head .men tum, the ch in . The labi um has also cer ta in

each thre e joi nts.To see the jaw s, remove th e l ahrum (fig . 4r ), an

as has been don e in th i s fig ure, the gena and

d ibl e (fig . 4 t, A l l par ts thus removed from a

the mou th shou ld be mo un ted in g l yce r in e, a nd

in ed under l ow powers o f th e mi croscope .

The jaw s cons ist o f three pa i rs,—o n e pair of ma n(fig . 4s ), a nd two pa i rs o f maxill fe . I n figu re 4 th

of the fi rs t maxi l l a i s w e l l show n ' to the reade r ’sa nd some o f its d i v i s i on s are l e ttered f. g . m. I n5 -the left fi rs t max i l l a a l so i s shown and somed i v i s ion s are l e tte re d b . c . e . The se cond pa ir o fillaa are both show n i n fig u re 4a nd the l eft one i s un . A l l these six jaw s are bi t ing ones.The mand ibles (s ) l i e be low th e g ems (t) a nd ar <

c u la te d to the epicran i um (fig . 4a) and c l ype us (figThey are strong and too thed .

Th e fi rst maxil lm presen t a s ubd i vis ion o f the a ]ages o f the body tha t run th roug h the wholecl asses o f the A rth ropods or j o in ted foote d an imabasal part, th e protopod i te,a nd two parts a ttachthe d i stal e nd o f th i s,on e n earer th e middle l i ne 4

an ima l 's body (th e en dopod i te) th e o th er far therfr om i t (the ex pe d i te ) . I n the max i l l a of the coc kprotopod i te con s i s ts o f two j o in ts , cal led r e spe c tive ica rdo. (fig . 5 b) a nd s t i pes (fi g . 5 c ),—car do, ast i pes,a log . Th e en dopod i te i s o f two par ts, th e ](fig . 4f ) on the i n n er s i d e, the galea (fig . 4 g) c

ou ter s i de . Lac in i a mean s a lappe t; ga lea, a hTh e exopod i te is the maxi l l ar y pal pu s (fi g s . 4m, a n

w i th two short ba sal jo i n ts an d th re e longer te ljoin ts .

The p rotodite s o f the secon d pa i r o f maxil laa aretoge the r in th e l ab i um w i th its me ntum (fig . 5 r)submen tum (fig . 5 8 ) al re ady descri bed . The e ndopa

That depe nds on the boy, his teacher (if h e ha sh is ab i l i t y, his love for th e study, his e n c ouragemen

finan ces,a nd other th in gs .Among t 1e fines t s l ides I ever saw were th ose madc

boy of 16 years . D i d he become a p rofe ssion al micop i s t ? No, not a t al l, bu t the sp i r i t of inve s tig twas aroused i n him to such an ex ten t tha t he g rad lat Bal dwin Un i vers i ty,pos b g radua ted at Prin ce tona degree o f 8c . D . and now occup i es the c hat

Phy s i cs in the polyte c n ic depar tmen t of Cas e Sc h tA ppl i ed Scien c e . The wor l d know s h is experimen tsthe R oen tg en or X - ray—D r . D . C. Mil l e r, A . M . . So.

-Th i s i s perhaps on e o f the brig h te s t examples I 11g i ve, but o thers are do i ng surpr is i ng work, am

g e tt ing an i n s igh t i n to nature .On e l ad o f 13 o f my acquai n tan ce made a fi n e b

ning wi th pol l en moun ted and dr ied i n ba l sam. A n

began by mak i ng sect ion s of s tems a nd pi ths of p lThe two worked toge the r and ob ta i ned a knowleds tr uctura l bo tany that probabl y they never wouldobtain ed o therw i se . They al so exam i n ed the sap ofe re n t plan ts,obtai n i ng some surpr i s in g resu l ts by erat ion . Many sl ides w ere spo i led, o f course, bu t wor cou l d be perfec t from the beg i n i ng .

A nother boy moun ted s pores o f ferns, e tc . andmade s l ides of w ing s o f i n s ects, a nd w i th s uch ato s tudy as was at h i s command he re c e ivt ra i n i ng i n compara t i ve en tomology wh ich has p l

usefu l to h im.

Making sl ides i s bu t a smal l part o f the worencourag e l ay i ng more s t ress on making drawinf

e very th i ng, i f possib l e, with the a id o f a camera I nOn e fe l l ow began by s tudy ing paras i tes inju ric

the horti cu l t ur is ts . A t home he was me t w i th op

t ion,but when h i s s t udy ing l ed to the pa

destr uct i on o f the pes ts and a par t ial cr0p o f bc


w hil e the neig hbors had no fru it, th e n , and not ti l l then .d id h i s fa ther pra i se or en courag e h im.

What sort o f a microscope do they u se

That depe nds on th e cash at hand . I a l ways re c ommend if one has a certa in sum for such pu rpos es ,that fourfi fth s of the money be s e t as ide for th e mi crosc Ope , the rema i n ing one fi fth for th ing s n eces sary tha tc ann o t be made,—ba1sam, z i n c wh i te, ch l o roform,e tc .I f two or th ree c a n ag ree to put the i r mon ey together

and ge t a mi croscope, thereby g e tting a better one, theyare the g a in ers by i t in many ways .They shou l d al so have a book o f i nstruc t ion s . Ma n

ipula tion o f a M i croscope, by E . Bausch . i s a g ood on e ,

and there are many o thers . I n a‘

pape r o f th i s k i nd I re c ommend no manu factu rer, al l hav ing good i n s trumen ts . A

book for n o tes shou l d he had,and as for the mater ial, theworld i s fu l l o f i t .Were a person to make a boy o f 12 to 18 years a pres

en t o f I w ou l d sugg est that i t be app l ied on ami c roscope a nd necessary ar t i c l es that mus t be purchas ed . Some good can n o t bu t be th e res u l t .80, I repeat, encourag e th i s l i ne o f s tudy among the

boys and g i r l s that they may see more o f the w or l d aboutthem from the commoner and coarser th ing s to theh ig her a nd refined .

Col lec ting Fungis . a . MA STE RM AN ,

N EW LONDON, OHI O.

I n th i s l ocal i t y (north - cen tra l Oh io) the year 1896

has been a very exce l l en t on e for the g row th o f fu ng i .They are to be found on the leaves, s tems, a n d bran cheso f plan ts . Tak ing advan tag e of su i tabl e opportun i t iesI col l ec ted a s man y a s possibl e an d in the same w ay thata n y botan i s t . would accumu late h i s treas ures . I pre

pared them in very much the same mann er . I t isto c u t away the th ick ve in s, r i bs, s tems, and por timth e l eaves or p lan ts tha t are u se l ess or no t afi

'

e

When sma l l sa v e a ll o f th e l eaf, s tem, pl an t, 8m.

I place my spec imen s betwee n very poru s vblot ting paper,and do n ot s ubj ec t them to an y deg r epressure for fear o f i nj u r ing the fung i . I a i r t

every day . I th in k th i s is n eces sar y . Some lsupon wh ich th e fung i g row need th is ofte ner

W hen pe rfe c tlvdry I pl ace them in any tig h t e r

ope o f proper s1ze that fi ts the specimen and ke ep ti n a t igh t box . When n eeded for -stud y or c ompa ris cuse the spec imen s as a n y o rd inary opaque object.Shoul d one labe l them, wh ich I th i n k necessary,

date, loc a lity,a nd co l lec tor ’s n ame shou l d accompa nyspec imen .

.I wr i te on my l abe ls the name o f the p

exactl y as a bo tan i s t wou l d . in fact I fi rs t labe l the pbotan i cal l y, then wr i te the n ame o f the fung us .I n col l ec ting i t is wel l to “

g i t a pl en ty when youa for you may w ish dupl i cates to excha ngethink i t wel l to deposi t samples o f each i n somemanen t i ns ti tu t i on , such as E x per imen t Sta t i ons,U n is i ti es

, Col l eges,&c . ,where they c a n be had for fure feren ce a nd s tudy . Th i s course may a l so bring y

sel f be fore the le a rn ed to some ex ten t a nd the a c qua n to f one or more o f these people is wel l wor th the troo f col l ec t ing and prepar ing a fe w specimens . 001

pond in g a c quan ta n c e i s w or th much to a s tuden t . h

new h in ts a nd hel ps may be g ai ned wh i l e you may

some on e el se more than you real ise .

D i ph the r ia is prevai l i ng to a n unus ual deg ree in Lonth e mortal i ty from the d is eas e du r ing the fi r s t w e eOctober having been g reate r than that of any weekyear .

P R A CT I CA L S U G G ES T I O N S

C l am OH IO.

Phyllac t inia Su ffu l ta .—T h is is on e of th e la t]

an d mos t s tr ik ing of th e Famil y E rys iph e ze . T h l

Ph yl lact in ia con ta in s bu t on e s pec ies . T he s pec?exceeding ly on d i ffe ren t hos t plan ts but ar e cous itex pe rts to be variat ion s of th e same s pec ie s .

T h ey are found on l eaves of th e magnolia te lde r s , beech , oak, a s h a nd man y oth er plan ts .

fact a ve ry common a nd ub iq ui tous s pe c i es . It isi nte res t ing s pec imen , wh ich is ea s i ly re cogn ize dappendag e, be ing swol len i n to kn obs at th e bas e,t i ps s t raigh t . A l l th e man i pu lation req uired for tplay is to dip th em from th e l eaf w i th a s patula. tna g lass s l i p in to a d rop of water, cover a nd e xamir

T h ey s how w el l w i th a on e in ch obj ec tive . T l

be moun ted a nd pres e r ved in g lycer i ne jel ly .

How to Sav e M on ey .

— Deal e rs g en e ral ly chatcen ts a bottl e for imme r s on flu id . A n amateu rcon cl uded to s a ve th i s outlay . He proc u red afrom a n em i nent mi c ros copi s t . He pu rcha s ed th e 1from a rel iab l e chem is t. T he form ula req u i re ding of th e mate r ial s . T h e prod uct wa s de s igm

homog en eous fluid . T h e amateu r boi led the s t

n ice cl ean po rce lain d is h ove r a n al coho l l amp . W

ing some on e ar res ted h is atten t ion a nd th e hot s tu

ove r, s ca lded h is hands , s poiled h is n e w b r e e c

r u in ed a carpet . T his s hou ld not dis courag eHe may s ave fifty cen ts n ext t1me .

Hypoxy lon a lboc in c tum .—T h is fung us is on

ve ry ma ny s pe c ies of a la rg e gen us . T h e ma n i p1on e w il l be th e “

open s esame" at a ll . M any h:

them b ut have pas s ed th em bva s o f no imports

they are compl icated plan ts w el l wor thy of a n

tan ce .

M os t o f th em a r e foun d on l eaves , bark a nd tv

1896 THE MI CR OSGOPE . 171

form b lack s pots fr om a mil l imete r upward in s ize . T h e

b la ck s pots are th e s troma s, wh i ch in th is s pec ies are fla t,c a r bon ac eous and pu rpl is h b lack . I n th is s pec ies th e

fu ng us g rows on Crataeg us . T h e fr u it is i n th e uppe rpa rt of the s t roma. Cut a smal l s l ice, t ran s fe r to wate r ina g las s s l i p a nd mas h fi n e with a s patu la a nd cove r .E xamin e w ith a on e fou rth or on e fifth ob ject i ve . T h i s

w i l l e x h ib i t long cylind rical a s c i, with b rown s pores a r

ran ged in a un is e r iate man n e r . T h e s pores general ly contain a round s poro b las t at each e nd .

Potas s i c I odide for Pre servin g In fu so ri a .—T h e u s e of

th is med i um is ve ry s impl e and is s a id by M r . W . S. Kentto a c t in a man n e r almos t identi cal w ith osm i c ac id . For

u s e , prepare a s a tu rated s ol ution of potas s i c i od ide in dis

t i ll ed w ate r . Satu rate the sol ution w i th iod ide, fi l te r andd il ute to a b rown s h e r ry color .

A ve ry sma l l portion , on l y, of th e flu id is to be added toth at con tain ing the in fusor ia.

QU ES T I ON S A N SWE R ED .

Q. 245 .—Ca n you tel l me i f th e re is a ny book pub l is hed

g i v ing M i c ros c opic examinati on s for ad u lte rat ion of foodan d med icin e an d w h ere i t may b e proc u red and cos t?D . A . B.

A . Has sal, Food,I ts Adul te rat ion s,etc ., publ is hedby Lon gma n s ,G reen 8: Co ., is th e c lass i ca l work ; but th eg reat bu lk o f mo re re c en t work is s catte red th roug h th e

fil es o f th e A me r ican A nalys t,a n d th e var i ous mi c ros copi c a land oth e r tech n ical jou rnals .

Q. 246 .—A r e th e fi b ro vas c u la r b und les a n d tubes for

th e'

c ir c u la tion of sa p? In th e s un flower there is on ly

s imple cel l u lar t is s ue . How is c i rc u lat ion accompl ished?—Snohomis t.

A . Sa p c i rc ula tes by prefe ren ce through th e

vas cu lar b undles of a plan t,but e very l i ving c e l l c a n a l

sa p a nd trads fe r i t to con tig uous cel ls . T he s unfl

s tem ha s a r ing of flb ro va s c u lar b un d le s in the c on detis s ue ben eath the c uti c le .

S CI EN CE- G O S S I P .

T h e Ch an ge Produ c e d in M eat by Fre e z in g .

c haracte r of th e meat cons umed nowadays ha s be c os er i ous hyg i en i c matte r . I n a pharmaceu ti cal jot:pub l is hed in Ge rman y, a write r desc r i be s a s impl e pmfor d is t ing u is h ing between fres h meat a nd tha t w hl c

‘

been pres er ved in th e froze n s tate, v iz.,th e e xp r es s it

a small q uan t ity of b lood or mea t j u ice from the sa t

a nd its examinat ion under the mi c ros cope . T h e I

Operat ion mu st be per formed qu ick l y, in orde r to pm

any d r yin g up of the l iq u id under exam ination . W h e

j u i ce of fres h fles h is th us examin ed, i t is s een to c o

numerous red corpu s c les ,wh i ch a r e n orma l in c olorfloat in clear s e rum. But in th e cas e of b lood from f:fle sh th e corpus cles have d is s ol ved in th e s e rum nude lin fluen ce of th e lowe r tempe ratu re, and not a s i ng l e n cred corpus cle can b e s een—th e h ae mog lob in es capesth e s e rum and appear s a s ir reg u la r yel l ow - b row n c ry:T hes e may be freq uen tly s een by th e naked eye, b

e ve ry cas e c a n be read i ly detected unde r th e mi c rosDe ath A fte r A nt i toxin E xpl ain e d .

—A ful l and s atitory ex plana t ion of th e s udden a nd t rag i c death of th eson of D r . Lange rhan s immed iate l y fol low ing an in jeof a n ti toxic s e rum, ha s been reach ed th roug h th e s

q uen t in ves t igat ion . I n th e fi rs t place, th e ana ly s is c

s er um proved it to be rel iab le, a nd n o i r reg u lar i ty ir

method of its admin is trat ion cou ld be d is c overed . I tfound, how ever, that th e c h i ld had j u s t completed a n

u s ual ly heavy mea l . a nd a s th e nec rops y sh owed, h is laa nd t rachea we l l fil led wit h a mater ial iden t i cal with

ha lf per cen t . T his a ll sou nds w e ll enoug h,and wonthe unwary reade r to th in k that ic e - c ream wa s a ll

bu t th e den ouemen t c omes i n the re s u lts of mic ros cr es ea r c h. T h e mic ros cope s hows th e pres ence, in Li ce- c ream at leas t, of bedb ugs , bugs , leg s ,o f fleas ,hair, coal, dus t, woolen an d lin en fibe r , tobacco, epiis cales, and mu sc u lar tis s ue . E ven the mi cros copi cam ination, however, is de lectab le compa red with t Isu lts of bacte r iolog i c al s tud ies . T h es e reve al in s

bar row ic e - c ream a max imum n umbe r of s e ven mil liic roba s pe r cub i c cent imete r, whi le the s hops have onmi l l ion pe r c ub i c c en timeter . T h e c ha rac te r of the 1

organ isms is ex t remely mi x ed . T h e re are a r e th e bacol i communis , bes ides s pir illae a nd pu t re fac t i ve micof var iou s k i nds . We find no account pf a chem i cal .s is , w h i ch would pe rhaps add th e final touch to thelog i c al pi c tu re of th e i ce- c ream of the s h ops .

”—Boslmic a l a nd Surgery j oum a l .

PERSONALS.

M r . R . E . Ker ry,d i rector of th e bacter iolog i cal labonof th e V ienna Vete r in ary In s t i tu te, d ied recen tl y

.

ag e of 34.

D r . R . M eade Bolton, now bacte r iolog i s t of thedel phia Board of Heal th,ha s been ele c ted in s tr u c tor ite r iology in th e U n i ve rs i ty of M is sou ri .F . F . Je risma n, profes s o r o f hyg ien e in th e U n i v‘

of M os c ow, ha s been exc l ud ed, i t is reported, from fu

s er v ice at th e U ni ve rs i ty, owing to h is l iberal vie ‘

pol it i cal matte rs .

M . F ran cois Fel i x T is s erand, d i re c tor of th e

Obs e r vatory, d ied in Pari s ,Octobe r 20,at the age ofon e year s .

CO R R ES P O N D EN CE.

San ta Barbara, Ca l ifor n ia,Oc t. 22, 1896An impo rte r of Japanes e good s oc c upying a s tore in th e

same bu ilding w i th me b r i ng s much of his good s w rappedin the g ras se s of the s ect ion where th ey are orig i nall ypacked . F in d ing some w h ich he as s u red me wa s from

n cen t ral Japa n I made an inf us ion of i t fromth ree or fou r days I began to ge t in fu sorial forms

i l iar to me , among s t wh i ch some of whichow ing genera: viz : Colpidium (Sch ran k ),

(E h r ), Oxytr icha (W z r ) , Paramec ium (E h r ) ,s (Ste i n ) .e t ime othe r fami l iar gene ra may be found . In th e

abs en ce of te xt - books I can n ot u nde r take to dete rmin eman y oth e r forms among s t wh i ch th e re may

be some that a r e n ew, b ut my l i te ratu re i n th is depa rtmentof natu ral h is tory is too far away’

to ava i l me he re .

P . L . Ha r e s .

A c know le dgeme n t—T h e c u ts of the s cal e in s ect publish ed in ou r las t is s ue,were loa n ed to u s by th e Departmen t of A g ric u l tu re th rough th e k indn es s o f M r . L . 0 .

Howar d, th e E n tomolog is t . W e reg ret that the acknowledgmen t d id not a c c ompa nvth e pub l icat ion —Chry sa n

A s s i s tan t M i croscop i st W an te d —T h e U n i ted Statesc iv il s e r v ice comm is s ion h e ld a n exam in at ion at th e pos tofiic e s in Bos ton , M as s ., I nd ia n apol is , I nd ., a nd Ch icago,Ill .,on Oc tober 30 for th e pos i t ion of ass is tan t m ic ros copis t .T h e sala ry of th e pos i t ion is $600 per an n um, a nd on lywomen above th e ag e of tw en ty w ere admi tted to th ee xamination . T h e s ubj e c ts of th e examination were a s follows : Or thog raphy, penman s h i p, copying, lette r wr itingand ar i thmet ic . It is des i rab le that appl i can ts s houldhave a kn ow l edg e of th e u s e of th e m i c ros cope .

Medic ine

246 . How is Circ u lution A c c omplishedSoxaxc mGoss l P .

Th e Cha nge Prod uc ed in Mea t by FreezingDeath afte r Antitoxin E xplained

. M ..

THEMICROSCOPICALPUBLISHING

S IX I N CH, W ITH CA R D P R I N T E D

CASH W ITH OR D E R .

Enve lope s the Qua lity Used by U: in Our Own Com spm

MICROSCOPICALPUBLISHING WASHINGTON


are formed by in vag in at ion from w i t hou t, a nd a re

w i th ch i t in . The mid i n tes tine is th e primit i v e a l

a ry c an a l .

The fore i n test in e i s ca l l ed the s tomoda um. a I

I t cons i s ts (l ) o f a bu c c al cav i ty, from the poste ritand s i de o f wh ich ar i ses (2) the ling na or tong ue (1a): a larg e lobe l y i ng on the med ian cle ft in the h

(3) the e sophagus shown a t fig . 5, t; (4) the th i ncrop (figs . 6,e and 7 . e);(5) the th ick- wal led gis t:

proven t r icu l us ,mean i ng fron t l i t tl e stomach (figand 7, b). Thi s h a s s i x ar t i c u l ar tee th a nd s ixe levcarry ing se ts) , on i ts i nner surface .The mid - i n testi ne or mes en teron consi s ts on l y 4

true d iges ti ve c hyliflc s tomach (fig s . 6 ,o and 7, e )The h i nd - i n tes t in e i s ca l led p ro c todwum. I t ca

(1) o f a short or n arrow i n te sti ne (fig s . 6,d ansome times ca l l ed the i l e um, (2) a l arg er or w i de in t(figs, 6, f e nd 7, I ) c a l led the c o l on ;(3 ) a te rmina l s tpor t ion or rec tum (fig . 6, g ).

The med ian ven tral pos teri or an us (fig. 7, tn ) i sseen by ra i s ing the terg a o f the ten th or l as t abd isomi te w i th a forceps . R igh t and le ft o f it or

smal l pl a tes, the pod i ca l plate s .

Fig . 6 show s th e me d ian, dorsal , chambered heaThere are te n pa i rs o f s tigmata . sp i racles, or h

ing open ing s:—N o . l , a t the bases of the fi rs t legstween the pro thorax an d the meso thora x; No . 2,

bases o f the second l e g s or be tween the me sothorathe meta thorax ; N o . 3 - 10 between the terga andof the fi rs t e ig h t abdomi nal somi te s . The two th

and fi rst abdomina l s t igma ta can be s een by rais inw i ngs . The other abdom ina l st igma ta can be se e

l ook i ng a t the ven tra l su r face of the an ima l and ating it s l igh tly . E ach st igma i s a t the apex o f aproj ec t ion poi n ti ng backwards . The trachea , i ntu re,d i stribut ion, and funct ions are l i ke th ose


honey - be e . Fig . 5, a, repre sen ts tran sve rse sec t ion s ofsome of the head and neck tra c hm.

The sal i vary g land (fig s . 6,s and 7. s ) i s two l obed andbranched . Fig . 7, repres en ts the a lime n ts rvcanal w i thits appendages o f th e cock roa ch , a nd is cop ied from Vo l .V ol the Cambridg e N atu ra l Hi story . The g lands a replaced r ight and l e ft o f th e crop (fig s . 6 and The i r

ducts comi ng from each l obe on e i th er s ide,jo in on eachs i de a nd then those o f the two s i des joi n in the med i anl in e and Open in to the common duc t o f the sal i vary re

c e pta c le s (fig . 9, g ) . Of these recep tacl es there are twoa nd the i r ducts j o in in the med i an line a nd open i n to thebn c c a l cav i ty .

The hepati c gl an ds are e igh t cases or bl i nd tubes (figs .

6 and 7) a tta c hed to th e a l imen tary ca na l hard by the

junct i on o f th e g i zzard (fig . 7. b) and the s tomach (fig.

7,e).


The mal p ighian (k i dney) g l ands (fig . 7, m) sir

more i n n umber are at tached to the a limenta ryhard by the j unct ion of th e stomach (fig . 7, c) andin tes ti ne (fig . 7,d). Th e mal p ig h i a n g lands run th

the fat body wh i ch sur rounds the h ind in te st in e .To study the nervous sys tem practica l l y ano th e r

me n sh ou ld be taken . I t shou ld be fixed by p i ns 1th roug h the upper par t o f the ep icran i um, a n d be

the mand ibl es . The cl ypeus and the fron t 1

ep icran i um must be removed . The supe r -a sa pgang l i a or bra i n i s suppor ted by an i n ternal s kc le

ch i t in . From its upper part are g i ven ofi'

th e

nerves, and from i ts l ower par t, the ner ve s t<

an tennae .

To se e th e s ucceed ing par ts o f the n ervous systehead must be fixed upon i ts s i de a nd the g ena ,maxfi rs t a nd secon d max i l la; removed . Then the c

(e sophageal comm i sura is shown in fig,5 as two dobe low the (e sophag us. From th i s, nerves gol abrum. A s us ual,the tw o cords runn ing from th i

one on each s ide o f th e (e sophag us, e nd below i n asub -msophag e a l ma ss that s uppl i es the mand ibl es ,il lma nd labrum, and, o f course,be long s to the henTo se e th e succeed ing parts , pl ace the c oc k roa c l

uppermost, remove the whole o f the a l imen ta ryfrom g i zzard to rectum i n cl us i ve, a nd tu rn asi de th eThe thoraci c and abdomi na l cha i n o f gang l ia i s th

posed . The thorac i c are three pa i rs, a nd s uppll imbs . The abdomi nal are s i x pa irs , con nec ted bycords, and suppl y the abdomina l organ s a nd the imen t. The s i x th represe n ts the ne rvous cen te rssix th to ten th somi tes of the abdomen .

The v i scera l or sympa the ti c sys tem i s r e pre se nunerve g i ven 05 from the c i rcum-msoph age a l comman d suppl y i ng th e labrum and a fron tal gangl ion .

this fronta l gang lion a re c ur re nt nerve passes ow

THE M ICROSCOPE . I

Cock roaches are un i sexual . The ma l e and fema le dsl igh tl y . The ma le has two sty l es (fig s . 6 and 7 . t

ta c hed to the ven tra l h i nd marg i n o f the n i n th abdowsomi te . The femal e appendag e s a re boa tw sha pe dare attach ed to the seven th somi te .The femal e de ve lops e gg caps u l es each o f wh i c h

ries s i x teen egg s (fig . Thes e oblon g capsu l escarr ied by th e mo ther and u l t imate l y l aye d by he r.young then emerge a nd a re he lped ou t o f the eg g am

the capsu les by the mothe r .The cockroach and i ts a l l i es do not undergo tha t m

morphos i s wh i ch is gen e ral l y cha rac teris t i c o f in sqThe larva or young -on l y d iffe r from th e adu l t by b

pal e r i n c olor a nd hav ing no w ings . I t undergoes 1fi ve to se ven shedd ing s o f th e sk i n . A t las t e c dys h

sk i n shedd ing o f th e w i ng s appears .The facts con ta in ed in th i s ar t ic l e a re from E ds

Ave liug '

s art ic l e i n the E ng l ish Mechan ic.

The Preparation of Diphtheria Antitoxic Scrum.

BvH. K . M ut t-b a n .

Th e d i scovery o f d i ph ther i a an ti tox i n was madeBeh r ing , a s a re su l t o f h i s p rimary and orig i na l i n v‘ga tion i n connect ion w i th Ki tas ato upon te tan us s a t i toThe me thod o f prepara t ion fi rs t proposed wa s th e

je c tion i n to su i tabl e an ima l s o f cu l tu res o f the dip thbaci l l u s in wh i ch the bac i l l i had been k i l l ed by b

W hen the an imal cou ld s tand these a nd man ifes t on l

sl ig h t i rr i tat ion or or de ua at th e poin t o f i nje c t ion orshow i ng on l y feebl e tempera ture reacti on,h ig h l y a ttated l i v i ng cu l tu res were i n t roduced in in cre samoun ts, a su ffi c ien t immun i za t i on or re s i s tance hg i v en by the pr imary i n j e c t ion to pre ven t fa ta l te rmt i on . Th e i nj ection o f l i v i ng cu l tu res, hOW eve r,

R e a d a t M on tre a l be fore th e A . Ph . A .

1 896 THE MI CROSCOPE . 183

gr ea tl y to be dis c on rag ed,sin c e su ch inj e c t ions, and thoseo f a tten ua ted cu l tu re s c on ta i n ing d e ad ba ci l l i,and a c c ompan ie d by g reat de s truct i on of the ce l l u la r ti ss ues o f thean imal w h ich is to furn i s h th e an ti tox i n, i ts phys i cals treng th be ing g reatl y l e s sen ed by such destruct i ve proc eas e s .The method is as fol l ows : A s v i ru l en t a cu l ture o f

th e ba c i l l us d i ph th e r ia e i s ob ta i ned a s possi b le, it i sg rown upon Loe fiie r's sol id i fied blood mix tu re consist i ngo f

Blood serum 3 parts1 pe r c e n t g lu c os e bou l lion . 1 pa rt

and placed i n a n i ncubator at a temperatu re o f 45 degreescen t ig rade.A fte r a period o f 24hours the cu l tures are deve l oped .

From th i s a s i ng le colon y o f the bac i l l i i s tran s fe rred into sma l l fla sks o f a tpo pe r cen t pe ptone bou l l i on , rendered de c i ded l y a l ka l i n e to l i tmu s . These sma l l flasksa re plac ed in a n i ncubato r, wh ich is ,kep t in a c on s tan ttempera tu re of 37 d e g re es C. for 24 to 48 hours , anda fterward s the c on ten ts are tran s ferred w i th a p i pe t tei n to rounded flat flasks,o f a capa c i ty o f 500 c c . Thesel arge flask s are pla ced in an incubator and kept at a constan t tempe rature of 37 deg rees C. unt il th e baci l l i havebecome v ery n umerous, an d have s ecreted enormousamoun t of acti v e and powerfu l tox i n in the boul l ion .

When th i s h a s taken p la c e a m i croscop i c exami na t ionis made, to see that no fore ig n i'nci l l i are pres en t a nd thed i ph theri a toxi n con tami nated . I f n n c omtamina ted, 1

per cen t trik re sol is added to pre ven t con tami nat i on,an dto de s troy the ba c i l l us dipth e ria . The bou l l i on,or as wen ow term i t, dip th e ria tox i n, is fi l tered th roug h a mod ilied Chamberland fi l te r, to separa te i t from th e deadbod ies o f the dipthe ria baci l l i . No ba c i l l i a re there forein j ected i n to the an imal s to be immun i zed , and they a reno t g i ven “dip the ria

” but the toxin secre ted by the baci l l i .

b leed i ng operat i ons . T he pre fe rence i s g i vencompac tly bu i l t an imal s o f dark colo r, 16 toh ig h,from 1400 to 1600 pounds w e ig ht, o f Q!nition and in good hea l th .

Be fore i nj ecting w i th tox i n . th e mal l e i n te a ltie rs,and the tubercu l i n tes t for tubercu losis inthe resu l ts o f such be ing clear l y s hown i n tht

ture,w h ich is c are fu l ly recorded . A nimal s res ]e i ther o f these tests mus t be d i sca rded .

The prima ry i nj ect i on o f th e tox i n is 1 c c , a nper iod s o f from s ix to e igh t days, cons ta n tl yamoun ts o f the tox i n a re admi n is tered u nt i l inweeks to th ree mon th s,a s g re a t quan t i t i es as

th i s power fu l tox i n may be borne w ith tol eran tthe i njec t ion o f these la rg e r amou n ts i s a c c ompqbu t l i ttl e e l e va t ion o f tempe ra tu re, and bu t a n

ema i s man i fes ted a t s i te o f i nj e c t i on, a tr ial is20 cc . o f blood i s made, the blood a l ways be

grom th e j ug ular v e i n . I f the tes ts for an tftc


oxin . Un fortun atel y w e ca n n o t a rr ive at th efor therapeuti c appl ica t i on by th i s method , sinman subjec t i s much more s uscepti b le to the pe

the g u i nea pig , and we ha ve no poss i ble meansmi n i ng the amoun t of tox i n secre ted by the 4

bac i l l i i n the pa tien t s u ffer i ng w i th diph the r

fo re i f a ny e rro r i n amoun t o f ant i tox i n admi nmade, i t shou l d be i ts admi n i s tra t ion i n exc e ssi

ra ther tha n in a n i n su ffi c i en t quan t i ty .

A pprec iating howe ver, that the effec t o f diphtitoxin is on l y i n neutra l i zi ng the toxin o f diphknow how nece s sary it is to make a pp lic a tiu

“heal ing serum" before th e nerve cen tres be cclyc ed ; the heart a nd k i d n e ys become d i s easeden t i re sys tem i n vaded by the abso rpti on o ftox i n .

D i ph theria an ti tox i n i s a mos t del ica te s ubsti ts preparation can on l y be sa fe l y carr i ed on

oug h ly equ ipped i n sti tu t i on s, where me n ofi n teg r i ty and ab i l i ty are in superv i si on .

W h i l e an ti tox i n is a del i cate subs tance, ye tp rope r preservat i ve i n a su ffic i en t amoun t i s mi s herme t ica l l y seal ed i n ster i le v ia l s, i t w i l l p lstreng th a nd an ti to x ic va l ue for at leas t s i x mt

deed repea ted exper imen ts prove tha t its re ta insi t y fo r a much l ong er pe r i od .A n t i tox i n i s u s ua l l y s uppl i ed i n bot tl es t

vary i ng quan ti t i es o f s er um,but o f a c erta in n

immun iz i ng un i ts . Th is is apt to lea d to c oo l

w e wou ld s t rong l y recommen d that a fi xed sta

defin i te n umber o f immun i z i ng u n i ts be s ecurecc . of se rum. W h i le th i s i n vo l ves ex tra labven ts con fusion on the pa rt o f the physi c ian , a tis wel l worthy o f the i ncreased labor . I f sertdu c e d o f a streng th of 125 un i ts per cc . the r e s

e ach cc . wil l con ta i n 100immuniz ing un i ts, an d


600 u n i ts are to be admi n i s tered . 5 c c . w il l be(1 a s the amoun t to be i nj ec ted, etc .e r of g ra ti fy i ng i n te re s t to Amer ican s, that

th e h ighes t an ti tox i c val ues have been prer own coun t ry . Se rums are now produced incc. con ta i n s a s much as 800un i t s ,and we conieve as g rea t an amoun t o f an t i tox ic un i ts ascc . w i l l be p roduced i n the near fu ture . Th i sthe ch ie f obj ect i on that has been u rg edserum,even by its warmes t advocates—more

bsorption w i l l take place, en s ur i ng qu i c ker re

i des the a ttendan t d read caus ed by the la rge ins necessary for the i n t rod uc ti on o f l a rge amoun ts

ums w i l l be avo ided : 2000un i ts may thusin an ord i n ary hypoderma tic syr i ng e .a re mu c h le s s a c t i ve than fl u id or fre sh

re prepa red by th e add i tion of a l umi n i umsu l phate, w i th s ubsequen t preci p i ta t ionsin by a one per cen t s oda sol u t ion . or byThe y have g i ven fai rly g ood re su l ts, bu ti rr i ta t ion tha n do fl u i d s erums

,and no t beuhle cause a noya n c e i n admi n i s tra tion, andpportu n itie s for con tamina tion i n the i r pren the d i l u t ion for admi n i s tra t ion .

d theory of the act i on o f an t i tox in,i s tha t i t

v i ng ce l l s o f the o rgan i sm to leran t to thed by the diph th e r ia ba c i l l i ,and by inc re a san ce they a re abl e to overcome thes e tox i ns .

That an ti tox i n exerts n o ch emi c a c tion on the toxi n canmix i ng tox ic s a nd an t i tox i n s mai n ta i n inga t a temperature o f 70C. A t th i s tempera

tu re the an t i tox i n i s des troyed, wh i le th e tox i n rema i n sbu t sl ight l y d i st urbed in v i ru l enc e —R eg i s tered Pharma ci s t.The a c ademy of M ed ic in e,Par i s,F rance,ofi e r s a prize

of to h im who w il l d is cove r a s pec ific for ph tisis .


P R A CT I CA L S UGGES T ION SBY L . A . W I LLSON ,

c am e rama n. omo .

How to M an ipu l ate L i ch e n s —M any ma s terat a few s tock s l ides and then t i re of the mic ros c ope ve r, the fi eld for i n ves t igat ion i s boundl ess an d st

s i ve that no indi v id ual s c ien t is t can be come g

thorough in more than one field . L ichen s ha ve bplore d by man y pionee r s b u t they are s til l u pon 1

fines of s c ien ce a nd have been in vest igated by thefa r - be tween . T his neg l ect is largely ow in g to 1

that some of th e mos t promi nent author s on th e

s cope d ismis s l i chen s w ith the s tatemen t that no 4

the ad vanced man ipu lator can de al wi th them. T

is enti r el y e r roneou s . T he me res t ty ro c a n eas iu late them sati s factor il y and demons trate thei rst r uctu re .By mac e rating the thall u s or the apothec ia whihi n a d rop of potass i um hydrate on a g las s s l i p. c

and fil l i ng the cove r w ith wate r, the whole stru c tu

be d is played and exam i ned .

T hen the spores may be eas il y mea s u red and tltions of d iff e ren t s pec imen s w ith iod ine may be a t

M any s pec ies have remar kab l e and beauti ful s portT o Him T h at Hath I t Sh al l Be G i ve n .

—I n 8

any s ubj ec t or b ran ch of s c ience i t i s much easie r 1the prope rt ie s of a s ing le s pec imen by hav i ng a la ‘

l ect ion of var ious s pec imen s of th e th i ng s unde r etion . T h i s appl ies to hai r, plan ts, te xt i l e fabr i csfood ad ul terat ion a nd i n fact a lmos t un i ve rsa ll y .

poss ib le to c ompare obj e c ts and se e thei r r e s embhdifi e re n c es un l es s you have the objects to set i n js i tiou .

N o E x ce ss of Bal sam i s N e ce ss ary .—I n mount

obse r vance of a l ittl e care, w il l obv iate the neceany s u rpl u s of bal sam. A l i tt l e pract i ce wil l c fdes i red en d . P lace the balsam in the cente r of t

£90 THE MI CROSCOPE .

rinth of Open s paces and pas s ag es c onn e cte d withothe r a nd w i th a s ubterran e an ou tl et . A cool s u r re la ir, the re fore,always of th e s ame humid i ty an d temt u re, flow s in a n e ve r- in te r r upted s tr eamthr oug h themT here is noth ing in the m i lk or in the prepara tion 0

chees es that g i ve them that pecu liar fla vor and de limel lown es s for w h ich th ey are so ren owned . T his itir e ly e ff ected by the method by which they ar e c 1

When th e chees es are ready for t rea tment they ar e t

to the caves,and afte r being al lowed to c ool a r e carr ith e s al t i ng room. T hey are r ubbed wi th sal t on on eand then pi led on th e top of ea ch oth e r un ti l the cm

ful l . A f te r s tand ing twen ty - fou r hour s or so, the revcs ide i s s alted, a nd on ce more they are pi led u p as be

T he chees es have to be freq uently re ve rs e d, in or derthe moi s tu re may be even th roughout, a nd to develofung us which has pre v ious l y be en sown in the curd.

forty- eig ht hou rs the chees es become v is cous,an d ar eb e d wi th a coars e cloth . In th e cou r s e of anoth e r twoth e fung us w il l appea r on the outs id e, in the forms t i cky paste . T his is car e ful ly s c raped off w i th kn

togethe r with a th in s t rat um of c r ust, an d set as i dfood . T h e ch ee ses are now s or ted out ; th e mos t solidplaced on th e floor . In eig h t days ’ t ime they be ‘

cove red with a ye l l ow is h red mou ld, togethe r w i th 4

mi n ute veg etat ion, which is removed and g i ven to th eT h e sc raping is contin ued unti l the c haracter of the n

chang es, s how ing that the c u rd ha s altered its c ondia nd an n oun c ing its complet ion of the c u re . T henare again care fully s c raped a nd w i ped, an d w ra ppe

t i n foi l, and are ready for th e ma rket . R oquefort c hihave been c u red for cent u r ie s by th is process, and s

as a t r i umph of un educated art .—Commerc ial GazetteA G re a t Le ns —T he larg es t teles copi c l en s i n the v

is now completed . It is th e g reat refractor made by AClark o f Camb r idge fo r the Ch i cago Un ive r s i ty ; a nd iihe used at the U ni ve rs ity '

s n e w obs e r vatory, now in

cess of complet ion at Lake Gen e va, on the W isc on s i n

weigh about poun ds, a nd i t may be a prob lem to keepthe big g las s from bending,a fter a ll .T he cos t of th is g ian t len s is over I ts raw ma

te ria l (which cos t i n Par i s ) wa s repeated ly me l tedby M r . Cla rk, for the sake of pu r ity a nd pe r fect ion . Itha s ta ken two and a hal f years to make th is big ob jectg la ss .

T he e laborate work of packing th is prec ious produ ct,for t ranspor tat ion to Lake Ge ne va, W i s .,wi l l be care fuland cos t l y . F i rs t i t wi ll be t ightly w rappe d a nd s ewed upin flannel ; then th ick ly cove red wi th layers of s oft pape rthen w rapped in hard pape r, a nd th e w hole en cas ed in abed of cu rled hai r i n a s t rong box . T h is , placed w ithin a

large r box and mounted upon s pr ings , on al l s ides of theinn er box,and pac ked in e xcel s io r, w il l res t in the middl eof an eas y going pa rlor c a r, a nd fou r me n w i l l go with theprec ious freight, w hich may be des ti ned to re veal i n te res ting th ing s c once rn ing “oth e r wor lds than ou rs .

"

P rof. Koch has been s en t to South A fr ie a by the G e r

man gove rnmen t to i n ves t igate the caus es of the R inde rpe s t .

THE MICROSCOPE

Con te n ts for De c embe r, 1896 .

Obj e c ts See n Unde r the Mic roe nope . Ch ryln uth emu 'n . (I l lustrated)The Pre pa ra tion of Diph the ria An titoxic Se rum. M ulford w

Ps a c r ic u . Suuo xs rros s . L . A . W illem

How to Ma nipu la te Lic h ens

To HimTha t Ha th She l l be G ivenNo Exc ess of Ba l sam is ne c essary

fl ow to Obtain Pa ste E e lsSen s es -Goss ip .

How Roq uefort Chem in nu de

A G ia n t Lens

0 0

w a n n a - o n m oo n e e m n e W e “

THEMICROSCOPICALPUBLISHING00.3 011 8 13 8 88

S IX I N CH, W ITH CA R D P R IN T ED ON COR N E R .

CASH W ITH OR DE R .

Enve lope: the Qua lity Used by U: in Our Own Cor r esponde nc e .

MICROSCOPICALPUBLISHING WASHINGTON,D. C

194 THE M I CR ‘

Le nses , c om 154Lep ra bac il lu s in b 00d . 1 1 1

y in R us sia, 78ide n tifi c ation, 59, 188

Lime, Vie nna ,44Liverpool mee tin g,44Louse, oyste rshe ll bark , 1 29Magn ifi c a tion . 28

M easles,mic ro -organ isms, 29Mea ts, c h a nge by free zing, 172M e lic erta rin ge n s,87M e lon ,disea se , 110

M ic robe s . tru th about. 9M ic rosc ope,binoc u lar,5

and boys . 165in c h emis try, 29as detec tive ,8evils of. 54a t e xh ibition 42

a nd ph a rma c ists, 14a nd physic ian s. 149Zeiss'. 158

Mic ros c opic a l Soc iety, 141M ic rotome , M in ot

's, 157sh a rpe n ing,44

M ilkve sse l s in pl an ts . 10M inera ls, iden tifi c a tion , 6

M irro r, p la ne and c on c ave ,45Mol lus c a , tongue,45M oney, how not to save, 170M oun ting ,be st books, 1 1, 27

e xc e ssive , 1 22glyc erine je l ly, 76, 188in phosphorus, 5

5M u c ilage . p rese 94Na tion a l Sc ien c e Club , 36N ew Brita in E xhibition . 42Obje c ts see n under the mic ros cope,

1, 33,81, 1 13. 129, 145, 16 1mic rosc opic a l . gathe ring , 53in win ter . 1 2, 189W a l te r W h ite ’

s 115Objec tive ,pa ra c h romatic , 159

Tol le s s,9Odon toph ore s . p reparation . 1 19Optic a l ru l e , 105Oysters,in fee b e digestion,88

bac teria in, 90Paraboloid,su bs titute, 108Pa ra c h roma tic o

°

e c tives , 159P araffi n sec tion .

°

ng, 156Paris, a ir, 1 25Paste u r,mon ume n t, 140Paste, prese rved .94, 189Pe pper,examin a tion , 13Personal, 174Pharmac ist a n d mic rosc ope . 14Phosphorus for moun tin g ,55

1 896 THE M ICROSCOPE 195

T h e rmome te rs , 1 26

T isse ra n d, F . F . 1 74T oba c c o a n d c h o l e ra , 1 57Tol le s , memoria l fu n d 10

obj e c tive , 9Ton gu e , n iol l us c a , 45T ric h in ae , 58

T rype ta pomon e l la , 1 13T u be r c le s , tra n smission . 89T u b e r c u los is a n d tube r c u l in ,

T u rn tab l e , h omemade ,45how to revolve 1 2

Typhoid b a c il lu s d ia gn os is

in Br itish I n dia . 78

L I ST OF I L L U ST R AT I ON S .

T h e E a rth - VV

orm, (7 fi g u re s )

I n fe c tion of D rin k s, (2 fi gu re s )D ia tom s , D e smids a n d Fre sh -W a te i A lg ae (14fi gu re s )

Fe rm e n ta tion in Bre ad (5 fi gu re s )A ppa ra tus for G a th e rin g M ic rosc op ic 0bJCCl S (3 fi gu re s )

Ca r n e gie L ib r a ry, ( 1 V l e W )W itc h e s

’D a n c e , (1 fi g u re )

Th e Sc a l e o f I nse c ts , (10 fi gu re s )

T ryp e ta Pomon e l la 01 A pp l e M aggot, (5 fi ou rc s l

A p p le a n d M aggots, (1 fi gu re )

Oys te r Sh e l l Ba r k L ou se , a n d S c iirfy Ba r k Lou se . (4fi g u re s)Biology o f Ba c te r ia , (2 fi gu re s )Fa n g o f th e Spide r, (1 fi gu re )

T h e Co c k roa c li, (5 fi g u re s )

Typ hoid by ic e c re am, 158

su it for , 1 2 1

U rin e , b lood , 1 09e p ith e lium , 1 1 1Va c u um tu be s , se a l in g , 91Vie n n a l ime ,44Vivise c tion a n d L e e u w e n h oe k 43Volvox g lob a to r , 76

W a te r , fi ltra tion , 92

W il lson , L . A . , 1 1, 28, 45, 58, 76,87, 108, 1 2 2, 142 , 153 , 170

Ye a st, p r e se rve d , 57Ze iss, b in oc u la r e y e p ie c e , 1 1

mic ros c ope , 158

Mic roscopic Preparations Illustrating thStruc ture of Vegetable Life.

Being en c losed in a nove l tran sparent enve lope,those at:examined without removal before mounting . They are pthe utmost ca re by W s u ruu W u i

'

rii,England, and are m

in one or two c olors of the mu s t re m nant c harac te r.Dr. A . 0. Stokes says : The sample sec tion is tantrum

good that I wa n t mo re . A s a wel l-out and wowequa l to anyth ing I limo ever se e n in that line .

P R l C E. S

Catalogue of 179 objects,Sing le specimens.20 spe cimens, assorted.

cm W. sm r,Wang

M ICROSCOPY.

FOR BEG I NNERS .

emseoge and In stru c tions for i ts use .

“ M ic roscopic lvje t ts : How prepared a nd moun te d.By Cross a nd Co le .

NH PAG ES. II ) FIGURES ; PR ICE POSTPA I D .

Add rem, M14M i mic .“ Ptmu sn txn (Imu s ?

W ash ington f) . C.

m oop ic a l S p e c ia l tie s .

GEM E NTSHave J (in t en se “ pmz

tn

‘g‘

ilie y will su s tain N’

S OLYCE R lN E J E L LYis u n s u rp a sse d .

KIN G M ICROTOME is the bes t for bo tan ic a l w ork .90m.fu r lu ll “01 "(W M

1 . D . K IN G . Cottage City, M as s .

rm: NATfl RA LIS‘

P

A mmu c rw m thm -mu t - MM ” M i M i l k fl ry 0 " on on,camM in- l paw n -atmost. b u t a ny oar - n o

w mm.s a rtmu u sr mul e »

on u s 0M 0.

Mi c roscopic Preparations IllustratingStruc ture of Vegetable Lift

Be ing en closed in a novel transparent en ve lope, the see xamined Without removal be fore mounting . They an

the u tmost ears by W s urtee W a rn s,Eng land, and are

in one or two co lors of the 111081 pe rmanent (2m mDr. A . C. Stokes says : The sample sec tion is om

p od that I wan t more . A s a wel l-cut and we ll -s tain«111m l to anything I have ever won in that line .

P R I C E S

Catalogue of 179 obje c ts,Si ng le spe cimens,20 spe c imens,“sorted,

OHAS. W. SMILEY,Wal l

THE SUBJECT OFMICROSCOPY.

5 61mmy:

MA RCH. IBO4.

m m M po n to a n y pm a t th e wo rm.

M c aosc omcm. PUBL I SHI NG COMPANY,W A SHINGTON , D . C.

M I C R O

413 High

u nnar u r

m :

W WOPT I CI ANSS re 11. n sow n

338melt "otters . Lo

M e t r od pd ‘ i on p o

r t or m-M .

COMPANY

W ASfl l NO

‘

TON .D . C.

m m » m

C HA E . W . $ W L E Y, A . M .

an (607,

MAY. 1894.

M W to m M d m m omm.

MI CROSCOPI CAL PUBL I SHING COMPANY,W ASHINGTON , D . C.

Q, " C m om s in 0m m ». k. M OO .“ W .

3 03 High Mathew. London.mm .

W . W A T S O

or n a m '

ro m a c aw

E T H E

AN ILLLSUTRATED MONTHLYDES IGNED TO POPULAR IZE

THE SUBJECT OF MICROSCOPY.

m un » n

C H A S . \V . S N I I L E Y. A . M .

3 6mAl l 1607.

JU N E . 1894.

” N W . W M to a n y p a rt o f " u w il l , "M .

m MI CROSCOPICAL PUBLISHING COMPANY,

E T H E E ,

lLLLSUTRATED MONTHLY W GNED TO POPULARILZE

THE SUBJECT OFWCROSCOPY.

amm o u

C H A S . W . S M I L E Y. A M .

s c hmk kA12 1607.

LY DESIGNED TO POPULAINZE


G H A S . VV . S N i l L E Y. A M .

J U N E . 1894.

vmm w to a n y po r t a t t h e m .

M I CROSCOPICAL PUBLISHING COMPANY,w u mmm u . o . c .

1 N C W Q M C I O. “ N M “. 0 . O. , a “ m o- c u “ c am .

C H A S . W . S M I L E Y. A . M .

M 165 7,

J U LY. 1894.

m m .“ « a n y ” n ot “ . ve t“ .

MI CROSCOPI CAL PUBL I SHI NG COMPANY;W ASHINGTON . D . C.

THE SUBJECT OFMICROSCOPY .

CH A Q . W . S M I L E Y. A .

A UGU ST . 1894.

m d th e ” fi l l .

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLYDESIGNED TO


D am » n

C H A S . W . S M I L E Y. A . M .

s em e n e n . mm .

m m .w to a n y p a rt “ th e W “.

MI CROSCOPICAL PUBL I SHI NG COMPANY.

W A SHI NGTON, D . c .

E T H E E

m ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY DES IGNED TO PO PULARIZETHE SUBJECT OFMICROSCOPY.

am » a ?

C H A S . W . S M I L E Y. A .

An m y.

OCTOBE R . 1894.

m e t . w to m y p a n o f th o n o t“ .

E T H E

N ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY DESIG NED TO PO PULAQIZB


15mm » w

C H A S . \V . S N I I I J 'ZY. A . A I .

Al l 1687,

NOVE MBE R . 1894.

M ICROSCOPICAL PUBL ISHIN G COMPANY,W A SHING TON . D . C.

AN M USTRAI E D MONTHLYDESIGNED TO mmnm z e

THE SUBJECT OFM ICROSCOPY.

u m » I ?

S h i l L E Y, A . M .

D E C E MBE R . 1894.

I 'l l t‘

l . W to m y p a n o f th e m . " AM .

M ICROSCOPICAL PUBL ISHING COMPANY,W A SH l NGTON . D . C.

T H E E

RN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLYDESIGNED TO POPULARIZETHE SUBJECT OF MICROSCOPY .

swam

JAN UA RY. 1895 .

P R I CE . l ‘ofl p ‘d to a n y p a r t o f on » su n-Id . 8mm.

HE M ICROSCOPICAL PUBL ISHING COMPANY,

W ASHINGTON . D . C .

m 8 M I CROSCOPI CAL AM B ER .

M I C R O S C O P I C O B J E C

w . W A T SON a. son s ,

3 l 3 H igh Holborn . London .W . C.

tim - Thor! it no du ty whate ver on m en u“! Obje c t. c um”lor Pnln te w d not‘h -w . u w dedmm ot lhw sc c n M M J QM :um! M en o f M a ry nun Amma n ”fla n -c omon men. by 0M .

oven W m d m c om h c u 'w M M m don pfl om

M I CR OSCOPE S, OBJE CT I VE S, AND A P PAR ATU S far eve no f re se a r c h ,of th e fi n e st q uality on ly.

FU L L n nvs 'rm '

rm) CA TAL OGU E or m c n osc omGE NT P OST FR E E 08 A P P L I CA TI ON To

W . W A T S O N 82; S O N S

01410s To a . n . oovmxu zm3 l3 High Hotbo

E sta b lish e d 18 7 .

3 l 3 H igh Hotbom. London. N . O.

of r e se a rc h ,of th e fi n es t qu ality on ly .

83 3 1“P OST m l : 03 AP P L I CA T I ON'

TO

W W A T S O N S 0

0m m TO 3 . a . c om m a

SIS High Holborn.London.W . C and 78 Summon 8L . Me lboarw

E stab lish e d 183 7 .

Averdmd Two 0014 3101101.. l UmW r-c l Human u. IN ":m“ M ew s .(W W An lwvm lmtm tb ml minimum NW 3m m

Inter national Exhibition.of me om .

THE SUBJECT OFM ICROSCOPY.

E D I T E D BY

C H A S . \V . S N'

I I L B Y. A

AUJBZ

A PR I L . 1895 .

m m . M ou l d to a n y p a r t o r th e wo r l d .

M ICROSCOPI CAL PUBL I SHI NG COM PANY,W A SHXN GTON . n . c.

7 N . m m . C“ woo n onm n . D o 0 ” m o n o- o u t . . Q" CQ \

A UGU ST . l 896 .

m w u m w a m m n m .

MICROSCOPICAL PUBL ISHING COMPANY,WAeuwo'

ron. n. c .

AN lLLllSTRATFD MO NTHLYDBSlGNED TO PO PU I ARIZE

THE SUB IECT OF MICROSCOPY

C H A S . S R I l L E X'

. A . M .

AJ1 1667.

OCT OBE R . T696 .

M W “ a t : w e a r m -am , M M .

THE M ICROSCOPICAL PUBL ISHING COMPANY,

W M Hl R G‘

I‘

ON , D . c .

” t o“ . u v“ m m “ m m om o . M ou u e -eu on M OO.

AN mw sm m ) MONTHLY

CH M W . Q M I L E Y. A . b l .

Al l 1607,

D EOE N BE R . 1m

m m . W n m p." a u» m on» .

THE MI CROSCOPI CAL PUBL I SHl NG COMPANY,W A SHl NGTON . D . C.

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLYDESIGNm TO POPULAR IZETHE SUBJECT OFMICROSCOPY.

C H A S . W . S h i I L E Y. A . M .

503 513 3:

JA NUARY. 1896 .

m en . W to an y p a r t o f a n m u m. .l .oo.

THE M ICROSCOPICAL PUBL ISHING COMPANY,W ASH INGTON , D . C.

07 ' fl . m av-m o. 0. . M N OM ' . .0 Q A. OM Q W OM UC “On t .

Sc ien tifi

xhk k tw of c om ah a(Son in an d “his 01th»: (w illW h ey, lb. body le ngth W 1

l a soumu m-1m .

N u "m on e nun-tum to GM

Watson

w . W A TSON 0 sons.nu ma.Bolbot'nw.a . lo ud“ . Eng landM $881

m .Aw ait».

This we l l known andc an now be 506 mounted onPOD or ®s fl mzmuL bon e -ahaI t is suitable far 5mw t p aw ns. The Qua lity of mthe flaw n .u pee . I t in ammo

in wa r M u mmemm

E T H E

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY I TO POPULARCZE

THE SUBJECT OFMICROSCOPY.

C H A S . W . S N U L E Y. A . M .

Al l 165 7,

A PR IL . 1896 .

m m . W to a ny pa r t o f th e no r“ . DI M .

M I CROSCOPICAL PUBLISHI NG COMPANY,W ASH I NGTON. D . C.

3 7 ” U N W lM 'Q Q . 0 . a " ne w “ Om -o

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY DESIGNED TO POPULARIZETHE SUBJECT OFMICROSCOPY.

3mm 1 7

CH A S . W . S M l L E Y.' A . M

Anmay.

JU LY. 1896 .

m u .m “ u m ” n “ th e “ c“ .

THE MICROSCOPICAL PUBL ISHING COMPANY,W ASHl N GTON . D . C.

(” O-0. m m 0“ D o l . l a c -y ou ” “ fl “ .

E T H E

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLYDESIGNED TO POPULARIZETHE SUBJECT OF MICROSCOPY.

C H A S . W . S IVI I L E Y. A . M .

SOHEIAn 166 7,

Kb

S E PT EM BER . 1896 .

m e a l -m u d may p u t « th e m id . 0L “ .

THE MICROSCOPICAL PUBLISHING COMPANY,W A SH I N GTON . D . C.

OI YCO CQ CV V i . M ON O. 0. . “ N OOM C . A.

A N EW ED ITI ON O?

W . W R T S O N 86 S O N

I llustrated Catalogue of Mic roscopes,Oh

and Ac c essories.I n it will he found ful ly desc ribed a l l th e late st improvemen te

of the W a tson Instrume n ts, a lso many n ew kinds of ae cm orie r Itfol lowing A SER I ES OF NEW PARACI I ROI I ATIC

M ICROSCOP IC OBJECT ITha e u nm w ill be ibnw mm lurge u to he of nr

ltyr and to he ns low in as a ny 0t vee in the market.constru c ted almost en tire of Jena Glass .

The following ure se le c ted from the Se ries

POW ER. N . A . PR ICE. POW ER . N . A. 1

14 in c h 2—8 in. £ 1

14 in c h 143 in . L

1 -8 inc h 1-0 in .Homogeneous Imme rsion.

1 -8 in c h 1 - 12 in .

W . WAT SON SONS'

New PAR ACHROMAT IC" Substage Condense r.

This c ondense r has a tota l ape rture of N . A has an ext"Aplunatic Aperture , exc e ed ing .00N. A . I ts powe r is inc lthe fro n t lens removed, in c h . I t is mounte d with I ris Din;re volving c a rrie r for stops tor dark g rou nd a nd obliq ue ill uminiI ris Diaphragm is divided so to ind ic ate th e N . A . atwhic h thiis employed . The diame te r of the ha c k lens la 58 inc h .

PR ICE COMPLETEA P LA NT IC MAGN IFIE R S»

I n addition to W . Wa ts on 6: Son s' we l l» known u lar ee riworking M r. E . M . Ne lson '

s new fi rm,magni ng l s d ume tea ,

t working distan c e and la rge aperture . t is be lieved toy any simila r lens thr q ua lities .

PRICE - ln Ge rman silve r moun t. Ite t formFor disse c ting, in wooden x

The above c a ta logue wil l he ma iled poe t- fre e on a p limtion .

M ICROSCOP IC OBJECT S?Watson Sons hold a stoc k of spec imena a l l of the

formin undoubtedly th e fi nest. c ol le c tion in the world. Ful lih rwursW in e on app lic a tion to

W . W R T S O N 8c S O Nre s

'

u ams n nn mmOPTICIANS TO H . M . GOVERNMENT.

313 High Holborn , London . W . O. ; and 751 Swanaton Stre et,Australia .

Awarded 38 Gold and other meda ls at In te rnational Exhibition5 High est Awards at the World

’

s Fair ,Chic ago. 2 Gold MU nive rsa l Exhibition 1889 (to. &c .

NOTE—The postage on le tte rs to England is 5 c en ts,or postal cu

AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLYDESIGNED TO POPULARIZETHE SUBJECT OFMICROSCOPY.

C H A S . W . S KI I L E Y. A . M .

An lac y,

NOVEM BE R . 1896 .

m e n. Du ty.“ to a n y p a rt or th e wo r ld .

M ICROSCOPICAL PUBL ISHING COMPANY,W A SHI N GTON . D . C.

( N 'COCQ Q ? T“. N Ofi OM C C I . c ameram an. D o Q. “ n u b - c u “ . ATT I D .

The Microscope. - Forgotten Books

Documents

Transcript of The Microscope. - Forgotten Books